IFH 693: Inside Writing the Oscar Nominated Mad Max: Fury Road with Brendan McCartney

Right-click here to download the MP3

Alex Ferrari 0:05
Hey guys, so I wanted to let you know what we're going to be doing now on the show. Moving forward for a little while, I wanted to kind of bring in some amazing episodes from the indie film hustle podcast network with guest hosts. And you might recognize some of these guests hopes we'll have Dave Bullis, Jason Buff, and Scott McMahon guest hosting some of these episodes every week. Now we're going to be doing still our regular episodes on once a week. And then we're going to be doing these guests episodes, the second part of the week, and that way we can get you guys more amazing content, and help you move forward on your filmmaking or screenwriting journey. So sit back, relax. Enjoy today's episode with guest host, Jason buff.

Jason Buff 2:29
Hello, and welcome! I'm your host Jason Buff. We're talking with Mad Max Fury Road co writer, Brendan McCartney. I'm extremely excited about talking with Brendon. Mad Max Fury Road just blew my socks off. I can't believe that George Miller has gone back and made another Mad Max movie. For any of you that know the story about George Miller in the background of the Mad Max Movies. You got to be excited to know that this movie is out there now. I've seen it once. I can't wait to go see it again. But anyway, you know, so Brennan, and I talk a little bit about his background in comics. But then we get straight into talking about working with George Miller on Fury Road. So here we go. The first thing I was hoping we could talk about because most of our listeners are, you know, have a film background but don't necessarily have a comic background. So I was wondering if you could talk about your background in comics and kind of what got you into doing comics in the first place?

Brendan McCartney 3:28
Okay. Well, I read comics when I was a kid. I was I'm English and in the UK we used to get American comics imported into certain news agents. And I would pick off spinner racks, things like original things like the Steve Ditko Spider Man Ron Jack Kirby's fantastic for Ron, and some of the DC Comics, the Silver Age ones like the Infantino flash, deal, Gil kings, Green Lantern, and Adam. So that was my choice when I was raised on British comics, but gradually moved over to the American comics and shout out Pharmacol who were in the UK. And that led to a lifelong interest in the comic book medium and a desire to develop it turn into something akin to what music occupies in culture or uses, that we could grow this medium up and do substantial work in the comic book field. I always had that intention, I always felt it was possible to become if you like, the Beatles of comics, as opposed to, you know, to turn comics into something much more exciting socially. And I was part of the 80s. UK what's known as the British Invasion, which led by Alan Moore. People like Neil Gaiman. Later Grant Morrison, John Wagner writer Charles straight, was part of that original movement. And I worked with a writer called Peter Milligan who went on to become a big name writer in comics, and worked for about 15 years in Kent. Max before leaving to get into computer animation.

Jason Buff 5:04
Did you always did you start out doing things? subjects that were more kind of surreal or did you start out doing more like traditional comics.

Brendan McCartney 5:15
But when I was a young kid about 10, I was drawing learned superhero comics, the tumor was one of mine, you may never have heard of them. And worthy exactly, because it was drawn in the back of my school book. But as I went to art college and studied painting and surrealism and data is and all the opened and expanded my understanding of visual arts, storytelling, all sorts of stuff I did a painting and film degree so that a strong interest in film as well. So when I started to actually produce my material comics from from my new team zero then the aspirations had grown past superheroes. And I was interested in surrealism and the sort of, at the time when I came of age, punk rock was happening. So that infused by art with a with a ton of edgier graphic sensibility. Much of it inspired by a non comic artist called Design he did the Sex Pistols, posters, I just mean momentarily. He did all the famous Sex Pistols. Jamie something. Anyway, he was a big influence on me with that very hard edged, photocopied cut up style. And I took that kind of style. And just just at the same time in the marketplace, a rising up was it British comic, or 2000 ad, which featured Judge Dredd, which seemed to kind of everybody who ever became anybody in British comics worked on that comic, a certain period of time. I certainly it is.

Jason Buff 6:55
Now, 2000 ad was that? Did they have different topics that were in the same magazine? Or what what what exactly

Brendan McCartney 7:01
What you in America would call an anthology we just have our British comics come out that way, they always come out with about six different stories contained in them. And you follow the story every week, and they come every week, rather than every month. So it's a different format. But that way you got a wide variety of stuff just read was by far the best thing and everybody wanted to work on that character. He became a phenomenon and was part of that revolutionary fervor that grip comics in the 80s is leading to you know, the more kind of radical stuff from people like Howard shaken in America runner, last bras, Fernandez you know, all that stuff. Dave Stevens even that is rocketeer. That was quite a substantial piece. That kind of whole period where the felt like the British had taken over everything in the comic industry, with a harder, more cynical, darker tone. But it was good side, very exciting time. But it came to an end for all kinds of movements, too.

Jason Buff 8:05
Now, I want to fast forward a little bit. And since we're primarily talking filmmaking, I was hoping that we could walk through kind of your backstory with starting with Madmax, too, and then kind of, you know, obviously going through the entire story of working with the film. So can you describe you said you were in Australia when you first saw the first, the second Madmax film

Brendan McCartney 8:28
I was doing what is now called a gap here where I finished university and I had saved up a few dollars in the days and you didn't have to pay monstrous university fees. And I decided to go on a trip around the world. So I basically took to the hippie trailers known, which was, I went through Egypt, through India, through Nepal, into Indonesia, down to Australia, and then across through Hawaii into Los Angeles and back to London. So it's quite an interesting trip took over a year. And what I got for Australia, you're allowed to work there as a as a because it's part of the UK Commonwealth. And so I got a job my very first job in animation with Hanna Barbera doing something like a Yogi Bear specialism is pretty horrific. You know, that just let me stay in Australia replenish the wallet. And while I was there, they became interested in surfing, which then wasn't really much of a thing. I'm going back for two years and it wasn't the thing it's become now. It was very underground. Just kind of a few coastal towns. We'd have some sort of surfer pothead type people. And then I was surfing and also at the same time Mad Max two came out I see magnets one. In those days you saw films in what are known as midnight specials, which is double bill screenings of our rated movies, usually in porn theaters that were being commandeered for the evening to show the film. I'm so mad max one on a double bill with cars. I hate Paris, which is a great double bill and it kind of alerted me to some old PlayStation films. As you know, there seems to be something strange about Australian car movies.

Alex Ferrari 10:15
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Brendan McCartney 10:25
But also, those are the two seminal directors of the Hollywood revolutionary new wave, which are the Australian new wave, which will Peter Weir and George Miller. So when I saw Mad Max, who would just come out when I was in Australia would want to see it. And I was absolutely blown away. It was kind of like one of those fundamental moments where your psyche is rearranged by a piece of art and you have to realize that you have it somehow it's going to have this sort of enormous effects upon you. With the surfing and the Mad Max film, I concocted a comic strip with Peter Milligan writer called freak wave, which was basically made Mexico surfing on my way back to into LA the first time in LA, I decided to try and pitch it as a movie did not the hell I was doing, you know, just sort of ridiculous really. But in the end, I managed to sell it as a comic rather than a form. And that led to a career in American comics. And then, this comic strip freak wave, which was this bad Mexico surfing thing, then led on to our own binge of my own comic called Strange Days, which was produced with Peter Milligan and Brett humans, and featured frequencies in a more mutated form. I've been influenced strongly by Tsar Das, John Baum and sci fi film, clothing heads. The frequent strip that started off as a Mad Max go surfing type strip. So Waterworld evolved into more of a psychedelic Alice in Wonderland type of psychedelic version of magnetics. And so that was my interest in Mad Max, while I was in Australia to try and meet Max David is now next to everybody, the writers or producers, everybody except George Miller, who was more elusive, so I never met him. I was just a young guy, you know, he's 20. He just hanging around the offices of George Miller's production company, saying I could meet and behold, you know, sort of about 20 years, almost 15 years later, I ended up in the offices of George Miller writing theory wrote with him. So that was quite a strange twist of fate.

Jason Buff 12:32
Yeah, well, can we, I want to rewind just a little bit to to that first experience with Mad Max to can you talk a little bit about what you feel like you connected with specifically with that movie? And what what really kind of like, hit you? Yeah, I mean, did you know when you were watching it, that it was kind of like going to be that all, you know, life altering to?

Brendan McCartney 12:52
It was yeah, it was. The thing about, obviously, in the air at that time, you just had the massive Punk Revolution happening with the Sex Pistols and the redefinition of music and culture by punk. It's very widespread and quite a deep turn around all upset all the 60s icons and all that stuff were displaced by this new car or energy. And Mad Max to the first had Max sort of had that feeling that as well but Mad Max to because of the costuming and the more of a look, really captured that energy. And I felt for me Mad Max two was the most immersive film experience I'd ever had up to that point in that as soon as the film started, and you cut through the early montage into Mel Gibson and waves and all that stuff. You were right in the middle of his action. And I was just absolutely taken with it. The shocking brilliance of the costume designs, how good Mel Gibson was I was just absolutely in that movie. From the moment it started right to the end when your big tanker collapses, and he stands there holding the sands running through his hand with a crooked grin on his face. From that whole that whole story and how it arcs and move through the plots and stuff like that. I was absolutely captivated. And when I walked out the cinema I was so bamboozled by what I just seen, I just turned around and bought a ticket and went back in again, to watch it again. In the vain hope that I could somehow figure out what they done, how they produce this amazing work. But it took me about I saw it about probably in the first month, I probably thought about 20 times. And in those days, you just had to buy a ticket and see at the cinema because we didn't have video recorders or anything. So you know, but after about the sixth or seventh viewing, I could start to actually watch the film as to how it was being made. But it because it took that long to not get sucked into the narrative all the time. So it was became a very important film to me and from the film I studied the most funny thing about 100 times you know, just that also revisited It's been a lot when we were doing Fury Road but so I feel you know there was something you know George captured lightning in a bottle in that film and I think it's you know I think most people consider it the best of the Mad Max trilogy

Jason Buff 19:21
So moving on you tried over the years you created freak wave and you you were trying to get in touch with George Miller and you finally got in touch with him. Can you describe a little bit that first meeting with him and kind of what you learned and what that kind of maybe? Maybe how he was different than what you were expecting or just what that was like.

Brendan McCartney 19:41
Right! Well as a as a body stage I'm a lifelong Madmax fan. I'm I've been disappointed by Thunderdome, although from the demo had loads of great stuff and that somehow didn't quite gel. And because they decided strategically to do it as a family friendly film. It meant that stuff like the Thunderdome, which is a phenomenally great idea has become sort of watered down with it. And if that had been an R rated Mad Max Thunderdome probably could have been the best of them. But that's the way he chose to go. So

Alex Ferrari 20:16
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Brendan McCartney 20:26
I mean, I had all those feelings and insights about the Mad Max trilogy. And so what happened is that I was working on a TV series, which was the world's first computer animated long form pre Pixar and DreamWorks stuff called reboot. And reboot was a CGI TV series and fading candidate. In this store in this in the TV series, we feature different pastiches we might do, we did one based on Michael Jackson's Thriller. We did another one based on the James Bond, Connery films. So we did one, as a pastiche of Mad Max, two road warriors. And I actually sent a VHS of the episode to George Miller, just saying that little card on it saying whatever happened to Mad Max question. And so this past feature Road Warrior, which was really quite funny and clever, George saw at that time, computer animation wasn't widely known and understood. Lots of people say, what is this and so it's called CGI animation. So your number three, Pixar. And so he, they were interested in finding out more about the computer animation really. So I went down to Hollywood, to have a meeting with them, which I thought would last about half an hour. Because they were thinking about doing a Madmax TV series along the lines of Xena and Hercules this is going back nearly 20 years now, pre Netflix. So they were looking to think could we make vehicles or environments for a TV series with a possible Madmax TV series wouldn't have been wouldn't have had Mel Gibson and it would have just been a Warner Brothers zener type TV series. And so we just sort of talked to you know, and I talked about, probably George was talking about Mad Max and stuff, but but we had a very good intense, honest conversation about Mad Max, why it was great, and what worked and what didn't work in the trilogy.

Jason Buff 22:22
And you're a fan of the third one?

Brendan McCartney 22:25
Well, I think there's loads of great stuff in the third one, it just didn't quite work. I think the first half is very good and very credible as an maxeon. Second half of the kids, I think the kids are the biggest mistake on the third one that he instead of, instead of treating them with a rigorousness of something like Lord of the Flies, where we look at a child society, he just kind of went cute on, you know, so I think once you go to, I feel like you forget it dramatically. Anyway. So that means you're just in India, children for about three hours or something and saying, you know, rather than than, we just kind of clicked and hit it off. And before I left, I pitched him an idea for Mad Max for which is clearly mental and very silly, but it had some elements in it, that were later going to turn off in Fury Road. So I left and you know, we said, you know, we'll come back. And again, at some point, there might be something. In the meantime, George has now started to because I've been talking so much about the Mad Max films, and I guess it'd been dormant and he probably been thinking about it too. He started to mull over ideas for a fourth Mad Max film. And I think the TV series faded away. And he just focused now then on the Mad Max film. So I got a phone call three or four months later after that meeting, saying, George has got an interesting new idea for my maximum, would you like to go into Sydney and maybe knock it around with him and primarily the thought of me as just, you know, he was going to hire another writer, and I was going to design it. As we went along. You know, I bought it and I design it and fill it out as we sort of discussed the narrative. And as as, so when I went over to Australia, to Sydney to work with George. In the end, he just said to me, he liked my view. So much said Listen, do you want to write the film with me? I said, I'd love to write the film. But you've got to bear in mind. I've never written a Hollywood feature film before. And he said, Well, don't worry, I have been often nominated for Dave and stuff like that. So you know, didn't add Lorenzo's Oil. So so we just said about it. And he kind of adopted his way of working I think to me, because because I could write and draw as we went along. We use the thing called a whiteboard with an electron. It's an electoral board. It's called it's basically a giant whiteboard, which you can which runs, you know, which you can print out what you draw on the whiteboard. So what we would do is, every day we would write a little scene and I draw, you know, little thumbnail storyboards of the camera angles with f7 new vehicles and If he came to appeared in the theory right films, say where the buzzards appear. Now I can remember when we worked with got the film to that point, we felt like we need a new tribe. The audience is now getting used to those and we've got to just hit them with something they haven't seen before. And then the thing, okay, and then gradually, the puzzles evolved from an idea of looking at lizards in the Australian backup in outback thorny back lizards are covered in spikes. And also Peter with cars. I hate Paris, that spiky Volkswagen, you know, that sort of thought? Well, there's a look here and then once once I added bustles, they could go out there quick little cars and get right in and they can take the wheels out on a big truck in a few seconds because of their bustles. Again, they go in and out fast. They're a bit like we wanted to do a vehicular equivalent of communities or hyenas something scavenging, badly feeding of being scavengers come in an outfit quick, let somebody else on this do the kill and then take the booty in. So that would be an example of so have a buzzard. So appeared in the movie would be an example of how me and George will work together on the film, we rotate the firm chronologically and really felt every moment as he went along. And so when we get to the next minute, we're acutely aware of where's the audience? How savvy are the audience about what's just being shown, they're gonna, you know, they probably have now absorbed everything we've got delivered something brand new to him at this point in the film, and that escalates the film. So that we were very aware of, you know, just George's great gift is he knows where the audiences all the time, that's a fantastic thing that I learned from him. Always know where the audience is in relation to where you are in the film.

Jason Buff 26:48
Now, when you say what the audience is, you mean, how much they know about what's going on?

Brendan McCartney 26:52
But where are they emotionally? Where are they, at some point that you're showing them something? What are they feeling you because you have to orchestrate the emotional responsibilities? That's in a sense, ultimately, what film is.

Jason Buff 27:05
So what was the origin of I mean, what did he have ready when you started working on it? Was there already a basic story?

Brendan McCartney 27:11
Yeah, George had, George had just almost like a one line, one sentence storyline about you know, there's a citadel run by a warlord, he's got five. He's got a bunch of girls. And then there weren't five at the time. And his favorite warrior woman, takes his sneaks these women out on a supply run and takes it and then takes off with them, to take them to her own ancestral home called the green place for many mothers. And in taking them there, she incites an armada, to follow her with Mad Max strapped to the front of one of the hot rods, and also the Mad Max, who's a man who is probably insane through isolation, that doesn't want to be involved against his instincts for survival becomes involved. And by the finale of the film, we see that he has actually formed an attachment and expresses love to this warrior woman who probably feels the same way about him. And so you have this quite interesting story structure where you've got you've got two disparate arcs that join together and actually come together right at the end of Act Two were the reverse the return decision to return as well, rather than, rather than running away from where, you know, your oppression is, and all the rest of it to find somewhere where the grass is greener, and then they find there is no such place, there is only the place they are in. And you have to change that rather than leaving it. That's the common less than we wanted to say, you know, in terms of the subtext of the film. And so at the point when He then turns around with her and takes control, when he said, it's his idea to go back to the Citadel, when she has led them on this issue like wild goose chase to green place that doesn't exist anymore. It becomes an actor's mission. If you like all of them, it shouldn't. But he's fully joined in and is fully engaged above our writing board. All the time, we had a phrase that said engaged to heal, meaning that smacks of a journey.

Jason Buff 29:33
Now, can you talk a little bit about how you work with your creative process? I mean, do you would you guys sit in a room and just throw ideas out? Or would you go away and start kind of brainstorming on your own and then come back and then start talking about what you would come up with? And can you just talk a little bit about how you how you work creatively?

Brendan McCartney 29:55
Yeah. All right. Well, I'll talk about how we worked on Mad Max Fury Road because I work on my own. If I'm drawing a graphic novel working and going one way very quiet, insular process in my life, I need to be able to be very quiet so I can travel imaginatively in my own mind to draw my graphic novels if they're a fantasy base, which they usually are. But for Mad Max, it was very much something that if you like it was like two men in the Thunderdome. There was me there was in itself and there was George and basically the two of us are in this in his studio called the Mad Max room in the room designated where we fixed stuff up on the walls and greater didn't came covered in storyboards to the point where the whole place was completely. By the end of the movie, we had the storyboard engraved for us, we only had about 3000 storyboards up on the wall.

Alex Ferrari 30:50
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Brendan McCartney 31:00
And so really, what we're doing is we're coming to work every morning. I mean, I'd run into work every morning sometimes, because it was so exciting to find out what the hell's gonna happen next in the story. And we didn't know, you know, so we had a rough, there was a very different ending to Fury Road that we were working towards which in the end, they just walked in one day said, You know what, they've got to go back. And then we thought, well hang on a minute, and we had a big hoo ha, about that. And gradually, you know, the reasons for going back overpower the reasons for continuing to go out into the wasteland. So that was a big turn around. But generally, you know, I think about the we had a very powerful, strong, you know, creative game of tennis going on myself, and George. So if I come in, you know, part of the thing was to come in with a great idea and say, right, this is what happens next, and you go, brilliant. And then that happens. So you'd kind of have a brainstorming, you know it in one, it knew about one and gradually, the idea would cannon up was it to become what it was, you know, sometimes they would go nowhere, and you would come up with characters. That didn't work, or were superfluous, or too many characters. So we had to shave them down a bit. But really, the first year was asked to create the whole storyline, figuring it all out, I'm drawing all designs, I did the first pass on the entire movie in that first year. And by the end of it, we had a kind of a document, which was kind of it was like, a mixture of a script, and a manifesto, and a design journal. And that's a form that we started to storyboard the film for the next year with Peter pound and Mark Sexton, these great Australian artists. And so that became then the team and with the storyboarding, George could then become much more specific about cameras and directing. And really, he's George pointed out in other interviews, he can't really script action. You know, it's very difficult to script actually, in a way, it's much better to actually define through storyboarding, where cameras are, where people are located on vehicles. And it just makes the process so much easier, because you know, where everybody is and what they're doing. And you also then start to realize how much design plays a part in the story, like you have to, because of certain things you want to happen in the script, you then is that then then alters the design, say of the vehicles like for example, when we came up with the idea of the sons of sticks, because Beagle answers with explosives on the end of them that they throw things to blow them up. That meant that the design of the vehicles had to change when we came up with them a bit late, you know, we came up, we did come up on the beginning, we found them later and then retrospectively changed the designs of the vehicles. So but all the funds or sticks would sit properly in the vehicles, you know. So I'm just saying that there was a constant interaction between design storyboard, text, dialogue, all that stuff was just just a one giant feedback loop.

Jason Buff 34:04
Right. Is there anything that you specifically learned from working with George Miller?

Brendan McCartney 34:10
Oh, yeah. I mean, I've never written a Hollywood feature film before. So I got to understand the arc of a Hollywood film and how you know how long you know, just roughly the work that goes into it, how, how much stuff needs to be in a film to keep you interested all the way through? I particularly learned about things like George's theory of the wave in a film, which is he says, You can't you said certain, I mean, he didn't say this. This is just me observing certain directors who aren't. If you take a director like timber, for example, he's very interesting director now and then his films work very well. Sometimes they don't. And there's a sort of site, which in Burton, I feel that he has a problem constructing a narrative through an entire movie, that the narrative doesn't right isn't for men crescendo and, and in the way that it shows through a feature film, that sometimes the ways that you're following up, the story collapses, and then he's got to crank it back up again through special effects or music and get you back up into the place he wants you to be. So I've become quite aware of, of films that run out of steam sitting in the second act, that kind of stuff. So you're just seeing was that you have to make the first act so strong, that it propels you with all the drama through the long arc of the second act of the movie. So and then, you know, you have to end down on a very strong note. And also his thing of how you leave the movie is, you know, when you're walking out the movie, the feeling you have in you, as you leave the movie is really important as well, how strong is an amateur resonance. A lot of that kind of stuff I learned from Georgia I wasn't that aware of it was kind of vaguely aware of it. But I hadn't articulated before. About camera placings about pure action, I happen to think when George Miller does car action, I feel that he's at his most pure as a director, that's why I love them the most, you know, like, I mean, I like I appreciate baby, which is superb, I appreciate Happy Feet and northerns as well, etcetera. But to me, the sheer poetry of George Miller doing the vehicular destruction, there's something about that it's bit like Jackson Pollock doing his drip paintings or doing the eights writing Easter 1916 or something, you know, there's something about George Miller doing vehicular destruction that rises to the level of art, I don't know why that is. But the first time I saw Fury Road finally finished at the premiere the other night. I felt like this is actually like more of a work of art. You know, as a, as an example of an art form. This is really good. You know, like in terms of the cinematography, the action, the structure, it felt very accomplished to me like, like it, like a great painting or something or a piece of great music. I felt like Georgia to achieve that in theory road. I will just point out a personal hype high point in my life was actually going to the premiere of Mad Max Fury Road down in Hollywood Boulevard, last week, a few days ago, and I sat down, you know, in a nice chair to watch theory road and who sat down behind me, Mel Gibson and George Miller, directly behind me. And we watched the film together. And at the end of the film, you know, I turned around and George put his hand down. So thanks for that. That was fantastic. And Mel said, Good job. So I got my hand shaken by Mel Gibson and George Miller, which was yeah, it was a great, it's somebody who absolutely loved the road warrior and for whom it was a life changing film. George Miller and Mel Gibson are the sort of Martin Scorsese and De Niro of Australian film. You know, they're, they're a very deep combo, you know, the Lennon McCartney, Simon Garfunkel, they're one of those very is very powerful to watch a film, you know, that I've had a hand in making with those guys together. And so it's a great moment.

Jason Buff 38:26
Now, was there a difference in the was there anything that surprised you when you saw the premiere? Like about the story or anything?

Brendan McCartney 38:32
Yeah, well, I personally, I purposely kept away from looking at any other versions of the film, like, you know, screenings and fat, you know, all that sort of, I didn't want to say I just want to see George's final version, as want to see what George Miller does to Mad Max Fury Road, you know, that's what I wanted to see. I didn't want to see the previous versions, you know, where this season's been disseminated or that scene have been caught or didn't have the narrative or whatever. I just wanted to send the final thing. And it was different. Yeah, there's, I mean, it's, it's about 85% What I wrote with George, you know, and it's exactly the same story and everything happens the same way. Some of the dialogue is different. And, you know, honestly, I would take issue with some of the dialogue and that's, that's, that's, you know, that's me as a writer sort of thinking No, I don't think that works or I wouldn't have done that there. And there's other bits where I where I looked at stuff with George which he changed and he made it better so you know, it's all swings and roundabouts realism

Jason Buff 39:32
Yeah, I always you wonder what it would have been like with Mel Gibson and it to you know,

Brendan McCartney 39:36
Yeah, well, I wrote I mean, why wrote and was involved in was the Mel Gibson version. We're in the fourth Mel Gibson film in the mag mag series. So that's why I was interested in I actually wanted I was an advocate for Mel Gibson, probably long after everybody else was because I thought I think it's interesting that you've got this guy when he was really young in the first Mad Max film. And if you do Mad Max for you've got him on cost of going into mature age.

Alex Ferrari 40:04
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Brendan McCartney 40:14
And then really come back to him in another 20 years when it's like melt, you know, to make make some videos on, these are crazy Oh, I think I think that would have been an amazing arc of that, you know, of an actor and a film series that nobody had ever done before. Anyway, in the end, because of because of reality of filmmaking, and how long it took to get milk faded out of it. It did go to Heath Ledger apartment, and George was telling me the other day, and and once he passed away it, you know, George was looking for that slightly similar kind of animal spirits that you found into some hearty. But if you look at if you go to the website, which features my original concept art for Mad Max Fury Road, it's called up to brendan.com. They are tbrendan.com, Art brendan.com. If you go to that, you'll see production art, which shows Mel Gibson and certain sequences and stuff. So you know, you'll get a feeling of what it could have been like.

Jason Buff 41:27
Now, are you going to be involved with the future films? Or is that something that's kind of on the horizon?

Brendan McCartney 41:34
I don't know. And, you know, I mean, let's see how, let's see what he does at the box office. And if there are any future films, you know, I mean, so that's, you know, there's a long way to go, we took 18 years to get this film made. So if there is another one, if there is another one, or two, that they won't take too long to think about. But I'm very, you know much about when I, when I entered into the relationship with George in order to produce the theory row, script and designs, we always had an agreement, a handshake agreement that if this was an absolutely stunningly brilliant, we shouldn't, we should not disappoint Madmax people by putting out a lackluster reboot. And so thankfully, Fury Road, I feel everybody feels it's par for tests, and it's probably as good as Max to, I don't think it's better, but it's certainly as good as the best in this area. So that's, that's pretty much when we were when we were actually writing and working in the early days of Fury Road. I mean, I took it upon myself to look like we both did everything that we could like things like bullet and you know, Fast and Furious just for the competition. See, what what do we have to be out there. And quite frankly, in the end, the only competition we had was Mad Max to really nothing has filled beaten Mad Max to in terms of sheer thrill power. And so that became the thing that we had to beat. But that was the thing that we had to at least equal or surpass Mad Max to in the new one. So I think having proved that with Fury Road that George can, you know, kick ass on the vehicular destruction, thrill side of life? Well, you know, you might find the next Mad Max, if one is made, you know, I don't believe I'd be quite, I think people would be bored by a rerun of Fury Road with just loads and loads of just cars smashing into each other. You can't do that again, you know, you've got to. So really, I feel that the sequels of Fury Road. You know, it's gonna hinge upon a great idea, there's got to be a core concept that, you know, that is compelling enough, just as this one had a guy who's breeding wives, because he's breeding with women to try and perpetuate his own Dynasty, which is what it kind of became in Fury Road, as the core idea around which the whole story revolves. You need something very strong and compelling, in a simple and a core idea, which motivates an entire story. So that's, you know, sometimes that can be easier said than done. Maybe George has got the idea. I don't know. But you know, that's the thing I'd be looking for those two is, again, don't make Mad Max sequels. just for the hell of it. You know, just make make one if you've got one to make. George has an integrity around the Mad Max franchise that he's not going to. You're not going to dilute it and just turn it into you know, some you have to just yet another Terminator sequel that you usually sort of hone in on.

Jason Buff 44:51
Now, what are you working on now in terms of your own projects?

Brendan McCartney 44:56
Well, at the moment on I'm in the top tail end in the final sort of few episodes of a graphic novel comic book series called Dream gang, which can be best described as the X Men meets inception, although it's a lot more David Lynch than that. But basically, it's about a group of psychics who project themselves into dream worlds and uncover a kind of skill conspiracy to destroy the higher functions of the human race. So that we stop having dreams and visions and musician stops making songs and writing poetry. My libertine doesn't say I have a dream and because all that's gone, we've removed all that we just become kind of akin to cattle consuming cattle. Anyway, that's the sort of conspiracy that these these psychics find when they're wandering around in people's dreams. And they have to kind of pull themselves together and do something about it and somehow defeat this could spirits, this dark conspiracy. So that's what I'm working on at the moment. And I'm when I get back to my home, I call the starting work in a couple of days again, on get and bring it thing. I've also written a couple of new feature films. And that's why I'm here in Hollywood just doing some meetings and seeing capitalizing on the bugs from Mad Max.

Jason Buff 46:20
Are you more comfortable now with like writing actual screenplays and things like that?

Brendan McCartney 46:27
I like working with somebody I've collaborated with, I enjoy working with somebody. So I'm one of those guys that sort of, you know that you know, you think there's a cliched Hollywood writing partner, one guy sits at the typewriter, the other guy walks around, punching the air and coming up with crazy shit. Well, I'm sort of those type of relationships suit me the best, you know, where I have a person, you know, the kind of collaborators that can kind of give it structure and, you know, it knows that the traditional structures of screenwriting, and then I can then take take it, and collaborate and bounce ideas with them. And hopefully between two of us come up with something better than we would on our own.

Jason Buff 47:13
What Brendan, I appreciate it. I know you've got to run so I'll let you go. But I really appreciate your time. And best of luck in the future. And congratulations with the success of Mad Max Fury Road.

Brendan McCartney 47:24
That's it. You've seen it?

Jason Buff 47:25
Yeah. Yeah, I saw it. And I was absolutely blown away.

Brendan McCartney 47:28
Yeah. And do you did you know the original trilogy?

Jason Buff 47:32
Yeah, I mean, bad backs to is one of my all time favorites and the original Madmax you know, those are two of my favorite movies.

Brendan McCartney 47:39
And how do you how do you feel some of them sat with the original trilogy?

Jason Buff 47:44
I was never, you know, my memory of Thunderdome was always seeing the Tina Turner video. That was on like our TV, like over and over and over. Yeah, yeah. And I remember seeing that. And I don't think I ever even saw it in the theater when I saw Matt, when I saw Mad Max to or the road warrior. You know, I saw it on TV. And so I would watch it on a VHS tape. And I you know, I recorded it. And it was kind of edited down. So it was like it cut out a lot of the scenes and everything. But I would watch it in slow motion the first scene where where's this chasing after him? I would watch all that in slow motion to see how they you know, and I wanted to be a filmmaker. Yeah, since I was a little kid, I was like, that was my movie, you know?

Brendan McCartney 48:27
And how did you feel that Fury Road? How does it compare to the trilogy? Do you think does it fit into the canon?

Jason Buff 48:35
Well, the thing that I was excited about, because when I first saw the preview, I didn't know it was even something that they were making, you know, because when I would go see, like I saw Babe and I saw all these other movies, and I would see George Miller's name attached. And I was like, Is that the same is that road warrior George Miller. Alright, and so I didn't really know he was even making it. And then all of a sudden, one day I see the preview for Fury Road. And I see that it's involving a truck. Yeah, the trailer, and you know, it's got the truck and it's got everybody chasing after it. And I was like, wow, this is going to be like taking the second half of the road warrior. And that's going to kind of be the framework for the entire movie. Exactly. So I was you know, I really kind of couldn't wait, it was one of the I mean, a lot of people are excited about Star Wars I was just like, you know, counting down the days to watch Fury Road you know, I

Brendan McCartney 49:26
I was absolutely yeah, yeah. Yeah.

Jason Buff 49:29
So I mean there were the only thing that I was was maybe different was just Tom Hardy playing the character of man.

Brendan McCartney 49:38
That's the big thing to get. Right. And you know, there's some did a good job and, you know, I think overall the film most people are pretty pleased.

Jason Buff 49:49
Yeah, and for me, you know, I really love you know, I had previously like a week or so before going to see the Avengers. And I can't tell you how They're up I am with just digital effects. And

Brendan McCartney 50:05
I left after about an hour and a half. But couldn't I just be so bored? Yeah.

Alex Ferrari 50:11
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jason Buff 50:21
So I was just thrilled. And especially, I mean, I've been glued to like YouTube looking at all the behind the scenes footage and how they were able to put everything together. And I think there's going to be, there's really a vote going on to all this CGI. And I think you see it in the new Star Wars movie, too, that people are like they want to see people in danger. Yeah, they want to really see a movie being made instead of just everything done the computer. Yeah,

Brendan McCartney 50:44
I think Mad Max Fury Road is going to have a big influence on moviemaking from now on. It's going to change the gear a bit as you write about just all that very unbelievable CGI.

LINKS

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook

IFH 692: How I Wrote Erin Brockovich with Susannah Grant

In the male-dominated world of Hollywood, Susannah Grant has emerged as a powerful force, breaking barriers and reshaping the landscape of screenwriting. With her unique storytelling abilities and uncompromising vision, Grant has become a trailblazer, paving the way for women in the film industry.

Right-click here to download the MP3

Alex Ferrari 1:39
Well guys, today on the show, we have Academy Award nominee, Susannah Grant, and Susannah wrote the Oscar winning film, Erin Brockovich, as well as 28 days with Sandra Bullock in her shoes with Cameron Diaz catch and release with Jennifer Garner, Charlotte's Web, the soloist with Robert Downey and Jamie Foxx, and so, so, so much more. Suzanne and I have a deep sit down conversation about her process, her journey as a screenwriter and advice that she gives to up and coming screenwriters trying to break into the business today. So without any further ado, let's dive in. I'd like to welcome to the show Susannah Grant. How you doin Susannah?

Susannah Grant 2:26
I'm great Alex, how are you?

Alex Ferrari 2:27
I'm doing very good. Thank you so much for coming on the show. I've been a fan of your work from 20 days to in her shoes. I love romantic comedies. Of course, Erin Brockovich. Even Pocahontas, too, when I was doing well in the 90s

Susannah Grant 2:43
I had some troubles

Alex Ferrari 2:46
I'm sure you do. I'm sure you do. But even the you were coming in on Pocahontas. You were coming in at that wave of the 90s. Yeah, eight late 80s early and and The Little Mermaid Lion King Aladdin, it was just like each does printing money.

Susannah Grant 3:02
But yeah, they weren't they they were doing really beautiful work and bringing back the movie musical, which was fantastic. And so I was really happy to be a part of it. And, you know, it's not how it's not how we would make a story about Native Americans today, which we've? Yeah, there have been some advances. There has been I learned a ton. I learned a ton. I have not gone back into animation, because animation is not covered by the guild. So oh, it isn't? I don't know. It's not it's actually covered by a different union, oddly, which has to do with the history of animation, but no writing for writing for so. You know, I look at Linda Woolverton who wrote these huge Disney movies and the amount of money she has not received for her work that she would have been a union project. Anyway. That's another story. But I have not worked in animation since largely because of that, but but it's a really rigorous place to start, because the tradition of animation is is that the story artists tell the story, storyboard artists, that was how it was done early in the day at Disney and Howard Ashman and Alan Menken brought in writers and that was the beginning of this sort of renaissance that they that they brought in. So we were writers, I had two partners on that Carl binder and Philip was ethnic and but there were also story artists who considered themselves writers. So you would, there was a lot of tension in it, which was, you know, good and bad, but there was it was incredibly rigorous. You know, there's no scene in that movie that was written any fewer than 3035 times it was just over and over and over for your first gig. It's really good. It's a it's like a boot camp, you know,

Alex Ferrari 5:00
How does I mean seriously because I was gonna ask you about Pocahontas. But since we started there, why don't we just keep going? The because I have friends who are animators I've been inside the Disney Studios, I see how they work. And he told me all about the process and the directors and how they work with the storyboard artists. But it must be frustrating as a writer to have storyboard art basically storyboard artists dictating story as a right, and it must have been just been this really interesting thing to deal with as a young writer as well.

Susannah Grant 5:33
Yeah, well, and I haven't been there in the sort of post Pixar Universe. And, you know, I don't know how they're doing it now. And at the time, you know, the animation tradition is very profound and sacred to people. So you don't want to dishonor that I was, I was still in film school, you know, when I got that job. So to get the job. You know, I my first year of film school, I won the nickel Fellowship, which is a fellowship that the academy gives, and that just gives your work, more visibility. And then you start meeting folks. And I did and I had, I was in school, I was still in school, I had a second year of film school. So I would get offered jobs that just smelled like really bad jobs that would go nowhere. And I had the luxury of being able to say no, because I was in film, I was in school, you know. So it had to be appealing enough to pull me away from getting my masters, which I want to get. And then eventually, you know, after I said no to a few things from Disney Animation, I learned quickly, that saying no, doesn't mean they'll never ask you again. It just means they'll offer you something better. So eventually, they came to me, they came to me with some ideas. Like we don't even know what this is. It's just a word. You know, whales, just whale. And I thought now I know, that meant that movies never ever getting me. By the way. All the things they pitched me before this. There were about five of them. None of them have gotten made. So I actually had a wonderful teacher in film school named Jerry Cass and I would sort of floated by him and he'd go, Nope, don't do it. Don't do it. And then they called one day instead, this one has a release date. And I thought all right, Jack out of school early for something

Alex Ferrari 7:30
The whole polka. Yeah, the whole the whole Pocahontas thing. I think it works. Yeah, I think we haven't released it. It's gonna go.

Susannah Grant 7:36
Yeah, yeah. So you know, I was new, and I was green. And I was humbled. And I had two other writers who are great pals and great writers. And, you know, anytime it gets rough, for God's sake, you're doing a Disney animated movie. And you're, you know, I was, I was never unaware of how fortunate I was. So even on the difficult days, I was happy to be there.

Alex Ferrari 8:01
Yeah, it's it's a magical place. I've been in and many times at Disney animation. And it is, it's a beautiful, wonderful, and I've heard stories I remember tangled, was in development for 10 years, really everything on it. I saw them I saw the art was a completely different from what we saw, a year before release, stripped it all start again. And they did that with every single movie since not why they are not precious.

Susannah Grant 8:33
And the great thing is when you're working on one of them, you know, when we were working on Pocahontas, Lion King was in its finishing stages. So we had the advantage of being adjacent to that work, which was tremendous. And then hunchback was behind us. So we were aware of that as well. And so you ended up part of this continuum

Alex Ferrari 8:58
Was a magical time. It wasn't that that those that five to 10 year window of Disney animation was pretty remarkable. It's hard for people to understand, because it was pretty much dead in the water. Yeah, it was. It's a little mermaid showed up and then we're like, oh, okay,

Susannah Grant 9:14
Until Alan Menken and Howard Ashman came in said, we can

Alex Ferrari 9:18
Katzenberg and Katzenberg came in and started doing some stuff and there was a

Susannah Grant 9:23
Professional meeting was a meeting with Jeffrey I think it was at 7:30 in the morning on Mother's Day, Sunday.

Alex Ferrari 9:30
Of course, of course,

Susannah Grant 9:31
There was some rigor to that,

Alex Ferrari 9:35
To say the least. So your first writing gig was out of school was straight into Disney Studios working with it. So after you're done with that whole process, you then started working on television, you went into party five,

Susannah Grant 9:47
I really hadn't had a plan to work in television, you know, I've been my sort of House of Worship growing up as it was was a movie movie theater.

Alex Ferrari 10:01
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Susannah Grant 10:10
So that felt like the sort of form of American storytelling I was dying to be a part of, and contribute to when that was a conversation I wanted to be a part of. But I got this pilot shown to me that was made by Chris Kaiser and Amy Lippmann called Party of Five. And it was beautiful. And it felt like my sensibility and they were the best people in the world. And I didn't you know, Ben, so I went and did that for a bit.

Alex Ferrari 10:41
You did that for a few years. So let me ask you, what were some of the biggest lessons working in that writers room and, and really kind of, because it's one thing is being a feature writer, and another one's being a TV writer, it's it's a grind, it's a daily grind, with television, as opposed to feature screenwriting, which is, take your time, you can

Susannah Grant 11:03
Also have daily grind. It is, it is no I was opposed to the lonelier daily grind.

Alex Ferrari 11:09
Right! But a lot of times, if you're doing a spec or something you could do you could be on that spec for five years. This is like there's a deadline, and you gotta go, you gotta go. Yeah, what you learn.

Susannah Grant 11:19
It's funny, when I look back at it, I really think of the lessons I learned less being about craft. And being more about how do you how do you choose to live this writer's life, that was a remarkably wonderful group of people were kind to each other and supportive of each other and funny, and you could you could share your ATSC with them. And they would only love you more, you know, and this is exactly the kind of environment you want for a beautiful collaborative workplace. And it's sort of set in my head that as a bar, and I've really actually been quite fortunate in that I've had very few professional collaborations that have not felt like that. I mean, I've had them, you know, and you sort of work through them as quickly as possible. But but that was the biggest lesson there that for me, not for everyone, there are people who thrive in chaos and conflict, and their best work comes out of it. For me, that is the environment that brings out my best work. So that was one lesson. And the other was, you just keep working on it till it's good enough, you know, you just keep working on it until it's good enough. And I would put the scenes up on my wall that because you sort of outline it together. And I would have a bar for myself, I wouldn't put a red checkmark on it saying it was done. Until I had surprised myself in the scene and turned it into something that I hadn't anticipated, or found something within it that I hadn't anticipated would be there from the outline, you know, so it just I, I found a, I guess a bar that made the work feel alive and interesting, as opposed to flat and dead, you know, the scene where x happens? Well, if it's the scene where x happens, how can you make that alive? How can you surprise yourself? How can you surprise your viewer? How can you find an element of it that you didn't know was going to be there going in, you know, which is the most exciting stuff to watch where humanity sort of peaks out unexpectedly?

Alex Ferrari 13:38
So you mentioned that, you know, you've obviously had some not so harmonious color or collaborations? I think in the business in general, we all have that we all have to deal with that at one point or another. Do you have any advice on how to walk that path a bit and depending on collaborators and who you're working with? Because we're talking about there's a difference between a pas collaborating with a director and a writer collaborating with a director or an executive producer on the show, things like that? How do you deal with that higher level when you're with collaborators?

Susannah Grant 14:09
Boy, it really all depends on who that collaborator is and what their particular approach to work in a work environment is. I've had ones where I've worked with a director where it felt like I had to say it's delicately ego was a big, big presence in the room at the meet Oh, no. And, and then just by sort of sitting there, it felt like there were three people in the room at the beginning me the director and the ego but if you just sit there Oh, calmly and say and just don't Don't, don't dance with it. You know, don't don't dance with it. Don't engage it. Don't fight it. Just it it if if the creative vision matches gradually, sometimes that will just ease its way out of the room, you know, but sometimes it won't. Sometimes it's just like, sometimes you are working with a chaos monster. And you will never see eye to eye. You know, there were a couple projects where I look back on it. And I realized I was holding on to my job so hard that I lost grip of the, of the film, you know, and sometimes you're there. There's one movie I look back on, and I think, oh, I should have walked. Not for me. But maybe maybe if I had walked, the director is isn't original to like, I would never walk off an original. But maybe if I had walked, I mean, the director is always going to win, right? Maybe five walks, they would have found something that wasn't what I wanted it to be. But was better than what it ended up being which was sort of a mishmash, you know, I'm trying mishmash between that directors idea of what it should be in mind. You know?

Alex Ferrari 15:59
And when something like that happens, how blamed Are you as a writer to for the

Susannah Grant 16:06
Good and bad of the good and bad of the sort of director worship is that? Not so much. I mean, it was a good spec, it was a good, it was a good original script. And it wouldn't have gone into production if it hadn't been and but it's just one of those things. If you guys, you don't share a vision, sometimes it won't come out the way you want it to.

Alex Ferrari 16:34
And a lot of times I've noticed is that ego when the ego is the third, I love that term, by the way, the third egos the third person in the room. It's because of either fear or insecurity. And once they feel that, like, oh, this person is not going to hurt me that we're on the same page. It does kind of recess a little bit.

Susannah Grant 16:50
Yeah, I had the really wonderful good fortune of working with Curtis Hampton. He was just wonderful, wonderful man and wonderful filmmaker. And he had a I think I learned a lot from him. Because he would point out something in the script that didn't quite work. Right. Makes sense. And I would say yeah, it does. Yeah, it does that fight, hold on. And then he'd say, lean in really kindly and say, no, no, no, Susannah, this is a good thing. This means we get to go find a better thing together. It's great. And he would see every problem. And he would always say no, no, no, this is a good thing. And you make a home movie with someone who thinks that way. And it starts to inform your own thinking, and you start to see problems as good things and, and I think that does feel less threatening sometimes to partners. If if you walk in saying, I know that things can always get better. Let's keep making it better till we run out of time. You know, and

Alex Ferrari 17:50
That's, that's kind of the TV mentality as well as the TV writer because, yeah, not as much the screen not as much the features writers at from my experience, and from what I've who I've talked to, it's not as much as it should be. But it's well, sometimes,

Susannah Grant 18:04
I mean, feature writers are so rarely given the opportunity to have that to in their work. So and, and often have the experience of it not getting better or not getting closer to what they had wanted it to be at the outset. But further from it. So, you know, working with Curtis was it was a blessing because that's not the norm. I think that's credibly lovely and generous.

Alex Ferrari 18:31
He was wonderful. He's a wonderful, wonderful filmmaker. Now. You know, you did write a little film called Aaron Brock something or other. little while ago. How did that project Erin Brockovich come to, to life because you are credited the only writer and that's what I'm assuming this is an original, or were you hired?

Susannah Grant 18:50
Was an original Yeah, it was, but it was. I had I had just written ever after. And it was very much I love and I'm not the only writer on that the director came in and he did some rewriting with his partner. So they're pretty credited writers on that. But, but I just done that and it was I love it, but it was very sort of precious and delicate. I mean, it's she's MIDI two, which is good, but I just wanted to I just had in my head that the next thing I wanted to write was I had this phrase kick ass brought in my head. And I don't know why I was like, I don't know, I just some kick ass bra. And I went to have a general meeting in Jersey pictures. And Gail Lyon was there and told me this story and they had met Aaron, through a chiropractor, because you know, that car accident that starts the movie actually walked Aaron's back out, and she then would go to a chiropractor Well, Michael Shamburger, who was like the President or something of Jersey at the time, his his wife went to the same chiropractor. So that's how they heard Aaron's course,

Alex Ferrari 20:03
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Susannah Grant 20:12
Oh, hey, gay had optioned it. And I was, you know, I don't know that. I mean, maybe Pocahontas had come out. But it certainly there was nothing that would suggest that I was the right person for the film, except for that I knew that I was. And and they I think they said at the time, well, actually, we're out. We're out to Cali, Cory. All right. All right. So in two weeks, I called up and said, hey, just wondering if you'd heard from Cali? And they'd say, yes, yes. Now we're out to scout Frank. And I'd sit for two weeks, and then I call back. And it was, I think my polite persistence wore them down. I just kept calling and saying did did that other superstar writer pass yet? And eventually enough of them pass? And I had checked in often enough that they said, All right, well, we'll let you meet her. And then Aaron and I got on like a house on fire. So so

Alex Ferrari 21:09
It just took off from there. There's no There's the dialogue in that movie is so beautiful. I love I still remember that scene of like, numbers. I'll tell you some numbers. That whole I was just sitting there in awe because I was like, that's such a wonderful comeback to a guy, obviously hitting on her in this. Yeah, it was so so beautiful. And Julia Roberts was a

Susannah Grant 21:36
Performances her and senior just wonderful and directed it perfectly. And, you know, that's one of those. Yeah, I had two films in production at the same time. And one of them I was on the set many of the days. And the other one I was also pregnant, so I wasn't there that much, honestly. And, and and then Erin Brockovich was shooting at the same time, and I was never on that set. And Erin Brockovich looks exactly like the movie I had in my head. And the one where I'm on the set every day looks nothing like the movie that I had in my head. So, you know, does being on the set? Make a difference? I don't know. You know, I don't know. That's can sometimes but if it's not the right, team, so why don't you

Alex Ferrari 22:29
It was Steven got what you were doing? And that you guys were both mind meld it apparently, that got that vision which

Susannah Grant 22:35
He saw what I saw. And I don't know how much of it was suggested on the page. And how much of it just was the luck of you know, two people who who happen to see something the same way though, though, didn't really talk about it that much, you know,

Alex Ferrari 22:53
Right. So what was it like working with Steven, because that was a heck of a year for him. If I remember correctly, he also has a traffic track. He also did another little movie called traffic the same year it was like, well, that's unheard of what he was what was going on in his career at the time. And he's a legendary filmmaker, and he's these fantastical.

Susannah Grant 23:11
I didn't work that closely with him. So

Alex Ferrari 23:13
Really, it was just not at all really. That's fascinating. To me, you met with him obviously a bit. Yeah, I did. Yeah. You met with him. But he just read the script is like, I'm good. Let's go.

Susannah Grant 23:25
Yeah, basically. I mean, nothing's Nothing says simple. But yeah.

Alex Ferrari 23:31
Fair enough. Fair enough. So then the Oscars come around. And you get a nomination? I did. And what is what's that, like? At that point in your career? Only? Like, what, five, six years in? At this point?

Susannah Grant 23:47
I don't know. It was I don't know, I guess I guess. Interesting at that at the premiere. Um, I saw Amy Pascal, who was always has always been extraordinarily lovely and great. Man, we've had a nice, done a lot of nice work together. But I saw her this was early on and I knew her and after the premiere was filing out of it, and she pulled me over and she said this never happens. I thought well, maybe it does. And maybe it will again like she was just telling me this is remarkable. Appreciate it. You know, it's it's it's wonderful. It's it's great and strange and and you think this is you know, something I've dreamed about and then also doesn't matter at all, you know? Yeah.

Alex Ferrari 24:41
Were you that clear. Were you that clear headed at that time in your life? Because I know as we as we all get older, we look back and like you know, but when you're younger coming up like the Oscar the Oscar the Oscar, you know,

Susannah Grant 24:52
Yeah, it is probably about my family of origin but those were not our values like growing up they just They just weren't not better, not worse. They were just all there. So, um, I did you know, I brought my brother and sister to it and I thought they thought it was a kick, you know, so it's fun. It was a fun ride. It was, it was. So it isn't like, I don't want to denigrate the academy at all. It's it's a lovely thing they do. And it's, it's nice. And it's also incredibly surreal. We were sitting at the ceremony, my husband and I and and he said, Boy, if you dropped down from outerspace into this theater, you would think that this is our God.

Alex Ferrari 25:42
What an amazing what an amazing observation. He's so

Susannah Grant 25:51
Lovely, and and the, the academy is great, and the, you know, to have the fellowship of, you know, all these remarkable people who've told the stories that ordered your brain growing up and into adulthood is just incredible luxury, and to be part of that community.

Alex Ferrari 26:12
And to be fair, and to be fair to your husband, he's not wrong. He's not wrong at all in Hollywood, that is, other than the dollar. The Oscars are quite close second. So you go through the ceremony, you go through all of this, you know, all the hoopla then because I've had many Oscar winners and Oscar nominees on the show before and I love asking what happened after how did the town treat you afterwards? When you got you know, all this? Because the spotlights on you and it's just a window, and there's a window of time, where you're the it? Girl, the guy? What was that? Like? What was that kind of journey for you?

Susannah Grant 26:53
Honestly, it just I'm a bit of a hustler, and I don't ever like honestly any don't like thinking about awards? I don't have any. I mean, I'm, I'm thrilled to have received some awards in my time, but I don't have any of them any place I can see them. Because it just don't. I don't know that that would do anything good for my head. So what I am aware of is that it up your price. Like it's great. Your agent asked for more money. And I think writers should get more money, always. So if you can do that, if you can bump up your price.

Alex Ferrari 27:37
Great, then just keep rockin and rollin.

Susannah Grant 27:41
Because I'm being more diminishing of it. I guess what I mean is it probably did stuff but I'm so afraid of resting on laurels. And it never ever, ever makes the writing easier. In fact, I think it might make it harder if you pay attention to it. So you know, it doesn't make any difference. If you were out, you know, at the Vanity Fair party till to the night before your sit down your computer. It's not going to be one iota easier. Not one iota. So in terms of my work, no difference.

Alex Ferrari 28:20
Yeah, it, it almost. The work itself, it almost seems because again, speaking to so many who have done gone through what you've gone through, it seems almost like a burden in a certain way. Because now

Susannah Grant 28:34
So it wasn't a burden. You know, Cameron Crowe's burden.

Alex Ferrari 28:37
Yeah, it was exactly but but the the the, the the burden of like, if you get it if it gets in your head of like, oh my God, what's next? All I have to do this or I have to do it does kind of tweak with you a little bit. But one thing that I've really fascinated by talking to so many, you know, accomplished screenwriters like yourself, and filmmakers, they're still in neuroses in their work they still don't think in many ways that they're like It's still tough. I still don't think I'm good enough. I still think someone's gonna walk into the room at any second and go what are you doing here? You're not supposed to be near security get her out. Is that kind of the vibe Do you still feel them anyways?

Susannah Grant 29:19
Well the second part not anymore you know the second guy I mean, I've been doing this a long time friends and we all we all security's not taking you know, but absolutely it's still challenging and you're still facing a wall every day but that's a the fun of it. does is it doesn't feel like fun, but it is what makes it interesting. And be I don't think the work is for me is much good without that. I think if I was sort of like what I was saying earlier about what I discovered about writing scenes in party five if I feel like I can do something and yeah, just whip this one off, it's not going to be good.

Alex Ferrari 30:03
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Susannah Grant 30:12
You won't and I always have to feel as if there's something I'm trying to figure out. And I like a little bit of, of panic associated with my, with my work. I'm very early on I knew herb Sargent, was Alvin Sergeant's brother. And I was talking to him very, very early on in my career, and he said, Oh, yeah, every time Alvin takes a job, he calls me up and says, I can't do it. I gotta give the money back. Now, I think Alvin Sargent has written some of the most beautiful movies I've ever seen. And he was a lovely man. And I thought, okay, Alvin Sargent, tying himself in knots and saying he has to give the money back. Maybe that is not a glitch in the system in my system, maybe that doesn't mean I don't belong here. If Alvin Sargent has proceeded with that, and done the work he's done, maybe it is, in fact, an integral part of good work. So that was an early gift.

Alex Ferrari 31:20
You when you're writing, do you have the experience of sometimes being in that flow, where when you're done writing, you look at it and go, I don't know who just wrote that. But that's fantastic.

Susannah Grant 31:30
I don't look at my work, right, when I write it that carefully, what I tend to do is look at it the next morning, look at the prior day's work. And usually I go over the prior few days work before I start writing, and it is kind of exciting, you look at something and you don't really recognize it, that's pretty great.

Alex Ferrari 31:50
It does. It's kind of like we all strive for is to have that, that flow moment that you just are there and it just kind of goes, Do you what is your schedule? Like when you write? Do you actually have a time? Do you like, you know, like, Eric Roth has like this time, and since I understand

Susannah Grant 32:07
I've got a pretty set day, you know, I've spent so it's, I'm actually just getting back into it now, because I'm finishing post on a movie I directed, but it is I have a ridiculously early wake up. But actually, many writers I know have this wake, I get up at 430 and make a cup of coffee, I work for? Well, it used to be when my kids were at home, I would work for three hours. And then that was long enough to get into some sort of groove, so that I could, you know, go do the breakfast thing, get folks off to school, okay, and come back and still feel as if I was invested in the work and anything less than that, it would be hard to get back into it. So I needed about three hours to feel like, Oh, I gotta get back to work, you know. And then I usually write till about midday ish, you know, 12 one, something like that. And then And then, you know, business stuff, emails fucking around in the afternoon.

Alex Ferrari 33:12
Fair enough. So, let me let me ask you a very simple question. What? What is it about writing that you love? What keeps you because this is you know, it's though!

Susannah Grant 33:23
Very early on in life. Like, as a kid, I got this idea that this whole life thing was a massive rip off that you only got to live one of them. Like there's, there are infinite numbers of this was before the notion of multiverses entered our consciousness and who knows maybe that Chase has everything but but I thought it's just a rip off. I only get to be me. And I don't get to be that cowboy. And I don't get to be that. You know, that sanitation worker. And I don't get to be that like, how is that seems so unfair. It just seemed like someone had presented a massive, massive buffet and said you can have one shrink. And that's it, you know, and so I'm just imagining other existences started really really early and for a while I thought for a little while I thought I might be an I might go at it by acting and I did that for a little bit after school but it just dispositional II The life didn't work for me and and and I got I got bored doing it then I do a show two nights in a row and by the third night I think I just did this why am I doing it? I didn't have the right mentality of every night.

Alex Ferrari 34:50
Life on Broadway is not for you is basically

Susannah Grant 34:52
No like anything more than a two night run and I was out

Alex Ferrari 34:56
Very short career.

Susannah Grant 34:58
But then I was I was cuz you know, fairly lost in life and didn't know what I was going to do, because I didn't I also thought I might be a journalist, which is also another way to sort of gather up experience. And then that I that didn't seem like the thing either. And then I just like I moved to San Francisco, which is what you do when you have no idea what you're doing, because no one else there knew what they were doing either. And, and I was really lonely. So I tried writing a script, and I thought, oh, oh, this I could do this. I could do for a long time. Like, just keep creating a world over and over. Imagination. Yeah.

Alex Ferrari 35:41
That's beautiful. That's really beautiful. It seems like you had a thirst for life. And this is the way you kind of suck them bone marrow, the marrow out of the boat of life in many ways.

Susannah Grant 35:52
Yeah, yeah. I mean, I do think it's important to say they were fairly torturous years finding that, you know, and I talked to a lot of young people who sort of you know, just just are hungry, understandably hungry, to figure out how to get to a place and you really have to go through some gnarly stuff to find out who you really want to be. And, and maybe they always want to say, Listen to yourself, maybe this will be what you want to be, but maybe something else will come out of the blue and be open to it, keep your ears open, because if I had just had, like, my nose to the grindstone with acting, would have had a very unhappy life, you know. So, so, you know, the uncertainty and the fear and the, the panic and sleepless nights and all that I think they're important to pay attention to, and they can lead you someplace good. You know, if you listen,

Alex Ferrari 36:53
If you listen, that's the very key point there. Now you got a chance to, to direct the film, your first film, which is catch and release, which I love. By the way, I saw that it's a fun little kids. Wonderful, little wonderful little film. What was your biggest lesson? Directly? Because I know you direct it a bit on television, but it's a bit different. Yeah, a bit different.

Susannah Grant 37:16
Well, really, it's my lesson from that film was less about directing, although there are a bunch of of those and more about being clear on the movie you're making, and Amy Pascal that was a Sony Movie, and she and I have talked about it since then. But that movie should have been a $5 million, Sundance movie, but she gave me I think it was $30 million to make the movie. And, and I kept thinking, I don't feel like a $30 million movie, but she's writing the checks, I'm not going to argue. Um, and then as we got close to shooting it, it became clear. And I guess we just hadn't spoken to each other clearly enough beforehand that she she had expectations of a kind of romantic comedy that I didn't think were inherent in the script. And so all during production, we were trying to sort of pull it into something that would hold on to what I loved and deliver on what, what she felt she had bought. And like I said, we've she and I have talked about it. Plenty since then it has a lot of lovely little moments in it. But I think we spent too much money on it, you know. And so it has an ending that that is sort of a classic romantic comedy ending, which wasn't where we started just trying to deliver on a sort of studio product that that it probably shouldn't have tried to be so that's that's the lesson there is just be really clear upfront with what movie you're making with the people who are giving you the money. Because eventually, they're going to want what they bought.

Alex Ferrari 39:00
Exactly.

Susannah Grant 39:02
You driving to the set every day like rewriting the ending way too much. But, but I had some great, great partners on that I had, I was working with the cinematographer named John Latham, I've worked with many times since then. And he made a bunch of movies and every now and then I would just sidle over and say so and just ask him a question. He always had a great answer. So when you're reading a script, when you're shooting a film, do you cow How can you tell which scenes are not going to make it in the final cut? And he said to me, Well, if it says, flashback and so since then, I've thought I put a very high bar on any flashback I use because somebody would make 20 movies before me said he shot a bunch of flashbacks that didn't make any cuts. Why is that? You know, just a lot of wisdom like that.

Alex Ferrari 39:59
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show. Night shoots yet nice shoots, rainy night shoots, try to get those out of the script. Reproduction.

Susannah Grant 40:16
Funny, you should say that I have pictures of us at night in, like drowned rats because we were in Vancouver, we're constantly but but I really love all the performances in that, oh, everyone does a beautiful job. And I think I learned also that I don't think I don't think I had fun doing it for about the first half of the shoot, I think I was so intent on being ready and prepared and professional and, you know, successful at the job that I that I forgot to have fun for a bit. And actually having fun for me is a really important part of that job. It makes you relaxed, it makes other people relaxed. It is a fun job. It's an incredibly fun job. So it should be fun. And, and, you know, relaxing, there's always a feeling I have at the beginning of any scene of oh, God, I hope it works. You know, before you shoot the first thought of it, and and the play when it doesn't quite and the play of finding, finding that, again, that unexpected thing within it and is really enjoyable, really enjoyable. Really fun.

Alex Ferrari 41:40
So as directors, you know, there's always that one day on set that you feel the entire world's coming crashing down around you. Now that's should be every day if you're doing your job, right. But there's that one day that you're just like, I don't know, if we're gonna make it today. I don't know if I'm going to make my day. I don't know if I'm going to get this shot. You know, what was that day for you? And how did you overcome it?

Susannah Grant 41:59
On catch and release? Yeah. You know, I I'm gonna preface this by saying that one of my app I've heard it's very good in terms of longevity. But one of my qualities is that I do not remember bad stuff that well. Oh, God, I know, I can remember there was a scene we were shooting. That was supposed to be the last scene at you know, I like I said, I just kept trying to deliver an ending that would fit with the movie and and we ended up reshooting it because I knew it wasn't that good. And the actors knew it wasn't that good. It wasn't what it should be. And none of us were saying it out loud. We were just trying to deliver on it. And it was this like, this big. It just it was it was it's that when you're the only thing that's uncomfortable is when you're doing something you're trying to tell yourself it's working and it doesn't. So I stopped I stopped doing that, then. Yeah, that was that was bad day.

Alex Ferrari 43:04
Sure. Yeah. When you go through when you're going through that, though, it does take a certain level of confidence within yourself. In the skill set, you have to either say stop, this is not working. We need to just stop it from here. But this was your first big this is my first thing.

Susannah Grant 43:17
I didn't know what to do that I would do that hurt beat now. Absolutely. Absolutely. Like we're wasting film or wasting time. Let's just stop and figure out if this is worth our while. Yeah.

Alex Ferrari 43:28
And on the set with the with an amazing cast that you have aware anytime you've directed Have you had to deal with opposing opinions of what the story should be. And having to fight, whether it be crew members, whether it be studios, whether it be actors, how do you overcome that as a director?

Susannah Grant 43:49
Sometimes you do and sometimes you don't, right,

Alex Ferrari 43:51
You win some you lose some.

Susannah Grant 43:54
And you know, look, you have to accept that it's a collaborative art form, right? And you're hiring people not just for their face and body, but for their inner life. And and like I said with with the one I was those two films before, you never really know until you get into the sandbox with someone if they if you have the same idea of what you're building, you know. So and sometimes it turns into something else that is different than what you had in mind but is, but is really remarkable too. You know, there was one performance and I won't name it but the first couple of days I was thinking this is this feels really different than what I had in mind, but she seems really committed to it. It ended up being a fantastic performance. She won awards for it, it was it was so you know you have to leave yourself open to the idea that your partner has a great idea and it might be it might challenge your idea and sometimes Sometimes it makes it better. And you just have to be alert to when it's not doing that, you know,

Alex Ferrari 45:08
I think one of the themes of this conversation is listen to yourself, listen to the gut, listen to your instincts for both both those sides, whether it's something like I think this is gonna go awry and gonna crash into a wall, or I feel like there's something here. I don't know what it is. Let me just step back a little bit. And let's see what happens.

Susannah Grant 45:27
Yeah. Yeah. I mean, it's all you have, right? Everything came from your gut, it's just an eye, I think that the conscious mind, when it comes to creativity is probably the least important element, you know, I try to write the reason I write when I write at that hour is that I think I'm still kind of asleep, you know, there's part of your sleeping brain that's still engaged, and I, I get my coffee all set the night before. So I don't have to do much, I can go pretty quickly from sleep to work. Because I think your unconscious and your subconscious are more alive at that time. After before you've you know, made lists and phone calls and cooked eggs, and whatever else you're doing is boring.

Alex Ferrari 46:18
That's a very interesting thing, though, because you're right, you're kind of like in that in between sleep and awake stage, your brain hasn't really turned on yet. So it's the noise of the crap that we have to deal with the voices in our head and all that is a little bit quieter. So you can kind of just tap into whatever that ether is to get the ideas in the in the flow, correct.

Susannah Grant 46:41
Yeah. And you also can convince yourself at 4:30 in the morning that you're the only person awake on the planet. You know, this feels like, it's just you in the moon and yeah, great.

Alex Ferrari 46:55
Fantastic. Now, you also you also, you also worked on a little film called Charlotte's Web, which is such a beautiful film. I mean, it's such a beautiful story. How did you approach adapting? Literally one of the biggest classic children's classic books ever? How do you all wrote that

Susannah Grant 47:16
Was interesting, because in the beginning, I spent a lot of time in Maine on the actual lake or eBay row. So I'm very reverential of his work and network in particular. And I thought, okay, straight up, faithful, loyal. And I got about halfway through the script, and I read it and it was just dead, it was just flat, and dead and lifeless. And I thought, Okay. So I infused it with, just with just more life, and I thought, the book will exist, as long as humans exist, this book will never go out of print. Everyone will read it love it. This has to a different medium, it has to have different dimension to it. So I did that. And then I remember what happened, it could have been that I went off to make catch and release at some point, I ended up having to leave and Carrie Kirkpatrick came in, who's a wonderful writer and a very funny writer, and he, he sort of he brought a whole other, you know, element to it as well. So. So that's, that's the thing, you just can't feel like you are just typing the book. It won't have the life it. It needs is the same thing when you're writing a story about a real person, you know, you have to I, the first time I did it was with Erin Brockovich. And I knew her and I really liked her and really admired her. And I would start writing and I would think, well, I'm not, I'm not sure what she would do here. Maybe I should ask Erin. I'm not sure what she should do. And then I thought, God, I feel like I'm writing with handcuffs on. So I decided in my head there to Aaron's, there's the Aaron, whom I really enjoy and admire. And then there's the Aaron I'm writing and they're totally different. And I'm just going to trust that I know her well enough. And I am not. I'm interested in just representing her truthfully. But that's but it's but this one's mine. And and I ended up with a much more faithful representation of her then I would have had I not given myself that license.

Alex Ferrari 49:55
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show. Yeah, that is a mistake. I think a lot of people who adapt do is they, whether it's a real life person or a real life story, or a book, because, um, I remember watching the Godfather behind the scenes and watching what Francis did with the book. And he just, I mean, what he pulled out what he wanted. Yeah, yeah, he was he was constructing a blueprint. And it was wonderful to see his process. It was,

Susannah Grant 50:28
Yeah, but you really have to be Master and Commander, when you're writing something you have to be it has to be your world. You're in charge, nobody over you. It's your and obviously, then it goes into production. And then you're making a film and then other voices. But when you are writing that script, you have to feel it's you're in charge. And you're the ultimate authority on it.

Alex Ferrari 50:52
Now, if you had a chance to go back and talk to that young film student free Pocahontas, what advice would you give her?

Susannah Grant 51:00
Yeah, well, none, because it worked out really well. Obviously, if I had known more than maybe I wouldn't have. I don't know, you know, I used to worry, I used to worry a lot about. I mean, I would, you know, I would turn in a script on Friday, and I would be apoplectic until Monday. And so I think I don't I don't do that anymore. Obviously, I want people to like my work, always. But I don't turn myself into, you know, knots over it. And I may try to tell myself, ease up a little bit. I don't know, maybe that level of anxiety is what pushed me to make my work better than it would have been otherwise. So I yeah, I wouldn't I wouldn't say anything different. Fair enough. I mean, you can't you I have no quibble with how my life is going these days. And if every miserable step along the way is what I needed to get here. I take them all, you know,

Alex Ferrari 52:06
Isn't that a great life lesson because a lot of people want to avoid all the bad stuff and like, but the bad stuff, what makes you grow it the bad stuff is what makes you gets you to that, but it also gives you character to be a better writer.

Susannah Grant 52:17
Yeah. And then when that's what you share, that's what people respond to, you know, the whole point of these stories is for people to feel seen, you know, people are people that just to make the world a little less lonely, you know, people watch something and say, oh, yeah, I feel that too. Maybe I'm not the only one who feels that maybe I'm not the only one going through this and you're not going to you're not going to do that without living part into the in the different difficulties of life, you know?

Alex Ferrari 52:47
Without question I'm going to ask you a few questions asked all of my guests okay, what advice would you give a filmmaker or screenwriter starting in the business today?

Susannah Grant 53:01
I struggle with this one a bit because the OnRamps are are different now than they were when I was starting you can make your own films so cheaply now. And so I would I would tell people to do that as much as possible but the quality of your work remains the same the B hard on yourself I don't mean punishing of yourself on a personal level but be demanding of your work set your bar high. I do this thing at the end of every script when I think it's ready. I read it as if I were an actor, and I had a lot of options and and I try to figure out if I have a lot of options am I going to do this one before all those other great options and and that is a that's a way I hold my work to what I think is a higher standard so I would find those ways you can you can push yourself to make your work as good as it can be because Nothing's worse than putting work out there that isn't ready that you could have made better and then you're just disappointed in yourself and you're not getting yourself where you want to be be big. Do your best work do your best work rough and very school Marmee but that's what my advice

Alex Ferrari 54:24
Now what is the lesson that took you the longest to learn whether in the film industry or in life?

Susannah Grant 54:30
Oh golly. Oh golly. I wish I paid attention to these before we spoke. I'm gonna have to come back to that one

Alex Ferrari 54:41
Will hold it will hold it will hold it. All right. What is what did you learn from your biggest failure?

Susannah Grant 54:50
That I can survive failure

Alex Ferrari 54:53
That's a good lesson to learn.

Susannah Grant 54:54
There are worse things than failure. And honestly, it can be rough if you are achieved When oriented and and failure reverse, it can be painful, but that failure is not death failure is often something you can learn a lot from.

Alex Ferrari 55:09
It is the process is part of the process, you have to feel if you win all the time you learn nothing.

Susannah Grant 55:14
And there are great there are there is gold and failure. It's painful. And it's the other thing is that our work is public. So, so failures public and so you feel embarrassed, and you know, whatever. But there is real gold in failure, looking at something and say, Okay, well then next time, I won't do that.

Alex Ferrari 55:36
And what are three screenplays that every screenwriter should read?

Susannah Grant 55:41
Okay, well, first of all, every screenwriting logistical problem is solved somewhere within the script of Tootsie. So that's what it learned Tootsie, when you hit a wall think what did they do in Tootsie? And you'll find some way that one of those, I think it was six writers figured out a logistical challenge. So Tootsie is a good one. Witness because it's spectacular. And it shows you how little dialogue you actually need to make a moment moment meaningful. Gosh, it's hard. It's hard not to say Godfather Part Two, right?

Alex Ferrari 56:27
One and two, you could put on put together? That's good. Yes. If you put one or two are considered the same for me. Yeah, you can't. Well, I mean, that's, I mean, all

Susannah Grant 56:37
There are ones that I just adore. You know, All the President's Men. Every scene forces you into the next scene. There's no point you can't drop into All the President's Men and not stay till the end. It is the most propulsive movie and to look at that and think, how did they do that? Fantastic. And then there's gravy. I'm giving you more than three, please. Before it's running on empty by Naomi Foner. Yeah, just just the most beautiful movie and it's a great opening, you meet River Phoenix, and he's playing Little League baseball. And this is a guy who is not attached to anything because his family for those people that his his family is on the run. And he can't really play baseball because he's never been part of it. But he's playing anyway. And someone says to him, I'm not going to quote it accurately. But one of the first lines he says someone says to him, why do you even play and he says baseball is my life. And it's the most wonderful first line for a character because in that moment with this guy who has not been allowed to put down roots anywhere, in that moment, baseball is his life. And it's it's it's shallow. And he's it's such a great first character introduction. So that's another one too. I could go on all day, but we will

Alex Ferrari 57:57
I'm in Chinatown network. I may Shawshank. I mean, you can just keep going.

Susannah Grant 58:02
Yeah, work is the movie that got me into movies. I should have said that one is about Nashville, Nashville.

Alex Ferrari 58:08
Altman. I mean, I mean, the play. I love the player. I just love watching the player. They don't do those pitches. They don't yeah, of course. They don't do those pitch sessions anymore. Like they do the player do they? Think they do, but they don't buy pitches as much as they used to.

Susannah Grant 58:24
No, they don't. They don't want depends on who you are. I mean, sure. They'd probably not like that anymore. No, yeah,

Alex Ferrari 58:31
Those those. Let me ask you the days of like the 90s, the Shane Black days and Joe Osterhaus days where they were just dropping. Two mil, three mil, four mil five mil on spec scripts. Those days are pretty much

Susannah Grant 58:44
They are gone, I think, spec script and still do really well.

Alex Ferrari 58:48
I still got yeah, there's still there's a million, but they're rare before it was just like water.

Susannah Grant 58:54
I feel like I had this theory. In the first couple of decades of doing this that that was what I call called the pile of stupid money. And it moved. And when I first started the pile of stupid money was all in specs in film specs, right interest, and it was just like, I don't know where the money was coming from, but it was massive amounts for and then the pile of stupid money moved into TV overall deals and then just the crazy overall. I mean, I'm sure they for a while there the it was.

Alex Ferrari 59:30
Yeah, actors had actors, actors, actors had network deals like overall look, they

Susannah Grant 59:35
I don't know, I think I think those piles of stupid money might be disappearing in the corporate conglomeration of our business. I mean, they look a little harder at their spreadsheets.

Alex Ferrari 59:47
I was when I had somebody who worked who was the president of Richard Donner's company back in the 80s. Can you imagine? We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show. And he's like I was there 10 years and I Googled What was it like working with Dick on some of these projects, and he's like, this is how it would go. He would read the script. He got Lethal Weapon. He read it. He said, I want to make this movie. He'd call up the president of Warner's he goes, I got a script. I want to make it and the president of Warner's goes full and no discussion of money. Whatever Riddick wanted to got. It's like never like, oh, you only can make it for 30. And but he was very responsible. He wasn't hitmaker and

Susannah Grant 1:00:36
He knew he had delivered consistently.

Alex Ferrari 1:00:38
Right. And he's Richard Donner, for God's sakes. So it was like, illegals. Yeah, that's when filmmakers run ran the studios. Yeah. Yeah. They don't know as much

Susannah Grant 1:00:48
You read the Mike Nichols biography and be done regard to the discussion of the catering table. It's a very detailed and beautiful biography. But I would think, man, you could not like I can't imagine getting that catering budget this was it that extravagant Oh, he had the most spectacular catering. Really? Lobster and sushi every day? Yeah, absolutely. Steak. I think that's the best.

Alex Ferrari 1:01:22
And then last question three of your favorite films.

Susannah Grant 1:01:26
Oh, well, I said them. Rocky, right up there. I adore Rocky. There's a bad scene in Rocky there isn't a bad scene in ordinary people. That movie is just perfect and brilliant. I'm going for I'm going for the unexpected ones. Like, I love all that. I love all the movies. Everyone loves. But, but my little secret treasures I think Truly, Madly Deeply is an incredible love that film of a film.

Alex Ferrari 1:02:01
God bless his heart. Yeah, he was yeah, he was an owl. Yeah. He was in that movie, wasn't it? Yeah, of course. Yeah. Yeah. Such a great film.

Susannah Grant 1:02:10
You know, I mentioned running on empty and witness and ah, the way we were. Is this just so beautifully written? There's a screenplay. There's an unconventional screenplay. The first time Yeah. I don't know how long it is. Maybe it's the first 20 minutes or flashback. Great. Maybe it's more.

Alex Ferrari 1:02:39
I mean, if you want to talk about you know, and I'm gonna I'm gonna pat you on the back here for a second. I mean, the introduction to Erin in Erin Brockovich. It's, it's, I mean, I've had people who are teachers of screenwriting, who teach that scene as a beautiful or almost perfect introduction to a character because you learn so much about her in a short period of time. It is condensed, it is wonderful. It is comedic you feel felt you connect with because if that scene doesn't work, you're done.

Susannah Grant 1:03:18
Yeah, yeah. They're done. Julia Roberts, guess what? That seems? Well, there's

Alex Ferrari 1:03:22
Yeah.

Susannah Grant 1:03:24
Yeah, exactly. But then there's also I like when movies do are. That's Thank you for saying that. But there's also in Silkwood. One of the first things, you know, one of the hardest, they one of the gnarly things to do is name all your characters, right. Like everybody knows who everyone is, you know, without saying Hey, Bill, and early on in Silkwood. They pull up to the the Kerr McGee entrance, and they're all carpooling. And they lean out the window and say their name so they can get into work. It's fantastic. It's just you set it up. It's done. It's perfect. Yes, yes. And then here's a really good one. Okay, Dog Day Afternoon doll. So, Frank Pierson came to AFI when I was there. And he taught me show that movie and he talked about it. And he talked about the very beginning. And you know, he comes in, and he takes the gun out of the flower box, and it gets all messed up. And it's very early on. And he was talking about that scene. And he said, the important thing to do was tell the audience, you can laugh in this movie. And I had to tell them right up front, and it does that it says it because if you hadn't had that, if you got well into what happens in that bank, and then expect people to laugh, they wouldn't have done it. So that's a good that's a good little lesson there too. Yeah, cuz that's an slightly intense film. Yeah. Yeah, but you feel free to laugh when when you can, because he said right up front. Go ahead. Yes, is that

Alex Ferrari 1:05:07
I can keep talking to you for hours. I appreciate you coming on the show so much. Thank you so much for being on the show for the amazing work you've done throughout your career and continuing to be an inspiration to so many screenwriters out there, my dear. So thank you!

Susannah Grant 1:05:18
Thank you Alex. It's very nice to talk to you. You have a great day.

Alex Ferrari 1:05:21
I want to thank Susanna so much for coming on the show, and dropping her knowledge bombs on all of us. Thank you so much, Susanna. If you want to get links to anything we spoke about in this episode, head over to the show notes at bulletproof screenwriting.tv forward slash 300. And I want to take a small moment to thank everybody who's been listening for these last 300 episodes. It is a milestone and I really, really appreciate all the support. We plan to continue to bring you amazing conversations, we actually have a few in the pipeline. So get ready for a few more really, really awesome conversations coming up soon. But I just want to say humbly and wholeheartedly thank you so much for allowing me to continue to do this kind of work and bring these amazing conversations to the screenwriting audience and filmmaking audience. Thank you again so much, guys. As always, keep on writing no matter what. I'll talk to you soon.

LINKS

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook

IFH 691: How I Wrote Fight Club with Jim Uhls

Jim Uhls is an American screenwriter best known for his work on the iconic film “Fight Club.” Born in 1951 in the United States, Uhls began his career in the entertainment industry as a script reader and development executive. He worked his way up the ranks, honing his skills as a writer and developing a reputation for his unique voice and style.

Uhls’ big break came in the late 1990s when he was approached to adapt Chuck Palahniuk’s novel “Fight Club” for the big screen. The project was seen as a risky and unconventional choice, but Uhls was drawn to the dark and satirical tone of the book, as well as its themes of individuality and rebellion.

Working with director David Fincher, Uhls approached the writing process for “Fight Club” with a focus on staying true to the spirit of the novel while also adapting it for the screen. He spent months researching and studying the novel, immersing himself in the characters’ world and exploring the story’s deeper themes and meanings.

One of the biggest challenges of adapting “Fight Club” for the screen was finding a way to translate the unconventional and fragmented structure of the novel into a cohesive and compelling film. To achieve this, Uhls worked closely with Fincher to develop a visual and narrative style that would capture the book’s spirit while making it accessible to a wider audience.

Uhls’ hard work and dedication resulted in a film that was both a critical and commercial success. “Fight Club” was praised for its bold and innovative style, darkly humorous tone, and powerful themes of individuality and rebellion. The film has since become a cult classic, and Uhls’ screenplay is widely regarded as one of the best adaptations of a novel to the screen.

In addition to his work on “Fight Club,” Uhls has also written and produced several other successful films and television shows. Despite his success, he remains humble and dedicated to his craft, always striving to push the boundaries of storytelling and create unique and impactful works of art.

Overall, Jim Uhls is a talented and innovative writer who has significantly impacted the entertainment industry. His approach to the writing process, which emphasizes research, dedication, and a deep understanding of the source material, has earned him a reputation as one of the best screenwriters of his generation.

Right-click here to download the MP3

Alex Ferrari 1:31
Today we go inside the twisted mind of Jim Uhls, the writer of one of my favorite films of all time Fight Club. And after listening to this episode, I just have fallen more and more in love with Jim, I just have to say it. Enjoy today's episode with guest host Dave Bullis.

Jim Uhls 1:54
Thank you for having me on.

Dave Bullis 1:56
You know, you're well, thank you for coming on, because you're a person who I've been trying to get on for, I think, almost a year now.

Jim Uhls 2:05
Yeah, that's totally my fault. And that's because of like, I keep trying to find what's the right perfect time. It's like, you know, you know, you can't find the right perfect window time. So I finally decided stop trying to do that.

Dave Bullis 2:24
The real story is Jim is I've been wearing you down and kind of stalking you on Twitter and Facebook. And finally, you're just like, look, if I agree to this, we leave me alone kid. And I'm like, sure.

Jim Uhls 2:36
I wasn't supposed to talk about that. According to the law enforcement that's right here in the room with me.

Dave Bullis 2:44
Up so they want you to keep talking so they can trace the call. Right?

Jim Uhls 2:48
Yeah, right. Definitely. Keep talking. Yeah.

Dave Bullis 2:53
So your job just to get started, you know, you actually got started off with I mean, it would probably be like a Grand Slam. And in terms in movie terms, because you started off with Fight Club. I mean that, you know, just just be writing the adaptation of the novel by I think it's Chuck Palahniuk, I think is I pronounce his last name. Yeah.

Jim Uhls 3:13
Paul Palahniuk. Actually, I know it's so different. finit sounds but

Dave Bullis 3:20
Yeah, and by the way, I actually got to write him a letter one time and he sent it back to me. Very, very interesting guy too. But, you know,

Jim Uhls 3:29
Oh, he is He's great. He's like, he's great. And He's participated in a lot of strange things. So he's got a lot of stories. Really?

Dave Bullis 3:39
Oh, yeah, absolutely. And, you know, it's funny, I actually knew a, a, a person who used to do like, she, I think she worked at a borders or Barnes and Noble. And she said, Whenever he did a book event, she goes, it was the, it was so fun, because all the people would come out. But she's like, it also was kind of a little edgy, because, you know, some of his fans and some of the stuff that he would write, you know what I mean? They kind of bring out the people that, you know, let's just say a little more outgoing. Let's just Let's shoot

Jim Uhls 4:14
Energetic, outgoing extroverts who happen to have a lot of tattoos, piercings and stuff and that kind of thing, right? intimidate people. Although, you know, it's funny that Chuck is Chuck is he's pretty tall I am to keep. He's like, really built out and everything must muster. But he is like, he talks like the softest, kindest voice in the world. It's just a it's kind of like it doesn't go with the image of you. Looks like I can throw you off a bridge

Dave Bullis 4:57
Well, I guess that's it. So it's kind of like the month Tyson syndrome then where, you know, looks very intimidating when you hear him talk. He's very soft spoken.

Jim Uhls 5:06
I guess except Chuck's horse's mouth. Hi, my chest is a high voice.

Dave Bullis 5:11
Yeah he does get. But But, but yeah, you know, he was such an interesting guy to just get a correspondence from. And I know he does a lot of really cool things in the writing community. I mean, there's even a thing he does on lit reactor where it sells out in like seconds when he does like a online class, but But you know, just such a, it's such a really interesting guy. And, you know, when he wrote Fight Club, which I actually talked to him about, that's what I really talked to him about was because I am always interested in people's like, first outing and our first, you know, project out the gate. So basically with you, you know, his first project was Fight Club that actually got published. And then your first project was the adaptation of, you know, of Fight Club. So how did that all come together?

Jim Uhls 5:57
For Yeah, well, actually, I was, I was writing the adaptation, strum the manuscript before the publishers actually put the ship on shelves. Because I remember the day we got a copy influencer, got a copy of the published book. But yeah, I was working on a manuscript at the beginning. I had been sent the manuscript by somebody I do work for a producer said, every studio and producer in town has passed on this. But I'm sending it to you, because I just know, you're going to like it. Just for fun. And who knows? Just keep your attention on it and see if anything does happen. So I read it, and it was like, wow, I mean, first of all, blew me away. Secondly, I thought it would be such a great gig to be paid to adapt this, even though it will never be made to a movie. It's just to be paid to write it at this peak. Great gig. Right. And so I, I had, you know, without my agent we like to see, well, everybody's pretty much passed on this. And then that was around the time. The fox 2000 was created, as long as this kid was running. And she's kind of like, you know, I don't know, she wants to do really out there stuff. And the book was considered unadaptable. Probably because it is a monologue. The whole book is like a model I can Afric I mean, Chuck even told me, he started by writing a monologue, meaning he wanted an actor to do it on stage. I really, I mean, it wasn't gonna be that long, obviously. But didn't have a lot of fully fleshed out scenes. They were described, I guess, by the guy was there. And so it had he got branded unadaptable by everything. Right. And, of course, I think Laura was saying that that's like a red flag. And basically, she was kind of like, no, no, really. Oh, and, but she wouldn't hire a writer until she hired it. So by this point, I started getting people, other people thought 2000. And the producers were Ross Bell and Josh donner. Yeah, I mean, I was, I was having meetings with them that started to turn into like, we're actually doing this with, you know, even doing SETI and they made socks 2000 aware of me and I happen to have a spec at the time that was I don't know it beats it made it there wasn't a blacklist them but it made some kind of list of best ones not produced original specs. I don't know why it was. So yeah, it's kind of have a reputation descript and that was what everyone read as a sample. And I kind of already knew Fincher, when I say he's somewhere between an acquaintance and a friend by that because there was this place called the paddock guide, where all these people would hang out like shave blacker, who are you from UCLA.

Alex Ferrari 10:04
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jim Uhls 10:13
And Fincher was one of the gang because a good portion of we're from the south, the Bay Area, San Francisco Bay, and who moved to LA. So we kind of do each other, if any liked that script I'm talking about. And nobody still nobody ever said, at this point, you're hired to me, right? And finally, there's this huge lunch scheduled, it's going to have whare. This. It's going to have other Fox 2000. Executives is going to Fincher and me and the ideas. Oh, and our producers, of course, Ross, Bella Justin. And so and the idea was, I'm going to have to sell myself, or they'll move on. So it was sort of like, it's we're all having lunch, you're going to tell us why you have an idea of how to do this. It's pop up on? Well, like most writers, I don't like pitching. So what I did was I started this group conversation among everybody about how you know, was this work without work pitch to this? And it went on until the lunch? Oh, first sorry, I looked at it for it got there early enough to know what table it was going to be. I waited. And the next person who arrived was Fincher, we kind of since we knew each other, we shook hands. And he sat down and I made sure I sat down right next to Vin everybody else. Sorry, it already looked. Like I was connected to Fisher

Dave Bullis 12:14
Smart move Jim.

Jim Uhls 12:18
Thank you, Dan. Yes, I ran this conversation, which never was a pitch by me. But it was a very interesting conversation about the obstacles of trying to, you know, turn it into a film. And Kevin McCormick, who was basically, you know, law resistance mean, person there, I think, Fox 2000 at a time, we're leaving the lunches over. And Fisher is talking about when I should start on the saying, nothing's been said, Kevin McCormick, as we're walking out since YouTube. He's really given subjective pitch. I said, yeah, no. Right. And the next thing I know, my age is just making a deal. And, you know, I'm starting the first draft. So it was, you know, a little bit of cereal.

Dave Bullis 13:27
You know, that is a good strategy though. A gym. It's all about appearance, right? So you have to, you have to always look and kind of kind of set things up. So to set yourself up for the win wins, you know?

Jim Uhls 13:39
Yeah, you know, what's funny about that is I didn't see I didn't have that idea. Until I just accidentally got there early. Then, that's when I became cutting off. It's like, I've never thought about before. And then I was like, Yeah, I'm gonna sit next to Fincher because like, it all came to be like, I don't know, like, kind of a split personality, myself and the other personality came out this way.

Dave Bullis 14:12
You know, it's kind of that kind of ties in a fight club to having that split personality.

Jim Uhls 14:16
Right, right. I suddenly I was Tyler Durden. And by the way, you know, that was the first person narrator of the book. Doesn't have any. Ever. There's no name.

Dave Bullis 14:31
Narrator Right?

Jim Uhls 14:33
Right. And I think I talked to Ross Bell, and Josh was just done and at some point, I can't pinpoint it. But he stopped being a producer became an agent again, which he had been before. So I only left Ross bell for the first draft. And Fincher was doing something like just expecting me to just get first drafting and then we'll look at it. Talk about it right. So I forgot what started this won't copy onto this part of the conversation

Dave Bullis 15:16
With fight club and dual dual personalities and alter egos.

Jim Uhls 15:21
Oh, yeah. No Name. So yeah, we discussed. I think it was it was mostly me and Ross Bell, we put the word Narrator down as the name. And I said, you know, that's good. Just get really, really tiresome. Narrator goes to the door. Narrator laughs narrator says it's, it's just, I mean, in a place where you put the character name before a dialogue, okay, not too bad. But in all the actual descriptions, everything is like, Okay, we're going to name it in the script. For us. It's never in dialogue. It's never in the movie. But we have to call him something. So I said, Jack, I mean, what's the first name that comes to mind when you make an example? All right, so the guy comes in Jack. And he said, you know, the first thing anyone picks up is Jack, and I said, Jack, yeah. All right, we'll call the character Jack. So that I could write Jack. In the screenplay. It says Narrator All right. And then, somewhere along the line, we found out the Reader's Digest, completely denied permission to use their old series of articles, which was like I am Joe's heart, I am Joe's liver, which is referred to in the book, because the house on Paper Street has a billion old magazines all over the place. And so we said, well, we'll just change it to Jack and legal clarity. If you say I am Jax, whatever, Oregon, they can't do anything. You don't mean the magazine? I am Jax lover. They can't do anything. Okay. So that actually gets set. And some people think that the report was actually saying when he said I am Jack, whatever the name of his character, but he wasn't. It was the name of the articles. And then he made parodies of like I am Jack's complete lack of surprise. Actually, I bring that up because I had to write I wanted him to say it out loud, because I knew we'd be so used to him narrate. And heavy his own comments that I wrote, I couldn't just leave off the VO. Because my biggest mistake. So in addition to leaving off parentheses, Bo, after I wrote in the parentheses below his name, said, wow. Because he has been thinking this all along I am Jack's teaming, outrage, whatever. The boss says something to him. And he actually says that I am Jack's complete lack of surprise to the boss. And it's the only time he actually said something that he normally does it narration but he said it out loud. Like, and I thought that also shows that his mind is there's less division between what he thinks and what he says because he's coming apart. Right. Right. So

Dave Bullis 18:58
As the alter egos go back and forth, right.

Jim Uhls 19:02
Yeah, I mean, yeah, I mean, it's just still before. He said that out loud before he discovered the true

Dave Bullis 19:11
Jim just to just to ask a quick question there. You know, when you when people hear things like about screenwriting rules, and etc, about you know, you shouldn't do this in a screenplay. You shouldn't do that in a screenplay. If somebody were to do something like this in a screenplay, and they submitted it to a competition or what or an agent or what have you, you know, what kind of response you think they would get. If they did something like that. Do you think somebody would think it was you know, original? Or do you think somebody would say like, oh, you know, you have to kind of write a cut and dry screenplay as the first one. When and then when you get a little cash, you can move on.

Jim Uhls 19:49
But why don't we wants to do what is this?

Dave Bullis 19:54
No, just like, you know, kind of how things are, you know, like he's writing parentheses said out loud, you know, just kind of like To try to either you know, in a competition or even just sending it to an agent, you know, do you think that they would ever get any kind of backlash if they did something like,

Jim Uhls 20:09
Oh, yeah, the only way that would work. I mean, it wouldn't be a good idea unless you had already established that this guy thinks these things and do what he says. And you do it repeatedly enough over a long enough period of time, that you make a point of saying, This time, he's saying it out loud that you okay.

Alex Ferrari 20:32
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now, back to the show.

Jim Uhls 20:41
If it was just out of the blue, and there was no setup for probably would look like, you know, not good form, I guess?

Dave Bullis 20:53
Well, because, you know, you always hear what the screenplay rules and you always kind of wonder where I least I wonder, you know, how how, how much should they be really? How much do they actually carry weight? You know what I mean? Cuz I've read so many books on screenwriting. And also just, you hear so many people talk about it, we actually start to wonder about all the different rules, and you know, where they actually came from. And if they even if some of them even matter anymore? You know, what, uh, you know, you know what I mean, Jim, because I mean, I'm sure you get a lot of quotes too, because, you know, you still run the writers lab out there in LA, and I'm sure you get a ton of people saying, Hey, why heard this? And I heard that, you get that a lot?

Jim Uhls 21:30
Well, yeah, they're always relaxing rules, they're always getting, you know, it's, it's always been a process of slowly becoming more and more, you know, however you want to write it, I mean, within certain parameters, you know, I mean, if they have to know, if something is what we call a slugline, you know, the shocked exterior in interior, living room day, they have to know that after that there is action or description, they have to know that when someone's talking, they have to see the name, where you put the character name in all caps, the center of the page, and then their dialogue. So some things have to look like a screenplay. But in terms of other rules, you're getting into style questions, because there's actually a style beyond just obey format. Like for example, you don't do too much directing on paper, that's not good. You know, shot his face shot his watch, shot his feet, step into the shot, you know, I mean, it's not not a good idea. So, we're gonna writers write in masters, say where it's taking place, and then they just write the seat. Now, are there exceptions of that, of course, there are other important ones that you can use. One of one of them as the first example I always give to where you're actually talking about the camera is pulling back to reveal more than what you were seeing. At the top of the seat is thrillers, and comedies. Use this a lot, which is like, you know, a comedy guy says to another guy, I will never do something as boring as fishy cut to. It's the other guy he was talking to. The guy likes to fish just sitting there with a fishing pole and above, and you pull back to reveal that on the other end of the boat is the guy who said I will never do something as boring as fishing in these fishes. Right? You first thought it was just the guy who likes to fish there. As you pull back into reveal the guy who just screamed they never do it is sitting there also fishing. So that's a reveal. And you know, thrillers do it a lot by showing the lead character, whatever they're doing, pulling back so that they reveal the killer. We're silly character doesn't see ever we do now. Those Those are the things you definitely do it right. It's that is part of your narrative and storytelling. It's not telling somebody how to shoot tell. It's it's saying, you know, this is the intention when I start the scene, and then I'm going to reveal somebody or something. So that's all right. You know, that's an example of something where you don't have to just write in masters. You can have a moment like that. Um, I think writers, I mean, from what I've read, they basically started to go way into, like, what the camera does? I don't know if that's why is if somebody's starting out? I don't know. I know that there's a cringe factor to seeing something that looks like you're directing the whole movie on paper. So I would say you use it when the storytelling is saying that, you know, the suspense thriller. If you're writing this, you have the right to say that we think there's this fairly peaceful scene with the lead character. And then you pull back to reveal that the killer is right behind this tree, but whatever it is. That's, that is right. That is print screen. But yeah, I don't know yet. I have to go down which rules we're talking about one by one. To know what my answer your question

Dave Bullis 26:13
I should have, I should have been more specific to him. But I know, I know, it was kind of a blanket statement. But, you know, you just hear different rules of screenwriting. I mean, a, they even did one on script notes one time where they kind of went through these rules, quote, unquote, next, I mean, next time off to send them to you. But they kind of went through those script notes is that podcast by Craig Mazin and John August, but oh, yeah,

Jim Uhls 26:36
I know, I know. John Locke is a great source of inspiration. He is amazing. Yeah. Man, he has things that people agree with people don't like, for instance, courier is what typewriters do. Right. That's why they that's why it's been pleasure still done it for. Because on the typewriter back in the days when there was only a page equals a minute, but they don't want you to suddenly start having smaller or bigger, or they want it to look like that old typewriter. And that's courier. 12. Point. font. That's what they wanted it, period. So I don't even know what that point was me.

Dave Bullis 27:37
See, I told you, I told you, Jim, I get too heady. And now we're going down that path. Right, right.

Jim Uhls 27:43
You know, I liked that part. Yeah. What are the rules? What are the rules? You're talking? Oh, no, wait, sorry. I know what they're gonna say. John August agrees with. And a lot of people do that in courier 12 point font, which looks like the typewriter used to look like you could put a period instead of two spaces after. And the reason for typewriter was with that font. A period with only one space, sort of you could miss that. I guess your eyes go over it. You might not it doesn't make a statement that this sins in and this wouldn't begin. So I know that John thinks there should be two, two spaces after which is the traditional way of using that font. But other fonts. Since now, we have computers themselves the fonts, right? Notice the saralee DT two spaces after a period. And some people brought it back to screenplays to courier 12 point. I'm only putting one space. John says to the way I've had I just have two businesses to half the business as one. Yeah. And it's kind of a mocking Oh, well, you know, if you want to give away that you're older to two spaces, you know. So people are rapidly only putting in one space after a period because by God they're not gonna look old. But that's an example of something that you know, actually is so inconsequential. I don't even know why I talked about so you got to give me another rule.

Dave Bullis 29:40
I don't know some of them off the top of my head. I have to look at that list. That was actually because that list was more like definitive with kind of a hard and fast rules. But But Jim, are we at a time?

Jim Uhls 29:54
No. Oh, no, no, no, we're not actually The thing that I was gonna go to is starting, like 45 minutes later. It was originally so I'm not. I'm fine.

Dave Bullis 30:14
Okay, awesome. So we'll, we'll keep going. I have a, I have a ton of other questions. But so, you know, I sort of just to get back, you know, because we were talking about, you know, just screenwriting in general. So, I know you, you do a lot of work with the writers lab, you actually also did the class of Creative Live, you know, so, you know,

Jim Uhls 30:36
The writers, I just want to say this real quick, just so it's publicly out there. While you're calling the writers left there, it's still going on called Safe House.

Alex Ferrari 30:46
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jim Uhls 30:56
As the name I came up with, because the idea is it's only the writer actor that are involved in it that are there, you can't bring in someone who is could be a buyer. And the purpose of that is experimentation is just complete experimentation, you can do stuff, and it might not work. Or you don't want to do something, it doesn't work in front of buyers. So we don't want that atmosphere. Right. So I call it safe house. Definitely still going.

Dave Bullis 31:35
And so, you see, you still do that. And then you still do you know, you have the classic creative life, you know, just about the art and craft of screenwriting, you know. So, as you kind of have done this journey of screenwriting over the years. So, you know, again, you were able to break in in 1989. With Fight Club, you know, as you kind of, you know, have gotten all this knowledge over the years, what are some of the, you know, some of the things that you've seen, or some of the advice that you could give to people who are out there just starting their own screenplay right now?

Jim Uhls 32:09
Well, I mean, I probably said this before in somewhere else. But I mean, I think you should, people, people who are beginning to get really obsessed with with their first script, like, this first script, it's just, they're stuck with it. It's like, I've got to get this perfect. And it's, and it has to be the one that and I think that will you, I think you should write all the way through the first draft of it. typed the, you will hear all the way through. And then take your attention. You know, in the typewriter days, they would have said, throw it in a drawer. So metaphorically throw it in the drawer. Start writing a difference. Because, okay, then you have to get all the way through the first draft, which frankly, number two. And then take your attention off events, third screenplay, all the way through to the first draft. Go back first. Because the kind of objectivity and even the wisdom you've gained by writing to morphine, but makes you a different person, looking at your first paper, you're a different writer. You're a better writer, really, no matter what, you're a better writer. If you've done three, and you're going to look at it differently, and you're going to get hit with a lot of great ideas that would probably never have occurred to you. If you hadn't had that much time away from and then when you've worked on that, well, your path is set. Where do you go to where you play number two? Wow, you're looking at that one, like you've never looked at it. If you do this with three in terms of working, starting out writing, with for no money write us back. If you do a second draft, a free scream difference. I think you've done almost all the work that you need to do before turning your attention way more rapidly to the business part of it. In terms of writing that bet, you know, I don't think anything's lacking a second draft of three screenplays. I mean, you, you're just you're better, they're better. And you have more than one thing to show. Which means that you're somebody who could be hired. Because you keep writing. You're I mean, you didn't just write one screenplay. How many people have written one screenplay probably, you know, half this country has written one screenplay.

That is that you've earned the right to like, seriously, change your focus to hustling on the business side. Because you've done two drafts each of three screenplays. The second of which is enormous improvement over the first. And that, by the way, can all be done without a teacher, without instructor or anybody, because I'm not saying it should be without, it could be enhanced greatly by being part of something where it instructor is, you know, guiding, or whatever. But what I'm saying is, if you don't have that, if you can't afford that, if, whatever, if you're in a town that doesn't have that, you can write three screenplays, right, second drafts of all three, and you are a better writer, I don't care where you are, or who's seen it, you're a better writer, and the second drafts are all better versus what's just going to happen. So that's screenwriting without a teacher, you

Dave Bullis 37:02
Screw it without a teacher, you I like that. So basically, if you were to take that out, you know, just take that even a step further, you know, just a person without a, you know, any type of, you know, manual or anything to go by there, just, you know, just them maybe a pad of paper and a pen in a room somewhere. You know, what are your thoughts on audio? Do you recommend outlining? Or do you think it should just be one of those cases where you just you have an idea and just kind of fly by the seat of your pants?

Jim Uhls 37:34
Well, well, I was saying, I hate pitching. Although I have done by the way. There have been times when I later I tried to start a conversation. They said, No, we're not having conversations. Yeah, what's the pitch. But it was perfect. I hate it. I have done good pitches. And outlines I feel the same way about I'm not very, very, very friendly to the idea of outlines. And here's the reason for it. An outline is something that documents what you're going to write before you write it. Now, if you're telling your entire story, before you tell your story. I mean, this fundamentally doesn't make sense. But also, an outline is clinical. It's, it's a very bloodless, clinical phase. I mean, if you have an emotional scene, you just say they have an emotional scene, like, wow, that's just when I read that sentence, they have an emotional scene I just broke down. And it's like, no, of course not. And no one has nothing in it. Except literal plot. Many you take time to maybe describe a character or whatever you're going to have you all obviously have, you can behave in their way away that just makes them distinct. You can do all this stuff in an outline. But ultimately, it's still clinical. Now, I can't say don't write outlines, because W people who hire you want an outline, as you're going to write it. So what I like to do is switch off my time between an outline and just some scene. The scenes, give me what I call the scent of blood, which means I'm, I'm in the living, breathing, people are starting to come alive. They're behaving and speaking. And I go back to the outline. And I feel like I'm creating on that other levels so that it allowed me to feel better. are up. Because I know that I've got these scenes where the these characters really are working.

Alex Ferrari 40:08
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jim Uhls 40:18
So that's what I do, I kind of go back and forth between the two thing. I mean, if they need an outline by X amount of time, obviously, I'm not going to be writing a lot of see on the side. But some enough to just feel like, I know these people, you know, and they work. And I'm excited about so okay, I'll just continue with plot out. If I don't have to write it out, I don't think I ever do. I don't, I don't consider it flying by the seat of my pants, I think that I have enough of an idea to move forward. But the thing about writing a script is if you allow yourself, you will, you discover as you go. And that's really where the best stuff comes from. Something you discover you had pre thought it, you know, the characters were behaving, and something should happen, isn't always going to happen. And that's when it really gets fun and exciting to do it. It just can't be predetermined. Or wouldn't be what I'm talking about. Right. But you do have to have an idea, you know, I mean, yeah, I think you have to have an idea. And I even think there's a form this is a there is a mutated form of outline and script. That is basically but it's sometimes it goes to full script right there in the outline, and it goes back to outline form. I think they call it a script, like combining scripted treatment. That that could be a way that works for you that that is definitely something you're doing for yourself. I mean, there's, I don't think there's any way hires, you can say I want a script, they want an outline, they want an outline. But in terms of how you work on your own, I think that's that that's a viable option. To do it that way. At first,

Dave Bullis 42:39
You know, what I was talking about Chuck earlier, one of the pieces of advice he gave me was to, you know, have to have some kind of opening in mind, have some kind of ending in mind and write the end sort of kind of, so whatever you're writing feels finished. And then he goes, so you have your, your beginning and you kind of envision how the story would end. You're kind of imagining how the characters are transformed. So you're basically imagining this, you're not you're not like, you know, what has to happen, so to speak, if if I'm making this clear enough, but basically, you kind of have the ending and you're you're kind of letting them have to start filling in all those gaps of how do we go from point A to point B, or point Z? Really? Yeah, the story? Yeah.

Jim Uhls 43:24
I think I think, yeah, he's got a great point, I think, I think I probably just think that way. I always think like, because you're you're going in that direction. That's also why I think he stepped title. My joke about it is untitled dirty cop, porno ring, pizza joint rules project or something. Untitled and then it has all these words in it. You can you see that? With stuff. It's not titled. I don't think it helps you write something that is just on title. A title points you. In a lot of everything's in the same direction, same story, character, they're all going in that direction. That title is pointing. And sometimes in the middle of the process, that title you're holding on to that that's your suspension is above a huge abyss. And that's the only thing you're holding on to. So I titled, The ending, that's all good. Because you're allowing yourself to go okay, I'm going to get there. But I'm going to I'm going to discover which is great. Definitely.

Dave Bullis 44:50
Yeah. That kind of takes away from the kind of, like you mentioned, where it's kind of robotic or kind of, you know, our, I guess cliched. where you kind of have an outline and it's kind of set in stone. But the problem is it's not spontaneous. It's feels kind of contrived. You know what I mean? It's kind of like the story by formula.

Jim Uhls 45:11
Yeah. I'm not even necessarily saying, Oh, it makes you write down cliches, or, you know what I mean, you could be writing an outline with like, it's, it's really fascinating. It's just a you're not, you're not playing with behavior action, the dialogue at all, really? And you want to be in that, you know?

Yeah, you can always can be completely written with every idea. And this is rich. Like, I'm not saying at all that they force you to come up with cliches, that's, they don't, it's just not a script. That's all. Really,

Dave Bullis 46:00
It kind of takes the emotion out, right? Because that's what you want. Yeah. You want the?

Jim Uhls 46:04
That's what I think. Yeah. I think I mean, unless you're going to like, go novelist on it. And really, right. Because if you're writing a novel, okay, yeah, good. You can get all that you can have a motion, you can have a novel. You know, I mean, an outline is just told me what happens in this shoot. That's not the same as a novel. It's certainly not the same as the screenplay. Right.

Dave Bullis 46:42
Right. And that's why when I you know, imagine with with that advice that you just gave, and you're the one that Chuck gave to, it's kind of like, you can see how Fight Club kind of came together from that. You know, you start off with a guy who absolutely, you know, has something missing in his life. And he ends with, you know, what, spoiler alert, everybody, just in case you haven't seen it yet. You end up with, you know, him at the end with with Marla and they've just blown up a bunch of buildings in Wilmington, Delaware.

Jim Uhls 47:15
Right, right. I mean, it's okay to coda, which we just think wouldn't have work. The book doesn't stop there. Right. Yeah. Yeah, I mean, he realized he had to get to create this person to be everything he couldn't get himself to be, you know, and then it didn't need this person anymore. This person was like, insane. 20 the last stuff that had to be stopped.

Dave Bullis 47:54
But most writers can write Yeah. Alter Ego, and it kinda ends up consuming you.

Jim Uhls 48:03
Yeah, that's true. Well, yeah. That was happening to me right before you why we were calling, like, right in the middle of this, and I fixed it, but I was done. Always okay.

Dave Bullis 48:20
So, you know, you know, Jim, I wanted to ask, you know, with, you know, we've been talking about screenwriting and everything like that, you know, what are you currently working on?

Jim Uhls 48:29
I mean, oh, sorry. Go ahead.

Dave Bullis 48:36
No, I'm sorry. I was just gonna say like, you know, I know, you can't go into details. But you know, just in general, you know, what kind of project are you working on now?

Jim Uhls 48:45
Well, I mean, the screenplay gig, so to speak, that I have is doing an adaptation. Actually a series of graphic novels that come from South Korea, and we're changing, you know, I mean, that we're departing from the source material and a lot of ways, but it's, you know, it could be called in the action genre, but within that, I try to do as much character work as possible, and make it relate to the action that's happening, but there do have to be like, there has to be some breathtaking astronaut. And sometimes I find that more challenging, and it's like, oh, what's going to make this different kind of moment of action? But anyway, yeah, I'm doing that. And there's some there's some things that are just holding the pitches for Television, which is more of a pitching industry. And so, I don't know I divide my time up the stage.

Alex Ferrari 50:14
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Dave Bullis 50:24
So basically, Yo, did you decide what to work on? You know, just based upon your I mean, do you juggle projects a lot is what I'm trying to say, do you juggle projects, multiple projects at one time?

Jim Uhls 50:36
Why? Yeah, I mean, I have, it's usually their stack. So they're sort of legally protected from each other in a way that people don't start this until this, whatever, but if that happens, but if not, if I'm just wearing one thing for pay, then I'm still spending some time working on ideas for other things. You know, my own ideas. So it gives me a lot to do.

Dave Bullis 51:14
So Jim, I wanted to ask, are you ever going to direct your own film? Would you ever consider directing your own film?

Jim Uhls 51:23
I don't know. I've got about three or four screenplays started that are. The impulse was that I would direct him, I have never gotten finished.

But I probably should. I've done some shorts that are not really for public distribution. They were just exercises. And I found that it was a mentality I could get into. But you know, it does involve every single human being around you is looking at you for an answer. All the time. So it's intense. But to answer the question, I think it's possible I might.

Dave Bullis 52:20
So basically, did you go into this sort of fight club and, and see like what Fincher was going through, and you were like, there's no way I've gone doing that screw the head?

Jim Uhls 52:30
Well, I mean, you couldn't really tell, you know, for me, what I what I know, from directly to short is, you can't watch a director and know what it feels like. You can't guess what it feels like you can't be. Because when you're direct, then, you know, there's only one way and I was like, what everybody is looking at you for the answer, and the next answer and the next time. And that is if you're in a position, you can watch someone else, but think you can have an idea of it, and you probably have some idea of it. But you don't know until you're doing. And, you know, I watched him and he's a master detail. I think all this stuff came to him. instinctually just just amazing. You know, it had been really great just to work with him on the script. Meeting up and talking about this, change this change that that was a lot of fun. And I know that I didn't see it, but I know it causes demand on the crew. I mean, I just saw everything looking like it was being shot by a master, which was, yeah, so it was great.

Dave Bullis 53:58
You know, I actually had on Bob signs, Bob was an ex was a actual cab driver and zodiac, also directed by David Fincher. So it was yeah, he was he was telling an anecdote that he saw him Bob as the cab driver is driving Jake Gyllenhaal. And they did about 100 takes of this. And finally Jake, just just popped his head into, you know, he got out of the cab and this and that. So he looked at and goes to Bob, because Bob, do you want to do this anymore? And he goes, What do you mean, he goes, Do you want to do this this scene anymore? Because I don't. And he wants to do it like so. And Jake bumped to David Fincher because I just can't do this anymore. Because Dave we have 100 takes me getting out of a cab. At some point. It has to look good. And Dave was like, no, no, no, no, no. And then Jake so So Jake, is goes y'all goes you know what? I'm done. He was it's finished. And my friend Bob was still singing the cat like should I get out or is this thought I don't know. But, but yeah, just a funny, funny story. I told Bob He should just kind of stand, you know, just kind of drove the cab off at that point and call it they call it a day. But now he the I think

Jim Uhls 55:08
It would actually be funny if he just drove off the set the Latin. Exactly. Yeah. No, I mean, I never saw anything bad intensely repeated myself. But, you know, certainly he, he would shoot. And sometimes it wasn't because every take is wrong until I get the right one. Sometimes he was doing things to have choices. So do a little differently, you know, so I didn't see anything like that, or you described. But yeah, reminds me, I think there's the 70s. You know, there was a movie where the director said, well, it was the actor who wanted doing takes the movie star that is, and the director said, Okay, well, I'm done with this today. And he left and the actor kept doing. The movie star kept doing it. Because he controlled the situation really. Anyway, that's, it's just funny, that reminds me that you're saying

Dave Bullis 56:20
It because it's just because, you know, that's a mistake I made. I'm just doing my short films was I didn't get different. The takes were different for different choices. That's something I learned. And I was like, you know, I should have did this, I shouldn't do that. So when I started making other ones, I would make sure that different takes, you know, things were said differently. You know, there was different, you know, reactions, big small stuff like that, you know, so that we have something in the editing room to choose from when you're picking and choosing all your you're piecing all this together.

Jim Uhls 56:52
Right, right. Yeah. I think it's pretty smart to do that. I don't know what was going on with the cabs. But I do think that having choices is smart. I mean, I saw him do it. So it just seemed like yeah, it could be this. I think that's pretty intelligent.

Dave Bullis 57:19
Well, that's why I get David Fincher on this podcast to talk about it. So and I'd be willing to bet you, Jim $10, that he probably would say, I have no idea what you're talking about. So because he won't remember me.

Jim Uhls 57:34
Everything does seem instinctual. Just what you mean? He does seem to like, it just sort of comes out of it. Because he's been asked what you realize that this pattern and this what no way that person behaved, whether you must have purposely done that, like, he's has this look like what are you talking about? But he is doing it? The fact that he's doing it instinctually doesn't change the fact that he's doing? He knows that he's getting what he likes? Yeah. So he's operating off his thinks is really a good idea for him. It's worked out well.

Dave Bullis 58:17
Yeah, yeah, definitely. It has worked out well. You know, the growth of dragons had to Zodiac Fight Club. And, you know, it just he's, you know, he's, he's a machine. Definitely, definitely one of the best directors working today.

Jim Uhls 58:37
When I, when I was when I was working with him, you know, there was it was, it was just maybe after slightly after a time, or maybe it was still very time when some people were saying, you know, these visual directors, these MTV directors, you know, or whatever. I guess we need, you know, obsession with something visual or cutting the water. I don't know what it was. And when we worked, when we sat down and talked about the triptych, I was 100% good at talking about everything, character, plot, you know, scene structure. He was fantastic. I never saw anything he wasn't good at. Actually. He doesn't particularly write himself. But I mean, I'm just saying in terms of dealing with other people, but he's working artistically with he, he had everything they were calling him. I don't know. I think Trump probably after seven I think everybody got it. This guy's amazing, whatever. But possibly before that, oh, the visually obsessed. Well, he isn't He's obsessed with every part.

Every element of it He thinks about all of them really well. When he gets back in, so I'm assuming you already said

Alex Ferrari 1:00:11
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jim Uhls 1:00:20
Right, which is, which is great.

Dave Bullis 1:00:25
Yeah, I know exactly what you mean. Because sometimes, you know, I remember I remember when they were saying like the MTV generation of directors, the one they always pointed to his guy, Richie. If you ever seen lock stock or snatch, I don't know if you have.

Jim Uhls 1:00:41
Oh, yeah. Oh,

Dave Bullis 1:00:45
Oh, yeah, absolutely. And, you know, I think they're a great films. But like, you know, when people were always saying negative things about him, and you know, in the reviews, it was always about how it's an MTV style of editing and shooting, etc. I just think it's, it was a, I don't agree with that assessment. I just think that sometimes people don't know what they're actually looking at. Or maybe it's so it breaks the mold of what they're used to it kind of, it kind of breaks, it kind of breaks that mold, and they can kind of handle that change, if you want. I mean,

Jim Uhls 1:01:15
Yeah, we'll have the time I'm talking the period of time I'm talking about it was kind of like, that was the the theme to attack. You know, that was the that was the popular target for certain critics, you know, not all, but I remember that it sort of was its own thing. Like, let's go after those MTV directors. First of all, they're all different. And say late, you know, they think about everything. I'm assuming. I can't speak for everybody, every one who was accused of being that way. But, you know, I think they think about everything.

Dave Bullis 1:02:02
Yeah, absolutely. I mean, and they and if anyone's talking about a massive, you want something, right, right. If someone even knows your name, if somebody even knows your name, you've gotta be doing something, right.

Jim Uhls 1:02:15
Oh, right. Yeah. I heard the word gal is and actually, you know, I am sort of creeping up on the time where I'm gonna have to go

Dave Bullis 1:02:28
I was gonna say this.

Jim Uhls 1:02:30
Our parameters were so

Dave Bullis 1:02:33
I told you, it's, it's my, you know, it's just this, this idea that we don't because we I know we had a time schedule. But I didn't know. I now that you were able to go a little bit over. But you know, Jim, to actually just have one final question. And just in closing, do you want to put a Is there anything you want to say that we didn't talk about or anything you want to say now to kind of put a period at the end of this whole conversation? Any, any parting wisdom anything?

Jim Uhls 1:03:05
Well, you know, I think I did it. That was the thing I did was the three scripts for somebody starting. I mean, it's probably the other thing would be to read screenplays. So I mean, I mean, a lot. I have read online survey saying that they've got this advice, who's going to sit around and reads? Well, now I don't know, I don't think you should spend all your time reading screenplays, when you're not writing, but it's a good idea to have a flow of them going and kind of keep up with reading. I don't mean, keep up with as in the most current it could be really complacent in the 30s or something. But just keep reading, you know, doesn't have to consume all your time to to manage your time, but it's a good idea that just because they are in the format, but they're different. There's different things about different screenplays. I think that and you can even wait. You know, there's different sorts of setups you can do for yourself. I am going to see a movie then read the screenplay. It's probably way better idea than doing it the other way around. The screenplay that you got the video that you've you've already read it all or you know, there's just a classic or whatever. You've seen it. Maybe a while back, go back and see what it's like to read the screenplay. And I think that is a good part of the exercise of learning. And it's no I don't think anyone should be buried under a pile of scripts or something as far as they're all on the computer or whatever they are. I'm not the pad. I don't think I'm not saying it has to be overdone. But I think it should be sort of a steady practice, you know? Because it helps.

Dave Bullis 1:05:16
It can be kind of like the Fight Club, a house gym, where instead of, you know, reading a bunch of, of old magazines, it's just old screenplays. They're just reading old screenplays.

Jim Uhls 1:05:31
Yeah, I guess. But as I said, I don't I'm not telling anyone that they should overdo it. Or watch too many as possible, or was it just just to sort of like, you know, just sort of keep keep them going? That's all.

Dave Bullis 1:05:50
You know, just before we go, I just want to tell you a quick little anecdote, very quickly. One time, a friend of mine, had to it was it was like, he called me up and he goes, Hey, Dave, can I ask you to for help with something? He goes, I have this friend, he lives, you know, in the middle of nowhere, and he needs some some help with some IT stuff and this and that. And I go well, and you know, he talks me into it. So you know, I say fine, because I kind of sort of go in that general direction anyway. It was gonna go past where I needed to go. But you see, kind of, you kind of get where I'm going with this. So the guy on the way goes, Oh, yeah, he goes their house. I call it the Fight Club House. And I go, why? He goes, Well, wait, do you see it? So we get there, Jim. And the house was just like the house and Fight Club. It was like falling apart. There was like, exposed wires everywhere. And I'm just like, what are they squatting in this house? So eventually the guy. So as I'm helping the guy out with his computer, which thankfully, thank God, it was really, really easy. He starts telling me how Justin Bieber had been tweeting at them. And I look at him, I go Justin Bieber. He goes, Yeah, he's talking to me privately. He's on tour, and he's talking me privately. And he's like, you want to see these tweets? And I go, yes, I want to see these tweets and direct messages. And it's clearly some dude, just just fucking with them. And this guy had no clue. I'm like, Alright, man, you know, best of luck with that, man. Hey, and I gotta go fix him. And he's like, Hey, you should come back sometime. You know, thanks for all his help. And I'm like now? No, it's cool, man. Yeah, I'll definitely come back some time to the to the house. And so I left there. And I told my friend that when I were leaving, I told my friend I said, Don't ever ask me to do this again. I said, I literally felt like I was about to get stabbed in that house at any point in time. But But it was funny because it was called they call it the Fight Club House. And it was just it was just that that's the anecdote. I wanted to tell you, Jim. But what you know, so just in closing,

Jim Uhls 1:07:55
Probably yeah, there's probably other house like that's all

Dave Bullis 1:08:01
I have. I've seen a few houses like that in Philadelphia, because that's where I'm actually at and I've seen a few houses where it's just you walk in there. There's you know, waters dripping in from the third floor all the way down to the basement. And you're like why the hell hasn't this house just been you know, bulldoze or demolished but, you know, but so just in closing, Jim, where can people find you out online?

Jim Uhls 1:08:23
There's no, there's no see and I can be bad about remembering just check in on social media. But anyway, that's it. Well, you know, I mean, you and I indicated on Twitter @Wohojak.

Dave Bullis 1:08:46
Jim Uhls thank you so much for coming on, sir.

Jim Uhls 1:08:50
Thank you, Dave. I'm glad we did. It was a lot of fun.

LINKS

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook

IFH 690: Inside the Golden Age of Hollywood with George Stevens Jr.

George Stevens, Jr. has achieved an extraordinary creative legacy over a career spanning more than 60 years. He is a writer, director, producer, playwright and author. He has enriched the film and television arts as a filmmaker and is widely credited with bringing style and taste to the national television events he has conceived.

As a writer, director and producer, Stevens has earned many accolades, including 15 Emmys, two Peabody Awards for Meritorious Service to Broadcasting, the Humanitas Prize and 8 awards from the Writers Guild of America, including the Paul Selvin Award for writing that embodies civil rights and liberties. In 2012 the Board of Governors of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences voted to present Stevens with an Honorary Academy Award for “extraordinary distinction in lifetime achievement.”

Stevens served for eight years as Co-chairman of the President’s Committee on the Arts and Humanities following his appointment by President Obama in 2009.

Stevens is Founding Director of the American Film Institute and during his tenure, more than 10,000 irreplaceable American films were preserved and catalogued to be enjoyed by future generations. In addition, he established the AFI’s Center for Advanced Film Studies, which gained a reputation as the finest learning opportunity for young filmmakers.

Stevens was executive producer of The Thin Red Line, which was nominated for seven Academy Awards, including Best Picture. He co-wrote and produced The Murder of Mary Phagan, starring Jack Lemmon, which received the Emmy for Outstanding Mini-Series. He wrote and directed Separate But Equal starring Sidney Poitier and Burt Lancaster which also won the Emmy for Outstanding Mini-Series. He produced an acclaimed feature length film about his father, George Stevens: A Filmmaker’s Journey and in 1994 produced George Stevens: D-Day to Berlin, which depicted the wartime experiences of his father – one of the most highly regarded directors of all time. In collaboration with his son and partner Michael Stevens, he produced the feature length documentary Herblock – The Black & The White on the famed political cartoonist Herbert Block for HBO.

Stevens made his debut as a playwright in 2008 with Thurgood, which opened at the historic Booth Theater on Broadway. The play had an extended run starring Laurence Fishburne as Supreme Court Justice Thurgood Marshall. Fishburne received a Tony nomination and returned to the role in the summer of 2010 with runs at the Kennedy Center and the Geffen Playhouse in Los Angeles. Thurgood was filmed while at the Kennedy Center and shown on HBO in 2011.

In 2006, Alfred A. Knopf published Stevens’ Conversations with the Great Moviemakers of Hollywood’s Golden Age – the first book to bring together the interviews of master moviemakers from the American Film Institute’s renowned Harold Lloyd Master Seminar Series. Conversations with the Great Moviemakers – The Next Generation was released by Knopf in April, 2012.

Please enjoy my conversation with George Stevens Jr.

George Stevens Jr. 0:00
You may find along the way that you thought, oh, I want to be an actor. And you find out later, you know, I, I'd like to be a costume designer, I've seen that. And, or, or director, whatever. And you know, so have some flexibility. Don't kind of set you're saying, Oh, I'm going to be a director, because you may find that may not be your strongest suit.

Alex Ferrari 0:27
This episode is brought to you by the best selling book Rise of the Filmtrepreneur how to turn your independent film into a money making business. Learn more at filmbizbook.com. I'd like to welcome to the show, George Stevens Jr. How you doing George?

George Stevens Jr. 0:42
I'm doing well. Thank you.

Alex Ferrari 0:43
Thank you so much for coming on the show. Sir. I'm, I'm excited to talk to you. You've lived a very interesting life, sir, to say the least.

George Stevens Jr. 0:50
Well, I'm working on it.

Alex Ferrari 0:53
You have, you have definitely gone through some journeys in your life and in the film industry and in politics in so many different areas. So my first my first question to you is, how did you get started in the film industry, and I know your father was a little well known, directed, the little guy started out a few years ago. But how did you get your interest? How did you get your foot in the door, if you will?

George Stevens Jr. 1:14
Well, as you suggest, my father was a director of I did just for full disclosure, my great grandmother was born in San Francisco after the Civil War and became an actress and a fine actress on the stage. And she was known as the youngest Ophelia to the great Edwin booths Hamlet. He was the greatest Shakespearean actor really, I think, in American history. Certainly, his Hamlet is renowned. And she started five generations of Stevens is in showbusiness, her daughter, Georgie Cooper, was my father's mother. And she married an actor called landers, Stevens, and it kind of went on from there. And yes, having been born to a father, who was the director. At the time I was born, he was photographing Laurel and Hardy comedies was a cameraman. And in 1935, he directed Alice Adams, with Katharine Hepburn and Frederick Berry, at age 30. And from then on, he really just made great films, one after the other, had a three year experience in World War Two overseas in that chronology. And when he came back from the war, I was buying a couple of years after that I was graduating from high school, and I didn't have a summer job. And he said, Well, you can help me. And he gave me two jobs. One, did this at home, and was to break down Theodore Dreiser's an American tragedy, the great novel of a, of a murder in, in the eastern United States, because he was about to write the screenplay for what became called a place in the sun with welcome Marie Clift, and Elizabeth Taylor and Shelley Winters, which was there his first Oscar winning picture as a director. And I broke that down and gave him all the information and two notebooks. And then also I was to read the stories, they sent from Paramount Pictures where his company was, they'd send books, screenplays, all sorts of stuff. And it was pretty. It actually was kind of boring, because most of these were kind of treat Glee love novels, you know, for a 17 year old or hot summer afternoons. But one afternoon, a smaller book came, and I picked it up, and I read it in the afternoon, and I went to see him that night with the book in my hand, and I walked in, he was in bed reading and I said, Dad, I said, this is really a good story. I think you want to read it? And he said, Why don't you tell me the story? So I started and my brain started working and I started reconstructing this book that I'd read and I walked around his bed, telling him the story of Shane. It was Jackson novel. And you know, I could get more interested in that a little boy with this gun gunslinger he had. And then the next summer, I was in Jackson Hole, Wyoming with my first job on a movie set. I was what was called company clerk, which meant I kept track of stuff, but I was right near that camera. And I did not know it was going to be a class. like film, Shane is celebrating its 70th anniversary this year. So it was 71 years ago that I was in Jackson Hole. And watching Alan Ladd and Ben Heflin and Jean Arthur. And this little boy from New York who'd never been west of New Jersey. And he, Jack Palance, who came was his first major role. And so I was there. I've seen it all. And, and I did kind of fall in love with it.

Alex Ferrari 5:37
You got so I mean, you were born into the business. I know a lot of people who've been born in the business don't get bitten by the bug. But it seems like you were not only bitten, you were not you were mauled by the bug.

George Stevens Jr. 5:50
Some, some people get bitten badly by it. To take particularly, I mean, I'm very fortunate that I had a wonderful father and mother. But sons of famous fathers, they're, you know, at the time that most of them were having difficulty with it. And I think largely by the nature of my father. It worked out beautifully for him. And for me, we became partners into things together later.

Alex Ferrari 6:21
Now, you. You've also worked on he worked as a PA on a bunch of your father's movies. One specific one specifically was a little film called giant. What was it like? Being on set, watching Elizabeth Taylor and James Dean, and what's the biggest lesson you pulled from being on the set of, of such a classic film like that?

George Stevens Jr. 6:44
Gotcha. There are so many Alex. But it was a great experience. Because I gotten out of the Air Force. I gotten out of college, Occidental College, and the Korean War ended. And, and they postponed my commission for a year. And I had nothing to do. And at that very moment, or just a couple of months before dad had acquired the novel giant, and made a deal with Warner Brothers to make it. So I spent nine months with him and two writers, in his living room, working on the script of giant is obviously as a junior partner observer, for the most part, but it he started to learn about film structure. And then one night, then I went in the Air Force. And when he started shooting, just before I was in Los Angeles, and he said, when it goes to show you a movie, so my mother and dad and I went to so Frank's on Hollywood Boulevard, and then across the street to the Egyptian Theatre. And so ealier Kazakhstan's East of Eden and the reason he wanted me to see it was that this young actor never seen before, comes on the screen and had this way of kind of walking in his hooded eyes. And it was James Steen. And dad was considering casting him in the role of jet Reek, who in the book was described at this sort of burly, big fellow. But Jimmy Dean was shooting Rebel Without a Cause at Warner Brothers. And he kept hanging around dad's office because he knew about giant and he wanted to be in giant. And though he was very different than jet, Rick had been imagined. Dad thought he was a kind of a once in a lifetime talent and gave him that role. And when you think about it, the three stars Rock Hudson was 28 These actors all going on to play in their 50s You know, with gray hair. Elizabeth was 23. And Jimmy Dean was 23 and was worth I was 23. And, you know, but to watch this work go on. Being in the Air Force. I I flew to Virginia to see the film shot in Virginia, where the film begins, where Elizabeth Taylor is the daughter of this man with a great stallion war winds. And Rock Hudson comes from Texas, by war winds and they fall in love very quickly, et cetera, et cetera. So I was there, and then I would fly into Marfa, Texas, and then I would be on this set. And, and there were lots of experiences. Sad experience. I was on the set very late in the picture. Jimmy Dean had finished all of his shooting. And he had he had agreed not to draw he had a little racecar and he agreed not to drive it while the film was going on. Because of he broke his leg. Everybody would be out of work. He understood that that he had finished shooting. So he bought a sport a Porsche spider. I think a poor spider 500 It was called and I was On the set one day and Jimmy walked in with his kind of tinted glasses, and told me about the car. And he said, you want a ride? So I walked outside the big soundstage at Warner Brothers with all those, you know, narrow roads. You've seen pictures if you haven't been there, and this little gray roadster sitting on the ground seem so tiny. And we got into it. And he revved it up and we drove through the studio. Lots of thank God, a prop truck wasn't coming or studio policeman, and, and back art. And he said, What do you think? And I said, Well, it's pretty good, pretty good. But now of course, the sad part of the story is that to two weeks later, Jimmy had told my father, he was going to ship the car up to Salinas, from Los Angeles, where he was going to be racing, and bid on the morning of the day, he decided not to ship it, and he and his mechanic, got in the car, and Jimmy drove it up. And they had that accident on the Pacific Coast Highway. And Jimmy was really a it's a complicated guy, but he was talented and, and fun. And I think he had plans to become a director. And, you know, but it was such a tragic loss. And it is strange. How, you know, this is 65 years ago, giant. How his memory lives today.

Alex Ferrari 11:39
Oh, without question. He's, I mean, I've been I've been at the observatory. I've seen the clock there and that statute, James Dean. Yeah, I mean, he's, I mean, rebel with those those movies giant rebel and East of Eden. I mean, they just, it is one of the tragic stories of Hollywood history. Without question well could have, what else could have been? What else could he have done? If given the opportunity, it was it was pretty

George Stevens Jr. 12:03
good. Just by then 24 had a whole life ahead of him. You asked about lesson on giant and one might be interested, two years, filmmaker. listeners. Were editing the film, I was now out of the Air Force. And it's three hour and 20 minute film giant. We, we premiered it at the Turner Classic Movies Festival last year, Steven Spielberg, and I introduced a restoration of it. And that film plays to see it with an audience in all those years later, and they are just with it every minute on the big giant IMAX screen. It's all about an independent women woman. They weren't making films about independent women in 1956. And it's a film about the Hispanic problem, or that that existed back then. And it's a issue we are still working with in our country. So the film is so far ahead of its time, and it's in its kind of values, and concerns. But we were editing. And we've been I've been working with him for a year in the editing room, again, hot summers. And I've got a golf game to worry about. And we've had two previews. And I said to him, just the two of us there. And, you know, we're running the picture. And I said, Dad, I said this picture, we've had two previews, audiences love it. I think just don't you want to just get it out there. And he looked at me and he said, Well, you think how many man hours I think today said man and woman hours are going to be spent over the years, watching this picture people sitting and watching it, how much time will be spent? Don't you think it's worth a little more of our time, right now to make it as good as we can. And it's a lesson that I took with me and everything that I've done in that idea that and that it's just, I just finished a book called My Place in the Sun, life in the golden age of Hollywood in Washington. And I was finishing it during COVID, which gave me time and I worked on it like giant to I just would go back to the quote real one as well. He would do chapter one, and go through it and just polish it and make it as good for the audience as you can. So the lesson is respect for the audience. And I think that should be in the head of every filmmaker.

Alex Ferrari 14:50
Absolutely. Without question. Now. You were when you were on the set of giant you had a young Elizabeth Taylor, which was your age at the time. She's obviously The legend and what she was able to do. I've got to imagine God a guy, you must have had a crush on her. I mean, every man on that set probably had a

George Stevens Jr. 15:10
rage. I met her a few years before when dad was placed in the sun. And I came on the set, and a Saturday, and Montgomery Clift and Elizabeth Taylor, we're shooting a scene. And I'm watching dad direct the scene, and a quick story, because people who make films and and he said, Monty, want to go over there by the pool table. And Elizabeth, why don't you just start at the door? And then we'll just try to. And so they went, and they did the scene with a clip, clips, clip script girl, a person giving her, you know, corrections if they missed the dialogue. And that's it. All right, he said, Let's do it one more time, and suddenly went back. And they did it again. Yeah. And it sounds good. Let's do it one more time. It's got to go. They do it again. And then after that money comes over and comes up close to him and starts asking questions, and Elizabeth comes over anyway. And then anyway, they barely get the scene all set, and it was time for lunch. And I said it and I said, Why don't you have them do it three times before you gave him any instruction. And he said, sometimes it's helpful for the actors to know that they may need some help.

Alex Ferrari 16:35
That's really, that's actually pretty brilliant. It's a brilliant way of,

George Stevens Jr. 16:39
you know, his his job was to make the actors comfortable. But in order to give them advice, the advice has to be welcomed. If he goes over there says no, no, why don't you go here, and you go there and do that. Anyway, it's just a little lesson in indirect thing, but on that day, he introduced me to Elizabeth, on the SAT. And she was without question, in my mind, the most beautiful person on the planet, you know? And then as we're getting ready for lunch, Lisbeth walks over, said, Would you like to go to lunch, too, I found myself walking down the streets of the Paramount Studio. We were both 17 and right. And we go to the commissary, and she kind of walks in, and I follow in her wake as the woman takes her to a corner table, and all and then we had an end. She said, What would you like? And I was kind of fumbling around with the menu. I'm going to have a hamburger and a chocolate milkshake. And I said, that works. Let's do. And so I had lunch with Elizabeth Taylor, which was and, and throughout many episodes in my book, because Elizabeth kept coming in and out of my life and right up to the very end of hers. And she's a she was a wonderful talent, and great fun.

Alex Ferrari 18:14
That must have been this amazing. Well listen with all of the, I mean, you grew up in the golden age of Hollywood, and you were in the midst of it. You were in the thick of it. Were there any actors or actresses that had a major impression on you in your life? You will

George Stevens Jr. 18:31
obviously many from on the screen. And lucky some of the older ones, Jimmy Stewart, and Henry Fonda. Bette Davis, and I when I started the American Film Institute, that's another story share we use we I started the American Film Institute Life Achievement Award. And, you know, the first was John Ford, and the second was James Cagney and Orson Welles and Jimmy Stewart and Capra and Fred a

Alex Ferrari 19:04
few other names. Yes, yeah.

George Stevens Jr. 19:07
And so I knew all of those greats, but I think the two who because I had I worked with him and personal situations were Sidney Poitier and Jack Lemmon. They were a few years older than I am, but more of my generation. And I knew I knew them in all aspects of their lives, not me became great friends, but I did, produced and directed and wrote separate that equal. The story of Brown versus Board of Education, a miniseries that won the Emmy for Outstanding miniseries and I did another only I've only done two mini series and both one the me one with Jack and one was Sydney and, and Jack was this this extraordinary gift If did Othello who could do drama and comedy, and, and was such fun. And Sydney had of all the great human qualities, in addition to being such a pioneer in the matter of and separate that equal was about equal justice, he played Thurgood Marshall arguing, developing and arguing the case against segregated schools in the Supreme Court that led to the outline of segregated schools. So

Alex Ferrari 20:34
those two those are two pretty, pretty impressive wants to say the least. Both legends in their own right, because we're in the golden age so much, is there any misconceptions that people have of that time in Hollywood at that time in filmmaking in general, any misconceptions that you think that? That you can think that kind of suit to your mind,

George Stevens Jr. 20:55
I guess what, I don't think, I guess there are all kinds of conception, Alex. But one is, it looks like a lot of fun. It was really hard work, and make and making the great films, particularly though, you know, accepting those challenges, and then films are filled with adversity, if something's gonna go wrong, you know, and if you're talking from the director standpoint, how do you deal with adversity? How do you deal with personalities. But when you tie a ribbon around it, you know, Turner Classic Movies. It's just amazing how so often you turn on and there's something that's just delightful. And it's, there's another phrase that's kind of part of the Stephens family that it involves another little story, but dad and I went to Academy Awards in 1952. And then I sat next to him and Joseph L. Mankiewicz came on the stage, who had won the Oscar the year before for All About Eve. And he read the nominees for Best Director. And he said that John Houston, The African Queen, William Wyler, Detective Story. Vincent Minelli, An American in Paris elior, Kazakhstan, A Streetcar Named Desire, and George Stevens of place in the sun.

Alex Ferrari 22:46
It's a pretty good year to say the competition was stiff that year, let's just say.

George Stevens Jr. 22:51
And I wouldn't be telling you this story. If John Houston had one for African Queen. My father won his first Oscar for our son. And we were riding on that night. And the Oscar was in the seat between us. He was driving the car, little old school air. And the Oscar was on the seat between us. And for some reason, he looked at me. And he said, you know, he said, we'll have a better idea what kind of a film this is in about 25 years. Now this is when movies came and went, there were no cinema texts. There were no DVD, there was no street in. But he having grown up in the theater, and we read the great plays, understood that the important thing about a film was what it stand the test of time. And he did not know that the 17 year old sitting next to him would one day be the founder of the American Film Institute, which is based on the idea of movies that last and the test of time, or the Kennedy Center Honors, which is about artists whose work stands the test of time, but it is also like respecting the audience. This idea of the test of time is kind of how I frame my appreciation for my own work for you know, the work that that I value and treasure now how

Alex Ferrari 24:25
did you says he since you brought up the AFI which is obviously a legendary institution, a film institution, one of the greatest film schools ever to be created as well as the honors that you create the Lifetime Achievement Award, which I watched every year when they came out. I started in the 80s when it started to come out and you know I remember Clinton Marty and Steven and you know Jack and these guys, there was just so much fun. Especially if when Robin Williams showed up.

George Stevens Jr. 24:56
Or John Stewart

Alex Ferrari 24:58
or Rickles or Rickles I mean, destroying Scorsese, which was in a way only rape was good. Yeah. So what how did you begin and what caused you to begin to create the AFI, which is pretty, pretty, you know, audacious goal to start with?

George Stevens Jr. 25:16
Well, I was I after giant, I worked with my father, I started directing, I directed Peter Gunn, Alfred Hitchcock Presents those kind of shows. And then I went to work with my father on the Diary of Anne Frank. And we completed that I was associate producer. And then he got behind schedule, and I directed all of the location work in Amsterdam. It always done his own location work. So it was a big step up for me. But I, I did kind of joke to my friends that I said, I think I'm spending I'm going to devote my entire life to becoming the second best film director in my family. And then Edward R. Murrow, the great broadcaster came into my life, President Kennedy had been elected, had asked me to run the United States Information Agency, which made the Voice of America telling America's story abroad. And they had a film division. They made 300 documentaries a year. And Ed wasn't satisfied with the documentaries. And he asked me to come run the motion picture division of USAA. And it took me into the new frontier and President Kennedy. And it's just a whole exhilarating new world. And I was making films, I mean, we've had was able to add wanted, total rejuvenation of what was being done under the More staid Eisenhower administration. And I've brought lots of young filmmakers who went on to have great careers, and we made wonderful films. And I love one thing about President Kennedy, he was so eloquent. And he was off, I had wonderful quotes in his speeches. And one that I remember, I'd written down, he, he read the ancient ancient Greek poetry, you know, and he loved to quote, and then he spoke of the Greek definition of happiness, which the ancient Greeks said, is the fullest use of one's powers along lines of excellence. And I realized that Ed Murrow and President Kennedy had put me in the saddle of Greek happiness. I was making films loving what I was doing, along lines of excellence and for public purpose. So it was a wonderful Moreau and Kennedy were great influences on me at age 3029 and 30, when I came to that job, and 1967, but I had, you know, in the Kennedy government, because there's not much about film going on. And I, you know, had earned some prominence because people were conscious of the films we were making, and working with Murrow. And so people would come to me when it was an issue of film, and the National Endowment for the Arts was created to support the arts, the first legislation, funding for the arts, and they knew how to they could give grants to ballet companies or symphony orchestras. But what do they do about film? You can't give a grant to MGM, you know? So, we came to me and I suggested an American Film Institute, because I had been working with young filmmakers and knew that we needed a better opportunity and training. I was conscious of the disappearing of our film heritage that all the film was made on nitrate stock from the beginning of the 1940s. were disappearing. Nope, good catching on fire. In great archive fires are. So we started this film rescue program at AFI. And I was asked to run it and actually, Gregory Peck was the first chairman and Sidney Poitier to bring his name up again, was vice chairman of AFI when we started it.

Alex Ferrari 29:25
Now, at that time, and correct me if I'm wrong, there weren't that many film schools or programs in the country at all right. And the six were

George Stevens Jr. 29:33
several there, you know, UCLA and USC had programs, Columbia, and NYU, maybe a few others, but they were part of four year courses. We have a theory I had a theory that what we needed was a bridge, from education to the profession. And so we called our students fellows and they came for two years. To gain that added knowledge, you weren't required to have been a film student. You know, I was as interested in what they were going to bring to the screen as to what whether they knew how to run a movie Ola, you know, among our first outstanding students, one was Terrence Malick. And Terry had made one little 30 minute film, I think, in the back of it taxi cab. But he had, he was a Rhodes scholar. He was teaching philosophy at MIT men, a journalist, he was going to bring something to the screen. And another was art student in Philadelphia. And we gave a grant to make a little film called The grandmother, which is picture a perfect little film about a grandmother. It was quite weird. And then he came to AFI, and his name was David Lynch. I knew where you were going with that. Ahead of me,

Alex Ferrari 31:05
I was ahead of you on that one. Second, you said weird, and I already felt that was David coming in. I mean, yeah, who are some heat for the audience? Can you kind of talk a little bit about who the alumni are because you have really, you know, the AFI is popped out some of cinemas, Best Tours and best filming.

George Stevens Jr. 31:24
Honest Kaminsky, the cinematographer who's worse there's all of Steven Spielberg's films at Darren Aronofsky, Caleb Deschanel, who's with one of the first fellows and is still a top cinematographer. Oh gosh, somebody, the woman who directed coda? Oh, yeah, yes, she's there. And just outstanding. I wish I had the list in front of me. But those are a few memory. But the district you many, many wonderful filmmakers are from a Ed's wick. And Mark.

Alex Ferrari 32:10
I've had it on the show. It is such a wonderful, such a beautiful soul. Oh, he's such a want to say talking I when I had him on the show, it's like talking to the church of cinema. So just the reverence like yourself, the reverence for cinema is remarkable. You mentioned that you worked on Alfred Hitchcock Presents as a director. Am I Am I fair to say that you met Mr. Hitchcock and spoke to him and

George Stevens Jr. 32:33
worked with him? And what? Indeed, yes. Oh, please.

Alex Ferrari 32:37
He's happy to tell me some stories about Alfred please.

George Stevens Jr. 32:43
Actually, only to say only almost to say hello, when I was directing Alfred Hitchcock, because he would busy making psycho or something. But he had a wonderful woman, Joan Harrison, in this woman who ran it and I really worked through Joan. But then when I started the AFI, Hitchcock would come and do wonderful seminars at AFI. He was just so so precise about moviemaking, and wanted to simplify it. And I remember him saying, Well, how important the screenplay is. And it he said, once the screenplay is right, he says, It's automatic. And then somebody to work with Why don't you let somebody else then go direct it. He said, they may screw it up.

Alex Ferrari 33:44
And that drove away oh, that's

George Stevens Jr. 33:50
what we honored him with the AFI Life Achievement award show. I saw that um, and, you know, he, he was very much at the end of his career. He died the next year. But he is what you see is what you get with hitch. That's that manner and attitude is who he is.

Alex Ferrari 34:21
As a director, we all go through times that the we feel like the world is going to come crashing down around us on set during a production. What was that? Out of all the projects you've been on or been on your father set or your set? What was the biggest calamity or thing that you obstacle that came across? And how did you overcome it in the day?

George Stevens Jr. 34:42
Gosh, I'm trying to think of my father's films they were so frequent, the betta if this is not right in the line, but I'll tell you a story of his story of mine. The day we were going to shoot the scene where Jack Palance gunned down guns down. Stonewall Tory in front of Grafton saloon. And Shane, which is has to be one of the three. I don't know what the other two are most famous gunshots in films that your dad had this idea of, of. He wanted the muddy Street and then we you know, and he was looking for clouds up there in the Tetons. And he got there. And it was a Saturday. And they hadn't gotten that they've watered the street, but it was not. And he did not. And he was willing to send the whole crew home for Saturday. Bring them back on Sunday. And he said, get water from the river. I want this street flooded. And if you remember, Stonewall Tory, the little Southerner when he gets off his horse and start walking toward the saloon where Jack Palance is standing on the boardwalk in front of it. He's sliding through this mud. His foot footsteps are so unsteady. But for Dad, that was a disaster. You know, he knew how important that scene was to him. He decided to send the crew home at whatever cost and bring them back the next day, because that scene had to be perfect. When I was working with Sidney Poitier and this is a more personal I had been doing a lot of stuff since Peter Gunn, I'd founded the AFI Kennedy Center Honors this and that, and and actually, two separate but equal was the first time I had been directing. I produced and written the murder of Mary Fagan, which act lemon which won the Emmy. Now I'm doing this, and I hadn't. But Cindy believed in me, he loved the script. Both Jack and Sidney refused to do television that based on scripts I handed them they agreed to do television in these instances. And we were filming the scene. Cindy has been down in the south and seeing that trouble there. And and has gotten people in Clarendon County, African Americans to agree to file a suit that would become part of the Brown versus Board of Education legal case. He comes back up to New York, where the NAACP Legal Defense Fund law offices are. He comes in late, several of the lawyers are playing poker and Rio and and Sidney comes in, puts his stuff down, comes and sits down with him and plays and a poker before telling him where the story is in South Carolina. I unseen the comedies that Cindy had made with Cosby, you know, we're really great stuff. And Cindy started doing some kind of comic stuff. That wasn't what I was expecting. And I, I kind of Ted Cotton said Bassam to change the light and make an excuse, and kind of walked around, the only place we could find was that store room with lights and junk and everything. And I walk in with Sydney, and this is the two of us. And I said Sydney, I said, I'm not quite sure what what we're doing in this scene. And I don't think I phrased it very well. And that wonderful face looked at me with those eyes. And you said, Well, what is it that you want done in the scene? And I saw this whole thing falling apart. It's at the first kind of direction I give him, you know, and, and I just stood there and we looked at one another. And I don't know where it came from. But I said, I see Thurgood Marshall, as a man with secrets, said he says when that is what to want. Say that word. We went back to work. And we never had a false moment the rest of the way. But it's, it's you know, I've I look back on it. Thankfully, you know, if I faltered there, it could have been uncomfortable going forward.

Alex Ferrari 39:25
Right? You know, it's really interesting. That's such a great thing because each actor is his or her own world. And they work in a very specific way. And it's really interesting, because if you have two or three or four actors in the scene, and they all are working in different styles in different ways, as a director, it's difficult to you can't just do a broad direction you got to do this to that one. That one's being method that one's not being method and, and this time and get into the personalities and egos of the situation. It's a very interesting job.

George Stevens Jr. 40:00
To record. And a very good rule of thumb is, if you have something difficult, I mean, if it's everything fine, but if there's something and you want to address something with one app, if you know things are difficult, you want to address something with one actor, how to break it up, and then quietly take the actor aside and talk to them one on one. You don't want to embarrass an actor, or, you know, in front of the other actors, or right, then they might feel they have to dig in or justify themselves. So it private attention to individual actors is very important.

Alex Ferrari 40:44
Now, with all the professional accomplishments you've had in your life, which is the one that you are the most proud of.

George Stevens Jr. 40:51
Gosh. I'll pick one for you. It's a film called a film called George Stevens, a filmmakers journey. I've made it shortly after my father's death. And it's a film biography of my father. And I'm pleased to say that some friends and colleagues and some strangers say that it's the best documentary about a filmmaker ever. And it was so important to me. And I am so happy that it you know, I applied those rules that I learned from him, just work on it until you get it right. And to respect the audience, let the audience bring something to the film. And that film is going to celebrate its 40th anniversary next year. And it was on turning movies a few nights ago. And in I think your audience, people who are interested in filmmaking to go George Stevens, a filmmakers journey. So on the criteria Terry to channel I think it's on HBO, Max, are there ways to see it? And it you know, I was able to interview I mean, Jimmy Stewart and Henry Fonda and Katharine Hepburn and Warren Beatty and directors, Houston and moody and and Capra, it's for a film lover, or even a

Alex Ferrari 42:26
smorgasbord. Yeah, it's a smorgasbord without question. If you could go back in time, and give your 17 year old self, who's just finished having lunch with Elizabeth Taylor, some advice? What advice would that be?

George Stevens Jr. 42:44
About? Gosh, it's pretty plain, but find something to do that you love. You know, that's the end, if it's making movies, be prepared for a tough road. And you and your show are often exploring with people, how do you get somebody to look at my movie pay for my movie, read my script, you know, and there's there, there's no short answer for that. It's whatever the circumstances, you have to work with those circumstances. But, but to stick with it, and, and you may find along the way, that you thought, oh, I want to be an actor. And you find out later, you know, I I'd like to be a costume designer, I've seen that. And, or, or direct or whatever. And, you know, so have some flexibility. Don't kind of set your say, Oh, I'm going to be a director. Because you may find that that may not be your strongest suit. So kind of determination and flexibility. And, and always to be reminded once you get some control and gaining control over your work, if you're a director is very important, and very hard to achieve. But once you have it, respect the audience, I remember my father saying and it's from another era, but he you read us a wonderful pictures of the early 40s Woman of the Year The first Spencer Tracy, picture, Joel McCrea and Jean Arthur. And the more the merrier. Cary Grant and Jean Arthur and Ronald Colman. There's just so many pictures. But he talked about they would open in the RKO City musical, which has 5000 seats, have a picture of him in front of it when Penny Serenade was opening a picture showed at that Turner Classic Film Festival last week with Irene Dunne and Cary Grant. But he said there's something when 5000 minds come together, he said, they close the circuit, they bring their intelligence, they bring their curiosity. And the link is closed between the filmmaker and the audience. And just to have that idea that the audience he said about shame, which, you know, classic Western at all, somebody was trying to make it a little fancy. And he said, You know, I think I made Shane for the truck driver in Arkansas, says he spends a day alone driving his truck, and he may not be able to articulate his thoughts. But he's thinking, and he's curious about things, and he has ideas, and I want to leave a little something for him to do when it comes to the movie, let him bring something to it. That was beautiful.

Alex Ferrari 45:59
Really, really beautiful. You know, since you've, you know, been raised in Hollywood, and you've seen the change from the Golden Age, to where we are today. Where do you think the future of the industry, with all this new technology, this new generation that's coming up that is not as in love with movies as maybe my generation or your generation was? Because so many other options for entertainment are out there? What do you think the future is for Hollywood moving forward?

George Stevens Jr. 46:31
Well, it's very much up in the air. And I tell you what, I hope it's I hope that the movie going experience revives itself, that there's something more than Marvel Comics and the big, you know, pictures that people love, for good reason. But that, that, right now, it's almost only those that are flourishing in today's theatrical, you know, and I want people to see pictures on the big screen, that idea of my father with 5000 people, if it's 500, or 1000, you have seen it with other people. So I'm hoping that that will renourish itself. And of course, there are values to streaming people, our sets are getting bigger at home. And it's a better experience than it used to be. But it's it's, and more good directors and writers are now working for streaming and television. Yeah. Because they can tell stories that they want to. And that's in my, my plans for the immediate future, because it is a way to tell ambitious stories. So and now we have this writer's strike, which is, I think, very serious, because I think the writers are really feeling genuine. And I'm, of course, a member of the Writers Guild of displacement, that there are just there are less jobs and people are finding way and they kind of fear that AI, they're going to start asking AI to write a script or Polish a script or whatever. And so I'm very much interested in the writers reestablishing a place. But it has changed so much that it it's going to be difficult, but very important that the studios and the writers and the other guilds come together in a way that's fair. I mean, there are people in making $50 million a year off of the work that these writers are doing, and asked to be some way to find a fair situation that allows this fabulous medium that is so rich and provide so much for it to flourish.

Alex Ferrari 49:10
It isn't always the way though, that the machine will always take advantage of the artists if let left alone to its own devices. Right and that's why the unions are important. And that's why you know, collective and all that stuff with what's going on. I agree. And it's more I've spoken. I've spoken to so many writers on the show, who are just saying it's just becoming more and more difficult to make a living, not even become rich just make a living in the business directors as well because it's becoming more gig orientated like here. Here's a flat fee. Thank you very much out the door. You go in that there was a job every week maybe. But yeah, but there isn't a direct

George Stevens Jr. 49:57
people used to direct television kind of Like I did long ago, there were three networks or four networks with a whole season, what 2030 episodes, you know, that's kind of diluted. Now. Someone told me that prominent agent speaking to two days ago, that I think the last strike was 2008, seven or eight. And that year, the network's shot 55 pilots, right this year, there were 15 pilots. So it's all changing. And I hope there's some smart enough people sitting at the top and working for the unions that can find a balance that's going to, as I say, nourish this medium that we all love so much. I agree

Alex Ferrari 50:56
with you, 100%, I don't want to I grew up in the I grew up in the the the video store days, I worked in a video store. And that's what I fell in love with release. And yeah, that's where I mean, I was in high school, and I rented movies. And that's where I discovered giant, and that because I could see them all. And I just started and that's where I fell in love with movies and became decided to become a director. But I worked at a movie theater and believe me, and I remember my first movie in the theater and things, but my children don't like I've taken to the theaters, but they're just like, it's nice, but it's not as important.

George Stevens Jr. 51:28
So did not grow up with now going to have the first adult generation that did not go grow up going to the movies, and are at and it's something that's going to have to be managed. And you know, in the ID you can look at a movie on your phone with all due respect.

Alex Ferrari 51:47
No matter how clean and crisp the phone is. I mean, it's a travesty to watch taxi driver on your iPhone. I mean, seriously, I mean, are giant, for God's sakes, it's the movie itself is called giant, you should not be watching it on a small screen

George Stevens Jr. 52:01
it to watch taxi driver in a taxi?

Alex Ferrari 52:06
Essentially, that's it? Well, that's a different experience, depending on what street you're driving down and who's driving. George, what do you hope to leave behind is a legacy in film, with the work that you've done over the course of your your life and career,

George Stevens Jr. 52:23
will I encourage people to read my place in the sun, or listen to it just come out on the audiobook. It's hard for me to recite, but I've I've, from my standpoint, I love I've loved being involved in it. And, and kind of aspiring all the way I really did kind of set for myself as standard of excellence, and perhaps made a few mistakes along the line. But every time I did it, it was aiming high. And I'm pleased that so much of it people are, you know, I feel good that this film I made about my father 40 years ago, and it was still you know that it's still there and looking great. We've restored it. And so that test of time. I'm a I'm a respect the audience, test of time guy.

Alex Ferrari 53:22
It's such a beautiful place to be my friend. I'm going to ask you a few questions. I asked all my guests. What advice would you give a filmmaker trying to break into the business today?

George Stevens Jr. 53:31
Well, I spoke about it before but you I would say don't have it. Figure out where you're going believe in yourself and keep your eyes open. And you're not choosing the easy path. So you have to be prepared for doors to slam and but make good friends, work with friends and set your sights high.

Alex Ferrari 54:01
What is the lesson that took you the longest to learn whether in the film industry or in life,

George Stevens Jr. 54:05
I think to listen. Listening is very important. And I think when you're young or even when you're old

Alex Ferrari 54:17
depending on if you're struggling or not

George Stevens Jr. 54:23
that that being a good listener. I remember Jimmy Cagney saying in some context for me, he said, Well, I'm a listening actor, you know, and I think in in any field in politics, and journalism, so we entered and purchased as a human being listen to the other person.

Alex Ferrari 54:53
And three of your favorite films of all time.

George Stevens Jr. 54:56
Oh gosh.

Alex Ferrari 54:59
Today Today Today,

George Stevens Jr. 55:02
today you have you know, I like Christopher Nolan's work. I loved Sarah Polly's women talking to beautiful film. And you know, there's just so many we have so a third I think I'll just say because it's its 70th anniversary, Shane. Right answer

Alex Ferrari 55:27
my friend. And where can people find out about your new book and what can they purchase it? At

George Stevens Jr. 55:32
official je s i think is my Twitter handle. I'm not a huge Twitter person. But I did put on Twitter yesterday, I came upon a letter I wrote to my father on Gunga Din, when I was five, five years old. And picture of him on the set that George Stevens jr.com is my website. all lowercase letters, GE o RG E Ste and s. jr.com.

Alex Ferrari 56:11
And then Amazon, you could buy the book or audible to listen. Yes, exactly. George, it has been an absolute pleasure and honor speaking to you, my friend, thank you so much for not only sharing your journey and your knowledge with all of us, but also for everything you've done for the film industry and for the arts throughout your life. So my friend, I appreciate you so so much and thank you again and for many more things to come in your future my friend. Thank you. Well, Alex,

George Stevens Jr. 56:38
I enjoyed talking to you. i i I felt I found many shared values with you. And that's always a nice conversation. A pleasure.

LINKS

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook

IFH 689: Creating Revenue Streams for Filmmakers with Pat McGowan

Pat McGowan is a longtime Film & Video Creator from Ottawa, Canada. As with many in the “biz”, his career started as a musician, moved into audio post and then into directing, producing, shooting and editing. Until recently Pat was the owner/operator of inMotion.ca, a video production company in Ottawa & Toronto. Pat has a passion for wildlife videography and can be found in the Canadian Arctic looking for Polar bears, Narwhals, and Bowhead Whales.

After a successful career spanning over two decades, Pat had an epiphany, and that led to the idea and creation of BlackBox Global. He wants nothing less than to change the relationships that creators have with each other and the global market so they can have better lives. He invites his fellow film & video peeps to join BlackBox and make the world a place where creators can be free to do what they love, own the content they make, and be fairly compensated.

Alex Ferrari 1:44
Enjoy today's episode with guest host Dave Bullis.

Dave Bullis 1:48
My next guest is a filmer videographer from Ottawa, Canada, he has been in the business for years making different wildlife videos. And he likes to talk a lot about videography, doing interviews, even like this. You know, what happens when somebody you know, you do a project and somebody says, Hey, Mike, get my kid to make this for cheaper? Why am I paying you $10,000 or $5,000, I can get my kid to do it with an iPhone, we talk all about that stuff, which happens a lot nowadays, which is one of the reasons why I don't do it anymore. Because it just got, it just got such a pain in the ass. Because if your kid can do it, why the hell you've been talking to me. And I took a little bit of some stories in this tool about some of the things that I've encountered. And we're going to talk about black box, which is what my next guest decided to make. And it's a really, really cool venture. So without further ado, Pat McGowan.

Pat McGowan 2:36
I was always a kid that was interested in a lot of different things that I think I was pretty visual, but I was more on the audio side, I was a musician. I was interested in the music business, I worked as a musician for a long time, but I also had my scientific side. So I ended up doing like pre meds and biology and psychology at college. And, and I was a photographer when I was a kid. So I was just kind of this mishmash, mixed up kid didn't know what I wanted to do. But I had an opportunity when I was in college to join a rock band and, and do some studio work. And when I walked into the actual recording studio was a 16 track recording studio in Toronto. And I'll never forget the feeling that I was home. So I was really, I was a studio guy. And that led me into film as a composer and as an audio post guy, and then led me into more as a director. And, you know, it's kind of best of all worlds for me.

Dave Bullis 3:40
So but you know, the viewer will always very interest interests, they usually end up making the most interesting people.

Pat McGowan 3:46
Well, I'm not gonna say that maybe you can, at the end of the interview, let's see what you have to say then.

Dave Bullis 3:52
All right. All right. Now now the pressure is on Pat. Now it has to be interesting. So basically, when you were going to college, you know, and you were just doing all these different things. I kind of sounds like my route to because you know, when I was going to college, yeah, I was doing 10,000 different things. But I was always the one thing I was study was screenwriting and stuff like that. And by the time I was ready to graduate, I was like, I don't want to do this one thing anymore, which was business. I was like, I don't want to go in that anymore. I'm about to get a degree in it. What the hell?

Pat McGowan 4:20
I hear you, man. Absolutely. We're really lucky to do what we do. You know, because we get to be involved in so many different things in so many different aspects of life. We get to travel we get to meet a lot of people. You know, in my in my corporate and government and and film production life. I was on a new subject matter every week or two, you know, and you had to become an instant expert, and you had to be able to hold your own. Especially if you're interviewing people like you do. And, you know, it's just been a wonderful ride.

Dave Bullis 4:58
Yeah, interviewing people. I I, you know, just as a side of this podcast has really helped me in other ways, too. It's only made me a better conversationalist. But it's just, you know, you can you can put it out, and I'll talk to anybody. I mean, I was always pretty good before at networking. But I think this is maybe from like, good to, like, great, because now you could just be you have the confidence just to go up and strike a conversation about anything. Yeah,

Pat McGowan 5:20
for sure. Man, you just have to ask two or three questions and, and know people, people love to talk about themselves and what they do. And if you just get out of their way, normally, normally, you'll get some gold. Yeah,

Dave Bullis 5:33
very, very true. That's why I tend to let people just sort of the look, the guests take that take over the conversation, because a lot of times, they might my guests will say, Oh, my God, I just was talking, talking and talking. And I said, Well, that's a good thing. Because because I'm here every week, you know, I go, the guest is only here for the one time, so I might as well you know, showcase them?

Pat McGowan 5:53
Well, once you get me going, you're not going to shut me up that easily.

Dave Bullis 5:58
Yeah, I always say feel free to talk as much as you want. And I will edit it and make it look better. Anything. All

Pat McGowan 6:03
right. Sounds good to me, man.

Dave Bullis 6:05
So so when you're going out there, and you're doing like freelance video, videography work and stuff like that, and you do a commercial work, and etc. What are some of the things that you learned, or some of the tips that you could like, give because I, you know, I had a friend of mine, for instance, he always would go into like different stores, like like mom and pop stores and pizza places and stuff. And he'd always, you know, say to the owner, hey, this is a really cool place. You know, this is a really cool, blah, blah. And he always would try to, you know, different locations, he always would keep in the back of his mind, in case you ever had to film there for whatever reason, you know, have you ever do you have any tips like that about how you you'll maybe get, you know, maybe met different people at different places?

Pat McGowan 6:46
Yeah, no question about that, especially because of some of the work that I do. And a lot of the work that I ended up doing had to do with filming, you know, B roll on stock footage. So you're always on the lookout for friendly people that can give you access, you're always on the lookout for great locations that you can return to later. So yeah, you just really keep your eyes peeled, and, and, you know, figure it out. And if you end up doing, you know, a TV series, or whatever you kind of got, you know, in my case, I'm Canadian, and I've got Canada mapped. I've been all over the country, I've been all in every single province, I've been in every single city. And we know a lot of people. And you know, the thing is, is that we're all kind of connected now. So once you make those relationships, and you understand the mapping, then it's so much easier to go back. And the next time you're there, you kind of know where you are. And yeah, so you just kind of keep your eyes peeled and and develop the relationships as you move along.

Dave Bullis 7:48
Yeah, building relationships. That is the key part of this, my friend building relationships.

Pat McGowan 7:52
It's all about people, no question. And it's getting more and more about people every day, in spite of the fact that we've been, I think we've been kind of trained with social media and so on that we can, you know, live in our hobbit holes and still be connected, which is true. But actually sitting down and talking to people and getting to know them. And being with them is the only way to really connect. And I think we have an opportunity now, you know, to do that more and more on a global level, what possibly kind of put it all together and say we've got all these platforms now then. But when you go there, and just the relationship to the world is getting smaller and smaller and smaller. And it's not a virtual world. It's a virtual and a real world. Napa live in both. Yeah,

Dave Bullis 8:42
yeah. And you know, I'm guilty of that, too, where I tried to just, well, I did I consciously made that decision. You know, I don't know about you, Pat. But I got burned out from going to networking events. I mean, I got burned out. I used to be Mr. Networking Event too. And eventually I stopped because I said, You know what, eventually you start to realize, you know, half these people are never going to they don't, they're not going to make anything, because they really don't want to make anything they want to go somewhere and be seen and take photos and stuff like that. And your goals aren't the same thing as as them you know what I mean?

Pat McGowan 9:16
Yeah, I don't really know how to respond to that, Dave, because I do a fair bit of networking. And I usually end up meeting at least one or two people at you know, whatever the event is, where you ended up actually getting a good forged relationship button. You know, I think you're right. I think a lot of people are just going to party, a drinker, whatever their thing is, and, you know, you kind of have to be able to weed that out. We did a networking event networking event in Toronto about a month ago. And yeah, there were a lot of people there that were just for their for the beer. But a number of people I ended up developing, you know, some really good contacts with and relationships. With,

Alex Ferrari 10:01
we'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Pat McGowan 10:11
Because as we'll get into a little bit later, we're actually trying to grow a global movement. So that means that we, we have to find the people that are interested in having that connection, and then reaching out and having that global network. So that, you know, creators like us actually have a safer place to operate. So yeah, I know what you mean, though, like some of the networking events, there's a lot of posing and posturing and a lot of bullshit. But you do, you know, there's usually some pretty good people that most of these things.

Dave Bullis 10:44
Yeah, and I always feel free to always disagree with me. You know, most people do, it's always and it's always good to, to hear, hear two different opinions on the podcast, you know, and so let's just say, you know, go to these networking events, you know, whether they're in Canada like you are, or they're in the United States, like I am, wherever they might be listening to this, you know, what are some of the tips that you have for networking, you know, just like going out there and meeting people and, and some of the things that you maybe even like warning signs that you kind of see people to stay away from?

Pat McGowan 11:15
Well, I think the main thing is just to be open and honest and transparent. And, you know, again, you know, it comes down to some people skills to being able to walk up to somebody and say, Hey, my name is what's your name? What do you do? Tell me more, be able to ask those three or four questions that are going to get them comfortable so that they can, you know, actually participate in a conversation with you? Or if they're cagey, you know, you kind of break down their defenses a little bit. And, you know, so that you can actually have a one on one conversation, the thing I always watch for is eye contact, actually, if people are not going to engage you with eye contact, and it's going to be tougher work. Or if they're kind of, you know, looking around to see if there's a better person to talk to, and maybe they think you're not worth it, or you've gotten nothing for them. I also really kind of watch out for people that don't ask questions back, because that means that they're not engaged in the conversation. And if you got to prod and prod and prod, I'd say just cut it off, say thanks a lot and move on and go talk to somebody else. And you

Dave Bullis 12:24
know, I like that two packs, I think that works for, you know, even on, you know, virtual meetings, like, you know, if you meet somebody online, maybe see their Facebook or something or their Twitter or whatever, I you know, I found that people who just kind of, you have to keep prodding them, whether it be like, hey, this or that, you know, about this or that, or whatever, you know, they don't want to ask you about what you do, or whatever. Those are the generally that people were kind of like, alright, they're not in this meeting, and you know, what is wasting each other's time at this point?

Pat McGowan 12:53
Yeah, I would totally agree with that. But again, you know, like, we got kind of get back to this whole idea of what we do professionally to, and I interview a lot of people, I mean, I've actually, if I had to count the interviews, I've done, I've done 1000s In my career. And, you know, I kind of conduct myself as if I'm doing an interview, I like to ask a lot of questions. So if I'm trying to engage somebody, even on Facebook, you know, I'll ask them, What do you do? You know, What's your specialty? You know, what are you up to? What kind of projects are you're working on? What's pissing you off? You know, like, what barriers do you have in your, in your life right now that, you know, you could do better with? And I find that, you know, I'd say, I'd say that probably seven out of 10 people are willing to have the conversation, once they realize the big thing these days is no one wants to be sold to. And so they're always they're always on guard about, you know, what do you want from me, right? So, if you can kind of break through that, it's, it's easier to get a more meaningful discussion going. And yeah, hey, man, I'm not gonna lie, sometimes I am selling sometimes I do want you to get involved with what we're doing. But if you go right in with that pitch hard at the beginning, your chances are going to go down. So you know, you've got to really get get human, you know, have a human conversation, be sincere, be honest. And like I said, I think seven out of 10 people will generally engage. And the other three, well, you know what, so be it. No, no big deal, no problem, or maybe they'll come back later. Who knows?

Dave Bullis 14:36
So you mentioned doing 1000s and 1000s, of interviews, you know, so let's just go back to that and how you sort of got started doing that, you know, back to to actually going around and just, you know, talking to all these different people. So how did that whole journey start? Were you just going around interviewing all these people?

Pat McGowan 14:53
Well, I usually interview people when I'm on assignment. So if we're producing In your video where we need to collect interviews, or we're doing the doc, that's my job. So I'm the guy that sits in the chair and directs the shoot and does the interviewing. And, you know, I've learned a whole lot doing it. And I learned a lot about psychology a lot about people. But yeah, so it all starts with a project. And, you know, typically, I love to go in cold, I don't do a lot of research. When I do interviews, I want to explore the information along the path of the interview, rather than walking in with 39 questions and just running through the questions. We want to find out what people are passionate about. So you've got to read their body language, like interviewing is a really interesting thing, you're usually working at at least two levels, and us and probably three. So you've got your physical situation where you got to engage with body language that allows the person to feel a comfortable, but be also there while you want them to know that you're interested in body language has an awful lot to do with that, you can turn people off so easily with the Ron Ron body language, so you got to be really well versed in how that works. And you also have to be able to read body language to know know where you're going to go with this thing. The other level you're working at is at the intellectual level. So you're gonna, you know, I would say, you know, when I'm recording when I'm when I'm doing interviews, my brain is actually recording the interview so that I know where all the contextual points are, I know where the pickups and drop offs are, I know how to correct people, I know how to redirect them. So as I'm sitting there, you know, nodding and smiling and using body language, my brain is just furiously processing what they're saying. So you have to listen, and actually process it and embed it and store it. So that later in the interview, you can come back and make a make a what I call a contextual link to what was said before, and that is often when you get the best stuff. And then you've got the other of the other level, which is the conversation level, because now I've got to respond in a conversational way, it is actually reasonably intelligent. And, you know, unless people know that I'm, I care about what they're saying, I understand what they're saying. And I know enough about what they're saying to actually have them feel validated and engaged. So it's a really, really interesting process and you and you end up exhausted at the end of them, you know, some interviews, you just burned so much brain energy that, I mean, you need it, you need to go for lunch, like right away. So it's an amazing process, actually, and you know, a lot of people, you know, I see some young folks coming out. And the biggest caution that I would say is don't just run the questions, right? Don't just run the questions, get yourself into that conversation. Be interested in what people are saying. And you'd be amazed at what you're going to get. And one tip I always use with, with a lot of the people I interview is I don't respond to them as soon as they stop talking. Because sometimes if you leave a five second pregnant pause in the conversation, they're going to say what they really need, right? Because a lot of people get very nervous. And they're vetting what they're saying. And you know, we've had people in the chair crying because they couldn't do the interview. Because they were so nervous. But if you just let them sit, you know, just let it go. And don't stop the camera and don't cut. Sometimes that's when the best stuff happens.

Dave Bullis 18:47
I was giving you the pregnant pause there. But, you know, it's a friend of mine once gave me this piece of advice. And he said, he said to me that whenever he's negotiating, he always puts in that pregnant pause on purpose. Because he always says the first person that talks loses.

Pat McGowan 19:08
You know what, as on the business side? If you talk too much, you lose the deal. That's all there is to it. You got to learn how to sit.

Dave Bullis 19:18
Yeah. Alright. And then he's a fellow Canadian to bet. Oh, yeah. Where is he from? I believe he's from Toronto. Okay, because

Pat McGowan 19:27
that's where all the sharks live in, in Canada.

Dave Bullis 19:32
All he does is talk about the housing market there but that's a whole nother podcast

Pat McGowan 19:39
especially now. Yeah,

Dave Bullis 19:41
he all he does is talk about the housing market and he just liked it about the insanity of it. But But again, that's a whole other whole thing. Once you know maybe it's interesting, maybe something he's accusing some some people of like Chinese millionaires and billionaires.

Alex Ferrari 19:58
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show

Dave Bullis 20:07
of using these houses as sort of like a money laundering scam. I don't know if it's true or not, but you know, hey, you know, anything's possible.

Pat McGowan 20:17
While you're out there, and I think that happens in London, New York, Los Angeles, Seattle, Vancouver. Certainly west coast, definitely. There's a lot of Chinese money on the move. I don't know if it's dirty money or not. I have no opinion about that. But I know, you know, Vancouver, Vancouver is ridiculous. And it's actually more ridiculous than Toronto. But there's a big correction about to happen. So I wouldn't be buying any high priced real estate in Toronto just right now. I think I walk away from that.

Dave Bullis 20:49
Yeah, it's, I heard about that, too. But that correction, but But you know, just to get back to what we're talking about with interviewing. You know, I wanted to ask you a question. And I'll and I'll, you know, I'll tell you my funny story. First, I want to ask you about one of the worst interviews you've ever done. Because, again, we always learn more from our mistakes than from our successes. And so what happened was, when I was working in higher ed, they had asked me, so I do this, some, this probably is the worst one, but it's the funniest one. So they asked me to do this, this interview segment with the girls volleyball team. And the coach who, you know, who was a part time coach showed up late. And he has all these questions, just hand skills scribbled on a piece of paper, it's all you know, cut up, he just ripped it out of a notebook. And he's asking these questions, all these girls are talking about stuff that I could never ever use. In a school setting. They're talking about doing drugs, they're talking about their, their, their trash talking their teammates. They're doing this and that. And the coach was reading the same questions to each girl because we told him to. And then he would be, you know, ask a couple of different questions here and there. And finally, when he asked me, he could have I put the cut up, put this together. And I said, you don't want me to use any of that. I said, you know, except for one girl, you ever lose girls where you do trash talking girls, shit talk and this and that. And he goes, Yeah, I guess well, you just put something together. So I put this thing together. And bat let me tell you his face dropped. And he goes, I he goes, You're right. I could never use any of this. He goes, it will. It was it was the was so hilarious. Because what I would do is I kind of given that the MTV self editing, where I was like, here you go, here's what they think of this, this and this. And it was like, you know, they they thought, Oh, what do you think of this thing? Oh, it's terrible. It sucks. Bah, bah, I'm like, you can't use any of that you can have in school promote this. But it was just it was just hilarious. Just because of how ridiculous it was so bad. I want to throw the question to you, you know, what was one of the worst, you know, times you've had, you know, doing an interview segment?

Pat McGowan 22:53
Well, I was telling you a few minutes ago, I had this this poor woman who was so upset that she couldn't perform. So you know, this is one of the things that we tell people do not try to memorize what you're going to say in the interview, like, don't take our quietly a lot of a lot of the institutional or government types or you know, bureaucratic types. They want you to send them the questions in advance so they can prepare. So they ended up writing, you know, writing banner, so that they can answer these questions. And it's just ridiculous. They come in with no, like pages and pages and pages. And it just like, I'm gone, you can't possibly like, there's no way you're gonna be able to do that. And this lady that I was working with, and it was a very serious subject matter. And she was like, the CEO, and she was brilliant, really intelligent person, very, you know, beautiful woman. Clearly very professional. But boy, she was nervous. And I could tell as soon as she walked in the room, it was going to be trouble. So we got her in the chair was in a studio setting, you know, everything's controlled environment. And we got her in the chair, and she could not just could not do it. could not do it. And I think she had like a tiny little nervous breakdown. Anyways, we had her in the chair for two hours, because she wouldn't quit either. He kept telling her, you know, you need to take a break. You know, don't worry about it. And we're being really, really kind, you know, and accommodating. And she was in this chair for two hours, and I thought she was just gonna snap. It was it was a horrible experience. It was it was painful, actually, for everybody in the room. Even the camera guy and producer was in. But her colleagues were in the room and everybody just felt so bad. So that's, you know, I know that's not like talking to a bunch of teenage girls trash talk and each other really have that experience. But, you know, that was probably the worst one and it's just terrible when you get people who are so upset. that, that they're judging themselves so harshly when all they have to do is just talk like we're having coffee, right. And I've got like a zillion techniques that I use to get people to settle down and to relax and stop being so freaked out. But sometimes they just don't work, you know, they just don't work. And, you know, some of the worst ones we do are actually when the client, you know, tells us, well, we don't have travel budget to send you the location. So, you know, we're gonna hire a camera guy locally, and can you direct by Skype. And those are really, really hard to do. Because you don't have the personal connection, you can't do eye contact properly. And if you get somebody who's tough to deal with in that situation, you know, sometimes the clients grinding on you because Oh, I couldn't you get I worked so hard about this, and I'm going well, you know, I guess you haven't done several 1000 interviews, so it's gonna be hard for me to explain this to you. But they sucked. So what do you want me to do? I can't force these people that to give a good interview, basically. So yeah, I mean, there's a lot of pressure and, you know, there's money on the line and everything. So my attitude is always the same. And I always asked myself this question in all production situations, it's basically like, who's gonna die here? Like, what are the stakes? Okay, so nobody's gonna die. Everybody relax. Let's just, let's just do our jobs. And we're do our good jobs. We're all professionals just get this done. But, you know, we don't need stress and pressure in production situations. It's just, it's just a completely ridiculous waste of time when you do that. Yes,

Dave Bullis 26:46
I could not agree more, man, I have been a part of both of both productions like that, where it's been, you know, sort of more loose, and then other was where it was just, you know, you walk on set, and you could just feel the tension, you know, with it with the director doesn't like the DP, the DP doesn't like the producer, or the producers and the director. And you're just kind of like, wow, you know, who the hell needs this stuff?

Pat McGowan 27:09
It's just bullshit. Yeah. So, you know, I came to a point in my career where I just said, I'm not doing bullshit anymore. I'm not, I'm just not doing it. It's not worth it. So now, I haunt situations with my startup blackbox, where it's a no bullshit deal. And even when I do some freelance work, or doing contract work, I just, I try to work at so that there's there's no bullshit, and it's all about the work, and doing good work. And, you know, making sure they have a pleasant experience, and you end up with a good product. And that's the bottom line, because there's just no need for that.

Dave Bullis 27:49
Yeah, you know, that's so true. And I also liked that phrase, you know, there's no more bullshit products, or projects, I'm sorry. And there was a point, by the way, Pat, where you know, what, what was it? Was there a project in particular that finally just set you over the edge?

Pat McGowan 28:06
Well, you know, that's a big question gates. So let, the answer is yes. And no, I had a huge project that we had one that was a museum job. And it was a million dollar contract, it was a big, big contract. And there were a number of players involved, design agency out of the states, and a lot of curators and a lot of experts. And it was a very, very difficult project, the product at the end was absolutely wonderful. But there were so many human imposed turf defending types of interactions during the process, that it really became a very unpleasant project. And it could have been, you know, really rewarding to do. So it was just basically people being people, you know, and defending their turf, and, you know, whatever was going on. And really, it was during that project that I said to myself, Okay, I've been in this business a long time, I've had a great career. I think I'm ready to move away from doing this type of work. Because the bureaucracy and the layers of crap, were sucked the soul right out of your chest, and then you couldn't even be creative anymore. Because they took all the fun out of it. And, you know, I don't want to be cynical or anything, but there's a lot of that going on these days, right? Where it's just, there's so much bureaucracy, there's so much political correctness. There's so much business pressure that honestly a lot of these jobs just aren't fun to do anymore.

Alex Ferrari 29:53
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Dave Bullis 30:03
Yes. And that's what happened to me too. When I got burned out, not even just doing freelance work. But like other work in general, you know, and just, you know, here's another story for you. I when I was doing freelance work, somebody asked me to come do this very. So they said, it's just an interview, they said, it's just an interview, we're going over all this stuff, etc, etc. And I get there. And it's a completely it's a whole 180 from what they told me it was going to be. Instead it's, it's a competition. It was just a competition about who could use like, who could, you know, use the soul the fastest or whatever. And it was like this whole sort of convention. And I said to the guy said, Wait a minute, this is completely different than what you said it was gonna be. And I mean, he was like, Well, for me, it was the kicker was too bad. I showed up there. And he had no idea who I was. And I said, Aren't you and I won't use his name. And I said, Aren't you blank? And he goes, Yeah. And I said, Well, I'm Dave, I, the videographer. He was Viagra for what? And I said, Well, you're doing some interview thing today or something. And he goes, I don't know what you're talking about. So I go outside. I looked at the business. And I'm like, wait, yeah, this is it. This is the place. And I call my friend who had who had introduced us and she comes out, she goes, Oh, yeah, that's him. And I go back in there. And I look at him and I say, hey, you know, Dave, we've been talking back and forth, like a month now. And he goes, Oh, yeah, I forgot you were coming. And I'm like, Jesus Christ. This, and it just went downhill from there, Pat?

Pat McGowan 31:29
Well, you know what, you know, I don't want to get on my on a negative soapbox or anything, because, you know, things have changed, that's for sure. But this is just an example of how I think. I think the perceptions of what we do in the industry have changed a lot over the past five years, let's say. So I think the perception of, you know, how professional we are, how well trained and experienced we are. I think some people think that we are a bit of a commodity, right? You know, it's just a video guy. Oh, yeah, whatever, right. But they still want it done perfectly. But I don't even know what that entails. So, you know, like I said, I don't want to get down on it too much, because I'm gonna sound like a grumpy old man. But, you know, things have changed. And the perception of what a professional does in our industry and who they are, has has changed a lot. And, you know, quite frankly, I think, in a lot of instances, we're seeing a lot of bad work being done, you know, in that context, and the clients don't even know that it's bad work anymore, because the wrong person on their team is actually handling it. So, you know, we got this weird thing going on right now where, you know, it's, and it's always been that way. I mean, we always had what we call the bottom feeders in the industry that just did shitty work. But everyone knows who they were, and so on. And they, you know, they got hired on certain gigs, but usually not. And those of us that were kind of working the higher end of the market, and we knew we knew who was who. But these days, it's like, you know, if I didn't tell a client, I have a client, tell me one more time to me eating well, you know, you guys are just super overpriced. Because, you know, actually, my son is taking film studies, and he's gonna do it for us for 100 bucks. And, you know, I just got tired of having those meetings, honestly. And these days, you know, the question, the one question I get asked by my clients in meetings is, can you do it cheaper? consistently? So, it's time to say, actually, no, I can't do it cheaper. And if you want it done cheaper, you can get it done by somebody else, no problem. But you know, at the same time, the work is a little more scarce than it was, let's say 10 years ago. And the prices of the higher price jobs are actually coming down. So we're looking at a situation where our market is becoming commoditized. As, as I say, you know, we are less of a custom valued service than we were we're now expected to do work. For the same rate that we're working for, Hey, man, 20 years ago, think about it. The rates haven't changed really very much if at all, and now they're going down again, for the contract work that we do and video and film.

Dave Bullis 34:45
So, so what point you know it again, when I read your bio, you mentioned that, you know, you realize you woke up one day and you realize you have been disrupted you know, and I think that's a big part of it. Because what you said there is with with you know, hey, I'm just going to have my Don't do it. I actually, let me tell you I've had other people say that too. And, you know, you're I'm gonna have my son edit this or whatever else. And, you know, it's a game where poverty if you think that, you know, your son could do it, you know, it's just one of those things. But so at what point did you then create, you know, black box?

Pat McGowan 35:21
Well, it's I created black box where I didn't create it three years ago ideated it three years ago. So I, I was sitting in my boardroom, realizing that I had built, you know, a beautiful company, I had 40 employees, I had offices in two cities, had a really great team. And I realized that the market had changed. So I realized a couple of things. First of all, we were involved in some broadcast work here in Canada. And I mean, you're familiar with the cutting the cord phenomenon, but what happens in markets like Canada is when the cord gets cut, the cable fees that people were paying are no longer allocated for broadcast production by the broadcaster's because that's how they get their money. And, and then in our market, the Canadian government has, you know, some fun matching programs and, and so on tax credits, that are all predicated on the broadcaster's coming to the table. Well, the broadcaster's stopped coming to the table, because they were making less money because people were cutting the cord. Now, why were they cutting the cord to go and watch content from digital platforms like Netflix, and YouTube and what have you. So that's the first thing that happened. The second thing that happened at the same time is that technology became much more readily available with the advent of DSLR camera technology. So all of a sudden, the cost of acquiring equipment went down. If that's what you were gonna buy, you know, it wasn't high end gear, it was low end gear, but it was low end gear that was doing good looking product. And the third thing that happened is, we have a lot of young people coming into the market, and people like to beat up on millennials. Personally, I don't think that's right. I know a lot of millennials, and I really liked these guys. But unfortunately, they came into a market where they could tool themselves. And were competent enough because they were doing some good work. I mean, when I say that the son could do it, the son could really do it. But the son should have been getting paid 500 bucks a day rather than 100. That's my point. So the commodification happened on the perceived value of the of the work right, from the client saying, Well, my kid can do it for 100 bucks, rather than you doing it for 500 bucks, or whatever. And we're 1000, you know, which is what we used to get. So now we've got these three factors, we've got a glut of labor willing to work at lower pricing, and why would Millennials work at lower pricing? Well, a lot of them were either living in apartments with roommates, so they don't have car payments, they don't have college funds to build, they're not building for retirement. Now they're young. And because he used to be, you know, there were barriers to entry coming into the market. If you were going to be a video production company owner, you better have the ability to acquire capital. So you could buy high end cameras for $100,000 each. And IT systems cost a fortune, you had to have an edit bay, you had a voiceover booth, you had to have a small studio, but all that's gone now like people kids are at these millennials. Sorry, again, I don't like the term but younger people. You know, they're editing at Starbucks, or they're forming into collectives where they're sharing small office spaces, and that's okay with them. Because they can cut the video on on a on a MacBook, or a surface or whatever. And they can shoot it on a DSLR. And they're not using a $20,000 Sachtler tripod anymore. They're using $1,000, you know, vinten or whatever, or a man for auto. So everything. It wasn't just the one thing commodified and disrupted, everything changed at the same time. And then you had a lot of institutional clients like government clients or, you know, businesses, even bigger businesses, smaller businesses, bringing somebody in house, so they would hire a young person to do it in house. And why well, because the young person had the camera had the edit bay, in their pocket, had control over and these kids are quite well trained. And they're multifaceted. Like they can shoot and edit. They know how to do audio. They're not terrible, and they're good at it. So you know, this disruption had to do with that whole change from you know, a team of three or four people doing work.

Alex Ferrari 39:54
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show

Pat McGowan 40:03
to a team of one or two doing work that didn't have an office probably weren't insured. You know what I mean? Didn't have staff. So all of this happened at the same time. So here I am sitting there a 25 year veteran of the business. And yeah, we did get disrupted, we got disrupted at three levels. We have in 19, or 2015, we had four, I believe, for broadcast projects cancelled. Because at whatever, there were three different broadcasters involved, we're laying people off. So you know, there were just canceling series, and we had four series canceled was a huge amount of money involved. So yeah, we got hit pretty hard. So I'm sitting in my boardroom with my wife. And I'm, I'm like, Okay, we're not making money, who's making money? What's going on here? So we sat, and we did a bunch of research. And we concluded that there were two ends of the spectrum that were making money, there was the YouTube crowd. And that was prior to the YouTube pocalypse that happened a year or so ago. And that was before they changed the monetization. But that's another problem that we can talk about. But there were a lot of YouTubers were making money. And we found, you know, we just said, let's go look at the top 10 YouTubers and see who's making money and see what they're making. And you know, as a kind of a trained, experienced filmmaker, it was pretty shocking, because I hadn't paid much attention to YouTube's Stupid me. And you're kind of looking at going, wow, this stuff is popular. Why? Well, you know, we kind of figured with a couple of things. It was probably because a four year old sitting in the back of mommy's SUV, hitting the iPad again and again and again. And people were making millions of dollars. There's this one channel we found called Disney collector. And this is a Hispanic woman with really nice, Blinky fingernails, and a really sweet sounding boys, who shows you how to use Play Doh. Right? Disney character playdough shit. And the woman has has now got 250 million views on one of her videos, or more. And she's were purported to make $12 million a year or more from her YouTube box. Okay, so that's just a wild an eye opener. And then I looked at the other end of the spectrum with Netflix and Netflix had not even started to I mean, I don't even think Orange is the New Black had been produced 2015 Yeah, maybe it was that I guess they're going into season four, at any rates, and we started to think, Okay, well, we've got this distribution platform that's actually starting to create content. So what they're doing is they're aggregating the rights to intellectual property at the top of their organization. And producers who used to make shows own shows, and license shows to broadcasters, are not going to be able to do that for very long. So maybe you kind of think, you know, the term that I believe came to me at the time was user generated content. So you've got YouTubers making user generated content, and you got Netflix making user generated content. But we're creators and all of that. Well, in the YouTube case, you've got one or two people making the stuff there are very many teams of trained people doing it, although there's lots of cool stuff going on in YouTube right now. But in the in the Netflix example, basically, creators were turned into workers. So and that's not bad, when the rates are good and everything, but as I understand it, you know, the rates are dropping. And the people that I know, in markets where, you know, big platforms are making a lot of content. The rates are static, and they're still installed. And even studio owners and equipment rental houses are getting really, really pushed down rate. So basically, you know, everybody's making money except Netflix. And people who want a gig in this industry, you know, they're really just looking for work. And they're being forced to take longer hour days for less money. And I'm not saying that's happening everywhere. Lots of people are gonna say, Hey, man, that's not true where I am or whatever, but it is true where a lot of people are, because through our platform, I hear these people, I know them, and they want a better deal. So I decided to create a platform that was all about creators, being able to do user generated content alone or in groups, and gain access to global markets not have to sell themselves as workers, but convert to being own Because of the content that they make, and take advantage of all the licensing fees, longtail revenue, or residuals, they're all the terms apply and do better in their lives. And we want to do that on a global context, where every creator all over the world actually has the same access, because they have the same access to technology and tools, but they don't have the same access to markets and business systems. So what we designed as a platform that is really has really captured and automated all of the things that creators need, in order to work together to make content to co own the content, and to share and the revenue streams have to develop through these new digital platforms. So we think it's really revolutionary.

Dave Bullis 45:48
So it's, you know, you touched on YouTube. And, you know, I had friends who were creators who saw their, their, you know, their monetization, cut down some channels, hell were even gotten into trouble with all the new rules. You know, I have another friend who's just getting back into it, and he has one of the top YouTube channels ever, which is crazy. But, but just going back to black box, you know, it's, you know, it's allowing. So basically, it's a, it's cutting out the middleman, essentially, you know what I mean? It's, you can actually, you know, go on there and actually don't have to worry about, you know, selling. You don't want to say you basically cutting out the middleman. Yeah,

Pat McGowan 46:31
oh, but I think I can help you understand a little bit, but we're not cutting anybody out. Because they're already cut out. Okay, being a producer is a much harder game, because you be actually been turned into a worker again. Now, there are people who are, who are developing product as producers and selling it to Netflix or licensing Netflix, and that hasn't died. But a lot of that business has gone away. So what's happened is, like people that used to be producers, like actual producers have become service producers. So they're getting paid, you know, by whoever their client is. And that could be ABC, NBC, it could be Hulu, it could be Netflix could be anybody. They're getting paid to manufacture the project for those companies, not with them. Right. So that's really changed. So everybody all the way down the line is now a worker. But and that would be fine. As long as as, as the, you know, the disruption wasn't happening, where the rates were dropping. So I mean, it's bad enough that that the business model changed to the point where people, you know, couldn't own their own content, but, but the rates are going down. So what does that mean, for the future? Well, you know, means we're gonna have a commodified labor market. Look at what happened in visual effects, right? Visual effects, you used to go to LA, and you go down by Santa Monica Pier. And there were all these nice two, three storey buildings that were full of visual effects, fences. Well, they're all gone now. And there's a saying, in Hollywood, amongst certain executive producers, that said, that goes like this. And if you haven't put a VFX company's company out of business on your film, you're not doing your job, right. So what's happened with VFX? Companies? I mean, when you go and see blockbuster movies now used to see like ILM wouldn't be in there or whoever, right? Well, now, you see, look at the end credits, there are hundreds and hundreds of people who employ it in the VFX game, but they're working for 50 companies. Right. So instead of seeing ILM crew of 200 people on the end credit that you now you're seeing, you know, 50 companies with 10 to 15 people. So what's happened there is that the VFX companies have been divided and conquered into smaller and smaller units. So now the producers, the big guys can actually go in and hammer them on price a little more effectively, because they're playing them off against each other. And I know that sounds horribly cynical, them you know, if there's a Netflix exact listening, you know, hey, I'm just coming from the Creator perspective, right? Where I think that there's a better deal for creators, the creators should, and can now have the ability to have their piece of the pie. And to have better lives as a result of that and to be able to do the work they do with a lot more freedom. You know, I create a black box to have more freedom for me, and for my Creator colleagues, because we are special people, you know, I call it the Creator class, actually. And so the Creator class for me are people who are talented, generous, kind, hardworking, resourceful, honest, people.

Alex Ferrari 49:56
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Pat McGowan 50:05
And I would say 99% of the people that I know there are creators fall into those categories. So that means we're gonna get beat up as business people, plain and simple. So what we do is kind of give a we create a platform, that's a safe haven, that allows creators to actually not worry about all that business stuff. Because just like so many other businesses, we want to automate a lot of it. So that there's not a lot of backroom deals going on there, the sharks can't play, you know, basically, we put a product and we move it through a market just like any other industry, you look at the auto manufacturing industry, right, they've got this thing called the supply chain. And the supply chain means that all these parts are created by all these suppliers, and brought together at the assembly plant. And it has to be it has to be all coordinated properly. Well, you know, on making the movies, no different than building a car, it's a supply chain, you have to bring all these resources together, they have to happen at the right time. budgets have to be respected and and then you deliver to the customer. So what I've done is created a platform that allows creators to be part of the supply chain, and to own the end product as they're moving along. So it's a really, it's a really big shift in in terms of an economic reality. We liken it, Dave to a return to the guild system, you know, prior to the Industrial Revolution, where guilds actually had these inherent protections in place. You know, if you were building a cathedral and you need his stonework done, you went to the stonemasons and the Peter needed a bunch of pews pews down and woodwork done in the church, you went to the carpenters guilt. And so what we are is a Creators Guild, and we're global, and we're digital, and we are going to change the face of the industry.

Dave Bullis 52:06
And I know exactly where you're coming from, by the way about the VX subnet, the VX situation, I actually have a friend, what are you cuz I've had, I've actually had friends who've worked in the industry, and they were describing, you know, pretty much what you just described as well. But you know, black box looks awesome. I'm all in favor of anything that allows, you know, creator, creators, good creators, to, you know, to share their stuff and to actually get seen, because, you know, like I've said before this podcast, the idea of just uploading something to YouTube now and saying, Hey, it'll go viral is like a one in a million shot. And you can't rest anything on that, that's on a

Pat McGowan 52:43
business plan. For sure, man. Well, that, you know, that's just that standard fragmentation. But we're working within a global context. And we're working within a digital platform context, nobody's done this before. So no one really knows the rules. But we do know that there is an awful lot of money being aggregated at the top of these multinational corporations. And, and then you then you have to bring in the idea that they are some of them are publicly traded corporations. So that whole dynamic is very different to so who end up who ends up getting caught in the vise, are the individual creators, because in fact, as these companies blew apart, you know, big either company with 40 people, right? And that company is pretty much gone now. So the protections that were afforded to the workers within that relationship, they with me as their boss, there are oh now, right. So what we're doing is we actually say, Look, we don't want to aggregate these people back into a company again, but we want to have a platform that performs those functions for them that allows them to have a little more predictability and security in their life. So I should tell you that we analyze the market and we said, look, ultimately, we want black boxers, we call them black boxers to be able to do the work they love to do. So if they are, they want to work on feature films, and they're a gaffer, we want them and they love being a gaffer, we want them to be able to be a gaffer on a great feature film, on regular work. And if they're an actress, we want them to be an actress. And if they're a musician, we want them to be a composer, we want them to be able to do what they love to do. So what we allow them to do is come together into groups of like minded creators and make the project they want to make that is that has a lot more creative freedom for everybody. Now, not a lot of not most, sorry, not most, a lot of people, they just want a gig and they want to get paid, they want to go home and they want to be saved and they want to make money and they want to take care of their families. And that's that's never going to end but we offer an alternative to people who you know, kind of feel that desire to to really be involved in something That takes a lot of craft a lot of love, and ends up being a very valuable product. So I'm going to give you an example. Moonlight won the Academy Award two years ago. And Moonlight was made for reputedly 150 Sorry, 1.5 million bucks. And then there was a big marketing budget, well, not big 5 million, probably the one against it. So moonlight ends getting ends up getting a theatrical run that did well. And then they ended up doing very well on VOD, and cable, and they won an Academy Award. And, but I have to wonder, okay, this movie is going to make $150 million after production net? Who's getting that money? Is it the people that sacrificed their rate showed up? Did the extra hours put the love into it? And made the movie? Or is it somebody else? Well, I think we all know the answer. Is it somebody else? So what if my question is, what if a group of filmmakers could come together, make a product like moonlight. And now the budget is not going to be 1.5 million because no one's getting paid, you're doing it in kind for ownership in the movie. And then if you've got some fixed costs, but we can bring everybody into this scenario, studio owners that are getting squeezed, can actually let us use the studio for a piece of the movie camera department. Maybe they've got two year old cameras that aren't being rented for full price anymore, that they'll put on the movie for a piece in the action. Craft, anybody, anybody involved location owners. Transport, that works. And you're still gonna have some fixed costs. So now you can make the movie for a really good movie for two or $300,000 or less. It all depends on you know what your consumables are. So now you make the movie great. And it's owned by the people that made it. Okay, this is a key thing. Now, if that movie goes out, and it makes $150 million net after distribution, or whatever, okay? And you can even bring a marketing team in to be part of your group. So you don't have to go pay for marketing, you can find a marketing group and say, Do you want to be part of this, right? Anybody can be part of it, the district distribution, people can be part of it. So you create this wonderful waterfall saying, okay, all these dollars that come in, they're all going pro rata to the people that own the property. And by my math, on a $1.5 million feature that does $150 million net after distribution over a period of time, because it's long tail money. And that's how money gets made on distribution platforms now, everyone would get paid 100 times the rate. Good, bad. What do you think? That

Dave Bullis 57:52
sounds like a good, a good trade off.

Pat McGowan 57:54
Yeah, man. So where we started is saying we're gonna dream big, right at BlackFox. We're gonna dream big. We're gonna say, we want to make blockbuster feature films, we would love to be able to make a Black Panther in five years, and have all the people that made the movie, get a really nice paycheck, right? Because they deserve it. We love these people they need they need this opportunity. Because right now, it's just it's not working out. So good. Right. So that's our dream. But we couldn't start there. So we decided to build our platform in a smaller, more highly defined market. And that's the stock market. So currently, our platform service is stock footage. So what you can do is you can take your camera right now, like you're a camera guy, right? Yeah. Okay, do you own your own gear?

Dave Bullis 58:48
Yeah, I have over here. Actually, it's actually right behind me. You can't see because it's a podcast. But yeah, sorry about that.

Pat McGowan 58:53
So what kind of camera Iran,

Dave Bullis 58:55
I have a Canon Rebel. I think it's the was it the 6070. Okay,

Pat McGowan 59:01
so let's say you've got a 60 You could probably walk out of where you are right now. And it's not daylight there anymore. So let's say you get up in the morning and go for a while. And you see something beautiful that you want to capture. So you do it. And then you see something else you want to capture, or maybe, you know, whatever. And this is a very simple example, might you so but you can then go home. And you can actually curate that into five very nice clips, that you can put them up to our platform, we'll take them out to all the big stock agencies. And when the money comes, it returns to black box. And then we take 15% of the net sale and we deliver the rest to you. So basically, it's an upload once get too many scheme. Now, let's say you go back to your house and you say, Oh, I don't really don't want to edit this. Pat.

Alex Ferrari 59:58
We'll be right back. After a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Pat McGowan 1:00:08
You want to edit this and you call me up and say you want to edit my clips. I'm like, Yeah, sure, I'll do it for 30%. And you go, Okay, deal 30%. So now you can upload those clips to black box, your, or send me sorry, send me the raw. And I will actually edit them, upload them, tag them and do the metadata. And then when, and then when the money comes blackbox auditing automatically pays me my share, and you automatically get paid your share, you don't touch my money, don't touch your money. Or another option is you want to edit but you hate doing the metadata, you hate doing the keywords and the descriptions and all that. So you can actually edit them, upload them and then hand off to me. And I'll do the metadata. And I'll do it for 15%. So that's what we built, and it actually works. So we've got 1000s of people all over the world doing this. I just saw a project go through where a guy in South Africa had 700 clips, he put them all up on the platform. And he assigned the curation to the metadata curation to, to a woman here in Ottawa, where I live actually has a very good out of there. So now we've got this nasty international collaboration going. And it all happens within our platform. So that's where we started. And our next move is into short form and long form. And you can do YouTube videos this way. So like, like I said earlier, a lot of YouTubers, they want to do everything themselves, because they want to keep the money, right? Like, and they don't know what they're gonna make. And it's like, it's all freaking everybody out. Well, what have you said, Well, why don't we do this as a team? Why don't we actually do some produced content, where we actually use real writer, real director real, you know, real, real real. And everybody works together and make some product as watchable. And then you put it the black box, and we manage the whole process of getting it the audience, and then dividing the revenue. And it works. I mean, that's all I have to say it works. It works really, really well. And then as as, as we grow, we're going to take on bigger projects, indie films. Right now, if there are indie filmmakers that have had no luck distributing their film, you can contact me and I will find a way to get your film onto our platform, you will have to go back and figure out who did what on the movie. So you can make sure that everybody gets compensated when the money comes. And then we will, through our developing relationships with distribution, and VOD will have a good chance of getting your movie seen. So this is what we're trying to do.

Dave Bullis 1:02:49
And, you know, I think that's great. Too bad. I mean, you mentioned you mentioned Black Panther. I'm always in favor of movies like like moonlight, where or movies like, obviously, the Blair Witch or paranormal activity, you know, those movies that come out of left field that just, you know, a go, they go apeshit, you know, Big Fat Greek Wedding, you know, these movies that are shot for, like $20,000. And they have a pretty good return, you know, and, you know, just just as we talked about, you know, gear and producers and stuff. You know, I once had a friend of mine who was going to make a movie for 10 grand, and this, this person who owned a rental house, got a hold of them. And he came back to tell me, he goes, Dave, I can't do over 10,000 anymore, I need a quarter of a million. And I said, Well, I said, No, you don't. I said with a fool of God, you don't need a quote, I've read a script. And he did not need a quarter million dollars. He could have done it for $10,000 at the max. Because it only took place in one room. There was no stones or explosives. There's no squibs there's nothing there's no famous people that were needed, or were going to be in it. So I was like, man, just just don't even worry about that stuff.

Pat McGowan 1:03:59
Well, you know, the whole point here is that making a good like, you can make a movie, anybody can make a movie, I got an iPhone, I can make a movie right now, like no problem, right? But are you going to make a movie that's going to be compelling that that someone's going to want to watch. And yeah, you can bank on having the next Blair Witch or whatever. But I believe that for the same reasons that our labor market have disrupted, we have an army of young filmmakers who are actually quite talented and capable, who are coming along. But the problem is they're trying to do it all themselves. Like they're trying to self self produce, self make and self distribute movies. And I think that that's a missed opportunity. Because when we put together when we put groups of talented people together, it makes for a better product. And we work together and we try to develop platforms like black box that help people do the business end, which is often where things fall apart, right? Like for example, you know, I make a movie For 10 grand, and I call in all the favors in town, right? Well, if that movie ends up going viral and I make, I don't know, two and a half million dollars on it, how much that money is going to go back to the people that helped me. There are no deals in place. There's no structure, there's no system. And it's very likely that those people aren't going to get paid because they did it as a favor. Right? So what slack bots does is eliminates the favors. We don't do favors. And we don't do deferrals. No one ever gets paid on deferral, you know, anyone that's ever paid on deferral? It's a big joke. I know. I know, Hollywood actors, you know, who I talked to, like, I was talking to a guy named Martin Cove. There was the sensei and the Karate Kid. And Martin's a great guy. And I said, Hey, Martin, how many deferrals Have you ever been paid on, he just laughed. He laughed. He said, No, and people don't get paid on deferrals. And he's bullish on black box, actually, like, there's a lot of actors in Hollywood that will that'll do this, because it's not a deferral. And it's not a favor. And it's not a rate reduction, either. It's a fair share of the movie that you make. So if it makes money, and when it makes money, you get paid your share, our system is guaranteed to pay you. So suppose for a guy that wants to do a $10,000 movie, I would say, make a million dollar movie, but make sure it's all in kind, and then your fixed costs will only be $10,000. If you happen to have to buy some squats. So bring the rental house in as a partner, bring the studio in, as a partner, bring the locations in as a partner, bring the actors in, bring the crew in, bring everybody in as a partner. I mean, even in the point where you're making in India, and you say you know what, we're not catering this, bring your own lunch, right? And, and make a great movie and capture the passion of all those people and get the best people involved. Right, like don't get your cousin to hold the boom, get a sound guy to do it, get somebody who's really good at it to do it. And then guess what you're gonna have usable audio and post. Right, and you move you're not gonna sound like crap. And you can get yourself a decent composure. And, you know, it just goes on and on and on and on and on. And we learned all of this through the stock footage thing, because you know, what we see, we see people who are learning faster, doing better work and making more money. We've got people actually on our platform right now who are getting ready to quit their jobs, and they're not taking gigs anymore, because they're making enough money off of their stock footage portfolio, to to float their boat. And now what they're doing is they're saying, Great, I'm floating my boat from my stock work. So I'm going to go make my movie now. And they're going to make it using a black box, or the black box platform. I know it's a big idea. Like a lot of people are sitting out there in your audience right now going What the hell is Pat talking about? I don't get this at all right. But because it is a huge, huge shift. It's an absolutely it's, it's a paradigm shift. Like it's revolutionary. And I'm not saying that because you know, hey, you know, Pat's, a smart guy did a revolutionary thing. I actually did this, so that I could have a better life facing a disruptive market. And I did it so that my peeps, the creators who I know, could have a better life too. And we did it as well. So that the guy living in Nairobi, which is a bad place to be right now with all the flooding, but the guy living in Nairobi, could go out and capture images of all the wonderful natural beauty that there is in Nairobi, Kenya, as opposed to having a bunch of white guys flying on a plane with an airy Alexa and, and meanwhile, imagery and all the guy God was in his Puerto feet. So we can actually go in and entertain that guy, and maybe even help him get equipped, so that he can be the content creator, because he's possibly very talented. So we're gonna liberate a lot of creators using this platform, and we're gonna flatten out the world, and we're gonna make it a fair deal.

Dave Bullis 1:09:15
Yeah, and when you were talking about everyone getting paid deferrals and stuff like that, it always reminds me of the what they call the Hollywood accounting side of things, where, you know, you know, we will get points and in the movie never turns a profit, so you never see those points. But when you were talking about blackbox, Pat, I, you know, all of this, you know, makes sense to me. It sounds like a really, really, really cool platform, where people can actually collectively get together. And if you do decide to hire this DP or hire this person or hire this, whatever, you know, people will get, you know, people who now are bound to get paid rather than deferrals or like, you know, promises or, you know, whatever.

Alex Ferrari 1:09:56
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Dave Bullis 1:10:05
Which I, which sometimes by the way, you know, I just want to mention, I've seen that getting people to a lot of trouble before to deferrals. You know, I actually had a project that, that I saw I was involved in, and feelings were laid out on Facebook. And you know how what happens, that pattern just snowballs, and all of a sudden you have people yelling at each other and social media?

Pat McGowan 1:10:29
Exactly, it just gets ugly. Exactly. You know? Well, you know, the one, the one point I would like to leave people people with is that you can work or you can earn. Okay, so blackbox allows people to earn, it converts you from being a worker into an earner, and an owner of the content that you make. It's like, it's like, you know, there's lots of good analogies out there. I think farming is a good analogy. Do you want to be a paid farm worker getting a low rate? Or do you want to be a sharecropper, and own part of the product that goes up? You know, and so what we're creating is an environment where you have that choice, because nobody works. In black box, there, it's not a job, it's not a gig. Not at all, actually, it's very different. And just so everybody knows, the website is www dot black box dot global, it's not a.com, it's a dot global. So www dot black box dot global, I had to throw that in there, Dave. And, you know, come to the website, check it out, see what you think. It doesn't cost anything to join this. If you do join, you know, we want to see you get active, and we're gonna try to help you do that. But it's not free candy, like you got to work, you got to do the work. And, you know, there's stuff that you have to do, you got to make content, you got to edit it, you got to curate it, you got to upload it. But if you're trying to go to five stock footage libraries, right, now, you got to upload five times. And it is not fun work. So we take that whole aggro out for you. And then if you're trying to share revenue with a collaborator, you know, like, for instance, if you want to do a shoot tomorrow with three models in a cafe, you could actually instead of having to pay the cafe and the models, you could say to the model in the cafe and find people who are willing to do this, to take a share of the revenue or the footage. Awesome. And we got a lot of people doing this, we have a member that did a cool shoot in a hospital and did a whole bunch of medical stuff. And everybody is getting paid on a share basis. So you see these little micro transactions going through. But it adds up. There really does like a lot of the stuff that I've done, I've been lucky, you know, I'm not a genius cinematographer or anything, but I know what I'm doing. And I've done lots and lots of shoots, where I go out for a week and do wildlife stuff, where I would have gotten paid anywhere from six to $10,000 For the week, if I was working for network. And my projection on some of those shoots is $100,000. To me, because the market is so the market demand is so high for that type of footage. So like you can make your day rate over a period of years using black box, or you can make five to 10 times your day right or more. And we've got lots of examples of that are some really spectacular examples of people making a lot more money doing this than they would get on a game. So it's looking really, really promising. We're really excited. And we really want to welcome as many creators in I mean, Dave, I'm going to invite you to join but just go to the website and register and maybe you got a bunch of clips you want to throw out there and then be part of the community. And that's another thing about this we've got, we've got a great community feel like we have a Facebook group for members where it's the least toxic Facebook group I've ever seen. It's almost too nice. And everybody is so cooperative and supportive and is getting into the spirit of what we're trying to do. Because it's black box is not a doggy dog world. It's a place where we're all in it together. And when we when when one person succeeds, everybody succeeds.

Dave Bullis 1:14:32
You know, and I'm going to link to all that in the show notes everybody, and I'm going to check it out. I am dead serious Pat. I also want to check out this non toxic Facebook group because I have one myself and I keep it I'm the moderator so it's always kept non toxic but I've never seen anybody else have a non toxic facebook facebook group because usually the voids into something and funny enough it's usually screenwriting Facebook groups that go bad. And I've seen the fights that I've seen everything else man um But, you know, I was going to ask you, where can people find you online, but you, you know, you know, I will make sure to link to that you You already gave the URL, but I I'm gonna link to that and everything else. We talked about everyone in the show notes at Dave voices.com. Pat, I want to say thank you so much for coming on. Man.

Pat McGowan 1:15:19
It's been a real pleasure. Know, you're a great interviewer. So thanks for that. Thanks. You know, thanks for letting me talk about black box.

Dave Bullis 1:15:27
Now, my pleasure, Pat. And you know, let's talk again real soon.

Pat McGowan 1:15:31
You got a brother. Thanks a million.

LINKS

  • Pat McGowan – IMDB

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook

IFH 688: What They Don’t Tell Filmmakers about Making an Indie Film with Jeremy Gardner

Jeremy Gardner is an American actor, writer, and director known for his work in the independent horror film “The Battery.” He wrote, directed, and starred in the movie, which was released in 2012.

“The Battery” is a post-apocalyptic zombie film that gained critical acclaim for its character-driven approach and low-budget yet effective storytelling. Since then, Jeremy Gardner has continued to work in the film industry, both in front of and behind the camera.

Alex Ferrari 0:06
Enjoy today's episode with guest host Jason Buff.

Jason Buff 1:36
On this episode, I'm talking with Jeremy Gardener and Christian Stella about their films, the battery and text Montana will survive. We'll talk about all the stuff that went into making the battery the difficulties of making a really, really low budget independent film the cold hard reality of being an indie filmmaker today, as well as the new way they've approached distribution for their newest feature. So get comfortable, you might want a nice cold beverage or some tea, you know, maybe some aroma in the room, maybe some lavender some some Jakar and lar and enjoy this episode, because I had a good time talking with these guys to record the show. Yeah, just a few episodes.

Jeremy Gardner 2:17
Yeah, I've been subscribed for a while. But then I went on a tangent and subscribe to every podcast ever. And now I can't remember what I'm supposed to listen to.

Jason Buff 2:25
I used to like my favorite way to learn filmmaking, aside from DVD commentaries was listening to podcasts, you know, because you can sit there for a good hour and a half listening to a filmmaker and you'd never get that access on just like interviews and stuff.

Jeremy Gardner 2:40
That's literally how Yeah, that was one of my big tools. When I was deciding I wanted to make the battery was podcasts. Oh, really? Oh, yeah, absolutely. I started back with creative screenwriting, Jeff Goldsmith's podcast. Yeah. And I listen to a ton of those. And then I just went, what else is there and downloading everything?

Jason Buff 2:59
What are the ones did you listen to my my big one, because I was trying to make a film in 2012. That didn't end up happening. But I would listen to one called film method all the time. And it was to two women that were like, they had already made their own film. And they were just interviewing people that had worked on it and talked about it, but they stopped recording it in 2012. So it was like, all of a sudden just came to an end, but it's the void now, well, that's kind of what I based mine off of was just the idea that I want to learn stuff and people want to you know, they want to hear what actually goes into filmmaking, you know, instead of like these kind of generic conversations, you know, I like to go into, you know, the nuts and bolts, money issues, technical, you know, the cameras that were used and stuff like that. So

Jeremy Gardner 3:41
No, absolutely. I mean, it's that's the important stuff. And that's, that's why I listen to watch every behind the scenes extra on every DVD I had for years. And I listened to director's notes for a long time. I don't know if you know that podcast that was Yeah. Gosh, there was another one.

Kristian Stella 3:57
I'm a I'm like a big YouTube and Vimeo guy. Like, I've watched a lot of a lot of the camera geeks on there, you know, and all those camera reviews and tests. Like I love Philip Bloom. Uh huh. Yeah. Whom is like my hero.

Jason Buff 4:11
Yeah, he's, there's a lot I think most of this stuff, because I also do. I'm an amateur cinematographer, you know, so I just sit there and watch everything about lighting tutorials, and everything about lenses and whatever, you know, I don't think it's like you don't even need to go to school anymore. If you've got an internet connection. Oh, absolutely. Get on it. You know,

Kristian Stella 4:30
I mean, that's I mean, everything that we everything that I did technically for the battery, and now takes Montana has been through tutorials is insane. Like, I mean, I was just telling Jeremy the other day, I was like, Well, I'm trying to fix a couple shots and text Montana color wise. So I'm like, I have time to watch another 20 hour DaVinci Resolve tutorial.

Jeremy Gardner 4:52
Yeah, I spend most of my time listening to screenwriter interviews and stuff too, because back when I didn't think I could actually make a movie. I just wanted to be able to Write a script. And just just to hear different processes is amazing, because no one does it the same way. And so you'll start to think that your, your writing routine is weird. And then you'll listen to 20 Different people say that there's 20 different variations on some same thing. So it doesn't matter. It's just getting, it's just putting the work in.

Jason Buff 5:19
I mean, that's one of the things that I just recently put up a blog post about the creative process. And there's a bunch of videos, about screenwriters only talking about the creative end, you know, and how they schedule out their day and how they actually write, you know, and it's it. It was nice to hear almost all of them say, Well, I spend most of the morning procrastinating. And then when I start hating myself, kind of sit down, and I'll start writing, you know, so you realize that everybody that has this drive to write screenplays, or to write anything, they're all kind of fighting with themselves, you know?

Jeremy Gardner 5:52
Yeah, I mean, that's, it's a daily grind. And but you know, the thing that I've unfortunately, the thing I've taken away from every single interview I've, I've heard is that the, you know, the successful writers are the ones who treat it like a day job. They know that they have going to put in a certain amount of hours every day in the seat, but in seat and just writing and, boy, just getting your butt in the seat is the hardest part for me, because I will find everything else to do

Jason Buff 6:16
when you started screenwriting, what were the resources that you found were the most helpful,

Jeremy Gardner 6:23
you know, it's funny, I started probably very similar to a lot of people I found a Syd field, you know, screenplay book from God knows when it was all yellowed and old, for like 25 cents in a used bookstore. And, you know, people kind of laugh off those those manuals, but that really helped me understand the structure, and the formatting. And then once you get that down, it's just about reading other screens. I just read as many screenplays as I could and you start to see how you go, Okay, well, this is the structure but I can tweak it to make it you read a certain way that I want to read and I like to write mine with absolutely zero camera interaction at all I really like almost write like a prose story where it just flows.

Kristian Stella 7:08
Yeah, they say Jeremy Jeremy screenplays sometimes read like novels. It's kind of,

Jeremy Gardner 7:12
But he's gorgeous, but sparse novel, they're not like dense. Like I have a rule, I refuse to have any action beat go over four sentences, I will not do it. Because I know people skim. So I have little rules for myself. And I don't like to, I don't like to break up sequences with like interiors, and exteriors, I kind of like to try to let them flow into each other and just just drop maybe while he walks into. And then the next line the bathroom, there's no like, interior the bathroom. Because you want to just keep a pace and the kind of momentum going I'm really about readability. Because when it's so hard for me to read some screenplays, they're just so dense, and just so much stuff on the page.

Jason Buff 7:50
Yeah, I think that a lot of people think that you have to follow very strict codes, you know, and what I've learned from talking to other screenwriters is that, you know, as long as you're telling the story, and as long as you're bringing people into the movie that you can kind of do whatever you want to, you know, you have to have a certain amount of structure. But there's a lot of leeway with that.

Jeremy Gardner 8:07
No, there really is, there's no like I said, That's what I like about John August and Craig Mason, you know, they'll they'll talk to you about the nuts and bolts on their podcasts all the time. But for the most part, every rule that someone tells you that you can't break, they will just say no, that's not true. If that were the case, we wouldn't have this movie or that movie, or this movie or whatever. So you can break whatever rule you want. If you're writing a good story,

Jason Buff 8:26
So what what would your typical day be? You know, talking about screenwriting? Like do you have to set like a date that you're going to finish by? Or do you just sit like sit down? Do you do you do a bunch of writing out notes and blueprints what what kind of is the

Jeremy Gardner 8:39
I'm so weird when it comes to writing it's well, you know, unfortunately, I have not had to write on a deadline yet, I have not, you know, taken a job where it needs to be in by this time. So it's very hard for me to manufacture my own my own deadlines. So typically, I will just start writing, I will just start writing and then I'll write I'll do what's like a beat sheet, where I will write down just slug lines of the scenes that I know are going to happen up until a point where I don't know anymore. And then I'll go and I'll start writing that. And then the net, I was telling someone the other day, I think I was telling your wife, Christian, that I if you look through my notebooks, you will see the same beat sheet written over and over and over again. And I don't know why I do it. I will go back after writing like 10 or 15 pages. And I will write again, the same beat sheet of the scenes. And I'll maybe add a little bit in between or I'll reorganize them. But for the most part, I think it's just me re familiarizing myself with where I'm at. And then hopefully something will spring up and I'll add another beat to the end of that thing. And then I'll go back and start writing again. And I'll take walks and lots of showers and just i i ruminate on it a lot. I think I think you get a lot more writing done when you're not writing than you actually think. Yeah.

Alex Ferrari 9:54
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Kristian Stella 10:03
Lots of Starbucks trips, oh, yeah,

Jeremy Gardner 10:06
I have a weird thing about being able to write in the place I live. There's something about being there as often as I am there. It's just like I can't, I can't disconnect myself from just the routine of living in the home. So I need to try to get out of it as much as possible.

Jason Buff 10:22
Yeah, I think that's, that's a lot of people have told me. I mean, I'm the same way too. I cannot. I'm here in my office right now. I've tried to write here. And it just doesn't happen. You know. So I'll go off to Starbucks. And I'll sit there. And when you don't have all the distraction, that's when you say, okay, I can sit here and actually do the hard part, which is, you know, the word focusing on it. Yeah,

Jeremy Gardner 10:42
Yeah, there's something about the chatter of being in a public place. I like that kind of white noise of people talking and just the mumbling in the in the ruckus of just people moving around, that helps to other than silence. Another problem I have with writing, which people should not do is, I wake up every day when I sit down to write and I go back and tinker with everything I've already written. So I will kill an hour or two hours just perfecting what's already written. So you know, in a good way, when the script is finally done, it's been it's been polished in a way that it's like it's a second or third draft, but it takes so long to get to that final draft because I just go back and move commas and moving commas is not writing.

Jason Buff 11:24
Do you do one like, you know, as they say, vomit draft? Do you try to get like one first draft down? And then go back?

Jeremy Gardner 11:30
No, no, that's what I wish I could do. I really wish I could just move just barrel ahead and not worry about what happened before. But I cannot I keep going back, and tinkering and tweaking. And then And then hopefully, by the time like when if I wake up and I tinker with the pages I wrote the day before. Hopefully, by the time I get to the end of those, I've kind of pushed myself into the process a little bit.

Jason Buff 11:53
So how did you guys meet? You guys have been friends for a while. Right? And where are you from?

Kristian Stella 11:57
We're both we're both from Central Florida. You know, we're like, right outside Disney World. But we met when we were kids, basically. I mean, I was definitely a kid. I was like 13 or something. And we started making movies back then. And that was kind of our film school, which was it was also a regular school because we dropped out of school.

Jeremy Gardner 12:15
We started education system.

Kristian Stella 12:17
Yeah, yeah. So I mean, that's like staying in school in Florida. But yeah, we just started making movies back then like with like a $500 Sony Handycam and what year are we talking here?

Jason Buff 12:27
Just so I know.

Jeremy Gardner 12:29
Let me think about this. We shot the bags in 2000.

Kristian Stella 12:32
Okay, okay. So this is pre HD. Yes, definitely. It was like almost pre computer editing. Like, I still remember buying a hard drive for like $500 for like a like a 40 gigabyte hard drive.

Jeremy Gardner 12:46
I mean, we were cutting out when we cut in our shorts before we did the bags on like, like VHS to VHS like,

Kristian Stella 12:51
Oh, you're on a VCR. We were we were editing VCR to VCR when like in 1996 or seven or something. But yeah, so we just did that we we made some features with my sister, and got gotten into some film festivals. And then we became adults and we had to get jobs. That was Yeah, so that was like a just like an entire decade where we just, you know, waited tables and so on.

Jeremy Gardner 13:20
Yeah, we didn't do much for 10 years, and then we kind of moved apart and then I was trying to Well, I'm gonna go pound the pavement as an actor. And then that got really demoralizing really quickly and I had spent a lot of time like we were talking about watching those DVD extras and reading those interviews and listening to those podcasts and thinking you know what, I think it's about time to get the band back together the technology had finally caught up and I started to believe that there was a way to make a movie that could stand you know, against real quote unquote real movies now so I felt like we should jump back in it because that was the thing about our early movies even though they were fun and you know, we played festival I remember the director that Sarasota Film Festival telling us you know, I'm going to put your movie in this festival but because it's clear that you guys made a real movie but it's also very clear that you have absolutely no money because you it's just the quality was so

Kristian Stella 14:08
He said it was the first movie they had ever played that wasn't shot on film. So okay, it was crazy.

Jeremy Gardner 14:14
I mean, he was even talking about like maybe having a micro budget Features section in following festivals because we he just didn't know what to do with us. So that by the time the the technology caught up was like okay, well we can make something that you could literally play in a theater and people wouldn't be like oh, well was it shot on my face?

Jason Buff 14:37
Yeah, I mean that I definitely know that feeling because I mean, I think I'm a little older than you guys but you know, when I was in film school, it was like that was the only option we could only we could shoot on 16 millimeter and like spend everything we had you know, and like spend 30 It was easy to spend like 30,000 bucks on a little crappy 16 millimeter film because you had to send it off to to the lab, or the other option was to shoot on VHS. So there's a lot of people, you know, now that are coming back to it after it's like, everybody realized, Okay, now the technology is caught up all these people that couldn't make films when they were, you know, college age are coming back to it, you know?

Jeremy Gardner 15:16
Yeah, absolutely. It's such a it's such a democratic process. Now. It's it was like the art that no one was allowed to get in unless you had permission or money. And now that's not the case.

Jason Buff 15:26
Right! Okay, so you went to where did you go? You went to New York area, or where were you at?

Jeremy Gardner 15:32
Yeah, actually, Christian's dad got a show on the Food Network, and moved up to New England, Connecticut area to shoot the show. And he was like, you know, he's like a second father to me. So he's like, Hey, I know, you want to be an actor. We're gonna go live, like 40 minutes away from New York City, if you want to come live with us. So I, like hugged my family, goodbye and moved. Moved up there for 12 years

Kristian Stella 15:56
He moved up there with me. And then within like, six months of me living up there, I was like, I want to move back to Florida, and then left him with my parents.

Jeremy Gardner 16:04
And then their entire family ended up moving back to Florida and I stayed I was there just until this last until this last October, but I can't I gotta get out of Florida. I can't, I can't take it.

Jason Buff 16:19
So you were like, what on the couch or something for up in there? And

Jeremy Gardner 16:22
Oh, no, there. No, I had a, they had a room for me. They had I mean, it was like I was their second their third child. So it was a great living situation. And then I ended up you know, I got a job and I got my own place. And I moved in with a girl. And you know, I settled in up there when they all left, I need seasons, I was just talking about how I can't, I can't deal with this warm winter down here. It's creeping me out. I'm a very seasonally, you know, creative person, if if it's nice out all the time, all I want to do is do fun stuff. I kind of need those dark, cold winter months to get a little, you know, to turn my thoughts inward and helps to create and read and

Jason Buff 17:04
focus maybe snow every once in a while.

Jeremy Gardner 17:07
It's so nice. I just,

Kristian Stella 17:08
I just want to be able to drive to the store without like driving my car off a sheet of ice. That just flipped me out. I stopped driving for like four years when I lived up there. Because I mean, I only lived up there for two years, but I just refuse to drive on the snow. And then I got scared of driving in general, because I was like I haven't driven it for months.

Jason Buff 17:27
Alright, so let's let's focus on filmmaking wind. When was the I mean, what was the kind of seed that got you guys started with the battery? What Where did that kind of begin? Well, there was this

Jeremy Gardner 17:37
online, kind of they were going to, there was a site called massify, that was going to make a movie completely through the community. So they were taking pitches for scripts, and then they were taking director videos. And then they were casting all through this website. So I sent in I was I made an audition video. And I wanted to make it kind of like a short film. So it stood out. So I made this little two minute short about a guy and his friend who kind of document their day to day life in a zombie apocalypse world, this little two minute nothing video, and nothing ever came of that site or that movie, I believe it became Perkins 14, one of the eight films to die for in that series, or whatever it was. But um, but I couldn't shake the idea of this, like just two guys wandering around in the woods, in a post apocalyptic situation. And so then I started thinking about, well, the way you if you're going to make a no budget movie, it's the way you should do it is you should, you should tailor it to what you have. And in my mind, that is right. But after a word from story, you could write a creative story around any situation. So now back to the shop, no money. What's the what's the way to do that? Well, okay, we'll just shoot it in the woods, right? And then if there are zombie, there are people trying to avoid zombies? Well, if they're smart, they're going to avoid cities. So there'll be in the woods and that way we could get around all that stuff. And it just kind of came became a way for me to take the zombie genre and turn it inward and focus on how two different minds would would be affected by that rather than do this big, grand, you know, macro scale, the whole world is dying. Yeah. And

Kristian Stella 19:11
at the same time that like he's thinking about getting back into film. I had I had become a food photographer, and the best food photography camera was the five d. So I had a five d mark, too. So I already had the camera that was like changing the the indie filmmaking world. I just so happened to have to have that for my job. So it was like the kind of perfect storm is as he was thinking about this movie. I had the equipment to make a movie, sort of when I had the camera waste.

Alex Ferrari 19:50
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show

Jeremy Gardner 19:59
you So that's basically where it started just just just tailoring a story to what I knew would be cheap. And you know, there was a long time where I could not convince anybody that you could make a movie for the kind of money I was talking about. I just couldn't I remember I was introduced to some, like rich guy at a bar. And he started talking to me like a big wig. And as soon as I mentioned $6,000, he just laughed and walked away.

Jason Buff 20:27
So that was, yeah, that happens a lot.

Jeremy Gardner 20:29
Well, it doesn't happen as much anymore. You know, it's people are coming around to the fact that movies can be made for nothing.

Jason Buff 20:35
Well, you know, the funny thing that I run into is, so many people think that they need, you know, 100,000 or $200,000, to make, you know, a little indie movie. And it's ridiculous,

Jeremy Gardner 20:45
it frustrates me to no end, I've seen so many people just waste money, they just waste money. And I don't understand, like, the whole my whole concept going into this was, look, I believe we can do this. But if we can't, if it doesn't work, and I get the money, I got the money from like, 10 different people. So it'd be like little chunks of $600. So nobody was going to be broke. No one's gonna lose their house. And no one's gonna hate me. That was it's just like, just, you know, hedge your bets, right? Something that you believe in that you could do for an incredibly small amount, and then don't don't break anybody don't lose any friends over it. Had you been acting before? Yeah, I've always been like more of a writer and an actor I did. I did a bunch of plays when I went up there up to the north. And, you know, I was always the actor in our movies, when we were making them younger. I was in all the plays in high school. So I wanted to be an actor, or a writer. And it wasn't until I got the confidence from listening to all these interviews with other filmmakers and watching movies and starting to understand them more that I was like, Well, you know, I can I can, I'm just going to direct this thing. I'm just going to do this thing straight through, it's gonna be my little, my little creature. But it was really it took a long time for me to say, I'm directing this because I had never been in those shoes before.

Jason Buff 21:54
Sorry, Christian, you were gonna say something? Oh, I

Kristian Stella 21:56
was just gonna say the other thing about budgets is that I think it's hard thing for people to wrap their head around that equipment can be rented, you know. And like, in fact, it always is rented in large budgets even. So like, that was one of the things that people come up and they're like, you know, you guys couldn't have made that movie for $6,000. It's like, it cost more for the equipment. I'm like, I mean, I used a Zeiss lens, but it was $150 to rent it for the whole shoot. So there's always so the only thing I owned was the camera. And even that would have been $250 to rent. Right? So you know, I think that even that seems to be a barrier of entry for people. But it shouldn't be. It's not.

Jason Buff 22:34
Yeah, it's funny because I you know, I've shot a couple of shorts down here, my cameras, I've only got a 60 D. And I've got a couple of friends who I've got one friend who has a five d Mart three, and has never used it. Like it was a gift from her husband. Oh, and so I'm just like, hey, do you mind if we borrow your camera for this shoot, and you know, whatever. And she's like, Yeah, sure, whatever, I don't care. I've never even I don't even know how to turn it on. So it's just like the equipment now has there's no barrier, you know?

Kristian Stella 23:03
I mean, I'm shooting on a Canon C 100. Now, and I let my friend borrow it all the time. And he's another filmmaker. Yet. Meanwhile, he went and shot a feature on an iPhone. And I was like, why don't you just borrow my camera? And he's like, I was afraid to ask. So now he borrows it all the time.

Jason Buff 23:21
Yeah, I know that he knows. Yeah, I

Jeremy Gardner 23:23
think that just I think people also, I mean, one of the hardest things for me to do is ask for favors. I'm really bad at asking for favors, but you'd be amazed the amount of things that you can get just asking. I mean, even just you know, you know, a couple of weeks ago, we were shooting something new for to add into tax Montana. And we we'd like put a budget aside for okay, if these people want money, here's what we're willing to spend. And then we go there and then we introduce ourselves, we tell them what we're doing. And then they just let us do it for free. And it's just it's amazing. Like how how often you can find, you know, the things that you need, just from through people's generosity, everyone just balloons up in their, in their mind what these budgets have to be and they just they really don't have to be that big, especially for your first one.

Jason Buff 24:11
Now, can you guys talk a little bit about the filmmaking process. I know you've talked a lot about the making of the battery. But can you just talk you know for indie filmmakers, can you talk about the process that you went through to create that the production maybe a little bit of pre production and the production process?

Kristian Stella 24:29
Well, yeah, we allowed to curse. Yeah, go ahead. I was a bit of a shit show.

Jeremy Gardner 24:36
But it was a lot of shit. Yeah, well, that okay. Well, that's the one thing that should be should be very much noted is that we, you know, for the longest time because Christian was down in Florida and I was up in up in Connecticut, kind of on my own trying to get this thing going. And I'm not a producer. Like I said, I'm very bad at asking for people for things from people. And I finally had to set an arbitrary date I said, you know all Just first we're doing this thing. That's it. August 1 is the date. And, you know, I got location squared away. But you know, between casting zombies and getting all the props together and trying to work out a schedule, which I'd never worked out a movie schedule before, these things were just like, beyond my grasp a little bit. And so that really, really hurt us in the actual production was that we just, we had about three full days of pre production. Once Christian got up there, we had three days to buy all the props, get all the zombies, like in order, get the crew, you know, our small crew shot list shot lists up to where we were shooting. So if there's anything to be learned is plan as much as you can before you get to set because everything will go wrong when you get to set. And if you if you plan for the things that you can, that you can fix, then when everything else goes to shit, you'll be ahead of the game. Meanwhile,

Kristian Stella 25:57
meanwhile, I only ever shot like two silent four minute short films. Before I got up there. I was still reading how to how to use the camera when I got up there because I was like, I mean, I know how to do photography, but I did not know cinematography at all, I

Jason Buff 26:12
saw the clip of I haven't seen the full documentary behind the scenes. But I saw the you're looking at that book Master master shot master shot. And I thought that was kind of a joke. But was that were you like actually not

Kristian Stella 26:23
a genre. And those books are awesome to master shots. Yeah, great.

Jeremy Gardner 26:28
But that's the thing too, is like, you have to just there has to be kind of a blind, youthful confidence when you go into something like this. Because if you think about all the ways in which you can fail, you just won't do it. You know, and it's like, I know, Christian is talented in a way that I'm not I know he's, he's going to solve any technical problem that we run into. And I I have faith in my acting and my writing and understanding of what I want the story to look like. And it's like, at some point, you're gonna run into stuff you don't really know. But as long as you keep it to a manageable budget, like I said, if you screw up, whatever, you know what, no one's no one's gonna die. So you just have to have this kind of blind confidence and just go in and do it, I think is learn as much as you can from all the free information that's out there. And then just do it. Because, man, if you really think about all the ways you could screw it up, just you might as well just wait tables.

Kristian Stella 27:20
Yeah, and I mean, no one's no one's come back, and like called me on the shots that are out of focus, or the shots, they're overexposed, and all this other stuff that I can see in that like paying me, nobody calls you on that as long as the movie is a good story, and is competent, most of the time, you know, like, as long as you're telling the story, and it's, it looks competent, um, you can get away with a little bit of that, at least at first. I mean, at least specially if you're making it yourself. And I think

Jeremy Gardner 27:50
I think passionately told to is a big thing too. It's like, you can tell when you're watching something, if it's if it's somebody just trying to cash in trying to grab a quick book, somebody just just doing an homage to some splatter thing that they've seen, or if someone just really genuinely is putting themselves out there. And I will give anything a pass if I can see the

Jason Buff 28:11
passion in it, that it was there a lot of ad lib on the set. You know, it's

Jeremy Gardner 28:15
funny, I get that a lot and the script is so we cast we cast Adam Adam was the theatrically trained actor, so it was a little bit harder to get him to come out of his shell. So basically, what you see in every scene is almost completely as scripted. But then I as the director being in the scene would let the let the scenes run longer. And I would start trying to throw him off at the end. So most of the ad libs will come from tags at the end of the scenes as written. Because once we would get once I would know in my mind that we were reaching the end of the scripted portion that Adam knew I would kind of throw in a curveball and see if he would follow me. So there are definitely definitely some ad libs in there and some goofy kind of asides, but for the most part that is a that is a written as a written movie. I'm just so naturally you can even tell ya know, it's mind blowing you know all the little weird things like fuck you sir. Fuck you to death at the end. You know, the see that that's a tag. There's a scene where we're, we're playing catch, and I just do a weird dancing like, boop, boop, boop. That was a whole dialogue scene about like, we'll start our own like place and we'll we'll let people in there and we'll decide who gets to. And it just was coming off really stilted because we were playing catch up. And so I just, I just said, Screw it. I'm just gonna do a weird song and dance. And then that was what we used instead. One of

Jason Buff 29:37
the things that I think syncs films and one of the things that you guys do really well is everything's very, it feels very natural. And one of the problems that I have with a lot of the things that are coming out now is the acting just you know, that's like the first thing you notice is just people reading lines. You don't really feel like a scene as is actually taking place. Well, I

Jeremy Gardner 29:54
mean, it obviously all starts with casting. I mean, you gotta get somebody who can do it. Right off the bat you got to know They can do it.

Alex Ferrari 30:02
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jeremy Gardner 30:11
But it's also about letting the actors you know, feel out there feel their way through the scene, you know, I didn't get to do that much of it on this because it was our first time and, and, you know, and I was in the scenes, but there's a part about it, that's if you put an actor in a box, and you tell them that they can't go here, here or here. And it has to be like this, this or that, then they're going to you're going to stifle they're their instrument, their one thing that they have, which is trying to feel confident enough to fail, not be embarrassed to try something crazy. And you know, there's something about kind of going through the scene before you shoot and letting the the actor go where they naturally would want to be. And then framing your shot around that is an easier way to get them to feel comfortable doing something that they would naturally do.

Kristian Stella 31:01
Yeah, I would say that like, the the wide shots in the battery, were extremely helpful to the fact that like they, they had a ton of room to move around. And then on top of that, like there's just something for me personally, um, when you when you look at like the digital video, because even like the five d it's great, but it's still video superduper close ups of people just feel soap opera ish. So like, even just just shooting wider like that makes it feel more cinematic, which in turn actually helps your performance. Like there's just something about, like those, those ultra macro close ups where you can see every pore on their face, that makes it feel more like you're watching a movie and that like like you can see the acting because it's your right up in the face.

Jeremy Gardner 31:53
I mean, those are necessary for a certain if you're going for a certain style. But I would also say that even though I said the script is you know, this movie's pretty scripted, I made very clear from the get go that it I'm not precious about my words. That's another way to that that's that's a surefire way to get a stilted performance is if an actor doesn't, can't feel the line, the way it feels natural coming out of their mouth. And yet they feel like they're, they're tied to that, that verbatim. So just whatever we feel, I mean, I was literally reading a script last night for a role I'm going to do and as I was reading it, I was changing words in the moment, and then writing those words down on the script. Because the way it's written didn't sound natural, I couldn't quite make it flow in a natural way. But if I just tweaked this word, change that word, then suddenly it starts to come out more naturally, you know, in the way that I've analyzed that chair. So

Kristian Stella 32:43
weren't, you weren't like precious about actions at all, either. So it's like that, that'd be the other thing. Like, we didn't really we weren't precious about locations or actions, we'd be like, hey, you know what this location is not working out, let's, let's move over to this location. And let's, hey, maybe they're playing catch in this scene where they weren't playing catch. Or maybe they're doing this in this scene? Yeah, it certainly

Jeremy Gardner 33:05
works for a certain kind of movie, the more I think, just the more freedom you can give an actor to feel like they can move about find the character, find the characters gate and rhythm, and and feel their way through the set. Then you're just gonna get it's just gonna get better, the more the more they feel natural and lived in in the moment, the more natural performance you're gonna get.

Jason Buff 33:26
You know, it reminded me a lot of gym Jeremy rush. I don't know if you guys have ever Absolutely. Well, thank you

Jeremy Gardner 33:32
very much. That's, that's a good compliment. Yeah, I just just lived in is what I always go for. I mean, I always say that, I will tweak the dialogue until it until I can read it, where it doesn't feel like it's being read anymore. And then I'll say throw it all out. If it doesn't work for you just just get, you know, the point of the scene, right? You know, the, the intent of the scene, and then just get there any way that feels right. And if you have actors who are quick on their feet, if one actor goes a certain way to try to get to the same point in a different way, then the other actor will follow and let them follow. And then

Kristian Stella 34:06
if that doesn't work in the editing room, throw it out. Because we did a lot of that too. Right?

Jason Buff 34:12
Were you working with a lot of non actors? I mean, I assume most of the zombies were just friends, right?

Jeremy Gardner 34:17
Yeah, all the zombies were non actors. Unfortunately, that's, you know, they're not only were they non actors, but they were young. We get that a lot that well, all the zombies in this movie are the same age as the Yeah, I get it. Yeah, we should have cast a more diverse set of extra money. But like I said, we didn't do good enough pre production. So that goes back to that.

Jason Buff 34:38
Well, talking about for a second about the technical aspects. I want to talk to Christian for a second about you know, in terms of the way you approach this, I assume most of its natural light. Can you talk about kind of the what you were using? I know you're with the five d mark two and you said a Carl Zeiss lens. Can you talk a little bit about how you approach that?

Kristian Stella 34:58
The craziest thing about But the movie was that we knew that the last third of it takes place in the back of a station wagon. So we needed a super wide lens. So I ended up renting a Zeiss 21 millimeter that on the full frame five d m, that ended up kind of creating the whole look for the movie because it was such a better lens than any that I had, that I tried to use it as often as possible. So then, you know, we already knew we wanted to shoot super wide, but then shooting with the 21 millimeter, just really, really opened it up even further. So much. So in fact that we, we actually we didn't shoot with the intention of having the movie be to 35 one we actually cropped it in post as an afterthought, like it was just that we realized, wow, these The shots are so wide and they looked much better cropped. And it once again, like helped with the film look that we were trying to achieve. So ya know, as far as lighting, I just had, like a $50 LED light that was battery operated because we were in the woods, we had no power. It was only using a couple scenes. And then the I mean obviously the most important thing I had was one of those variable ND filters because so much of it was shot outside in sunlight. And that's the one thing that I noticed whenever I get sent something now someone's like, Hey, can you review this Can you review this, their shutter speed is all like It's first time filmmaker, the shutter speed is all over the place. And if you get that Saving Private Ryan look from shooting at a high shutter speed. So other than that, we I didn't really have much equipment. I didn't even have a fluid video head on on the battery. I mean, it was crazy. I had an $80 shoulder rig from optika Oh yeah, that was that was that was it I had a plastic tripod that I bought at BestBuy. So, ya know, I was unprepared. But, you know, we wanted most of the shots to be static. So, you know, I didn't think I needed a fluid video head and all those other things. And we didn't quite have the budget. So

Jason Buff 37:20
yeah. So what what were the major things that if you could go back in time, you think would have made things a lot easier for you

Kristian Stella 37:29
a steadicam? Because we had discussed it, everything's going to be stationary. But then you know, you start making the movie and it's like, oh, well just, you know, follow along. We're gonna walk down this hill over these rocks and, you know, just walk behind us and that kind of stuff. I mean, my I might ask was saved in post by premieres warp stabiliser. And that's, this is just not something you want to rely on. Especially like, you know, it has artifacts and so on that I can see. But we had to do it because we didn't have a steadicam. Although like on the last day of the shoot, one of the producers was like, I got a Steadicam in my trunk. I wanted to stab him. I absolutely wanted to stab him.

Jeremy Gardner 38:15
And I would say just, you know, there are certain things about the fact that we didn't get to, we didn't really know how to plan, a shoot schedule. So there are some, there were some days where we were just overloaded with things we had to get. I mean, when we had the only other two actors in the movie, Alana O'Brien and Niels Bala, they we had them scheduled on the same day, because they're both coming from New York. And that's 14 pages of dialogue, you know, and then it's raining. And then it's, you know, the night is approaching. And it's just one of those things where you start to feel, you don't want to feel like you're losing control, you're set when you have actors there. And once the elements get involved, it's just like, we should never have scheduled both of those actors on the same day that many pages in one day, but we just had no idea how to schedule the film. And we had such a little amount of time to do it. So

Kristian Stella 39:03
a backup audio recorder would have helped on that day, because our audio recorder fried. And we had no other option to record audio. And we waited two hours to get one and then finally gave up and recorded using the mono mic on the SLR. So yeah, that would have I mean, we would have not just saved the audio quality of that scene. But we would have saved the two hours while we were waiting for someone with a video camera to come that had XLR inputs.

Jason Buff 39:33
Right. But it's another thing that you guys did that, you know, a lot of indie filmmakers forget about is you hired a guy to be your 100% sound guy, you know, and that makes a big difference.

Jeremy Gardner 39:45
Absolutely. Absolutely. That was you know, that's the, you know, I think throughout our little weird troupe of filmmakers since you know since we've been kids.

Alex Ferrari 39:57
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the shell.

Jeremy Gardner 40:06
We've all kind of had our own specialty, but none of us have ever been sound guys, do you know that that is a very specialized area to go into. So when I was the one thing I did do, right in pre production was, I put an ad out and I for a sound guy, and I said, Look, I got a little bit scratched to give you and I can give you a little back end in the movie. But you've got to stay with us the entire time. You can't go home, I can't be wondering where you are, you know, every day when when it's time for call. You just got to be a part of the crew, and you're going to be there. And this guy responded. He was like, that sounds cool. So I met this guy for a couple pints. And we ended up arguing over the merits of baseball and hockey for about two and a half hours. And you know, he's a sound guy now. But he used to be like a roadie. So he's used to like living in a van with musicians and stuff. So he just, I mean, day one, he was there. He was sleeping on the couch in the cabins with us, you know, beers at night, he was, you know, doing everything that a grip would do that a PA would do. He was doing sound. So he was invaluable. So if you can get yourself, you know, and especially in a small crew of people are gonna have to wear many hats. So get a guy who can do sound and blackout windows if he needs to.

Jason Buff 41:19
So what would you say was the hardest assignment? Well, let me ask you about the scheduling. What if you could go back? And possibly what you did for techs? We'll talk about that in a second. But what when you're scheduling and everything, what are the is there a specific tool that you're using now that you didn't have then or something that you're doing now to schedule things out?

Jeremy Gardner 41:41
Do we still have not scheduled a movie tradition? Or

Jason Buff 41:44
you would like to in the future? Yeah, well, I

Jeremy Gardner 41:47
would love to just get a good line producer and do it, they can do it themselves. No, it's just one of those areas that I just had, we haven't had to I mean, text, as you will see was not very well planned in itself, either. So we didn't learn a lot from our first effort. But uh, no, but there's little things that are obvious. Like when you look back, like, Okay, you can't have 40 or 50 extras standing outside for 12 hours a day, two days back to back, you got to feed them, you've got to keep them occupied. And there's a way to break that up. But then you realize that you can only have the certain location where those extras can be for one or two days, then you start running into issues that we just didn't really concern ourselves with. I mean, there's a moment in the movie where we're Mickey puts blankets all over the windows in the car, because he doesn't want to see the zombies faces anymore. And luckily, you know, story wise, you can, you can justify that because Mickey just can't deal with the situation. But in reality, we realized after that first day of shooting with all those extras that if we have these extra staring in the windows for the entire 35 minute third act that these these characters are in the car, you're going to start to see them get bored, you're going to start to see the zombies looking at the camera, you're going to you're going to you're going to you're going to invite the audience to start looking at the zombies rather than focusing on the characters. But it was in fact, just because we couldn't we couldn't afford to have them out there all that time. So we went back after the first day, brainstorm, just came up with that blanket idea and then move the car into a garage into a controlled setting, put a sunlamp out the window and had one person shake it and then just added the zombie sounds at the end. And that worked fine. That's one of those creative decisions I'm really proud of. But it was one that we might not have had to run into if we had, you know, knew how to schedule a movie.

Jason Buff 43:44
What was the hardest day on the set?

Kristian Stella 43:48
Yeah, it was. It was the day where the sound broke. I mean, that was the day I quit the movie before the sound broke.

Jason Buff 43:55
Okay, well, I didn't know about that.

Kristian Stella 43:58
I quit on text to I think I quit the movie. Yeah.

Jason Buff 44:02
It's kind of a tradition at this. You're not doing it

Jeremy Gardner 44:05
right. If someone doesn't quit. Yeah, that means it's not hard. That means you're not struggling.

Kristian Stella 44:09
We were trying to make a squib and it was failing. And it was an it was a design.

Jeremy Gardner 44:14
That was the day that we had the two actors come in from out of town. There's this get shot in the legs. We were trying to make a squib out of nothing and a blood and a condom and like a firecracker. It was raining. You're running out of time. You know, tensions were high, the sound broke, we ran out a light, it was just the most everything that could go wrong. went wrong. I mean, if you watch the documentary, you'll see it's just once that day is mentioned it everyone sighs It was a rough day.

Jason Buff 44:46
But I think it's helpful for other filmmakers to realize, you know that it is such a difficult process because I mean, you know, I think everybody who makes an indie film that doesn't have much of a budget has probably gone through the same thing and a lot of people quit. You know, a lot of people never make their film.

Jeremy Gardner 45:02
Ya know, that's unfortunate too, because it's the most rewarding and most fun I've ever had. And it's also, you know, the most stressful and crazy, but those two things go hand in hand. And there's nothing like, you know, sitting down with other filmmakers and chewing the fat and listening to them talk about their nightmare moments on set because you then you can relate Oh, yeah, gosh, that's just like, when the wasp nest was stuck in the car door, and the lawn mowing. People came on the same day on the first day of shooting, I was just like, what is happening here? It's but it's but that's kind of one of those badges of honor You were after you made a you know, an indie movie on your own.

Jason Buff 45:40
In terms of the music, can we talk for a second about that and how you were able to get such a great soundtrack?

Jeremy Gardner 45:48
Absolutely. And thank you. Um, no, you know, it started as I'm a huge fan of rock Plaza Central, this band rock Plaza Central, I've loved them for years, I used to be a big fan, I would go to all their shows. And when we cut together a location scouting video, before we'd ever, ever made the movie, we used one of their songs, and we kind of put it up on Twitter for people to see what we were going to do. And the lead singer of the band contacted us and said, Hey, that looks cool. You guys gonna use our music in the movie as well, which had never even occurred to us that that would be a possibility. And then he was really kind and put us in touch with his label. And they were super mean, they gave us the rights of the songs for literally nothing like I think it was like 500 bucks forever, worldwide. That is great. And even better than that. It's like he put us in touch with the band, the parlor who has a couple songs in the movie, and they just gave us free rein of all their songs for nothing. And the same thing happened with you know, wise blood he does the electronica in the movie electronic songs in the movie, he Adam kind of knew him from college. So he gave us his music, son hotel, and El Canadore were some Florida bands that Christian knew from the local scene down here. He talked to them, and they let us use their music. You know, here, a lot of people I mean, one of the most amazing things is no matter where I've gone with this movie all over the world, whatever language people always, always ask about the music. And that's so rewarding, because there's something that's to be said about, you know, artists helping other artists out and it was such a beautiful thing for them to do to let us use their music. And what's been lovely is how often those bands have contacted us and said, hey, you know, once the movie came out, we saw a huge uptick in downloads and sales on our music and stuff. So it's just, uh, it's one of those things where, you know, look, we can't give you much up front. But you know, if our movie does well, you'll do well, it's, you know, it's a symbiotic relationship. And that was amazing. And now we're like, great friends with Chris Eaton from Rob Platt presses Plaza Central. And that's it's such a weird thing to go from being a fan of somebody and like, I shook his hand one time at a show to now he'll like, call me up and say, Hey, I got this idea for a novel like, what do you think about this and just talk to him about it, you're like, is so crazy? You know, it's so crazy to go from fan to peer and collaborator,

Jason Buff 48:04
but you haven't told him that you are like that. And he's not like, oh, I want to shake my hand again.

Jeremy Gardner 48:08
I told him, I mean, there was literally a show where I was so into it, I was having such a good time that they like, handed the microphone to me in the crowd to like, hold up to the trombone player, because I just wouldn't stop and then another show, they were like, Hey, man, we saw you out there, like dancing up a storm, like a crazy person, like just thanks. So it's cool that you're like getting into the musical. And I was just like, they talked to me. Now it's like, go to their house. And like, you know, having barbecue with their kids and stuff. It's so wild.

Jason Buff 48:39
As far as the DVDs and stuff like that, and reproduction of their songs do you guys have to have like contracts and things like that, that were worked out? Just can you give me an idea of how that all kind of worked out. So

Kristian Stella 48:49
most of the bands, most of the bands is we're off label and they gave they gave us like the rights to do anything with their music in the movie. Including I mean, rock Plaza central gave us those rights. And then but then they were like, Oh, we forgot we're in Canada. No, we have a label in the US. So we did have to get in contact with their label. But their label basically gave us the rights to use the songs.

Jeremy Gardner 49:18
Yeah, you definitely have to get you know releases signed, you have to get all the bands to sign up. But once you do once you get into deliverables if you if you have a distribution deal. You've got to get all the the contracts squared away with those artists. But I mean, I can remember I think one of the bands from Florida was planning to be playing in New York City. And Adam, you know, who plays Mickey, our producer, one of our producers, he was like, what they're in the city right now. And he just like hooked it down to where they were playing a show and like confronted them to say, Hey, can you sign this release for that song? It's in our movie, it's just like, you just gotta you gotta get it all squared away. Deliverables is a is an annoying, annoying part of what should be one of the most amazing parts of the process, which is, hey, we're gonna distribute your movie.

Alex Ferrari 49:59
We'll be right I back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jeremy Gardner 50:09
Cool. What do we need to give you? Oh, everything that's ever been made in the world? We have to God no.

Kristian Stella 50:16
But I mean, yeah, in general, I mean, I mean, we didn't really have to pay for the songs. I mean, we, I think even the record label differed the payment until after the battery was like bringing in money from the distribution. So it was it was pretty, pretty awesome, actually.

Jason Buff 50:34
Now, can you talk a little bit about your post production process, I just want to give people a full view of the whole thing and kind of how you went from taking all, you know, even the minutiae of taking the card out of the camera? And did you do backups? Did you you know, how did post production work? Can you talk about that

Kristian Stella 50:54
I could talk about on the battery. We had, I'll tell you, we had two hard drives on set, they, I would take the cards out every day, when we got back to we have these little cabins that we were staying in, I would take the card out, put it off onto the to hard drives, then I would move one of the hard drives into one the other cabin just in case one of the cabins got broken into because we had all this film, camera equipment coming in and out. So or it burned down. Who knows, you know, so I, we had, we had two separate hard drives every day. Um, and then after that, post production kind of took like two whole years. I mean, it was often off. I mean, it was we never

Jeremy Gardner 51:39
just like jumped into it all at once. Because we didn't have time because we had day jobs.

Kristian Stella 51:44
By day. I mean, me, my sister, and Michael Katzman, edited the movie. And then after that, our friend Ryan Winford did the score. But everything else then after that was done by me. Um, so like, I did the sound design and the score mixing and the color grading and then, you know, like the final kind of tweaking to the Edit, and all that stuff, the deliverables. And that that just was like, it's just never done, we would play a film festival and I'd come back and be like, I gotta fix that color. In that scene, I gotta fix the sound in that scene.

Jeremy Gardner 52:24
But like I said, I mean, we are, we are lucky in that you really are lucky if you have people who can wear many hats, because it's, you know, our editors are, you know, they they put together a rough cut for us. And then until I could come down, and we could really sit there and hone the edit. And then but then they also just went off on their own and did like hundreds of Foley Foley sounds for the movie, which we didn't even you know, think of how we're going to get to fully they just went off and did that. Christians, you know, going into his garage and like, recording himself slapping the car like a million different times. So we can create that soundscape for all the zombies like slapping their hands up against the windows. So it's like everybody's doing, you know, jobs. I don't know. I remember. One thing Christian wanted was somebody to do sound design. And I met a guy and Christian flew to New York, he flies to New York to meet this guy. And the guy like who's basically like an intern somewhere. And he thinks he's a hotshot tells us that the movie can't be can't be done in the state. It's him.

Kristian Stella 53:26
He said, he said, we didn't have enough Foley, we had 1000 pieces of Foley in the movie. And he said we needed more full, which means he didn't even notice it was fully which is good. Yeah. And it was I'm like, we're a $6,000 movie. We have 1000 pieces of Foley in here. And he's saying I can't mix it until there's more Foley.

Jeremy Gardner 53:42
And so Christian goes out Christian goes outside for a cigarette. I walk outside and I'm like, Hey, man, what's going on? And he's like, Fuck it I learned to do it myself. And then you went home and just watched online tutorials and and did the sound design himself. So hopefully, from here on out what we're hoping is it Christian doesn't have to wear as many hats because I could see him dying his hairs graying because I'm the writer, director, actor guy who gets to do all the fun stuff. And he's just like, I'm coloring the same scene for a year.

Kristian Stella 54:17
Because we added we added editor like we will, Jeremy and I co edited the new movie. And but I also did the sound recording on the new movie on set. So like, I was just adding jobs like and this

Jason Buff 54:31
one it might be she just saved the things that you didn't do in the credit. Yeah, exactly. This

Kristian Stella 54:35
went I mean, not in tax, Montana. All the tech was done by me the only the only thing that wasn't was the score was done by Ryan again. But I recorded the score with him. So you know, like, it's just nuts.

Jason Buff 54:49
Now, was there any when you were learning how to do that? Were you just going on YouTube or was there any just for people who might want to take on something like that? Yeah, I'd help them.

Kristian Stella 54:59
I mean any thing. Like, because I mean, even my my other job I do photography and design. There's a site called lynda.com l y n. Oh, yeah, definitely. Yeah, that site. I've learned how to do a million things on that site. And it's pretty great because you could just sign up for $20 like crunch for a whole month and then cancel your subscription with it sign up again, when you need a refresher.

Jason Buff 55:26
Yeah, that's sad. Because that's I've done that before. Yeah, like, oh, I want to take this class. But I don't want to, I don't want to get a membership. So you can do a two week free trial too. Yeah. But did you take Deke McClelland class? Ah, I think Deke is kind of the Guru over there because I teach Photoshop, but I'm also a graphic designer. But um, you know, it's, it's funny because I learned Deke was the guy that basically taught me Photoshop back in, like 98 or something like that. But it came the it used to lynda.com used to also be I think, total training, I think they merged or something, ah, and total training used, you would get like 20 VHS cassettes of how to learn Photoshop, but I remember that arriving one day, and I was just like, so excited to get the total training series anyway. Sorry. Off topic, right. It's

Kristian Stella 56:15
totally, you know, like, I'm sure Mike Deke, I would I would probably recognize him or something like, oh, yeah, well, I've seen that guy a million times. Now because I mean, I've watched all every Adobe program I've watched on there because I use pretty much every Adobe program and different jobs.

Jeremy Gardner 56:31
And I would say my advice for all that is to get yourself a Christian. Because because I just want to go right, I don't want to do that shit.

Jason Buff 56:40
We're gonna give Christians email address and home address at the end of this so everybody can get in touch with them.

Jeremy Gardner 56:47
I said, get yourself a Christian, not

Unknown Speaker 56:51
another Jeremy. Everyone needs another Christian, but no one needs another Jeremy. Yeah.

Jason Buff 56:58
Okay, so. And color grading? Can you talk about that for a second? Because I mean, yeah, we're doing that

Jeremy Gardner 57:05
in here and defer to Christian

Kristian Stella 57:08
Yeah, you don't know anything about that. I'm actually this is crazy. Now, on the battery, I, I was using just the built in color corrector stuff in Premiere. I didn't switch to resolve until text Montana. And that's why I'm still learning resolved. Because it's, it's kind of a whole mindfuck for me. But, ya know, the battery was done with, like, the Fast Color Corrector and all these other premier tools. And then I think, towards the end Colorista which, but that was already when I was like, like, after we had premiered the movie, I was going back and fixing some things. But then the the major thing I did on the battery was Besides, I've just I was color grading it to be really low contrast, I was always bringing up the blacks. Because I felt like when you have these crushed blacks and these super, super whites, basically, it's stuff that really you can only do with video. And film didn't really have that because even you know film film in a theater had this light going through it. So to me, I was like, I'm not going to I'm not going to ever have true black in the battery. So it was always kind of raised up to like around, even like 10 ire. Um, but anyway, I know. But the most important thing I did on the battery was I got I bought this film grain loop from a company called guerilla grain. And it was like $50 for a real scan of film grain. And I put it over top of that because of over the battery because not only did it make it look more like film, but it also helped with I had been doing a lot of noise reduction from shooting high ISO at night. So that you know, when you use I was using neat video for noise reduction. And when you do that things start to look plasticky and fake and the film grain really kind of gets rid of that plastic look. But now that I shoot with the C 100 I'm using DaVinci Resolve because there's just so much more color information there. Alright, so shooting progress. Yeah, I'm shooting into the progress ninja animus ninja to recorder. Okay, and it's so it's so much more. I mean, it's like night and day from the battery. So say like Texas, Montana will survive is a found footage movie.

Alex Ferrari 59:55
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Kristian Stella 1:00:05
Yet on a technical level, it's way, way more. It's way better looking than the battery is.

Jason Buff 1:00:13
Okay? I don't want to put Jeremy to sleep over there. So let's talk about are you

Jeremy Gardner 1:00:18
kidding me? I have I have recordings of Christian talking tech, and I just listened to it as my lullaby. Yeah, I've just heard it 1000 times, but people do need to know this

Jason Buff 1:00:27
shit. As you were making the film. Are you thinking about distribution? Were you concerned with trying to build up social awareness of the, you know, what was your idea towards the marketing?

Jeremy Gardner 1:00:40
You know, we didn't really have one. Honestly, I think that a lot of times Speaking of things that could derail your, your your production, putting the cart before the horse is one of the the main issues today. I mean, I don't, I had people, you'll still spend a month making a poster for a movie, they haven't even considered getting out there and actually making so it was really just about one thing at a time, right? Let's let's make a movie. First, let's see if we've got a movie first. And then Okay, one, let's see how we can get people to see it. And then it became, you know, the festival circuit trying to get into festivals. And then, you know, getting a trailer cut together, that's, that's interesting enough to where you might get some people, there's a little bit of buzz about it, get it to some websites, that traffic in those things, and just start to build an awareness. But it really wasn't until the festival, the festival circuit kind of kicked up that we started building an online presence. And then going to those festivals and glad handing and meeting people and talking to them is really the only way you're gonna get get noticed in, you know, because there's so many people making movies. Now the only way you're going to rise to the top is is to get into festivals, get seen, be there, meet as many people as possible, be nice, be humble, have drinks with them. Make yourself available.

Jason Buff 1:01:55
What were some of the more important festivals for the film in terms of like, what you guys connections and things like that, or what were the most fun ones?

Jeremy Gardner 1:02:03
The fun ones, or there's so many fun ones. I mean, the first, the first one we got into was the Telluride horror show, Colorado, which was amazing. And that was our world premiere. And we were super excited about that. And then after that we didn't get into anything for months. I mean, it got really demoralizing you start throwing $50 a pop at these festivals and not hearing anything. And it's like you're chucking money into a hole, and you've no idea what's going on. And then out of the blue, we got an email from imagine in Amsterdam, which is a big genre festival, it's been going on out there for about 25 years. And we got into that. And then because they are a part of kind of a genre, you're like an international genre, like coalition know, most of film festivals, other film festivals that were in that same Union started asking for the movie. So there's this weird thing that happens where at first, you're spending a lot of money to get to submit to festivals and not hearing anything, then you get into one and then suddenly other festivals know that that's happening. And then they start saying they're going to waive their submission fee. And then at some point, not only do they waive the submission fee, they just invite you to screen their period. And then at some point, they start flying you out, and they start paying you screening fees to show your movie. So it's this really weird process where if you're lucky enough to start to catch a little bit of fire on the festival circuit, you can go from spending money to making money and getting to see the world. So imagine definitely was what kick started that. And then from there, we went to we won the Audience Award there which has been won by like Silence of the Lambs. And you know, the raid and Donnie Darko and from dusk till dawn all these like great big genre movies. And we won that award somehow. And I know that's just because we were there. We were there for a week we were having beers with people we were shaking hands, we do lively q&a is and we you know, and it's it's part of the politics of of building an audience and hoping that they'll follow you to your next project is just saying, I know I'm living in a dream right now. And I want to be respectful and humble of the entire process. So it's, that was really fun. And we went to dead by dawn in Scotland and won the Audience Award there. And then we went to Brazil and Mexico City. Fantasia was sold out crowd even though we were already released in the United States, which was kind of a hang up there weren't sure if they could play it. They decided to take a chance on us anyway. And it was completely sold out there was still a line outside when they shut the doors we ended up giving up our own seats. So some more people could squeeze in just just a really amazing process to go all over the world go down to Brazil and and you know, we were the opening night film at macabre Mexico city like 500 people in the theater like red carpet and flashbulbs and but these things really like they help you build traction and and now to see on this Kickstarter campaign, how many of those people from all over the world have kicked in that we don't even know? is incredible. And that's that's just for I'm from not taking your audience for granted. And it's, of course it helps that, you know, the thing I said at the beginning of this whole process was, if we do at least come close to what I'm what I'm trying to do here, which is make this interesting, you know, artsy, character driven zombie movie, the gatekeepers of the indie horror world will respond to it. And then you know, to get people like, Ain't It Cool News and bloody disgusting and Fangoria and dread central all these people to write really positive things about the movie just really helped to help push it along.

Jason Buff 1:05:34
Were you doing anything? Or was it just like, once you got the first festival? What was it? Imagine?

Jeremy Gardner 1:05:38
Imagine? Yeah,

Jason Buff 1:05:39
once you got that all these things just started happening without a whole lot of effort from you guys. Or were you still, like out there, pushing it and promoting it.

Jeremy Gardner 1:05:48
I mean, we were always pushing it in our way, you know, through Twitter, and you send a couple emails here and here and there. But it's amazing how many people find it on their own. You can you can try morning, noon and night to get pressed for something and never hear a word. And then as soon as something happens, it just you can't stop it, it just takes off on its own. It really is crazy. It's like the catch 22 about you know, getting an agent, like, you can't get an agent, unless an agent comes looking for you. And by then you need an agent. It's just one of those weird things where it's just you're not gonna get press until the press hears about you until they can't ignore you anymore.

Jason Buff 1:06:26
Right. Yeah, I mean, that's one of the things we talked about with our marketing the film marketing program is the idea that you need to be, you know, if you go to some, you need to be the person that's already kind of in front of like horror fans, or zombie fans, you know, so if you're getting on Bloody disgusting or Fangoria, or whatever. There's no way you're gonna you could do that on your own. You know, those people already have this that fan base, right?

Jeremy Gardner 1:06:50
Well, there's another Well, there are little things too, right. So even though we want this movie to stand on its own as a film, it definitely helped that we were able to every time we were talking about it at a q&a or whatever to say that we made it for $6,000 because it was the truth. But it's also it's a it's a clear marketing hook. Right. But people are going to write about that. So it was one of those things we actually talked about, like do we really want to talk about the budget for this movie? Or do we want to just let it have let it exist on its own merits. But at some point, it was just like, You know what, it's too it's too good of a marketing hook.

Kristian Stella 1:07:22
And the Walking Dead helped as well. Which the movie? I mean, the movie was conceived before the Walking Dead premiered. But I mean, that was Major.

Jeremy Gardner 1:07:32
Yeah, there's little things like that. And what was I just going to say? I don't know. I'm glad for you. Thanks. Thanks, Chris. Thanks for popping in there and talking to me.

Kristian Stella 1:07:44
Well, I'm saying that zombies zombies don't hurt. But we didn't we were not planning on that at all. In fact, they might have actually like stunted the movie if if zombies were as big as they are now.

Jeremy Gardner 1:07:55
Oh, no. Well, I mean, even even when it came out, I you know, I heard zombie fatigue, zombie fatigue all over the place. And it was like, oh, boy, here we go. I mean, it got to the point where when I told people I made a movie, I would say, oh, yeah, I made this little like, artsy horror movie. I wouldn't say the zombie word unless I was pressed, because it's just you hear so many people just completely shut down when they hear zombie. And that's just annoying. That always annoys me. I always said like, nothing is worn out if someone makes a good one. I mean, you can make 500 vampire movies and be sick of the mob. As soon as someone makes a good one. It's like, oh, with the return of the vampire film, it's no, it's just because someone made a good one again,

Jason Buff 1:08:30
it really is. You know, when you're making a zombie film, it's never about the zombies. It's always about the human. You know, I mean, Walking Dead is not about zombies at all. It's so yeah,

Jeremy Gardner 1:08:41
absolutely. No, and that's the way it should be. Right? I mean, it got to the point where I was even considering very briefly, when it was, you know, was difficult for us to try to get, you know, make up for the movie. I was like, You know what, let's just put all of the zombies in T shirts with a Z on it. And then don't even don't even don't even deal with this zombie makeup. Just to prove that this is more about the characters than the zombies they'll just that'll really piss people off and be weird, but it was a little maybe a little too esoteric.

Jason Buff 1:09:08
So okay, let's talk about distribution. No, that's the distribution aspect of the battery

Unknown Speaker 1:09:18
yeah

Jeremy Gardner 1:09:22
okay, no no, it's well so you know after we got to that first festival tell you right or we were approached by a film buff about the digital rights

Jason Buff 1:09:34
the world relation the worldwide digital rights

Jeremy Gardner 1:09:37
and and you know, like I said between Telluride and imagine we didn't have a lot going on and didn't see they felt like okay, that was it. That was our we're winding down now. So let's let's do this. Let's let's get on this train. And you know, of course, then the movie takes off.

Alex Ferrari 1:09:58
We'll be right back after a word from Mr. sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jeremy Gardner 1:10:07
And you start to wonder, Oh boy. And we got approached by a lot of people saying, well, you've already given away your, your worldwide digital rights are you crazy. And you know, that's a lesson you got to learn is that you gotta, I mean, it's a hard lesson to learn, if you've never done it, the business side is so difficult to navigate. If you're just coming into it, I think far more difficult to navigate than actually making a movie. Because every time you do something, someone tells you, you made the wrong decision. But through having that, at some point, we were able to get our international rights back from them. Because we we realized that they weren't really interested in selling the international rights, they were really more focused on getting the movie out in America. And excuse me, we met a woman named Anik mannered who saw the film at at a festival in France. And she has been just an incredible champion of this movie. From the moment she saw it, she actually flew to Germany while we were there, and had brunch with us. And it's just been working tirelessly to get us into festivals. And she works with Raven banner in Canada, there's an international sales agent, and got them to take the movie on and they were able to go out and sell it to territories across the world. And then speaking of getting a champion, you know, AJ Bowen, the actor, he, when he saw the movie, he didn't stop talking about it at all. And he would go on podcasts and mention it. And you had mentioned it to the point where the host of those podcasts started are like, alright, we got to watch this movie, this guy won't shut up about the battery. And then they watched it, and then they wouldn't stop talking about it. And it just so happened that they had frequent guests on who run Scream Factory shout factory. And because they talked about so much finally, Scream Factory was like, Alright, let's see what this movie that these guys won't shut up about is, and then we were able to get a DVD and Blu Ray Deal from Scream Factory, which is just, I mean, that was I think we grew two feet tall our heads can fit through the doors. I mean, it's just amazing because you're told right off the bat that you're not gonna be able to get a physical, a physical distribution deal if you've given away your digital rights. But you know, what those guys are make just makes it beautiful, physical, you know, things in a digital world now that luckily, they were able to just take a flyer on us. And we got to put this amazing blu ray out with this documentary, which covers all the ground you're making us cover right now. I'm kidding. But it isn't a fantastic documentary, you should really I encourage everybody to, to check it out if they can, because we basically made that exactly what we were talking about earlier, which is my film school was watching DVD extras and listening to podcasts. And so we made a 90 minute feature length documentary that goes from those stupid short films we were making in high school all the way to the festival circuit on the battery. And it goes through every step of the process. So we really wanted it to be where somebody sees this. And they're like, on the cusp of thinking, Can I make a movie or not, then this would push them over and say just go do it. Because it's going to be hard, but it's going to be amazing.

Jason Buff 1:13:10
Now, the documentary is only available with the DVD and the blu ray. Is that right? Or is it

Kristian Stella 1:13:15
Yeah, for now, for now it is it's only on the North American blu ray DVD released by Scream Factory. But we're looking into whether or not we can put it up online for free. Because I think it's promotion for the DVD and blu ray. And it's like, like we're saying it's a really really wonderful kind of thing for filmmakers.

Jeremy Gardner 1:13:42
But I'm almost more proud of it than I am the battery just because if I you know, it seems something so thorough, and you know, so so naked about the, you know, the ups and downs of the process, I would have been like, that's it, we're doing this thing and that's that's what we were hoping and oh god

Kristian Stella 1:13:57
I worked on that documentary for like six months.

Jeremy Gardner 1:14:02
But it's like 1010 bucks for the DVD or something on Amazon, you and you get that that and the end the movie and the commentaries and the outtakes and stuff like that. So there's a and we really tried to pack it with as much if you want to make a movie, watch this stuff as you can. I don't even know where we started with that question. What was the distribution? Distribution?

Kristian Stella 1:14:22
But yeah, I think that I think what he was getting it was just that you know, first time movie, or our first movie, um, there's just there's a lot of like legal stuff and lawyers and expenses and so on that happen in distribution. So you know, and on the battery we had like 10 investors. So not a lot of that money trickles down to us in the end. But like just due to the system like the whole the whole system in general. It's not like it's not like screen factory didn't pay well they paid great

Jeremy Gardner 1:15:01
It's just one of those things where you have to do it's I wish there were, I wish I could create a like a list of things you need to do once you start to enter the distribution process of making a movie, but it is literally so dense, and there are so many possibilities. You, I almost feel like, you just kind of have to read as much as you can and then weighed in and then make a decision. Because the amount of of options that we had that we didn't know we were going to have when we made one decision that suddenly another avenue opened up later, if we hadn't done this, we could have done that. It's just, there's just no way to navigate it. And we try as hard as we can. We've had you know, filmmakers, email us and contact us and ask us about particular, you know, distribution companies or deals and it's just like, man, if it feels right, do it, there's just no, you'll you're gonna learn from the process is the only way to only way to really go about it. I mean, I'm sure someone out there who can elucidate much more, you know, with much better clarity than I can on this part of the process. But it was easily the most difficult part of the entire process for us to navigate was the business side. And the distribution side, I think you just kind of got to learn as you go.

Jason Buff 1:16:16
The thing that's interesting, you know, listening to that is when you say it's a $6,000 movie, I've heard people that work in independent film, talk about just the deliverables costing more than that.

Kristian Stella 1:16:28
Well, I mean, when it comes to distribution, a lot of the deliverable stuff was just like, written off of our payment. So you know, that's, like, I think, like, maybe the entire first year of the release, I mean, like, it just everything went to expenses. So we yeah, we didn't have to pay for a lot of things up front. But, um, yeah, we had. But I always say that the $6,000 is the production budget. That's what it costs us to get to the premiere and tell you right horror show. And then we did have some business related expenses after that, but we already had deals on the table that we were ready to sign. So, you know, I know, one for a fact was what's called errors and omissions insurance, you know, yeah. And that was like, that was like $4,000 that we had to pay. And I think Adam got a personal loan from his father or something, and he and you know, and then he got paid back eventually. But we, you know, we had deals on the table at that time, we would have never paid for that. If we didn't.

Jeremy Gardner 1:17:40
I mean, there are certain things you can do to make it make it easier to navigate, like, just make sure you've got all your, your performance releases, signed by your actors, make sure that you've got a chain of title, you know, in order, there are things that you're going to just look up a list of the typical deliverables. And then there are certain, you know, there's certain ones that you can check off before you even make the movie or while you're in pre production that we just didn't even think about until we were done. But I'm pretty sure

Kristian Stella 1:18:05
that as far as like the business expenses of the battery, maybe had I think that plus creating an LLC for like $2,000, I think those might have been the only ones that we paid upfront. And then the rest were deducted later on through distribution companies and so on. And not to say that that wasn't a lot. It was a lot. It was just, we didn't have to pay it up front.

Jeremy Gardner 1:18:31
Yeah, when you get your first report of your residuals and you see that gigantic chunk that goes to expenses, you just go. That was like three months rent. or more.

Jason Buff 1:18:42
So yeah, I just wanted I kind of wanted to go into the things that Jeremy discussed in his article on Movie Maker. Because I, you know, I it really is something that I think a lot of filmmakers don't talk about, and people don't want to, you know, first of all people don't ever want to talk about pirating, you know, and what a big deal it is now, and how easy it is for people just to download anything they want for free. And how much that affects you guys in on the distribution side? And, you know, and can we talk about how that's affected the way that you you know, your your newest project?

Kristian Stella 1:19:21
Yeah, I mean, I'll say because there's something I don't think he put in the article was that when the day our movie was released, the piracy was, I mean, within three hours of the iTunes release, the piracy was just insane. But even like a year later, there was a day where some piracy group released a version of our movie and it was like the 30th torrent of our movie. And there was 100,000 downloads of that torrent in 24 hours. In that same 24 hours, we were selling the movie DRM free on our website for $5.

Alex Ferrari 1:19:59
Well, be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Kristian Stella 1:20:09
That saved 24 hours, we sold two copies, we made $10. And all of our other digital sales had kind of just slowed to a halt at that point. So was like, there were 100,000 stolen in one day a year after release, we make $10. That day. It's, it's it's the ratio, that's insane. You know, like piracy is kind of a way of life at this point, I get it. But the ratio should be far, far less like I would say there's got to be anywhere from 20 to 80 Illegal downloads per every one real rental. That's just way too high.

Jeremy Gardner 1:20:50
Yeah, and those those those, those are never going to translate one to one, you know, for everybody who pirated it, bought it and said, Well, that's never gonna happen. That's just not the way it works. I think it I did touch on in the article that it is easy to vilify the piracy community, because, yes, they're they're causing a lot of issues in the movie business. I mean, where a $5 million dollar budget five years ago, you know, you could you could wrangle with, you know, companies who fund those movies now are really, really hemming and hawing over a quarter million dollar budget, because they know that the second that movie is released on demand, it's going to be pirated. And so all the risks go go way higher. And so the budgets are driven way down, less movies are made, which means less crew jobs, there's so many things that it affects that people don't know. And I think you're never I think people tiptoe around the the piracy issue, because you're never going to get the pirates. The people who torrent on your side are the ones who believe that everything should be free, and information is free, and screw you and I don't care, you're never going to get those guys. But there is an interesting contingent of the piracy population, who number one would download it, if they could, if it were available in their territory. And there is something to be said about the fact that, you know, the way that movies are distributed nowadays is not taking into account the fact that the world is completely connected, everybody knows what's going on, in the movie world, everywhere in the world. And so, you know, I can remember even myself, you know, years ago, hearing all about the loved ones was an Australian horror movie, right? And it's just like, you hear so many great things about it. And you never know, when is this coming out here, and you just need you keep hearing people talk about and you're like, Am I ever gonna get to see it. And I actually ended up getting dumped in the US like four years later. But it's one of those things where it just seems crazy not not to hit on, you know, hit on the audience when they're ready for it when they want it. So that's one part of the of the piracy thing that needs to be taken care of another one is that I just genuinely feel that there is a certain amount of people out there, especially a certain age group, who absolutely have no idea, the devastation it causes throughout the industry, they just, movies are not what they used to be when I was a kid, you know, I would, you know, I begged to be taken down to the video store. And I would stay in there for two hours, they were things that I knew were made, they were big, and then you had to go and get them and you had to pay for them. And sometimes you didn't like them. And that's part of the process. You gamble a little bit with your money. And maybe you see the greatest thing you've ever seen. And maybe you see a turn, but that's part of the process. Now there's a generation that just simply thinks of them as little tiny thumbnail posters that you click on. And then they play and that's it. And there's, there's no heft to the the process and the amount of people and time that goes into making these movies anymore. And I think that is that's just a reeducation that needs to happen. Or it might not, might not even be able to happen. I just don't know if you can convince a generation that gets it for free. Why they shouldn't get it for free anymore. It's a real, sticky, prickly issue to bring up.

Jason Buff 1:24:04
I think that another huge thing is just the fact that people aren't going to theaters anymore, too. And it's like, everything's become just digital files now. And we've gotten so far from the days when you had to go to a theater and watch a film. And then many, many months later, you would be able to rent a copy at your local video club. And sometimes they would be they wouldn't have it. You know, that whole culture is disappeared. Oh, it's completely

Jeremy Gardner 1:24:28
gone. And I love I miss it. And yeah, I mean, even you know, the movie that changed my life that made me like super aware of that movies were made was Jurassic Park. That sounds might sound crazy, but that was the first time I started thinking about dressing. Well, it's one of I remember someone telling me hey, the dinosaurs are made with computers in my brain. My like little 12 year old brain just went like what? Like, that's not possible. What do you mean they're made with computers? And suddenly I started thinking about the behind the scenes process of me Making a movie. And I cut my first lawn, much to my father's chagrin because he'd been trying to get me to mow the lawn for years I mowed my first lawn to get money to go see Jurassic Park because I saw it seven times in theater. And then we didn't come out on VHS for over a year after I was in the theater, you know, it's just like waiting for this thing to come out. You can have it and and those that's just gone now, you know, the movie comes out, people go see it, opening night opening weekend kind of fizzles out, and then 90 days later or less, you can download it or steal it or rent it online. You know,

Jason Buff 1:25:34
a lot of times, you know, here, it's like you'll see the movie will come out in like a torrent or something, even before it comes to a theater. It's ridiculous. You know, and I've been trying to I've been making an effort to try and see everything in the theater now. And it's so different, you know, the concentration that you have in the way that you're affected by the movies. I mean, even watching it on a great big HDTV. It's just not the same.

Jeremy Gardner 1:25:57
No, it's not. It's a whole different experience. And what's crazy is you're right, it's this communal thing that I love it and more people should engage with. I was actually my mother, you know, she's not a huge, like, cinema person. But I'm down in Florida. And I get to see her for the first time in a while. And she'll always tell me, she tried to watch this movie. And she couldn't get into it. Because I know she's just sitting there distracted. She's got her phone, she's got Facebook, she's and I took her to the movies for the first time in like 20 years. We saw a couple of movies in the last couple weeks, and to watch her sit there and fully focus on the movie and like, follow it and be engaged with it. Because she knows she can't pick her phone up or leave is just like, oh, yeah, that's why you go to the theater. You go to the theater to commit to the experience of letting a story wash over you. Not not with your phone and not with going to the bathroom and getting up and going to the kitchen. It's just you're there you're in it.

Jason Buff 1:26:46
Well, it depends on where you got it to. Because I see I mean, it drives me nuts, but people that just bring up their cell phone in the middle of the movie. I mean, I had to like yell at a guy the other day because you're just sitting there checking his Facebook in the middle of something I don't remember what our Star Wars

Jeremy Gardner 1:27:01
it's just it's It boggles my mind that that with the amount of it I mean, it's it's clear at this point that it is a serious social faux pas and people still do it.

Jason Buff 1:27:11
Yeah. You know, it's funny because I was listening to your interview on the the critics what was called the the review podcast is facing the criticism, the critics and your comments about well, let me put it this way. One of the greatest experiences I've ever had in a theater was watching Dances with Wolves. And I really loved the fact that you were saying that how good that movie was and how people have kind of forgotten about it, because I watched it recently. And I didn't realize I was watching the the director's cut just like 12 hours long. Because I was supposed to go to a friend's house later. And I was like, Yeah, I'm sitting here watching Dances with Wolves, but it's not it's not ending here. been on for the last four hours, and we're still not to the midpoint. But it's such an amazing movie, and I don't ever see you having that kind of experience. Again. I don't know, movies just aren't made like that anymore.

Jeremy Gardner 1:28:05
No, they're not. And you know, that's the thing. That's another thing that people don't understand about what piracy has done. Right? You want to know where those movies I mean, dances will didn't cost that much money, but you will know where those middle those mid range budget movies have gotten those adult movies, those grown up movies. I mean, when I was in, you know, in high school, I saw every single movie that came out. I can remember going and seeing Return to Paradise. Did you ever see that movie? That's, that's a drama. Yeah. Joaquin Phoenix, Vince Vaughn and haitch it's a movie that time has completely forgotten. And yeah, it was a movie that came out on a Friday and I went and saw it. You know, I loved it. And it could it could never be released. No one would ever make that like $30 million. You know, drama, about like, should they go back and take a guy out of a Malaysian prison. And it

Jason Buff 1:28:53
was such a downer was really rough. But it's like, what's the budget of

Kristian Stella 1:28:57
bone tomahawk? Like? 1.2? Or one point? Exactly. That movie like, just like 15 years ago would have been like a 15 $25 million movie. Yeah. And in theaters like everywhere.

Jeremy Gardner 1:29:09
Yeah, it is strange. But you know, but that's the thing is like so now because of that, because they need to milk every single dollar out of that opening weekend. That's why you get in so many giant superhero movies. That's why you're getting sequels. That's why you get because they have to curb every possible risk. They can't take a risk on some of these small moves. I mean, luckily, there's, you know, people like Megan Ellison and Annapurna pictures, like putting movie putting money into these like art tours, movies, but for the most part, the movies that filled the bulk of the year, you know, 10 years ago, they just aren't being made anymore, because you got to get that four quadrant picture out. So you're either talking about movies being made under a million or over 100 million, and it's just a weird, weird thing. That little giant

Kristian Stella 1:29:49
like giant movies like with Jerry Maguire be made today.

Alex Ferrari 1:29:54
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jeremy Gardner 1:30:04
Like it was a huge hit and like would somebody Greenlight Jerry Maguire probably not

Jason Buff 1:30:09
gonna get a movie, just I mean, like, look at David O Russell and guys like that, you know, Wes Anderson and PT Anderson and those guys, I mean, they can get stuff made, but it's because they have the brand name, you know, they know there's going to be an audience for that. But even

Jeremy Gardner 1:30:22
even that, I mean, you're talking about again, that's Megan, Megan Ellison. You know, she's a billionaires daughter who's decided to take her money and give it to directors who aren't getting the master you know, she's done. She's She's funded a ton of those movies at the David David O. Russell movies, too. She decided to put her money behind artists, where the studios are afraid to sometimes I mean, even look at like Spielberg was saying he was having trouble getting money for Lincoln, it was gonna be a TV movie, because he couldn't get the money to make it as a theatrical movie. There's it's just crazy. How afraid Hollywood is have taken chances anymore. And a lot of that is because those movies are swallowed up by by torrents,

Jason Buff 1:31:02
well, I want to make sure we have enough time to talk about tax Montana will survive. Can we do a segue into that and talk about how you've approached that, and especially this kind of unique way that you guys are using Kickstarter to fund it, or it's not being funded. But it's a way to control the distribution process.

Kristian Stella 1:31:18
Yeah, absolutely. I mean, textbooks handle survivors movie, we shot it two years ago, but then our day jobs took hold again. But we're trying to use Kickstarter to basically buy them, like we want the internet to buy the movie off of us the way that someone would go to Sundance and buy a movie, for a million dollars off of filmmakers, we want the internet to do that we want to it's a finished film. And we want if we hit our goal, we're just going to give the movie to the internet via Creative Commons. So that way, torrenting will be completely allowed and encouraged, will have DVDs that you can burn with artwork that you could print and and we'll have it on YouTube and Vimeo. So this was kind of our reaction to piracy, which is that like, rather than vilify the torrents, like let's use them as a distribution method. So yeah, I mean, hopefully it works.

Jeremy Gardner 1:32:16
Yeah, the days are ticking down. But what you know, it's a way to to try and get a hold of those people who did torrent the movie who would have paid for it as well, you know, these are their, you know, we got, we put up a comment on some of our Torrance on some of these torrent sites. You're a couple years ago, just saying, Look, we're not passing judgment. But we're, you know, we're dayjob filmmakers, you know, we're barely getting by, we made this movie for six grand if you like, what you see, you considered kicking in, and we had, a lot of people donate money through that. And so those are the kinds of people who use torrents that we're hoping that we can get ahead of time, rather than slowly letting the movie rollout traditionally, like the battery did. And having people in Australia go well, I don't know when it's going to be in Australia. So I'm just going to download it now. So if we can just get it all upfront, then maybe we'll have the cushion to take time off work and make a movie and then everybody everywhere in the world can see it at the same time if they want to.

Jason Buff 1:33:16
So does that mean that you don't have a mean? When you do creative commons, does that mean that you no longer have ownership of it? Or how does that work?

Kristian Stella 1:33:26
That particular creative, there's a there's a couple of Creative Commons licenses, but the one we're going to be using basically means that you have to give us credit for the movie. And that you can you can't profit off of the movie itself. Um, as in the audience can't profit off the movie, but the audience will be allowed to like, remix it or so on. Like, if they they wanted to take audio from it and use it in something that they make they they can make profit off of that. So you're kind of allowed to mess with the movie. Um, but other than that, you're totally allowed to share it and do everything else. So the only thing is that we we still have to get credit and

Jeremy Gardner 1:34:08
basically, you can't just put it in your own box and sell it as is in a store but you can use it to remake art, right? It's artists saying, you know, here here's a piece of art if you want to make a different piece of art from our art, by all means do it. Yeah.

Kristian Stella 1:34:24
If you want to sample it and put it into a dance mix, you can and you can make money off that dance mix. We're not you know, like that's that's the kind of license that it is.

Jason Buff 1:34:32
I think the bare bone Bongo scene would be great as a rave

Kristian Stella 1:34:36
art my friend already did this though the composer already did that.

Jeremy Gardner 1:34:41
I'm sure someone else could do it out there too that I would love to be in like Prague and you're like baby bourbon but that would be amazing.

Kristian Stella 1:34:49
You watch it becomes like this huge hit the guys like like a millionaire like oh, just sighs number

Jeremy Gardner 1:34:54
one dance number one dance song in the world is Baby bear bones by like script And we're over here going, why did we do this?

Jason Buff 1:35:04
So, go ahead. Sorry.

Jeremy Gardner 1:35:06
No, I was well, I was just gonna Yeah, go ahead. No, you go ahead.

Jason Buff 1:35:09
Okay, thank you. So I mean, I think one of the things that I liked about your article too, was just your kind of honesty about how difficult it is to make a living as an indie filmmaker. And since we're all about indie filmmaking, you know, Can you can you talk a little bit about that, that the idea of being able to make a living as a filmmaker and what you guys do, which is more like you have day jobs, and you make indie films? I mean, is there a goal to move everything to being like 100% filmmakers? What is your view on that kind of thing?

Jeremy Gardner 1:35:44
Yeah, I mean, that's my goal. That's, that's 100% My goal is I just want to make movies for a living. And I'm not talking about you know, making movies, it'd be like a multi multi millionaire, even though that would be nice. I would just love to make a comfortable living and make movies as a job, you know, and it doesn't seem like it should be that difficult. I mean, when you see the money that you that can that can come in from a small budget movie. I mean, this is sustainable. If if you could start getting enough, you know, time to make movies and put more movies out in the world, it kind of snowballs. I mean, I know, Joe Swanberg famously said that too, you know, he's like, you know, once you get three or four movies out in the world, every time you make another one, then everyone, you get another press push, everyone talks about your other movies, you get a kick up on the rentals are the sales of those previous movies, and it just kind of snowballs every time. And so he's made a career out of just making like a million movies and just kind of kind of living that way. But I do believe there's a way to build an audience slowly, and get and get enough of a return. So that you can keep equity in your own movie The next time you make it, and then make a little bit more money the next time you release another movie, and suddenly, you're sustaining yourself by telling stories and making art I do. I do believe it's possible. I don't know. I'm getting old. I'm gonna die. So probably not, it's gonna happen sooner, I'm definitely going to be managing a bar somewhere.

Jason Buff 1:37:09
Yeah, I mean, I've talked to a couple of filmmakers who are full time not necessarily making their own projects, but their directors for hire whatever those are. And they say that sorry, I say those are

Kristian Stella 1:37:19
all unicorns,

Jeremy Gardner 1:37:20
unicorns, are the people making films for a living? But no, he's saying directors for hire not making their own thing.

Jason Buff 1:37:26
Well, I mean, the thing that they've said is that they it's not like before, where you'd like make a film every three years, it's like, these people are making two, three films a year, you know, and there's just this mass production.

Jeremy Gardner 1:37:37
Yeah, it's crazy. I mean, that's what we've been saying forever, we need to generate content to me is you look at the people making a ton of money on YouTube, because they're putting up content every week, everyone wants more stuff, you know, if we could get to the point where we were shooting a movie, you know, in finishing, or finishing all post production within you know, 910 months and then starting work on another movie at the end of the same year, then you know, that's, that's the goal is to be able to, like, maybe start working on two movies a year, one of the ones everything, Jeremy always talks about that, and like, what I'm doing all the post production, but that's the whole point to is to make enough money to where he doesn't have to do that anymore. And luckily, and that's another thing that you'll realize, you know, once you start doing this is it, you build a network. And you know, now we've met people who, who will do those jobs for us so we can hire who we trust to do those jobs. And it could fit within the budget that we're talking about. So the Christian doesn't have to do everything. I mean, eventually, you'll meet people who who can help you in this process. I mean, the network of filmmakers that we've met, since we toured the battery is has been invaluable,

Kristian Stella 1:38:34
but it's always hard. It's always hard to to even think about, like scaling up like that and being like, Can you can you keep the quality up two times a year? You know, that's scary. I mean, like, just in three years, you have six movies, and it's like, Man, I can't even imagine three years from now having six movies out there. Right. And having them all be quality. So that's that's scary, too. Yeah, that's

Jeremy Gardner 1:38:57
another thing. I mean, well, especially with the way I write it'll never happen. I can't Yeah. That's another that's another thing too, is like I have been I've thought about a lot that I wish I could just pull my standards down a little bit. You know, it's like, maybe my standards don't seem high to everybody else. But I have serious quality standards with what I write and what I feel like it's worth making the same way Christian as ridiculous standards about what you know, you know, when he does technically with the camera and color and sound, everything like that, like he will, he will futz with something for weeks. And I'll just be like, I'll let it go. But I'll be the same way with the scene. I'll tweak a scene while I'm writing it forever. And it's just one of those things where you're never gonna get enough done, you know, to create this kind of content generator, like we're talking about if we, if we have such high standards, but I don't know there's got to be a middle ground somewhere. It seems

Jason Buff 1:39:50
like you know, with the following that you guys have been building.

Alex Ferrari 1:39:54
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jason Buff 1:40:03
Have you ever considered approaching a production company? I mean, going in, you know, putting together a script and saying, okay, and go going for more of a traditional not so Ultra independent, but going, and have you been able to keep that following? I mean, do you have like some way to be in touch with your fans? I mean, is it primarily Twitter and Facebook and stuff like that?

Jeremy Gardner 1:40:22
Oh, yeah. Well, we didn't even touch on this. Yeah, one of the main reasons. One of the main other reasons we may text Montana is because I wrote a script that I love that, you know, I started getting a lot of a lot of attention after the battery made the rounds, I started doing the water bottle tour, I've talked to the companies, I've talked to agents, and I've gotten very close, we've gone down the whole casting route path. And we've gotten for far along the route to the traditional funding of making my new script. And then it always just kind of fizzles out in one way or another. You know, you hear that, Oh, we love your unique voice. And it's so it's so interesting. And so you, and then, you know, once you get up to like to turn $53,000, they start trying to kind of, you know, buff a little bit of that personality out of it. Well, can't we explain where the monster comes from? And can't we cast this person even though they're way too young. And it's, it just becomes like, oh, man, the the concessions you have to make for such a small amount of money is demoralizing. And after about a year and a half of that. That's why we'd say you know, let's just go out in the woods and make text Montana because we wanted to not have to get permission to make a movie again. It's so frustrating to feel like you got your foot in the door and a business that you love. And then it's just the wheels turn so slow that you just like at some point, we just like we got to go do this again. Because we're going to it's going to tear our souls apart. If we keep waiting for somebody to say, Okay, here's the money, go make your movie. So that even though and honestly, it's still happening right now, like we that script is still out there, I'm on the cusp of another, going down another avenue to get that movie made. And it's you know, I feel really good about this one. But I felt really good about some before. So I've gotten a little bit cynical about that process. And so there's a, there's a part of me that says, You know what, that's fine. Let that script do what it's going to do through the system. And let's still remind ourselves that we gotta go make our own movies, if no one ever gives us the permission. Plus, there's,

Kristian Stella 1:42:18
there's something that like, nobody ever talks about. But it's it's crazy. With all of these budgets getting smaller and smaller and smaller. If a production company comes to you, and hires you on his director for a quarter million dollar movie, your pay as director is probably around $5,000. And then you're expected to work on the movie for pretty much a solid year and then promotion and so on. And it's like, how do you how do you even make a quarter million dollar movie and live off of $5,000 for a year and a half to two years while you make and promote the movie? It's kind of insane.

Jeremy Gardner 1:42:57
And no one has been able to explain that to me. No, literally no one. I've talked to filmmakers I know, like what you've seen very successful, and no one's been able to explain, okay, you get a fee, you know, you get your your rate for actually filming the movie, but what about when it's time to go into post and it's time to you know, edit and then do sound and then Mark promote? And then like, what, how are you making a living, then no one can explain it. I still don't know, five years, in five years after making the battery. We've made another movie. You know, I've talked to people I've gotten meetings, I've talked to managers, I've talked to heads of studios, I've no idea, no idea how you're supposed to live,

Kristian Stella 1:43:35
I mean, that $5,000 would be gone before you come out of pre production, you know, you just two or three months of of rent and food and so on, you know, if you want to if you if you're making a quarter million dollar movie, you got to make a really good movie. So you really got to, like be in there, you know, doing months of pre production and months of post production and months of promotion. It's just, it seems crazy. To me. I do feel

Jeremy Gardner 1:43:56
like that's one of the pitfalls of the fact that everybody can make a movie now is that it's almost expected that just like well, that's deal with it. Like, you know, it's I remember that. I don't know why this popped into my head. But the there's a scene in A League of Their Own, where they reveal that the girl baseball players are gonna have to wear these little skirts and everyone guffaws and he goes, ladies, there are 64 women getting on a bus back home right now that will play in a bikini for if I ask them to. And you kind of get that feeling where it's like, if you can't make a movie and live for this fee, then they I got a line of kids who want this job. I got a line of filmmakers who want to be in this position. Sorry, that's just the way it is nowadays. And that's just like

Kristian Stella 1:44:35
this and in from, like, from a production standpoint, it's kind of like, Don't you want your director to not be worrying about how he's paying the rent. You know, like, that's the last thing he needs to be worrying about when he's in charge of your, you know, even half million dollar movie. So that's that's something that we can't crack it. Yeah, I

Jason Buff 1:44:55
think there's a lot of kind of ego going on there and people don't really disclose Sure. Yeah, well, I

Jeremy Gardner 1:45:00
mean, I have a friend you know who who's a filmmaker, pretty successful filmmaker. And, you know, he he decided to go around it and raise the money for his movie on his own and then just paid himself a decent salary. Like out of the budget like, I'm, this is how I'm raising the money to make this movie on this budget, there's so much I'm paying myself to do it, I wrote it, I'm going to direct it. And that's that. And I was like, well, that's, you know, that's pretty good. Pretty good way to do it if you can get around all the gatekeepers and just be your own production company. So I don't know this sounds like a demoralizing way to go out.

Jason Buff 1:45:32
So what what advice do you have in default to indie filmmakers that are out there that want to make their first film and want to kind of follow in your footsteps,

Jeremy Gardner 1:45:40
you got to have friends, you got to have friends who will help you out people who are going to be in the trenches with you in the mud splashing around in the dirt willing to do anything they can to get it done, that's you're not going to get anywhere, if you don't have, if you don't have loyal people on your side, you got to you got to plan as much as you can ahead of time, you got to write, you know your story, a good story around what you can get what you know, you have, and then you got to not freak out about the things that you think might fail, or you'll never do it.

Kristian Stella 1:46:09
And my advice would be that you got to have at least one skill that you can sell to others, you know, whether it be cinematography or sound design, or any of that, like, you know, that's where I mean, that's where your money is likely to come in the first couple films is from the work in between making your own films, just like we have friends that are editors, and so on, and they go and they get paid to edit other people's movies, and then they edit their movies for free.

Jeremy Gardner 1:46:37
Yeah, and the irony of this whole process is that I, I only wrote the battery originally, because I didn't want to go and audition for roles as an actor. And I'm, I'm about to be in my fifth feature film since the battery came out. And that's simply from meeting filmmakers on the festival circuit becoming fans of their work in them fans of my work, and then them calling me up and going, Hey, I'm about to go and make this movie, I got a great role for you in it. And just suddenly, I'm being cast without auditioning. When, you know, this whole thing was was me railing against the process of auditioning. So you end up you find a little skill and hopefully you can you can tangentially work in film.

Jason Buff 1:47:14
I actually forgot to ask you about that. What was the experience of working on spring like because that's, that's actually one of my favorite movies from the past couple of years. It's what was that marking with Justin and Aaron. It was

Jeremy Gardner 1:47:28
amazing. You know, Justin and Aaron, were actually the first filmmakers. I met on the circuit. We met them very briefly in Amsterdam, I thought they were full of themselves. Then we met them again for much longer in Brazil. And they told us that they thought we were full of ourselves when they saw us in Amsterdam, and then we became great friends, and I love them to death. We had a wonderful time. And just being on their sets. Amazing because those two guys, I mean, Justin's a really, really, really clever and creative screenwriter and director and Aaron is just, you know, he's like Justin's Christian. He's, uh, you know, he's an incredibly talented guy. And he's really technical. So to watch them kind of confer you know, with each other on set about a scene and then and then break up and then go and do their individual things is amazing to watch that set work like clockwork really helped me. You know, cache things away for the next time I'm on directing To some it's really great.

Jason Buff 1:48:24
Was there a lot of it seemed like the scenes were very loose and kind of,

Jeremy Gardner 1:48:27
yeah, well, it's funny because they, they definitely let me improv. I think that the part of that was me learning on the fly, what it's like to be on a real set, you know, because you know, things got to move, you got to make lunch, you got to make your days you got to make your time as he's walking around talking. You start to worry that if you if you goof off or follow, you know, follow a thread down some weird improv line that you're going to, you're going to throw off the entire schedule of the day. So I kind of boxed myself in a little bit. And I didn't really go as far as I'd have wanted to, but they were certainly open to my improv lines. What's interesting is you throw out an improv and then they'll either say nothing, or say, oh my god, that was really funny. Do that again, or actually, this time, don't do that thing. But I was really boxed myself in and then I get down to the set on San Diego where we're shooting in the bar, Vinny Quran, who was one of the leads in their first movie resolution, and apparently he don't give a crap about no days or schedules because he was just riffing left and right and all I could think was man, man, I should have done good Vinny did venido care Vinnie just B's Vinnie. Vinnie. Don't give a shit and he don't give a shit. So but ya know, it's such a such a blast, man. I can't wait to work with those guys. Again. They're really really good friends.

Alex Ferrari 1:49:46
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jason Buff 1:49:55
So I want to make sure that you guys what what is the website to go to? For tax Montana, how can people get in touch with you guys? What's the best way to find out more, and all that great stuff,

Jeremy Gardner 1:50:06
you can go to Tex montana.com, that'll take you right to our campaign page, we are about nine days away from this thing being over, which means if we succeed, you're only about 15 to 17 days away from actually seeing this thing, because we're just going to release it. It's done. Tax montana.com You can find me on Twitter at Mr. Jeremy Gardner.

Kristian Stella 1:50:28
And I'm at Christian Stella.

Jeremy Gardner 1:50:31
I'm only Mr. Because every other permutation of Jeremy Gardner was taken. So it's not like I'm calling myself and Mr. But there was just no to that. Yeah. And then you can find us on Facebook at text Montana or the battery on Facebook. But text montana.com or Twitter, we're really active on Twitter.

Kristian Stella 1:50:48
Yeah, I mean, people can just like ask me stupid camera questions. I'll answer I didn't matter. I mean, there's no, no question too stupid. I'll just call it stupid on a podcast one day.

Jeremy Gardner 1:50:58
Yeah. Well, that's we've always been, I always used to say, like, you know, whatever you think of Kevin Smith's films, the fact that he makes himself available to so many people and so open about the process was something we wanted to ape. And we tried to do that, you know, we try not to ever let an email about a question about filmmaking go unanswered. So whatever you got thrown at us

Jason Buff 1:51:19
awesome, guys. Well, I really appreciate your time. And you know, I look forward to you know, seeing the film, how, how are you going to release it when it comes out? Are you just going to put it do you? Do you assume that things will just kind of like, explode on their own? Are you going to put it somewhere specific? Like I tend? Yeah, well,

Kristian Stella 1:51:35
basically, if we hit the goal, um, two weeks after the campaign ends, we're going to release it on YouTube and Vimeo. And the Vimeo version will have the download button unlocked. So you'll be able to download it to NADP, from Vimeo. And then there's going to be torrents of in all kinds of shapes and sizes and of DVDs and blu rays with artwork. And then, you know, takes montana.com At that point will just be kind of a repository of all the different ways you can get it. And at that point, then people can post it anywhere else. If there's places that we don't know, the only places we're not going to be doing are places like iTunes, etc. because then we'd have to charge for the movie. And that's the whole point is that after this campaign, we're not going to charge for it ever again. So that's it. I mean, if they'd be if they'd be willing to put it up for free, I put it on iTunes.

Jeremy Gardner 1:52:31
Yeah, and if we don't hit our goal, we're going to take the hard drive with the movie, and we're going to film myself smashing it with a

Jason Buff 1:52:40
Guys. I really appreciate it. Is there anything else? Are we good?

Jeremy Gardner 1:52:42
No, that's it texmontana.com Thank you so much for for the Forum. Thank you guys. It's a really fun chat.

LINKS

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook

How Spielberg, Lucas & Kasdan Created ‘Raiders of the Lost Ark’ (Story Conference Transcript)

Ever wonder how George Lucas, Steven Spielberg, and Lawrence Kasdan came up with the screenplay of the masterpiece Raiders of the Lost Ark? Below you’ll find a transcript of their enter story session where they all just brainstormed. It’s a fascinating read. You see how ideas come and go until the Indiana Jones we know comes to life before our eyes. A must for any screenwriter, filmmaker or film buff. Enjoy!


“RAIDERS OF THE LOST ARK”
Story Conference Transcript
January 23, 1978 thru January 27, 1978
George Lucas, Steven Spielberg, Larry Kasdan

“RAIDERS” — TAPE ONE

G — We’ll just talk general ideas, what the concept of it was. Then I’ll get down to going specifically through the story. Then we will actually get to where we can start talking down scenes, in the end I want to end up with a list of scenes. And the way I work generally is I figure a code, a general measuring stick parameter. I can either come up with thirty scenes or sixty scenes depending on which scale you want to work on. A thirty scene thing means that each scene is going to be around four pages long. A sixty one means that every scene is going to run twenty pages long. (?) It depends on, part of it is the… (short gap in the tape) knock some of these out, and this doesn’t work out the way we thought it would. You can move things around, but it generally gives you an idea, assuming that what we really want at the end of all this is a hundred and twenty page script, or less. But that’s where we really want to go. Then we figure out vaguely what the pace of, how fast it’s going to move and how we’re going to do it. I have a tendency to work rather mathematically about all this stuff. I found it easier and it does lay things out. Especially a thing like this. The basic premise is that it’s sort of a serialesque kind of movie. Meaning that there are certain things that have to continue to happen. It’s also basically an action piece, for the most part. We want to keep things interspaced and at the same time build it. As I build this up, you’ll see it’s done vaguely by the numbers. Generally, the concept is a serial idea. Done like the Republic serials. As a thirties serial. Which is where a lot of stuff comes from anyway. One of the main ideas was to have, depending on whether it would be every ten minutes or every twenty minutes, a sort of a cliffhanger situation that we get our hero into. If it’s every ten minutes we do it twelve times. I think that may be a little much. Six times is plenty.

S — And each cliffhanger is better than the one before.

G — That is the progression we have to do. It’s hard to come up with. The trouble with cliff hangers is, you get somebody into something, you sort have to get them out in a plausible way. A believable way, anyway. That’s another important concept of the movie — that it be totally believable. It’s a spaghetti western, only it takes place in the thirties. Or it’s James Bond and it takes place in the thirties. Except James Bond tends to get a little outrageous at times. We’re going to take the unrealistic side of it off, and make it more like the Clint Eastwood westerns. The thing with this is, we want to make a very

believable character. We want him to be extremely good at what he does, as is the Clint Eastwood character or the James Bond character. James Bond and the man with no name were very good at what they did. They were very, fast with a gun, they were very slick, they were very professional. They were Supermen.

S — Like Mifune.

G — Yes, like Mifune. He’s a real professional. He’s really good. And that is the key to the whole thing. That’s something you don’t see that much anymore.

S — And one of the things that really helped Mifune in all the Kurosawa movies is that he was always surrounded by really inept characters, real silly buffoons, which made him so much more majestic. If there are occasions where he comes up against, not the arch- villain, but the people around him shouldn’t be the smartest…

G — Well, they shouldn’t be buffoons. The one thing we’re going to do is make a very good period piece, that is realistic and believable. A thirties movie in the, even in the Sam Spade genre. Even in the Maltese Falcon there were some pretty goofy characters, but they were all pretty real in their own bizarre way.

S — Elijah Cook.

G – Elijah Cook might not have been the brightest person in the world. In a way he was the buffoon of the piece, but at the same time he was very dangerous and he was very… They were strong characters. If we keep it that mode of believability…

S — It’s just like you don’t put Lee Van Cleef as an accomplice to… (garbled)

G — No, you put Eli Wallach. Did you see “The Good, The Bad And the Ugly”? The Eli Wallach character is a goofy character, but at the same time he’s very dangerous and he’s very funny and he’s … We can have that kind of thing. The main thing is for him to be a super hero in the best sense of the word, which is John Wayne, Clint Eastwood, Sean Connery tradition of a man who we can all look up to and say, “Now there’s somebody who really knows his job. He’s really good at what he does and he’s a very dangerous person. But at the same time we’re putting him in the kind of Bogart mold, like “Treasure of Sierra Madre” or…

S — Or even the Clark Gable thing we talked about.

G — Yeah, the Clark Gable mold. The fact that he is slightly scruffy. You don’t know it until it happens. Now, several aspects that we’ve discussed before: The image of him which is the strongest image is the “Treasure Of Sierra Madre” outfit, which is the khaki pants, he’s got the leather jacket, that sort of felt hat, and the pistol and holster with a World War One sort of flap over it. He’s going into the jungle carrying his gun. The other thing we’ve added to him, which may be fun, is a bull whip. That’s really his trade mark. That’s really what he’s good at. He has a pistol, and he’s probably very good at that, but at the same time he happens to be very good with a bull whip. It’s really more of a hobby than anything else. Maybe he came from Montana, someplace, and he… There are freaks who love bull whips. They just do it all the time. It’s a device that hasn’t been used in a long time.

S — You can knock somebody’ s belt off and the guys pants fall down.

G — You can swing over things, you can…there are so many things you can do with it. I thought he carried it rolled up. It’s like a Samurai sword. He carries it back there and you don’t even notice it. That way it’s not in the way or anything. It’s just there whenever he wants it.

S — At some point in the movie he must use it to get a girl back who’s walking out of the room. Wrap her up and she twirls as he pulls her back. She spins into his arms. You have to use it for more things than just saving himself.

G — We’ll have to work that part out. In a way it’s important that it be a dangerous weapon. It looks sort of like a snake that’s coiled up behind him, and any time it strikes it’s a real threat.

L — Except there has to be that moment when he’s alone with a can of beer and he just whips it to him.

G — That’s the sort of gung-ho side of the character, which is, if we make him sort of Super Samurai Warrior, meaning that he is Just incredibly good with a bull whip and incredibly good with a gun. He’s a dead-eye shot. He’s got the wrong kind of holster for a quick draw, but we can always have him be a semi… we’re not going to use the quick draw aspects of it, but he should be very fast and very quick. Maybe even, this has to do with the other part of this character, but I was thinking of Kung-Fu, Karate. But I don’t want to load him up too much. The reason I was doing this “is that his character is international. He’s the guy who’s been all around the world. He’s a soldier of fortune. He is also… Well, this gets into that other side of his character, which is totally alien to that side we just talked about. Essentially, I think he is a, and this was the original character and it’s an interesting juxtaposition. He is an archeologist and an anthropologist. A Ph.D. He’s a doctor, he’s a college professor. What happened is, he’s also a sort of rough and tumble guy. But he got involved in going in and getting antiquities. Sort of searching out antiquities. And it became a very lucrative profession so he, rather than be an archeologist, he became sort of an outlaw archeologist. He really started being a grave robber, for hire, is what it really came down to. And the museums would hire him to steal things out of tombs and stuff. Or, locate them. In the archeology circles he knows everybody, so he’s sort of like a private detective grave robber. A museum will give him an assignment… A bounty hunter.

S — If there were these Arabs who just discovered some great king’s tomb, and you see the tomb being taken out. And there are about twenty or thirty Arabs heavily armed, and like five trucks and you realize…there’s this one guy who’s all painted, and he’s one of the pall bearers who slips a thing into the back of the truck, gets behind the wheel and as the caravan is going to turn right, this one thing goes left. And the rest chase him, but he gets away.

G — The thing is, if there is an object of antiquity, that a museum knows about that may be missing, or they know it’s somewhere. He can go like an archeologist, but it’s like rather than doing research, he goes in to get the gold. He doesn’t really go to find cheap artifacts, he goes to gather stuff. And the other thing is, if something was taken from a tomb, stolen and sort of in the underground, sometimes they may send him out to get it. Essentially he’s a bounty hunter. He’s a bounty hunter of antiquities is what it comes down to. If a museum says that there is this famous vase that we know exists, it was in this tomb at this time. It may still be there, but we doubt it. We think maybe it’s on the underground market, or in a private collection. We’d like to have it. Actually it belongs to us. We’re the National Museum of Cairo or something. He says okay and he tracks it down. If it’s not in the thing, he finds it, finds out who’s got it. And he swipes it back.

A lot of times it’s sort of legal. All he has to do is get it. It’s not like he steals things from collectors, and then gives them to other collectors. What he does is steal things from private collectors who have them illegally, and gives them back to the national museums and stuff. Or, being that his morality isn’t all that good, he will go into the actual grave and steal it out of the country and give it to the museum. It’s a sort of quasi-ethical side of that whole thing. The museum does commission somebody to go into the pyramids and you know, whatever they find, sort of get out without the Egyptian government knowing, because they were in the process of turmoil and nobody’s going to know anyway and there’s not going to be any official protest, so just do it. Anything that’s

quasi-legal, or amorphous, he’ll do. He’s not a totally corrupt person, where he’ll steal. But if it’s sort of fair game, then he comes in. As a result he’s essentially an anthropologist and an archeologist. He is a professor. He knows antiquities. So nobody can pawn off a fake on him. He understands all that stuff. But he really got the adventure bug and and he just kept doing it. And it was good money. He gets a big commission on the stuff, a big bounty. So he just got into this crazy business. Now, on top of that, I have added, I thought it would be interesting to have him be a sort of expert in the occult, as an offshoot of the anthropological side of this thing. He has a tendency to get into situations where there are taboos, voodoos, things, especially when you start dealing with pyramids you get into all that. So he sort of studies it because he’s gotten mixed up with it. A study of ancient religions and voodoo and all that kind of stuff. He’s a guy who sort of checks out ghosts and psychic phenomenon in connection with the kind of things he does. He’s a sort of archeological exorcist. When somebody has a haunted house, or a haunted temple, and nobody will go near it, he is the one who will go in there and do it, and he has dealt with… Assuming that he believes in the supernatural because he deals with it, he is the one they send into the haunted house. Like one of these haunted house professors who try and figure out why a house is haunted. He does that. He gets involved with sacred temples and curses and all that stuff. And actually some were real, he came across some real curses and stuff. He said hey, this is really interesting. A lot of the times they are hoaxes. And he can figure it out. This is just a general history of where he comes from. People will use the pharaohs or a curse, and something will happen. People will walk through this particular temple and they will die twenty-four hours later. Nobody knows why. The curse of Mabutu is on that place. Well, he looks at it and sees that there’s a fissure in the thing and there’s a deadly gas that’s coming out of the ground. Because he’s an intelligent professor, he knows his science and he can sort of deduce a hoax. There was a comic book a long time ago about a guy who did nothing but show up hoaxes. It was like Ripley’s Believe It Or Not. They would send things to this guy. They would send him eight-legged dogs and stuff. It was like a TV show. If you couldn’t figure out how the hoax was done then it would be on the show. It was all him trying to show these complicated ways that people come up with hoaxes. That was just a side light. When he confronts his antiquities and stuff, half the time he’s dealing with hoaxes. Not only hoaxes in terms of taboos and things, but also hoaxes in terms of the antiquities. They send him out to get them, but they also send him out to deal with the supernatural.

L — Some of the hoaxes may have been set up by the natives.

G — Yeah. They may be an original native thing, or it might be some shyster in town who thinks he’s going to pull a fast one on somebody, for various reasons. It’s a millieu I’ve created for this guy that I think is interesting because it also makes him somewhat of a ghost chaser in his own way. I don’t know actually how much of that aspect of it will fit into the script. It’s something I’ve added to the character.

L — He’s bound to run into those kind of things.

G — Yes. The thing is, if he is an intelligent sort of professor who has experience with the occult and that kind of thing, then he not only is not afraid to stand up against any man, but he’s also not afraid to stand up against the unknown.

L — If he walks into a cave and he adds a yellow slash to a symbol, you don’t have to say too much about how he found that out, you know.

G — We’ve established that he’s a college professor. It doesn’t have to be done in a strong way. It starts out in a museum. They just call him doctor this and doctor that. We can very easily make that transition, and very quickly establish that whole side of his character. In the story the ramifications of him as a ghost hunter have not been dealt with yet. But I put it in his character for use in some other way.

L — (I can’t understand what he is saying here, something about a sword and a basket.) It seems like it would be nice if, once stripped of his bullwhip, left him weak, if we had to worry. Just a little worried about him being too…

G — That was what I thought. That’s why I was sort of iffy about throwing it in. If we don’t make him vulnerable…

S — What’s he afraid of? He’s got to be afraid of something.

G — If we don’t make him vulnerable, he’s got no problems. We’ll shut that idea for now. The other thing, which is like the Kung-Fu and the ghost thing, which given the plot and the way it’s working, there’s not really time to cope with it in an interesting way. It’s a nice aspect of this thing, might be able to deal with it, might not. It’s not really that important. It’s the same thing with the Kung-Fu. We might be stacking too much into his character that is not necessary. Just the fact that he’s good with a bullwhip is going to be fun enough. You could fill a script. In one way it’s better to keep it clean.

S — As long as he has brains. He should be able to talk his way out of things. L — I think that would be his first choice.
G — Right.
S — The guy should be a great gambler, too.

G — The thing of it is, I think it’s good if we delineate a fairly clean personality so that it doesn’t become too confused.

L — Assume there’s an archeologist who’s spent years studying this, he might have some kind of awe and respect for virgin tombs. This guy has obviously gone past that into, “I can make a good living out of this.” what’s his stance on this? Does it bother him to go in and…

G — I think basically he’s very cynical about the whole thing. Maybe he thinks that most archeologists are just full of shit, and that somebody’s going to rip this stuff off anyway. Better that he rips it off and gets it to a museum where people, can study it, and rip it off right. That’s the key also. He knows how to enter a tomb without destroying it. He knows what’s important. He knows not to go in there like a bull in a china shop, and destroy half the stuff that’s valuable.

S — He should have a mentor in this. Somebody you never see, but he refers to from time to time, somebody you want to see. The man who taught him everything. The man who gave him whatever power he has now. Maybe some supreme archeologist who’s maybe ninety years old like Max Von Sydow, and is dying now. So you know it didn’t start with this guy. There are other greater predecessors around of this sort.

L — Is it necessary that he really be trained?

G — It’s not absolutely necessary. I just thought it would be amusing if people could call him a doctor.

S — I like that. The doctor with the bullwhip.

G — It’s such an odd juxtaposition, especially going around. The first sequence is in the jungle and you see him in action. You see him going through the whole thing. And the next sequence after that you see him back in Washington or New York, back in the museum. Where he’s in a totally academic thing, turning over this thing that he’s got. Then in the rest of the movie you see him back in his bullwhip mode. You understand

that there’s more to him. Plus, it justifies later things that he… the fact that he’s sort of an intelligent guy. Peter Falk is one way of looking at him, a Humphrey Bogart character. The fact that he’s sort of scruffy and, not the right image, but…

S — Peter’s too scruffy.
G — Yes. We’ll figure a way of laying that out in his personality so it’s easily identifiable.

S — Remember the movie “Soldier Of Fortune” with Clark Gable? There was a good deal of Rhett Butler in that character. The devil-may-care kind of guy who can handle situations. He’s so damn glib he bluffs everybody around. People think that he’s a push- over. He’s challenged, and he always appears like a push-over. But in fact he’s not. He likes to set himself up in these subordinate roles from time to time to get his way.

G — What I’m saying is, that character just would not fit in a college classroom or even as an archeologist. He’s too much of a scruffy character to settle down. A playboy, or however you want to do it. He’s too much of a wise-guy, maybe that’s a better way to say it, to actually be a college professor. He really loves the stuff, but he became too cynical, he’s too much of a wise guy to fit into an academic situation, or even an archeological situation. He’s really too much of an adventurer at heart. He just loves it. So he obviously took this whole bent that was different because it’s just more fun. He just can’t settle down. It’s a nice contrast. It’s like the James Bond thing. Instead of being a martini drinking cultured kind of sophisticate, he’s the sort of intellectual college professor James Bond. He’s a superagent.

S — Clark Kent.

G — Yeah. It’s that thing, which is fun. It’s the same idea, only twisted around a little bit. A soldier of fortune in the thirties. And also, when you think of the thirties, you think of colleges as real institutions. That whole genre was much different than it is now. And also, soldier of fortune was a real genre.

S — His main adversaries will be the Germans?

G — Yeah, I think they should be. I’ve been trying to move him around the world a little bit to see if we can’t get a little Oriental influence into it just for the fun of it. I may have fit it in. The fun thing is, he’s a soldier of fortune, so we can move him into any sort of exotic thirties environment we want to.

S — Keep him out of the States. We don’t want to do one shot in this country.

G — I have the second scene taking place in Washington. It’s just interior museum. But at the same time we also want to keep it, budget-wise, and everything else. We don’t want to have eight thousand screaming Chinese coming over the hill being strafed by Japanese zeroes, unless we can find some stock footage somewhere. We want to keep it on a fairly… I think generally, over all, I’ve tried to keep it on a very modest scale. A la the first James Bond. A la the first “Hang ’em High” thing. Where it is essentially a conflict between people and things. Obviously there is a lot of stuff going on, but there are certain big set pieces that are fun to play with. And if we can divide these set pieces so we can shot them sort of second unit, then we can have all that fun stuff in the period, and essentially it’s a set piece. We’ll just send a stock footage crew out to get certain things that we might be able to come up with without too much money just by sending a camera and crew and getting a shot here and there of various things that we want. The concept is that somehow we have to figure out a way of making this cheap, meaning six or seven million dollars.

S — One thing, there aren’t any opticals, so right away that saves a lot of money.

G — And we want to spend our money on stunts. We want to have “Wind and the Lion” action. Spend it all on stunt guys falling off horses, rather than one crowd scene scene with sixteen thousand extras for one shot.

S — You can also steal that anywhere in the mideast.

G — Maybe we’ll work something like that out. Even then, for production value and entertainment value, it’s much better to have a terrific stunt than to have a scene with eight thousand extras. I don’t think we need lots of crowds.

S — (garbled) You can always get that in some other countries. It’s no problem. G — It’s all period. That’s the problem.
S —In places like Bombay it doesn’t make any difference.

G — Again, that’s one of those stock footage things. You want to send an “A” camera man and a production manager over there, tell them to make a deal with some New Delhi film company to supply fifteen old cars and eight thousand extras and we’ll pay them seven thousand dollars. You photograph the stuff and bring it back here. Or like Hong Kong, go to Run Run Shaw, say we want three shots like this. You gaff the whole thing and we’ll pay you X number of dollars send. Send your cameraman, or a good second unit camera man whom you trust, and a production manager to handle it financially, and they do it, and you come back with dailies of an establishing shot with ten thousand extras.

S — You have a small smoke-filled room in Rome with your two actors.

G — I think we can hopefully sort that out. Part of it is the energy of making it reasonably low budget. It’s also a test of the idea. If it’s good, then we’ll be okay. I think I will go down and describe, roughly, the plot. After we do that, we can go through scene by scene. Then we can start the long arduous process of saying, well this is what the first scene should be and we really want this scene, but how can we fit it in. and really get down to specifics. The film starts in the jungle. South America, someplace. We get one of these great scenes with the pack animals going up the mist-covered hills. Very exotic mist-filled jungles and mountains. There’s a… We actually talked about it a little different from this, but you can correct me if I have gone off what we had talked about the last time. I’m going back, I think, to the original.

S — Where he goes into the cave?

G — This is where he goes into the cave. We had it where there’s a couple native bearers, whatever, and sort of a couple of Mexican, well not Mexican… Let’s put it…

S — They’re like Mayan.

G — They’re the third world local sleazos. Whether, they’re Mexicans or Arabs or whatever.

S — They carry the boxes over their heads. They fall off cliffs.

G — The sleazos with the thin moustaches. Those are the peon laborers. And you have the two guys who are the local gaffers. Foremen, or whatever. The guys he hired. They speak English. The interpreters, or whatever. We’re assuming at this point that when we come into it, the talk is like they’re all sort of partners. He’s a partner with these other two guys. He said, “Look, I’ll cut you in on the stake. I’ll pay you X number of dollars when I do this, if you do it.” We’ll they’re not very trustworthy, Eli Wallach types. They’re going up this hill and they come into a clearing and you see the temple across

the way. All the natives get restless and start to split. One of the guys goes to him and says, “The natives are leaving. They’re not going to go any further.” It’s the curse of that Buddha, or whatever. He says they can probably get there from here without them. So the three of us can do it. See if you can get a couple of them to carry on, to come along. They get about two or three guys to go with them. Our guy, the other two guys, and about three other guys, three other natives who are a little braver, they get. So they continue on into the jungle with the snakes and the spiders and the bugs and all that stuff, and they walk forward and all the natives are looking around. It’s all sort of misty and primeval. King Kongish. The pressure builds and one of the natives cracks, throws down his thing and scurries off. He splits, and the other guys realize he’s gone and they split. Pretty soon, when they get right to the clearing, right in front of the temple, it’s just three guys. Along the way they lost the three natives. Also in the process of this, you understand that the two guys are plotting against the other guy. Not only is there the spooky danger of the curse, but you get a hint that these two guys are plotting against our hero. He gets up to the temples. They’re nervous about the whole thing. And they sort of sit outside the clearing and they talk about the curse and about how dangerous it is, and how nobody had ever survived. We set up the whole thing, the parameters of going into that temple. They have a map, not a map but sort of a crude drawing. It has the interior-of the temple on it, that somebody else made. He brings it out at this time, they’re saying that nobody has ever survived. He says that with this information we’ve got here, I think we’ll be able to manage it. He says not to worry guys, it’s gonna be okay. I think we can get in there. We have enough information here where I think I can deduce my way through it. They focus on the map as he’s surveying the thing. One of the guys tries to kill him and take the map, shoot him in the back or whatever it was. That’s when you first see him with the bullwhip. That’s where the plot comes alive. When he says with this information, he thinks they can get in, they don’t realize that you have to know how to interpret that information. He kills this one guy and the other guy sort of backs off and says he didn’t have anything to do with it, he’s crazy, and I knew he was a crook. And you knew they were in on it together, but the guy says, “It wasn’t me. It wasn’t me.” So he and the other one guy go into the temple. You know the guy’s going to shoot him in the back eventually. As they get into the temple you get into all these things, like there’s this giant spider in there.

S — The thing is, they’re walking and our hero goes into a shadow. When he comes out of the shadow there’s two tarantulas on him. He doesn’t notice them right away. He goes into another shadow, and he comes out with four tarantulas on him.

G — The other process of the thing is that the guy who is with him is beginning to freak out. He can’t take it, so he gets to a point where he can’t do it any more. He runs out and that’s the last we ever see of him. We can use him as a foil to establish the pressure. It’s getting crazy with the tarantulas and it’s all very spooky. We get to a point in the tomb and we do this thing where there’s like this light shaft coming down from inside the temple. It’s sort of a very narrow shaft. The stone tunnel that he’s in is about this wide and right in the middle is a very thin shaft of light coming down through a hole, a little beam. You see him look at it. We had him go through the wall. Actually we had it happen first…

S — What happen?

G — We had it first where he sees the light and he tosses a thing in it, a stick, and these giant spikes come out, and go…

S — When the spikes come out and go like that, there should be remains, skeletal remains skewered on some of them, of victims that have been there before. It’s kind of like one of those rides at Disneyland.

G — So he tests it first, and we know…

L — Why are we letting the second sleazo get away? Why can’t we sacrifice him to the temple.

G — We can. I just did it as building the pressure, but we can keep him in. We’ll follow it through, and then we’ll see where you want to dispose of him.

L — If the hero tells him to stick with him, and the guy in his panic makes that fatal one step sideways, you can build the terror.

G — The idea of having him in there in the first place was to use him as a foil for things like where he starts to walk into that light and the guy tells him to wait, don’t go through there. Then he throws the stick and it all goes clang. Anyway, they have to go through this beam of light, they have to go up against the wall and sort of get around it. If anything brushes up against that light… It’s great because you can use it like this, across your… It’s all dark and you can see the light just just creeping right along the edge of the thing there. You don’t how much it would take to actually set it off. (demonstrates)

L — And you’ve got to do the cliche where they’re walking along this ledge just this wide and it just goes into blackness. And he takes a rock and he drops it, and you don’t hear anything. So they keep going, and about twenty seconds later you hear it hit.

G — The idea was there would be around three things, real neat-o things, like these giant stones that jump together, spikes that fly out, the precipice thing. Another one would be a sort of giant stone trap door, I don’t know quite how to describe it.

S — There could be like wall mashers, stones could mash…

G — We had the one with the spikes, another one was the trap door. It really isn’t the better of the things. The best one is the shaft of light.

S — I would just love to see the guys walking in and there’s a whole pile of skeletons, but they’re like cardboard, completely flattened, really completely flat. They know that something around here is going to squish them. They don’t know what’s causing it, but something if they walk the wrong way is going to come out and make them pancakes. The piece should be like a real, horror ride, like a Disneyland ride. Once you’re committed to going into that cave, there’s seismic rumblings all the time and there’s stalagmites and things going drip, drip. It’s going to really be a sound experience going through that cave. There’s nothing more terrifying than skeletons.

G — There’s also things like spiders, snakes. It’s very dark, and all you have to do is cut to a snake slithering across the ground, and he’s walking through. You never know when a snake’s going to be curled up on his leg. As he walks through the dark there’s tarantulas all around him. That kind of stuff. You don’t know what’s going to happen.

S — This is the first scene in the movie. This scene should get at least four major screams. The audience won’t trust anyone after that. They won’t trust the film.

G — There’s also the thing you can do which is your famous “Jaws”, or what I call the hand on the shoulder trick, which is not only skeletons, but we can have skeletons that aren’t that old, they just have drawn skin all over them, that are lurking in the shadows.

S — Falling into their arms. A skeleton comes out of the cobwebs, and just embraces the guy. The guy eases him to the ground.

G — At the more tense moments in that whole thing. We’ll work on that more specifically. Anyway, he goes through a series of really spooky scary things.

S — What we’re just doing here, really, is designing a ride at Disneyland.

G — They get into the main throne room and this guy can either be with him or not. Or we’ve killed him off. There’s a temple figure, idol, whatever. I thought at one time it would be just a little teeny idol, rather than this giant thing. Voodoo, whatever. If the idol is really small, it’s spookier. Like one of those voodoo dolls where you’re saying this must have some sort of very strange… So you can almost believe the curse on the thing. We’d had a thing where there was an eye and he tried to pry the eye out and it set off… He had to get the eye out without doing… It’s the same thing with the little figure. There’s this little figure sitting on a pedestal, or in a niche. First of all, when he gets in the room, it’s semi-lit from above. It’s got sort of a sky light. The center of the thing is this sort of shaft that runs all the way down so there’s sunlight.

S — We’ll get (garbled) to photograph this movie.

G — So you can sort of see what’s going on. At that time we’re afraid of sunlight and those kind of things. It’s also the kind of thing where he moves in there very carefully. He moves in and he studies it. It’s almost like a karate or a tai-chi exercise. It’s very… You see him in a very strange, if the guy is still with him, he says to him, “You wait here. Only I can get through this. He studies the whole thing. You see him go through this very elaborate thing, one of it may be the thing where he holds out a little feathery thing and it floats down and gets caught in an air shaft. So he knows there’s an air shaft and he goes under it.

S — He knows it’s a trap.

G — All these sort of silent things that are in there. I know what one of those things was, it was poison sticks that were put into the walls. If you spring something, it shoots out. They’re all over the place. He sees one, he does one — twing. Then he looks around and the whole room is a sort of honeycomb.

S — That’s a great idea.

G — There’s just holes everywhere. Each one is attached to a… They don’t have to be big spears, they’re like arrows.

S — More like little projectiles.

G — Yeah, little darts. It has to be big enough to be something. The idea is that one goes out and he looks at the hole, then he looks up and realizes that the whole place is perforated with them. It goes off with air currents, like if an air current is broken, or some kind of thing. We don’t have to fully understand, all the mystery of light shafts, air shafts, little things that are sort of there that he could trip…

S — Maybe he brings his bandanna up over his nose so his breath doesn’t get out.

G — The idea is he does an elaborate thing to lift this thing off. Obviously there’s some sort of weighted trap thing there, too. Then he turns and trips something. Whether he steps into a light thing, or however we do it… Or whether it was the weight of the thing, a sort of delayed thing. Take one step and turn, then all of a sudden you hear the… Then we cut to a little insert of sand going… starting to fill up something. He hears it and, I have one of two choices. One, he just runs like hell to try and get out of the room before the whatever it is… Or, but then I’ve got all these things. I want it to be action. He hears the stuff and runs and as he runs out of the thing, that’s when the big stone goes… But we can work that out, make it a little more specific about what exactly the trap is. But whatever it is, he tips the thing off. You think he’s got it, and right when you think he’s got it and he’s starting his way back, he’s tripped something. Some kind of a delayed thing. And you hear some giant mechanism at work inside the thing that’s going

to have this awesome thing that will crush the entire temple or something. In the process of this, one way or another, we will have to kill the other guy off or send him fleeing, screaming into the night. We can do anything to him. It will be easy to get rid of him if you want. In the end he gets it and comes out of the temple into sunlight and looks and he’s got the thing, and we cut to Washington, D.C.

S — You know what it could be. I have a great idea. He hears the sand… When he goes into the cave, it’s not straight. The whole thing is on an incline on the way in. He hears this, grabs the thing, comes to a corridor. There is a sixty-five foot boulder that’s form- fitted to only roll down the corridor coming right at him. And it’s a race. He gets to outrun the boulder. It then comes to rest and blocks the entrance of the cave. Nobody will ever come in again. This boulder is the size of a house.

G — It mashes the partner.
S — Right. The guy can’t run fast enough.

G — It’s all that kind of thing, stone. Ancient gyrations of things that are so fun. It’s really sort of “Land of the Pharaohs” stuff. Giant crazy traps that were set so long ago to keep people from getting in there. The idea is to keep it as a fast… ‘Cause in the end all it is is a teaser. The next scene is in Washington. He’s delivering the idol to the museum. It’s your basic exposition scene, where the guy says thanks and we sort of understand what this guy does for a living. He gets his money from the museum. You understand a little more about him as a professor and all that other bullshit. It also really sets up the fact that he’s a bounty hunter and he works for museums. In that scene they set up, “Somebody here wants to see you.” “Who is it?” The curator of the museum is also a good friend of his, maybe not the mentor, but he’s like an old museum curator. He says, “This is important. I’ve got a big job for you now. Well, I don’t have a big job for you, but this man wants to talk to you about something. You should take it.” So they go down into this office in the museum, and there’s this intelligence guy. Army Intelligence. A couple of them are waiting for him. This is where we get the big assignment scene, with the blackboard. This is where they explain about the ark. I’m not sure what’s it’s called, the Ark of the Covenant or something. It’s the Ark that carried the…

END OF TAPE ONE, SIDE A

TAPE ONE, SIDE B

This Ark, in front of the Armies of Israel, made them invincible. Everything in front of them was destroyed. It was the most powerful thing.

S — You know what would be interesting to do, George? (can’t understand, something about great murals of the Ark)

G — We have one of these. “In Search of the Lost Ark” things. I think also, you’ve been describing this to people as a science fiction film, which is good.

S — I have not.

G — It’s in Rolling Stone. Anyway, the idea is you explain the Ark and the power it held, and the fact that they have been searching. There’s a history of it. This is, again, where the research comes in. Phil knew more about this than I did, and his notes are very sketchy. This is the part that he laid out. I didn’t quite understand it all, but I do have information on it. It’s very easy to follow it. What it is, there’s this Ark, a famous Ark with a legend that the Israeli armies would carry it in front of them and they were invincible. The other thing is, which I have more research on, is that Adolph Hitler, 1936 or whatever, was a fanatic for this kind of stuff, occult craziness. We have another book where he was looking for the spear that killed Jesus, which was in a museum in

Czechoslovakia. Well, he was a fanatic for finding this sort of occult stuff. He really was, and he searched the museums all over the world. He had his agents go in to get these things to make him all powerful. So we can tie that in. The idea is that he was looking for this spear, which was a very famous thing. He stole it from the Czechs and took it to a museum in Berlin and right now it’s… It’s supposed to have occult powers. We’ll Just say that Hitler has been trying to find this, which is history, and he’s also trying to find this Ark. Obviously, what he wants to do is… He thinks that if he gets this Ark, his Armies will be invincible, and he will declare war on the world.

S — Which we know he does anyway.

G — Right. But that isn’t the thing. He thinks once he gets this Ark he will be invincible, although he may do it anyway. But that’s why our hero comes in. He’s going to do it anyway, but if he gets this Ark there will be no stopping him. So they’re doing it semi to prevent the war, which is sort of helpless. They’re not really going after the Ark for its supernatural powers. The Army isn’t. The Army just wants to keep it away from Hitler. They’re afraid if Hitler gets it, he’ll just declare war that much faster, and that will give him sort of a… There can be some interesting discussion here about the kind of stuff that Hitler does, and about the history of the Ark. We set up that our agents have intercepted information that the Nazis have found the Ark, or that they know something about the ark. It has been located, or something. What they want him to do is get it before the Nazis do.

L — What does he know about it so far?

G — He doesn’t know anything about it. He can know a little bit. “Yeah, I’ve heard of it.” We make it so he’s not completely ignorant of the situation. He knows more about the Ark than he does about the Hitler aspects of it. We can play that scene rather then one guy just explaining the situation. We can play it where he’s sort of explaining some of it to the Army officer or something. Or maybe he knows more about it than the Army guy does. Maybe the Army officer is misinformed about some things. We can set it up so it works as a good scene. Because essentially the scene is “This is your mission.”

L — Maybe the fact that he knows more about it than they do is the turning point of the scene. He sort of talks himself into the job.

G — One of the things of his character is that he is very skeptical, very cynical. In the beginning he is reluctant. “The Germans haven’t found it, for Christ’s sake. Those guys are running all over the world being crazy. That’s a real myth.” He sort of doesn’t believe it. It’s like a wild goose chase. He isn’t even sure it exists. The thing of it is that in the end they convince him to do it because they say this Professor Erich Von Daniken, or whatever, this German version of himself is the one who found it. Or the other possibility is they sent a message to get that guy to come. We want to get a German arch-rival involved in it. We thought at one point he would be the Donald Pleasence character, or whatever. The other idea was maybe making him something like Chinese, not German. Make him an ally of the Germans. So we can readily identify him. When you have all these Germans, you know which one he is immediately. So he would be different from all the other bad guys. Also, it wouldn’t be so much of a coincidence that his arch-rival is a German, and happens to be a Nazi like all the others. His arch-rival is really a top smuggler, diamond dealer, antiquity… He’s the corrupt version of our guy. He’s the one who really goes in and rapes the temples and steals all that stuff and sends it off to private collectors, and takes antiquities and breaks them into small pieces and sells each piece for the price of the original. He’s a real corrupt guy. Maybe he’s the head of his own museum or something. He’s sort of legitimate, only he’s a real corrupt person, and our guys knows that. That guy is also very intelligent, he’s like Moriarity. If he thinks the Ark is there, then there must be something to it. “I don’t care shit about the Germans, buy by God. I’ll stop him from getting it.” So it becomes a personal grudge thing.

S — It has to be, because there’s nothing in it for our hero. They’re not going to give him any more money, and they’re certainly not going to give him the house he’s always wanted to build. He might be very cynical about it until they tell him who might have it. When that name comes up, his ears perk, and a whole change comes over him. You realize that this thing goes way back with this grudge.

G — They offer him money in the first place, but he’s still skeptical. They offer him a lot of money. “That’s only if I get it, and I’m not going to get it. It’s just a wild goose chase. There’s not enough in it for me.” Maybe they add a little bit more money, or they give him a guarantee, whether he finds it or not. Or something just to find out what the Germans know. “Then I’m just a spy. I’m not a spy. I’m an archeologist. Why don’t you just send one of your guys over there to do that?” They say their guys don’t know an Ark from a bathtub. Then they tell him about the other guy. If he sent the message, then it must be true. Or better yet, there was a German archeologist who he doesn’t know who sent the message to bring in the other guy. Then he says, “Okay, I’ll do it. I’m not going to let him get involved.”

L — It seems like they have a very personal grudge between them.

G — Right. That’s the whole thing. It’s a very old grudge. That’s his main competition, when he goes into a temple or something, either that guy has been there first and ravaged it, or that guy and his sleazy henchmen try and kill him. We can assume that those henchmen in the beginning may have been working for the other guy. If those guys had successfully murdered our guy in the first scene, and gotten what they were looking for, they probably would have sold it to the other guy because he’s probably the largest fence in the world for that kind of junk.

L — Rather than Just a professional animosity—

G — Obviously he’s stolen stuff from this guy, and the guy has tried to have him killed a couple of times.

L — That would be part of the game. You know that as soon as you get hold of something, that’s only half of it. Getting it back is the other part. I don’t know, a girl, a family, a child, something in the past that would make it a step over the line from being a professional rivalry. Some sorrow in our guy, who is very cool and you never see it.

G — I don’t want to get it too much on a vengeance thing, but at the same time, I think we can tighten it. I don’t want it to stand out that the only reason he’s doing this is because he really hates this guy. The nice about it being a more professional grudge is that then you can have a great confrontation later. If one guy wins fair and square, they respect each other as archeologists and as opponents. So it doesn’t become that if he ever gets that guy he’s going to kill him. If it’s a real personal thing like he killed his wife and raped his sister, then as soon as they meet up, he’d just kill the guy. And it would have been an all-consuming thing thing. This way they hate each other, they have tried to kill each other and all that stuff, so it’s sort of a friendly animosity. They respect each other and sooner or later one of them is going to kill the other. It’s Moriarity and Sherlock Holmes. One of those things where they’re constantly going back and forth with each other.

S — I think he should be German because there’s something nonviolent about the Oriental villain. Certainly he can use kindo (?) and be good with swords and everything, but there’s something a little more ominous about a real German. I mean an older German, not a young Aryan. Like the way Max Von Sydow was in “Three Days of the Condor.” That sort of danger lurking about him. A brilliant murderer.

G — He could be French or Italian… No. Italians are too crazy. He could be an Arab. One

of those weasel-faced, thin-moustached Arab professors.
S — Like Omar Shariff. I can’t thing of many Arabs who are actors.

G — It’s the Sidney Greenstreet character. I just think if he’s not German, then it makes it less of a coincidence.

S — Sidney Greenstreet is the type of villain who, if you pulled a gun on him says, “You disappoint me.”

G — Well, he could be Chinese, or whatever. He’s not a real killer or anything. He’s just the one who’s behind everything. He wouldn’t shoot anybody, but he wouldn’t hesitate for a second to say, “Shoot him.”

S — If that’s the case, then he has to have a real rotten… G — He has to be a real slimy villain, a great villain.
S — Charlie Chan, a villainous Charlie Chan.
G — One of those real great characters.

S — A six foot three inch Oriental.

G — It has to be very realistic, a sort of urbane, very exotic guy, who would run the Shang Hai Museum. He would also be an international dope smuggler and have connections all over the world. He could be selling off Ming treasures. He’s a real pirate. He’s not a Nazi, he’s a mercenary. He’s for hire.

S — He’s going to be surrounded by all sorts of brown shirts, Swastikas on the arm.

G — Right. He’s working for the Nazis. They hired him because they found evidence of this thing, but they don’t know how to go about it. They’re not going to hire our guy, so the other great guy in the world who does this sort of thing is this other guy. There’s the great American western guy, and then there’s the bad underworld guy. They have this problem of deciphering this sort of hieroglyphic they came up with this to help them find where the Ark is.

S — After this exposition scene, when he’s on an airplane going somewhere, the engines start missing. Right away there’s sabotage. It’s got to be the kind of movie where you expect the dull spots, but suddenly it gets very exciting when you least expect it. It’s as if the moment he gets the assignment, they already know way across the ocean. They already have forces out to get him.

G — They know that the only guy who would ever come up against them would be this guy.

S — It really goes fast.

G — Just to move along, essentially he ends up in Cairo or some exotic middle-east area, which is where most of it takes place. In the desert, Jordan, Israel, that area. He’s given the name of a man who knows about the situation, an agent. He goes into this very sleazy Casablanca type club and makes contact with this agent. The agent is a girl. This part was also sort of Phil’s. I wasn’t completely crazy about it, but I’ll continue in the way we had done it. She’s sort of a Marlene Dietrich tavern singer spy. A German lady singer. She’s really a double agent. She knows what the Nazis are doing, and where they are. He gets mixed up-with her. She wants him to make her his partner. They sort of have an affair right away. She knows everything. She wants to get cut in on his

percentage. She’s sort of a mercenary. She hates the Germans, but at the same time, this is her chance to get out of here, out of this hole. She sort of double crosses the Army. “Look, I’m not going to give you anything unless you cut me in on this. There’s a lot of money in this one. I can smell it.” He cuts her in on it. They’re sort of working together, but they don’t really. He can’t trust her very much. They’re the love story aspect of it. She’s sort of a back streets girl. She’s having an affair or something with one of the officers, that’s how she gets her information. She tells him that there’s a digging. That they’re out there in the desert and they have found the opening to a temple, and they think this ark is in there. This middle part, part of it is to develop this relationship. This is where a lot of the sabotage…

People are trying to kill him as soon as he arrives, or maybe even before he arrives, on the airplane. As soon as he gets there, there are knives coming out of walls, all these slimy characters are following him, all that stuff that happens in those places in the thirties. He’s poisoned and all kinds of things. He is trying to make contact with some other Arab guys who are going to help him. He tried to look up an old friend in the area and get some information, and he’s trying to get information from this girl. Finally she gives it to him, about where the Germans are. We had thought of giving him another piece of information, a MacGuffin, that he could take with him to try to analyze. This whole section is him sneaking around exotic stuff where he’s constantly being… He beats up German agents once in a while, and we sort of establish the German agent. That’s just for a couple scenes where we set the relationship with the girl, the tension, some fights in rooms with lots of boxes. They’re trapped in store rooms and stuff where he’s trying to make contact with his friend. He goes out in the desert and… I’m not really telling this part right. He gets this piece of information that he needs. He goes out and sees the Germans, disguised as Arabs. He realizes… He’s piecing this puzzle together, trying to find the temple. They have not found the temple, they’re just excavating around here. He realizes the temple is like a quarter of a mile east of where they are. He goes and he finds it. It’s in the desert, and he digs down and finds a little tiny bit of ruin. So he searches around until he finds something like a post or column. He digs into the sand, a couple of Arabs are with him. There’s a stone thing that he opens up, there’s a hole into the ground. He goes down in there and it’s the temple. He finds it and he finds the lost Ark. He’s recovering it. There’s a lot of tension because we have established that everybody is trying to kill him. People are following him all over the place. He knows that about a quarter mile east are about fifty Germans, with disguised tanks and guns. They have all kinds of junk over there. So he’s working right under their noses. The idea in the middle sequence was to create sort of a race, tension, who’s going to find the Ark first situation. If he pieces the puzzle together first, he gets the Ark. He starts to get the Ark out of the thing, and he comes up out of the hole, and all the Germans are there. He’s caught. They take the Ark. Then they beat the shit out of him. He does some fancy stuff, but they throw him back down the hole. We actually have the girl going off with the Germans. We don’t know what her situation is, but we don’t taint her. But when the Germans show up, she immediately goes off with the side that’s winning. He gets throws back in the hole, and they close the tomb up and leave him there to die. Then they take the thing back to their camp. Then he sort of tries to get away when she comes back and lets him out. Them we realize that she was really… She just didn’t want to get thrown in the hole with him. Didn’t think that would do any good. It’s night and they sneak off to the camp. They go into a tent and start to steal the Ark, start to take it to a truck. He’s pretending that he’s one of the Germans, although he’s wearing his regular stuff. Most of the Germans don’t know who he is. They get caught. They’re also with another Arab side kick, who also got thrown back in the thing. A little comic relief. They pretend like they’re supposed to be carrying it, then they put it on a truck. One guy says a little German, like he’s one of them. There are German civilians and German soldiers. The guys who have driven up are new guys. Their truck comes up and they get out. They meet him coming toward them. “Oh, good. You have come to meet us.” Just as they’re putting the ark on the truck, the old guard comes up. They best up some guards as they’re discovered. It’s too late and they sort of sneak off. The trucks take off into the night. He has to do something fast. Our guy goes back into camp, jumps on a horse, and starts chasing after them. “Wait here. I’ll get that damn thing back.” The truck is racing

along in the desert, and he races along with the horse. He jumps on the truck. We had him shoot the tires on the back truck, and it sort of skids and goes off the road. Then he sort of turns and goes up a hill and comes down the other side, and the other truck is there, and stopped. So we had him get rid of the back truck. Then he comes up alongside the other truck. It’s one of those canvas Warner Bros, trucks from the thirties. He races alongside the one with the Ark in it. He jumps onto the cab and has a fight.

S — We’re going to have a great fight in the truck. They’re hitting each other as the truck goes over these mountainous roads. They beat on each other until the road gets rough, and they help each other make the turns. Then they go on hitting each other. The Germans who are traveling with the Ark in the back hear the scuffle. They look through the window and they have to go along the side to get into the cab. So our hero takes the truck and just peels them off by scrapping the truck against the cliff wall. There are five Germans, and he scrapes them off and five more climb on. A couple of them are climbing over the top. They’re all trying “to get him.

G — We have our first suspense thing in the temple. Then there was another one in that craziness that happens when he gets trapped, and then there’s this one. This is one of the real action ones. He gets rid of the Germans and gets control of the truck. He has told his Arab friend to get back to town, Cairo or whatever. In the part where he’s searching around for information, we realize he has a couple of friends there. He’s sort of well-known. He’s obviously been there a lot before. He has sort of an underground there. He has told the guy to get back to town and tell Sabud that he’ll need to get out right away. He’ll need a ship or a plane. AS he’s going in to town he’s passed by a couple of German motorcycle guys. They suddenly point and yell at him. They turn around and start going after him. There’s a car chase through the village.

S — Scattering chickens.

G — Little kids running across the street, and the streets are only this wide, and the truck is that wide. That kind of stuff.

S — Clothes on clothes lines are trailing after the truck. It’s “Bullet” through the streets of Cairo, its poorer section. After being chased by two motorcycle guys with side cars, who are firing on him, they can’t do a lot because there’s no war going on in town. They’re all strangers in this country. They crash into walls and all those kinds of things.

He finally goes into a garage — zip, clang, close the doors. His friends are there. They pull it out and this is the first time we see the Ark, except we don’t really see It. It’s in a big packing crate, sort of a coffin or something. Can we see it?” “No. No. I have to get this out of here now. What arrangements have you made?” “I couldn’t get you a plane, but I got you on a boat.” The boat is a tramp steamer, a pirate ship, a Chinese tramp steamer with guns.

S — The sheet metal folds down, the canvas comes up, and there are three inch deck guns.

G — Our guy gets on the ship and then he realizes they are a bunch of Chinese Pirates. He sees the guns. “We don’t ask any questions. We’re reliable.” His friend tells him that this guy is really trustworthy. He’s a pirate and everything, but he’s really good. He’ll get them out of there and he hates Nazis as much as they do. So our guy says okay. As the ship starts to steam out of the bay, the Nazis are coming down the docks in trucks and cars. The ship just gets away from the dock. The Germans are standing there as the ship pulls out to sea. The captain tells our hero that he must have really done something to make the Nazis hate him. They talk and become friends, sort of. “we should have you in London in five hours, or whatever.” “Fine. That’s great. I’m going to get a little shut eye. It’s been a hard day. Wake me when we pass Gibraltar.” He goes to bed. Fade out. Fade in. He wakes up, and the ship has stopped. He rushes upstairs. “What’s going on?”

“We’ve stopped.” “I know we’ve stopped. What’s going on?” “Look.” He looks out and there’s a ring of Wolf Pack German U-Boats around the ship. “Shit.” They’re starting to come aboard. The Chinese refuse to fire on them. The Germans would sink the ship. The Germans come aboard and start looking around and they ask the Chinese (garbled) They take the Ark and row it out to one of the submarines, and the Germans start to depart. We see our hero swimming, catching onto one of the submarines, the one with the Ark in it. The submarine starts taking off, our guy yanks himself up, runs across and gets up into the tower. The submarine starts to sink. It never goes below periscope depth. We see him sort of hang onto the periscope. There’s a scene with the. Germans inside. “Achtung!” They go to the Greek Islands. Doors open into one island, and the ship goes, in this typical German submarine base under the island. He gets off before it goes in. They take the ark down into a thing… He has had a run in with this professor in the running around sequence in Cairo with the girl.

L — Didn’t he see him at the tomb?

G — Yes. Both times. So he is at this base and they take the Ark and take it into this… There’s a thing about the Ark, I don’t know what it is, something about where they set up sheets and stuff in a certain way. This is again Phil’s information. They had to set up various interlocking tents, according to the legend. In this giant cavern they set up these tents, a maze of nylon stuff. So he sneaks in there past the guards, past all this stuff, and goes into the thing. The bad Nazi and the professor, our nemesis… There’s this vicious Nazi General who is the sort of sidekick killer, Mr. Skull and Cross Bones. They are both in there, and he’s anxious to have the Ark opened. The professor is a little leery about the whole thing. “We have to be careful. We should deliver it to Hitler before we play around with it.” “No. No. I have to know.” They uncrate it. This is the part that’s left to interpretation. My feeling was that maybe it was a little unbelievable. Our hero gets into the room. They catch him. There’s a fight. He’s being led away. He gets away with a little trouble, and hides. The guys now open the crate up. They open it and just as they open it, this lightening bolt or electrical charge… The whole thing becomes like kinetic energy, with lightening arcs. It’s very quick. Like a lightening rod, it attracts static electricity. The two guys get fried. At this point our guy is sort of helpless. The tent bursts on fire. All the guards turn around and look. In this confusion is when he takes the opportunity and splits.

L — Who gets fried?

G – The professor and the Captain. All the Nazis are yelling about putting the fire out. They put it out. Our guy is hidden during all this, but he can see it. Now we cut to smoldering ruins. Our guy sneaks in there and gets the Ark and hustles out with it. This is more or less the end of the movie.

S — There’s no confrontation now with the arch-rival.

G — The confrontation takes place just before that. They’re starting to unpack the whole thing when he shows up. Then they have their confrontation. They get into their fight. Our hero is beaten up, subdued. “I have the last laugh on you. Send him to the sharks.” They’re leading him away and you think that in the end the bad guys have won. Our hero is being led out to be killed, and they’re going to open up the Ark. When they open it up this electric stuff happens and fries them. Our guy gets away. Now we cut to the smoldering ruins. The Ark has been pulled off to one side. We see our guy grab the ark and sneak off. Cut to Washington. Our guy is getting congratulated. The end, sort of, is that he takes the Ark… It’s crated up, no one even looks at it. They crate it up put it in an Army warehouse somewhere. That’s how it ends, very bureaucratic. The feeling is that the Ark is the real thing, that it really is a very powerful thing.

S — Supernatural.

G — It’s sitting down in the government warehouse. The bureaucracy is the big winner in the film. In the specific scenes, it works out that he gets beat and shit happens to him in the process. Obviously there has to be some kind of scene with him in Washington.

S — Headlines — “Hitler Invades Poland”… Without the Ark.

G — The problem with the girl is that we had the ending and everything, and I didn’t know how to get the girl on the submarine, and she just sort of drops out. You can’t take a girl through that kind of story. We rationalized that she was German, and maybe could go with the professor or something so she could be there in the end. The story would come back together again. She wouldn’t be on the ship, but she would be in the… The other idea was that she meets the guy when he gets back in the garage. They get on the Chinese ship together and have a relationship there, then when the Germans come, suddenly our hero is gone and they take the girl with them. She doesn’t know what’s happened to him or anything. Then he shows up again in the thing. We had worked it out where we could carry her along. It did make sense. If she’s a German, and sort of a double agent, you could take her on one side, then take her on the other side. The biggest problem was how you get her to go along on everything, apart from the relationship. Obviously you can develop the relationship between two characters. All you have to do is get them in the same room together somehow. These are tangential things. We wanted to get a clipper, one of those flying boat things when he goes across the Atlantic. And also we wanted to get a flying wing out on the desert. Should this be in the desert or in the jungle? They pull these bushes apart and there’s a landing strip there. This flying wing comes in and our hero has a fight with one of the guys around the flying wing. There are a few of those adventure scenes that get stuck under the main plot.

L — In the way you have it now, in the final confrontation with the arch-rival, the arch- rival is victorious, then he gets fried by the ark.

G — Right. The Ark is ultimately victorious. The other thing is, our guy would be really skeptical about the powers of the Ark, but the arch-rival is convinced that it’s all true, the it has power, and with it they could rule the world. They sort of trade myths and legends back and forth. In the end the bad guy was right, and our guy is there to see it. He doesn’t see the arcs and stuff, but he sees the tent go into a ball of fire. When he gets’ back to Washington, he’s telling the guys, “That Ark, it’s true. It’s the lost Ark.” The Army guy tells him they’ll take care of it. It’s all top secret stuff. He gets shut out of it, and they don’t believe him. They just put it away.

L — But you don’t want him in the tent.

G — Right. I don’t know how we get him out, and everybody else out. The thing of it is, you don’t know what’s inside the Ark through the whole thing. The audience is curious about what’s going to be in it in the end. In the Cairo sequence he has some Arab friends, a family with kids running around, but he also has a friend who’s sort of another archeologist, who doesn’t like him. They’re old friends, they went to school together, only he doesn’t like him, ’cause he doesn’t like what our guy is doing. He’s a serious archeologist and doesn’t really approve. They have discussions about the Ark. In the process of all this, they sort of explain more and more about the Ark, so we don’t have one big long scene. Everybody has different theories about what’s inside and what the power is and how it works. Throughout the script we’re establishing the mystery of this Ark and what it can do. So at the end, when they finally open it, it’s a big surprise. The idea is, when they open it up there should be something really neat inside. This was stuff that Phil was going to research, and we left it at that. The idea was that it was the head of Jesus or a scroll or whatever. We never see. All we see are these electrical charges and stuff. The real theory about the Ark is that if you take this Ark and put it in this conformation with these tents, you could talk to God in it. It’s like a radio transmitter. That’s the real legend. That’s what they used to do. The Israelis used to set up these

tents and they would talk to God and God would tell them what to do. And then they would march with it in front of their army. The other Armies would be destroyed. Our idea was that there must actually be some kind of super high-powered radio from one of Erick Von Daniken’s flying saucers. The fact that it’s electrical charges makes it vaguely believable. The idea was that if it was the right kind of trunk… We have to get descriptions of what it looks like, but supposedly it’s like a big trunk. It’s like a car generator that you crank and it goes… When they opened it up you had that sense of some kind of kinetic generator which creates a tremendous amount of static electricity. There are all these religious trappings and interesting mysteries and occult stuff, and at the same time it’s something that people can carry around. It’s a big thing. We have great scenes with these poor little Arabs trying to carry this thing to the truck. It’s easy on basic plot to lay out the good scenes, good cliffhangers. In that sort of amorphous area in Cairo, that’s where we can fit some in. In the essence it’s just bullshit stuff where he wanders around Cairo trying to uncover the mystery of his puzzle. At the same time you meet all these interesting characters and every once in a while somebody throws a knife at him, or he beats somebody up, or somebody beats him up, typical middle- eastern stuff. What he’s doing is going around getting the pieces of the puzzle. He starts with one piece and he gets another piece from his friend. The girl has one piece. He gets a piece from the Arabs who stole it from the Germans. He finally gets all the pieces.

L — The Germans have how much of it?
G — They only have like two-thirds of it.
S — But they have already done the groundwork.

G — Right. They’re working with two-thirds, and they think they can figure it out. He has his pieces, and he gets a drawing of the German’s piece, and he fits it all together. The Germans have found some ruins, but they haven’t located it yet. It’s part of a lost city.

L — Where is it when they throw him back into the tomb?

G — I had it about two-thirds of the way in. Once he gets the Ark. the whole thing is like a chase right to the end. Either he’s chasing them or they’re chasing him. It goes very fast. There’s a little respite on the boat, but all around that it’s a chase scene. Then he follows them into the cave, and you have the end of the movie.

END OF TAPE ONE, SIDE B

“RAIDERS” — TAPE TWO

S — …a double agent, maybe. And I know you don’t like the idea of somebody just tagging along for conversation, but make her someone who wouldn’t have been in this picture, and if she weren’t in this picture, a lot of this stuff wouldn’t have taken place. As the place is crashing, she’s the pilot. They’re going to crash land together. She’s really angry at him. She gets involved in the plot, and is useful. She’s not just somebody to be around for comic relief or romantic relief. Rather than being a kind of quasi… In the Dietrich mold like a double agent.

G — It’s more of a plot thing. I had her a German double agent who was stuck over there. Then we can use her in the plot. She sort of has access to information. She is useful and tied in. It has to be something where they’re sort of tied in together on this thing, where it’s conceivable. Again, she doesn’t have to be German, she could be American, she could be French or whatever. But I don think that we should come up with some reason to keep her from being just a tagalong. The only thing I can come up with is that she’s sort of a mercenary, and she’ somehow involved. Like she has a piece of the puzzle, rather than being forced into the situation. Because if she’s forced into it, you’re constantly fighting to try and keep her there. Every scene you’re going to have to

explain why she’s there and why she doesn’t leave. Half of her dialogue is going to end up being “Smokey and the Bandit” dialogue. In this we have to come up with something so we’re not constantly justifying her existence. She has to be there for a reason. I’d say greed.

S — If she’s a double agent, I think it would be interesting. He goes from Washington to where?

G — To Cairo. We can have him go anywhere. The concept is that he’s chasing a puzzle. He’s got one piece of it, and he thinks he knows who has the other pieces. So you can send him to Hong Kong. I was thinking you could do a tiny piece in Hong Kong where people are constantly trying to knife him in the back and shoot poison darts into his ears. You had mentioned that you didn’t want to spend all that time in the desert, so you can condense some of that time by taking the stuff that could happen anywhere, which is the finding pieces of the puzzle, and put it where ever you want.

S — One thing you should do — He’s on this airplane. There are about four or five passengers around him. He’s asleep and these passengers are looking at him. We don’t know why. They they all get up and put on parachutes, and they jump out the door. He wakes up when he hears the door open, and realizes he’s all alone. The door to the cockpit is locked. The airplane begins to go into a spin. He’s trapped in this airplane and it’s going down. The whole thing was a set up. That’s a great cliffhanger, to see how he gets out.

G — That’s great. Then what happens? One sentence further and it’s a great idea.

S — Well, he’s never flown an airplane before, but he kicks in the pilot’s door. That would be interesting, he’s never flown before, but he brings it down. The other thing would be if he knows how to fly, but he’s too late. It’s one of those jungle scenes, you’ve seen where the plane crashes into this dinosaur infested jungle, only now without dinosaurs. He has to bring it down over the tree tops. Either that or he crashes into the Mediterranean, into the water.

G — Part of it is stylistic, but one of the things that works in movies is when the guy gets out of that situation in a unique very bravado sort of way. He has to do something so audacious that you have to say, “I’d never think of anything like that.” And he gets away with it.

S — One of the things he could try, although it takes away from the suspense… If I were him, I’d jump at the last minute with a parachute.

G — The way to do it is to have him… You have seat covers or something. He starts ripping off the seat covers and tying them together. Then he jumps out holding all these seat covers. That’s sort of unbelievable. If you could make something like that believable. He’s over the water. It’s James Bond. Not only do you have to get him out of it, you have to do it in a very colorful way. I’m not saying that you actually have to be clever, just make it believable. Sometimes he does it in a totally outrageous way, but it works and it’s truly great.

S — One thing he can do is wait until it’s almost crashed into the ground and then jump out and land in a tree, or on a roof top.

G — If we take him from Washington, why don’t we take him to Hong Kong or Shang Hai. That’s a great place. It’s more exotic than Hong Kong. So he’s crash in the water, with islands and Chinese junks.

S — He does this. Under his seat is a life vest or a life raft. He takes the life vest out from all the seats and he blows them all up and he gets inside, and is completely

insulated. Then her jumps out of the airplane. He just surrounds himself with these huge cushioned items.

G — Did they have those things in ’36?

S — They had them in all airplanes.

G — That’s a little research item. They might just have had life preservers. If they had life preservers, you could more or less do the same thing. If he’s over water, the plane could be going down at a steep angle.

S — The other thing he can do that’s more in keeping with the heroic side is, rather than abandon the plane, he could kick down the door and we see the ocean just coming up at him. He’d pull the plane up at just the last moment. That’s the old cliche shot. The plane is bellying on the water. The water bursts through the cockpit. The plane begins to sink, and that would be interesting. He gets out of this sinking airplane and finds a vacuum. He takes a big breath of air. He can’t climb out until the pressure is equal. That means the whole plane has to be under water before he can climb out the window. Then he just climbs out the window and swims to the surface.

G — I like the part where he jumps out. That’s a clever idea.

L — What if he makes himself into a ball with the life preservers and just goes skipping into the water.

G — If he like he ties himself into a ball with these preservers and he jumps out at the last minute.

L — If there were a life raft he could enclose himself in it.
G — That’s a good idea. I’m just worried they didn’t have life rafts then.

S — They had life rafts all through the second world war that were inflatable. I wanted him to be on a clipper. It’s a big plane.

G — Is there one we could use for take off and landing, and use a miniature for the crash.

S — I heard that there’s one left in South America someplace.

G — I just want to send a second unit to shoot it taking off and maybe get some extra stuff. If we send him to Shang Hai we could have him going to see his enemy and we could connect it rather than having it unconnected. The only reason we’re talking about the Orient is that it’s exotic. He’s going to leave Washington and go to three exotic places. He’ll go to the Orient with the crowded streets and dragon ladies. Then we send him to the Himalayas, with the snow. And then we send him to Cairo. Going from the Himalayas to Cairo he would be going over water.

L — He could land in the snow. One thing about landing in the water that bothers me is that we end up in the water on the sub.

G — Actually, he could land in the snow.
S — When he hits, the raft comes open and he has a toboggan ride.

G — It’s even better, because when he thinks of the raft over, well that’s why he thought of it. But if he thinks of it over snow, that’s even more clever. And snow is soft.

S — If the plane gets to crash in the mountains, there would be a huge explosion that we wouldn’t have in the water. The plane is going into a box canyon and the guy has to jump. On top of a mountain he jumps out. The plane hits the mountain and there’s a big fire ball. The pieces go everywhere. He’s on the raft holding onto the ropes, coming down the mountain. And for comic relief he should go right through some sort of village, with a fiesta or something happening, with llamas. He knocks a llama over.

L — There could be a ceremony with monks… (garbled) They’re all looking up.

G — It can be amusing, but at the same time it has to be very realistic. It has to be what would really happen. You have to believe that someone could live through it like that. We have to concentrate on keeping it clean and not go through unnecessary explanations. The fun part of that flight is that it comes out of nowhere. You just don’t expect it. It’s great if it’s the second flight in the movie. We’ll cut to him flying various places. We want to get all that great period stuff. We have all these flights, and then suddenly you cut inside to all this craziness going on. I think he should go to Shang Hai to find this guy, his enemy. We get a little more information about the enemy. Also, maybe he gets a piece of the puzzle that sends him to the Himalayas.

L — (garbled, something about a museum)
G — Right. Sort of the Shang Hai Museum of Modern Art.

L — He knows his enemy is in Paris, so he’s on his own protecting the museum, his henchmen are. Is there anything our guy can do to pick up whatever information his enemy already has? Somehow see the information that has already passed through that room?

G — Right. He’s trying to find out what that guy knows.
L — It takes him right to the heart of the other guy’s strength.

G — I like that. We can do that easy. Before I had the girl providing that. We can decide which way. I had the girl get a copy of the drawing. If that guy had it, it would have to be in a safe or something. (not clear, something about an indentation)

L — Exactly how do you see this puzzle?

G — I see it as a tablet, a piece of stone with a map. It’s not really a map. It’s a description of the site. It’s like a plan of the city. It was drawn at that time. And it has hieroglyphics on it telling the legend. It’s an architects drawing that was done in stone, and it shows the placement of various temples, and of the Ark. The tablet was found out in the desert where the Germans are. it has to be the lost city of something.

L — Does it lead you to the Ark?

G — It shouldn’t be something that shows you where the Ark is. It shows you where a certain temple is. If you find this city, and you have the map that shows you where this temple is, then you can find the Ark. Otherwise you have to dig up the whole city. The Germans have found the lost city. And they have two-thirds of the map, which maybe they found when they were digging. Other portions of this map have been found before, antiquities in various museums and other places

L — Let’s say her father is there. Her father may have been his mentor. He has been working on some unrelated project. But it was her father who discovered the first fragment of the map. She has it. Her father dies. That’s why he’s going to Nepal, to get it from her. That’s why they know each other. That’s why she’s reluctant to part with it. Does any of this sound possible?

G — Sounds possible.
L — So they have a previous relationship through her father.

G — The other thing we can do, twisting what you’ve just done with what we’ve already got… My immediate reaction is to shy away from the professor’s daughter goes along. But what if we do it, and since her father dies, he left her broke. He was an archeologist and left her so broke she didn’t have any money to get back. So she’s stuck there. She runs the bar. She’s the local Rick. Sort of the American Rick. She’s sort of goofy…

S — Earning money to get back to the states.

G — Yeah. She wants to get back. She’s sort of made it her hone. She started out maybe singing or being a call girl or whatever. Eventually she bought out the guy who ran the place, or he died. Now she’s got this little tavern, and she’s doing sort of well. She could only sell the place for as much money as it would take to get her back to the states, and then she would be stuck there with nothing, no job. What she’d like to do is really strike it rich. But she doesn’t see any way of doing that. She’s sort of a goofy tough, willing to take care of herself, mercenary type lady who’s really out for herself. She has this piece and he wants it, so what she does is cut herself in on it. “Look, you’re going to have to take me along with you.” “What do you mean?” “Partners. I have one piece. You have the other.” That old story. It’s kind of the thing where she wants to go back to the states in style or something. She doesn’t want to get on a tramp steamer and make her way back, which she could have done a while ago. She really wants to go back as a lady. This is her chance. She says she’ll sell it to him.

L — This is in Cairo.
G — No. This is in Nepal. She’s stuck there.
L — Who are her customers at this Rick’s Place in Nepal?

G — There is actually a Rick’s Place in Nepal. Bill and Gloria know about it. They stayed there. It’s some expatriot American who lives there at the foot of the Himalayas. It’s got this hotel/bar.

S — I like the idea that she’s a heavy drinker and our hero doesn’t drink at all. She gets drunk a lot. She’s beautiful and she gets really sexy when she’s drunk, and silly. And he doesn’t touch the stuff.

L — I don’t want to soften her. I like the fact that it’s greed. I like all the hard stuff, but you’re going to love here.

G — This is good, but she obviously gets into something that’s way over her head as the whole thing goes along.

L — I wonder if someone hasn’t approached her already. The map has heated up considerably in three weeks. They’ve found the town. Does she have some tip off that this is worth while? When he comes to her, “That’s funny. I’ve had this ten years since my father died. Now in this week two people want it.”

G — If the Germans got there, first, they probably would have offered her a lot of money. And she probably would have sold it to them. Maybe no one knew where she is and he finds her through Washington or something. Some way where he would know, but no one else. Or government would know and he gets it from them. Maybe the enemy doesn’t know yet where this professor died. And that would make it interesting, because supposedly she’s secure, and he gets sabotaged on the way there. You know that they

know more or less where he’s going. The immediate danger is that they’re racing to get there. She tells him that if he wants this thing so bad it’ll cost him $20,000. “I don’t have that kind of money. I don’t get anything until I get the whole thing, when we get the Ark. Then I get the money.” She says, “Okay, We’re partners.” It forces her to stay with him. If the Germans came and offered her the money right away, she’d take it. And they would give it to her. I think it’s better, at this point, to keep the Germans one step behind them. They’re one step ahead in sabotaging him, but they don’t know where he’s going. They begin to figure it out, and they decide to kill him and go get it. They’re on their way too. There’s another plane that’s flying alongside his that has the bad guys in it. They’re trying to get there first. They just don’t have as specific information as he does. They just know he’s in Nepal someplace. So we slow them down once they get there.

S — She gives him this map right away? G — It has to be fairly quick.
S — He has to win her confidence.
G — Right.

L — Let’s say the Germans are a half hour behind them, and they’re haggling. She is in immediate jeopardy and he represents some security to her.

G — Since he got there first, it’s too late for them to try and buy it. All they can do is kill them both and take it.

S — How would they know where it is unless they torture her first to find out? G — They won’t know.
S — They wouldn’t want to kill them until they have their hands on the map. G — Maybe they’d just want to kill him.

S — She has a rooming house above the cafe. He hears this sound. In the middle of the night he gets up and looks over the banister. There are Germans everywhere. They have her and they’re interrogating her, in the middle of this empty cafe in the middle of the night.

G — He comes in and saves her. You sort of introduce her as a damsel in distress. In the other way she’s sort of a tough girl. Or you could do both. You could have him come and haggle with her, and have her say no way. “No money. No deal.” He gets sort of pissed off and goes out. He comes back later and the place is empty and they’re in there torturing her.

L — The thing hasn’t been worth anything up until now. So she wears it around her neck, or it’s on the mantle. It’s like a joke.

G — Obviously it could be something semi-precious to her because her father gave it to her. We’ll assume that she did love the old coot.

L — He goes off to his room for the night. He gets up; he’s going to steal it. In the interim the Germans have arrived. When he goes down to steal it, he winds up rescuing her. He stumbles into this heroic role. She could doubt his motivation from then on. “You didn’t come down there to save me.”

G — We have to get them cemented into a very strong relationship. A bond.

L — I like it if they already had a relationship at one point. Because then you don’t have to build it.

G — I was thinking that this old guy could have been his mentor. He could have known this little girl when she was just a kid. Had an affair with her when she was eleven.

L — And he was forty-two.

G — He hasn’t seen her in twelve years. Now she’s twenty-two. It’s a real strange relationship.

S — She had better be older than twenty-two.

G — He’s thirty-five, and he knew her ten years ago when he was twenty-five and she was only twelve.

G — It would be amusing to make her slightly young at the time. S — And promiscuous. She came onto him.

G — Fifteen is right on the edge. I know it’s an outrageous idea, but it is interesting. Once she’s sixteen or seventeen it’s not interesting anymore. But if she was fifteen and he was twenty-five and they actually had an affair the last time they met. And she was madly in love with him and he…

S — She has pictures of him.

G — There would be a picture on the mantle of her, her father, and him. She was madly in love with him at the time and he left her because obviously it wouldn’t work out. Now she’s twenty-five and she’s been living in Nepal since she was eighteen. It’s not only that they like each other, it’s a very bizarre thing, it puts a whole new perspective on this whole thing. It gives you lots of stuff to play off of between them. Maybe she still likes him. It’s something he’d rather forget about and not have come up again. This gives her a lot of ammunition to fight with.

S — In a way, she could say, “You’ve made me this hard.”

G — This is a resource that you can either mine or not. It’s not as blatant as we’re talking about. You don’t think about it that much. You don’t immediately realize how old she was at the time. It would be subtle. She could talk about it. “I was jail bait the last time we were together.” She can flaunt it at him, but at the same time she never says, “I was fifteen years old.” Even if we don’t mention it, when we go to cast the part we’re going to end up with a woman who’s about twenty-three and a hero who’s about thirty- five.

S — She is the daughter of the professor who our hero was under the tutelage of. She has this little fragment of the map.

G — He doesn’t have to have the fragment in hand. All he has to do is get a copy of it, make a rubbing of it.

L — (this section is not clear, something about the fragments and how he gets them)

G — His first job is to go to Shang Hai, into the lion’s den to get this, which is usually at the end, so this is a twist. In Washington we have the advantage of being able to set up anything we want, in terms of information, what is going on. Say the Germans sent him the tablet to decipher.

L — They wouldn’t do that. They would send him the rubbing.

G — Suppose the rubbing wasn’t articulate enough. They could send a photograph, I guess.

L – Let’s say the arch-enemy is gone now, but it had been there in his lab. Maybe the arch-villain has had a piece or two all along. But it was useless to him. Our guy knows that it’s been kept there. The actual piece is no longer there. But it’s been sitting on felt or in glass, and there’s an impression of it.

G — Well, I like the idea of a sun spot, but then it would be the shape of the broken piece rather than what’s on it. Again, we can design this however we want. It doesn’t have to be a tablet. It could have been a painting on a vase. It can be any antiquity that we come up with. It could be a scroll. Or some kind of a statue or some sort of tall thing with a very strange design that is actually a design of the city. People have various pieces of it, something that’s stacked. It could be a thing with lots of little gizmos in it, very intricately carved. It was the top of a stack that the mayor of the city carried around. This would be the sun, and this would be tie city. The city reached the sun, a symbol. It’s been broken into a lot of pieces. There’s a piece at this museum, which is one of the reasons they would call this guy in. Not only is he a shyster and all that stuff, but he already has a major piece of. Say the Nazis only have half of it, or a third of it. This guy has a third. So with their third and his third, they have two-thirds of it. This other professor has a little piece. Make it quarters, so the Nazis now have half of it.

S — Can they decipher every piece?

L — The design has the sun at the top of it. What if the way to the Ark is when the light hits a certain point on this sculpture it shows the entrance. So if you had the top half it would do you no good because the sun would be hitting nothing.

G — If you have enough pieces you can deduce the exact size. But if the Chinese and the Nazis have two sections, why doesn’t he just go right there and get both of them at once rather than go to where just one piece is?

L — Unless he thinks it’s going to be very difficult, as it turns out to be, to walk into the Nazi camp and get it.

G — Unless he thinks the Chinese guy is still there with both of them. He goes there to see if he can get it, and finds out the guy is gone. He knows exactly where it is because he’s been there before. But now it’s gone. Then he looks at the shadow. He doesn’t know he’s going to be able to get the Nazi piece. Right now he’s going to get all the pieces he can. So he copies the silhouette. Then he goes to get the part the girl has. From that he figures it out.

S — How does the audience…

END OF TAPE TWO, SIDE A

TAPE TWO, SIDE B

G — He says okay, I’ll get you a ticket to Cairo, and you can leave tonight. He tells him he doesn’t want to go to Cairo, he wants to go to Shang Hai, cause we’ll have to have this piece that’s there. If the scriptures are true or whatever, then you have to have this piece to make it work. I have to get it, or at least a copy of it. He goes to Shang Hai and it’s been stolen. If he can make an outline of it, then I assume somebody has a still of it, and whatever information you can get off the real thing, you could get off a still. I’m just being the devil’s advocate here.

S — If it’s an important piece, certainly there are photographs of it. There is a coalition of museums where you have to register everything.

G — Assume at this point that no one ever thought twice about it. All it gives us is his clever way of taking the shadow.

S — Bow much film time is this going to take?

G — I’m also trying to get something that’s very simple. We don’t have to go into endless explanations about how… This has to be something that’s extremely simplistic, in terms of the pieces. That is sort of foolproof in its own way. It has to be something very obvious. We know that whatever it is, we have to have pieces of a puzzle. It would be nice if the puzzle were some sort of great key thing with the sun hitting… That’s always a lot of fun. And the girl has to have an important piece that makes her a vital link in the whole chain. We want to send the guy to Shang Hai first just for the environment. Have a little bit of adventure there before he goes to Nepal, before he ends up in Cairo. Between the point where he leaves Washington, and he’s up there on the hill looking down at the Nazis part of it is in the Orient, part is in Nepal, part in the mud streets of some Arabian city. Then a lot of it takes place in the desert. What we have to do is figure how we’re going to put the puzzle together, in terms of what can be missing that can be a key to this thing. The original was a plan of the city of this piece.

? — They do that to make more money. They’ll take an object and break it up and sell the pieces.

? — We know that each person has a piece. That’s the easiest thing. But having a staff… ? — A staff. That solves the problem.
? — I like the staff, and the sunlight thing.
? — we have to figure out is where she carries it.

G — Or what he’s going to Shang Hai for. That can either be the stronghold of our guy, or not. He can be based in Shang Hai, or in Paris.

S — I thought he would meet his arch-rival in Shang Hai.

G — Only because of the fact that the arch-rival is oriental. We don’t have to make him Oriental. We can make him black. The only other thing that gets “complex is if the bad guy is Oriental and he goes on the Oriental pirate ship, it doesn’t have to be an Oriental pirate ship. Assuming that we don’t make the arch-rival Chinese, make him French. When he goes to Shang Hai to get the piece that it is a surprise that it’s missing.

L – It could be in a private collection. You wouldn’t have to worry about stills of it. The private collection it’s in could be…

G — Some very rich Chinese war lord. In those days they had war lords. They didn’t get rid of them until the Japanese came in. A swordsman.

S — That’s what happens in Shang Hai.
G — That would be great. The war lords were actually like banditos. S — I’d like to see him taking on a whole bunch of Samurai.
G — It would be Chinese swordsmen, which is different.

S — Maybe we should move it to Tokyo.

G — Shang Hai is good. We could still have swords and stuff. It’s just a different kind of sword and it works in different ways.

L — This could be a Japanese swordsman who was so bad they kicked him out of Japan. Now he’s in China.

G — We have to do some research, but actually the war with Japan was going on then in ’36. When you send him to Shang Hai, we’ll have to check this, but I think the war was going on there then.

S — It’s perfect. You have explosions and Zeros.

G — The war lords were sort of corrupt guys. If this guy is in league with the Japanese, we just touch on a whole other story. This guy is a war lord by virtue of the fact that he’s sold out to the Japanese and the Japanese are using his influence and his thing as a base for their operation. They wouldn’t be Samurai, but they would be your Rising Sun guys. Some of those guys carry Samurai swords. His personal body guards could have Samurai swords. We bring the Japanese into it, and Chinese war lords. This guy is helping the Japanese to kill and maim his country, so he’s really a despicable person.

S — We have to have a beheading. We have to start this scene with a mass beheading. We don’t have to show it. If you were really bad, it took three minutes to cut your head off. Then the Japanese Zeros strafe. They’re cutting off the heads of Flying Tigers, American mercenaries.

G — He gets on his clipper and he flies from Washington to Shang Hai. At the end of the temple scene, probably some transitional device there. We may have some kind of…

L — The thing we’ve been avoiding is that he could pick up his piece there.

G — We were thinking that they had already got to it. Maybe he actually gets the piece there before the other guys get there. He’s one step ahead of them at this point. An interesting there is how close the Germans are to getting it. You can have the Germans get it while he’s there, and have him sabotage the Germans just before they get it on their airplane. I think it would be good if he got in and got out. When he gets on the plane you think he’s escaping. So the whole thing, where he’s going and everything becomes a real surprise.

S — This is where we can do our fist fight with the flying wing. We can do that sequence in the Shang Hai area.

L — And then he hops on a DC-3, which is their plane. It’s the sabotaged plane.

G — One of the reasons I had the flying wing in the desert, landing on a secret desert base, was the fact that I assume that when we get it we’re going to have to get it out of a museum somewhere around here, and we might be able to take it out to a desert around here. The Mojave or one of these Air Force bases out there. It’s clean, they can just fly it in and fly it out. It’s sort of second unit. Fly the plane in, stage the fight, and fly it out again without having to get into a big deal about getting it to a difficult location. Those flying wings are so dangerous that you can’t fly them any more. But they’re still around some where.

L — How many engines do they have? G — Four. It depends on how big it is.

S — Is it the B-36 with eight engines backwards?

G — Yes. The wing has four engines backwards. If he gets into Shang Hai and he pulls off this thing, we have to figure out… Obviously it moves fast enough that we don’t have to rationalize a lot of what we’re doing. If the expert landed in Cairo, he would think the same thing our hero would think, and he would have had the Nazis wife to Shang Hai and have the Nazi agent there contact this guy.

L — At the same time the fight is going on with the Samurai the Germans can be going through the formality with the Japanese and the Chinese war lords about coming down and getting it. When they open the door, he’s going out over the roofs.

G — Another way to do it would be to give our guy a jump a little bit. In Washington they tell him he has to get on it right away because the Germans have found the lost city or whatever two days ago. A lot of activity going on out in the desert. They’ve contacted his old friend. They’re talking about the Ark. Somehow they say that he hasn’t left Paris yet. They think he’s scheduled to leave tomorrow for Cairo. We know that his rival hasn’t left Paris yet. That’s when our guy says it must be true. “I need a ticket to Shang Hai.” Assume that the French guy wouldn’t figure it out until he actually got there.

L — That’s a question. How hip is the arch-rival? At this point our guy apparently knows that he needs the staff. He doesn’t know if they’ve found the map. The arch-rival must know about the staff.

G — You assume he knows this stuff if his mentor found the top of the staff.

L — Now why would the arch-rival, upon hearing the news that they found the lost city, immediately say “I’ve got to get that staff put together.”? Why do we have to have such a big lead

G — What happens if we don’t?

L — It makes more sense if the arch-rival hasn’t gotten all this stuff before. So it becomes a race all the way. What is the advantage of the lead he’s got?

G — That’s what it comes down to. It becomes slightly coincidence, and we have to avoid that, that his mentor knew all about this and that’s how come he knows all about it. Of course it’s not really a coincidence because he’s going for the thing. If he knows the professor, and if he knows about this particular Ark, he is the one who is really the expert on it, but he’s very skeptical about it. He’s sort of researched it and his mentor has researched it, and he thinks it’s sort of horse-shit. If they call him in and say, “It seems the Germans have found the lost city. The lost city is the part that was the myth. “They probably just stumbled into a big hole and think they discovered something.” “Well, we’re sending for this guy.” So then our guy thinks maybe it is the lost city. If it is the lost city, they’re going to need the staff. They’re not going to figure that one out for a while. “If they have found the lost city and they’re looking for the Ark, they’re going to need the staff with the sun. I know where to get it, and I’ve got to get it right away, before they get it, and before my arch-rival gets it.”

S — Then we’d better cut to the arch-rival away from our hero, make him a separate character and let him give the same orders.

G — I think it’s better not to. I don’t want to set it up as a race. I think it’s important that we set up the fact that our guy is getting to the thing before they do, or is trying to. And he does get to it before they do, and then he goes to the girl and gets the other part.

L — It seems like he could be just a step ahead all along. It could be a half hour or it could be ten minutes, (garbled, something about guns and Samurai) Do you have any problem with the fact that they bail out over the Himalayas when they had all the way from Shang Hai to…

S — No. That’s the kind of stuff I like. I wouldn’t question it.

G — It’s the crazy Oriental mind. How do we know how it works. They always wait until the last minute or something.

[BLANK SPACE ON PAGE 43]

G — forced into the situation. So he gets in there. The Nazis are closing in. He has a fight with the Samurai body-guards and maybe some of the Nazis. He steals the thing. The great thing we have to set up on this flight to Nepal is that our Chinese guys are the ones who booked this great plane and-all that stuff. So you just assume that it’s safe.

S — They would have done this even if he got the thing safely.

G — Right. We won’t explain how they have all this figured out. The ideal thing is to set it up as safe a flight as possible. You think when he gets on the plane and sits down, everything is okay. “Well, we got out of that one.” Suddenly there’s no one there. Just as you think he’s safe and there’s going to be a little quiet period, he goes on to the next thing and crashes.

S — Are we going to do the fist fight with the flying wing here at the Shang Hai airport?

G — No. I don’t think we should do that. The fight should be at the war lord’s temple. Then they jump in the car and race out to the airport. The Army Intelligence’ guys and the Chinese underground guys say goodbye and good luck. They put him on the plane and they send him off, and he’s safe.

S — What about the Nazis? Are there any close brushes with them?

G — In the temple he gets caught and has a fight. They sort of arrive together. When he arrives at the front of the temple, the Germans are arriving at the back.

L — And the Chinese war lord insists on a sort of ritual welcome.

G — Yeah. The Germans aren’t in any hurry because they don’t know what’s going on yet, we assume at this point. “Well, close, but not close enough.” They almost beat them, but they didn’t. Once he crashes into the snow we don’t need to spend any time there. We just cut to him hobbling into the village. Or we can have some people bring him down.

S — After the toboggan ride.

G — The other thing we have to do, he has to hide this thing somewhere or they’d take it. The one he picked up in Shang Hai We assume at this point they know that this is the guy and they want to kill him, what they also have to do is get this thing back. He hides it on his person. We can make it as big or as small as we want. If it’s a big stone thing, then it’s going to be a little difficult. We hide it, and he carries on the airplane a little box about the right size that he’s very protective of. He sets it on the seat next to him. When all the people are getting out very quietly, somebody comes over and picks up the box. “Where did everybody go? Some bastard stole my lunch.”

S — Where does he meet the girl then, Nepal?

G — Yes. She is running this American hostel and bar. Rick’s Place, in the middle of Nepal in some little village.

L — Do you have a name for this person?

G — I do for our leader.

S — I hate this, but go ahead.

G — Indiana Smith. It has to be unique. It’s a character. Very Americana square. He was born in Indiana.

L — What does she call him, Indy?

G — That’s what I was thinking. Or Jones. Then people can call him Jones. He crashes into the snow, then dissolve to him with his crutch or something making his way down into a village. There is a little scene where he gets transportation. Where he lands is not next door to the village. We might have a lot of suspicious looking Himalayans standing around that you might think are spies. One guy rushes to a telegraph office. Create a little bit of tension. It’s really a scene where we have him rent a car or something and drive to the next village. I don’t think the trek is good getting out of the mountains, ’cause they have a tendency to be boring. It should be getting to where the girl is. Again we’re just talking about a few shots because we don’t want to spend a lot of time in between things. We go to him trying to get a car, then dissolve to him driving into the town, getting out, looking around. We have established the fact that he’s going to Nepal or someplace. It’s not like he was going to Cairo and ended up in Nepal.

(long gap in tape)

END OF TAPE TWO, SIDE B

“RAIDERS” — TAPE TWO-A

G — I have the answer. I had thought that on the scepter, on the part that he stole, is information about how tall the staff was. This thing sits on top of the staff and it says exactly how tall it was, how many hands high. No one has ever put it together before because nobody knew where the lost city was. They had fragments of information about how this was the staff that the mayor held, that the sun was the key to where the sun temple was, or had a relation to the sun temple. But it isn’t important if you don’t know where the city is or anything. I thought it would be possible to develop the idea that he’s discovering a lot of this stuff as he goes along. He’s interpreting stuff and the puzzle sort of clicks together. Unless they get all the pieces, they can’t really figure it out.

S — Also, the interior of the hole has to be beveled in such a way that the sun only pierces it at a certain time.

G — I was thinking that the Germans would be doing it mathematically and building models more or less reproducing what our guy has. They don’t have some of the key information, so they’re doing it in sort of rough. They figure it out and it points to a building on the map. When he comes they’re in the process of digging at that building. In the process of the film we get the information that they’ve found it. But they haven’t.

S — They’re digging the wrong building.

G — The reason is that the sun has changed so drastically in the three thousand years or whatever, that they didn’t take that calculation into… If they were all bright people they would have thought of it. But they’re dumb. The Nazis and his partner weren’t that well- versed in astronomy and he was. He knew that the azimuth was wrong, and he moves

the thing over. You see him digging in one spot while they’re digging in another. Sort of one-upsmanship, where our guy is brighter than they are.

L — Wouldn’t the Germans know that too?

G — Maybe we can cover that by saying that the Germans thought it was from one period, say two thousand years ago, and he finds out on the scepter information that… One advantage we have is that the whole thing has never been put together before, and that reveals a new thing. They had read the two things separately before, but when they put it together. I was thinking it either gave you a new reading on the height of the stick, or it gave you a new reading on the date that it happened, so they may be five hundred years off, which would add four degrees to the computation.

S — Any way you look at it, the whole inside of the staff has to be cut in such a way that only at a certain time of day, and only for the distance of the hole, would the sun show the exact spot where the Ark is hidden. Yes, if they had a spotlight they could shine it, and that would the most expedient way to do it. Otherwise they would have to wait for the sun. It’s more dramatic to see the sun rising, and he’s waiting around looking at this little figure, and the sun hits it and he marks- the spot. We could rationalize it by saying that in that day they didn’t have spotlight units, which they didn’t unless you went to Hollywood.

G — The thing about sunrise and sunset that I like is that it gives you such a precise thing. When you say noon, it’s very hard to tell when noon unless you have a clock. But sunrise and sunset is when the sun is halfway over the horizon and it will always line up that way, for eternity, except for the earth shifting, and you fix that with precise calculations. Also, the time of the year has a big effect. That would be another part of the calculation they would all have to go into. I thought we would relate the date to the summer solstice or the rites of spring or some particular date, the Ides of March or however you want to do it. What they would do is not be there on the particular date, but they know where the sun would be, so they move it sixteen degrees east and that’s where it is.

S — This can’t take much time or the audience will go right to sleep. It has to be quickly explained and accomplished.

G — We have to decide what we want to do in terms of… We can have common knowledge, if we want the Nazis to have figured it out. Do it in general conversation, the height of the staff was four hands, three hoves high. One point should be the bugaboo, the date, I think that’s a little complex too, or the fact that the earth has shifted slightly.

L — It has to be information contained on the missing sculpture.

G — The other way to do it is when you put the two parts together. The general information says that the staff is four hands high, that’s in the textbooks. So the Germans use that. When he puts it together, right in the crack it’s fourteen hands high and nobody ever knew that before. That part was on her thing, and when it’s fit together you can just see the outline of a one there. It’s not four it’s fourteen.

L — And that’s real easy to grasp.

G — So when he goes in there the Germans are using this short staff. He puts it on a real tall staff and he gets the right information.

S — They could be a mile away from where he is.

G — They’re all doing it right, but they have misinformation because nobody ever put the two pieces together before. That makes it all different.

S — It’s especially good if it’s a whole maze where the digs are that you could very easily get lost in. When he begins digging on his side, you can always hear the Germans working on the other side of the city, the echos of their equipment.

G — My whole idea, although it does complicate the way the sun comes through, was that it was all underground. The main dig where they found the city was a hole about the size of a house. When he goes and digs for his thing, he just measures off into the desert and starts digging down, and finally he hits something. He opens it up, a stone or something. So it’s just a little hole about that big. The it leads into a big underground temple. When he gets caught and they close him in down there, they just roll this thing on the hole and the desert’s like the way it was, except he’s trapped down there. Although he could hear some of those people, strange sounds. He could also hear them in the desert, they’re yelling at each other.

L — When he’s trapped in that tomb, he should get out himself.

G — There are several things of interest that might work there in terms of the serial aspect of the movie. It’s difficult in the desert, but it is conceivable. (garbled) …having the room fill with water. Not only do they get trapped in there, the thing starts filling up with water.

L — Wouldn’t it make more sense for it to be sand? That would be a more logical kind of mechanism.

G — That might be nice. It’s not nearly as dramatic.

S — The problem is, you can’t shoot the guy under the sand. The camera is always restricted to just one level.

G — The thing about water that’s more dramatic is that when it comes crashing in, it goes splashing all over the place. One way of doing it, I thought maybe the city was built on a river. You assume it would be on a river or an oasis. It wouldn’t be built out in .the middle of nowhere. It’s possible that whatever it was dried up over the years. He would go down and there would be a river or a stream that he would be working on the edge of. Maybe a flat thing, and then a cliff and a river bed.

S — Now to get him out of it, which isn’t easy. We should have a hidden granite rock or something. Something, when forced by the pressure of the water, loosens a rock, that begins to come out. It would be terrific if he were forced into another chamber, the water like a big wave rushing behind him, tumbling him from one passageway to another, really getting hurt. It knocks him against walls. He could wash into the German’s camp. Does he have the ark right now?

G — No. They’ve taken it away from him at that point. S — How big is the ark?
G — Big, I think.
S — Does it float?

G — The ark would be gone by then. They took the ark out and threw him back. I think the ark is about as big as that fire place, a big box. If he’s down in there, there would be… again, this is a little funny. There are little beams and stuff, little trees maybe. Which obviously wouldn’t be down there for two thousand years. The idea was, he could take one big huge beam, as the water is coming in, and he takes a little rock. He ties the rock to the beam, to the end of the beam. And then he takes a couple of other flotsam

and jetsam sort of whatever he can find that floats, and ties it about halfway up the beam. So he’s got a beam like this and it has a weight on one end and then he’s got a bunch of junk here. As the water takes it up, it rights the beam up like that, and the beam is sort of floating there, suddenly the weight isn’t heavy enough for the things, so it sort of lifts off and it’s floating like this and he pushes it around until it gets in the right position, as the water lifts it up, just the hydraulic pressure of the water lifting it up, because the water can’t sink the…

S — The beam would stop at some point.

G — It would stop, but the water would keep rising, and it would push it down. There would be a tremendous amount of pressure, depending on how much junk he had tied to it, to push through something.

S — It’s a good idea, but I think that at some point the equalization inside the… If it’s that big of a limb that it’s going to push something out, it’s not going to stay upright, it’s going to be floating this way or that way.

G — If it’s floating, he’d put a weight on one end and he could right it. Then he would just keep tying flotsam onto it. The more flotsam he has here, the more pressure would build up. My original idea was that he just took a beam, and if he shoved it up, eventually the pressure would make it poke through. I thought it would be some kind of big log. But I don’t know why a log would be down there.

S — I wish there was a way for him to get out of it with no resources.

L — How’s the water coming in? Maybe that’s the way to go. Maybe there’s a way out at the top of an unreachable ceiling.

G — But then you know if he’s getting up toward the door, he can get out. L — Let’s talk about the Washington scene.

G — It’s obviously going to be an expository scene no matter how you do it. We want to do something to make it better than just a regular scene.

S — It’s better if there are some mummies around.
G — Our guy should be the one who’s sort of explaining it.
L — I like that. They’re telling him, but he knows more about it than they do.

S — Another way to do the scene is, “You think you’re so smart.” Because he knows more than they thought he knew. So they give him test questions. And our guy knows all the answers.

G — Or it’s possible that they know he knows a lot about this. He knows about it because of his mentor, who has a piece of it. Which is also why they want him to do it. This is a unique way — he comes in with the Colonel and the Colonel says, “What we have here is the legend of the lost Ark. You know all about that, don’t you?” “Yeah, I know every thing about it.” “Here’s a ticket to Cairo.”

S — Do it as blatantly as possible. They’ll appreciate it.

G — The other way to do it is let him know about the ark, and not them. Have the Army guy say that they found the lost city. Hitler is going after all these artifacts. He’s believes in all the supernatural stuff and everything. We don’t know what they found out there, but it must be awfully important because they’re sending for this professor. Our guy is

the one who puts two and two together. Then he sort of explains it. They have all the pieces of the puzzle, and they want him to get whatever the Germans are after. He says, “I’ll tell you what they’re after. They’re after the lost Ark.”

L — Is there some way to bring in the mural? They’re completely unaware of it, and it’s right there.

G — Yes, They could have the mural. Maybe they’ve intercepted some photographs of the mural that were found in the city. They snuck off some copies of the German correspondence, drugged one of the couriers or something.

L — You’re talking about the map of the city?
G — Yeah.
L — I’m talking about the frescoes that show the ark being carried before the Army.

S —The Army crumbling in the path, and the Hebrews valiant and racing behind the Ark, and thousands of Romans clutching their stomachs and light coming out, and they’re covering their ears, they’re shouting, a real mayhem scene. And our guy turns and says. “And that’s what Hitler wants.”

G — You can do that one of two ways. You can either move the location or you can have it in the room. If you have it in the room it’s going to be, “There’s the lost Ark, right there.” It’s a little convenient. The person we’re really taking on a tour is this Army clown. He’s the ignorant one. So they say they’re looking for the lost ark, and that guy asks them what the lost ark is. Then cut to them in the antiquities part of the museum. You go into that room and say, “This is the lost Ark.” It shouldn’t be right in the office.

S — Don’t even cut to the actors. We’ll do the whole story on the mural, with their voices over it.

G — It would be simply that the curator and our hero took this Army guy, or the two Army guys, to show them the lost Ark, and say “This is what the Germans are after.” Instead of being an exposition scene it’s also a puzzle scene. He walks in and solves the puzzle.

S — At the end the Army guy should be completely in awe of it. “My God, if General Patton only knew.” “I’m not going to tell George. He’d go down there with you.”

G — I like the idea of him putting all the pieces together. The fact that the Nazis have found this lost city is interesting to them. The Army guys can give a little bit of exposition and information about Hitler, and the fact that he’s going all over the world trying to find Jesus sword and all these other things.

S — They can give little anecdotes about mystical things he’s been into all this time.

L — The problem is, this Army guy believed that if Hitler got this, he would be invincible. We can imply that.

S — He didn’t even need the Ark to attack. Why wait for that?

G — One Army guy says, “That’s nuts.” The other Army guy says it’s only nuts if you don’t believe in it. But if you believe in it, think of what you might do.

L — And on the basis of that he has to beat the Germans.
G — In the end, the basis could be, “It’s not that important to us. But if it’s important to

them, then we want it.”

S — The Army guy should be the opposite of Patton. He should think it’s all a bunch of bullshit.

G — And why doesn’t the Army go get it themselves? It’s too overt an operation for us to get into with the world on the brink of war. And if we tried to take this operation and get it through the normal channels, they would laugh us crazy. It’s more of a personal thing for this colonel or whoever is doing it. “If the Germans want that so bad, I want it. I want to keep them from having it.” This is a semiofficial thing. The situation is too sensitive to waste the energy on something that’s so nebulous. But it’s important, so they want to at least send this guy off to do it. They just can’t do it as an official Army thing. But if that’s what they find, then the museum will pay him a commission, because they want it. Of course that fouls up the end. Of course in the end if he tells them it is a secret weapon and it destroyed them all, then they decide not to give it to the museum. They stamp “Top Secret” on it and shove it away into a vault somewhere.

S — It must be explained somewhere in this scene that this will not decide the outcome of the war or when the war will begin. It has nothing to do with that. It will give Hitler a certain kind of comfort that we don’t want him to have.

G — If he gets it, then he will believe that he’s invincible.

S — Otherwise the audience will say that this is not very important. That’s what worries me about this part.

G — They say, “Here’s two tickets to Cairo.” He tells them he needs to go to Shang Hai to pick up something first. He’s going to buy this thing from the Chinese War Lord and he needs X number of dollars to buy it. Immediately he starts spending money. Or we were going to have his guys go get it. We have to set up a thing where he tells the general he’s going to Shang Hai. He doesn’t go to steal it. He will have wired that information to Shang Hai so his agents are doing it.

L — That bothers me a little bit because it takes away the awesome power of this Chinese War Lord, if you can send just any operatives who happen to be there. He says, “You guys pick it up. I’ll pick it up at the airport.” What it should be is the War Lord, who is pretty frightening himself, doesn’t faze our guy. “I’ll get it from him.”

G — It could be that he says, “I’m going to Shang Hai. Have two of your best agents meet me there.” And I also want fifty thousand dollars. “What for?” “I have to buy this little artifact. It’s a key to this.”

L — What happens to that money?

G — He spends it through the rest of the movie.

S — What about a vendetta with this War Lord. The War Lord gave him a big scar.

G — You don’t want to make the whole too ingrown.

S — So there’s some familiarity there. Would he think of this strange War Lord, someone he’s never seen before?

G — Obviously he can be aware of where it is, just as we’re aware of a lot of things in the film business. It’s possible that he knows the guy.

L — He might not know him, but he has to know that it’s there.

G — He has to know of him and he has to know it’s there. Obviously this guy is one of the big art collectors of the east.

S — “I worked for him one time. He didn’t pay me.”

G — Obviously the villain knows he’s there.

S — This War Lord should be a completely outrageous character, with all the armor and costumes. He should be a barbarian. He only becomes a gentleman around great works of art.

G — He collects it for some bizarre reason. He collects it because he heard that’s what gentlemen do, and that will make him a gentleman. But lie hasn’t the vaguest idea what it is.

S — That’s a good angle on his character. Here’s a man who’s desperately trying to become civilized, and he fails at every turn.

G — Now we cut to the airplane flying across the ocean. Cut to the airplane landing on the ocean, a long shot of him walking out of the airplane and down the dock. Cut to him in airport or whatever met by one or two, maybe one American and one Chinese, agents. He could have sent them a telegram so we could zip by a lot of the exposition. “I’ve made an appointment to meet with General Fu Man Chu.” Somehow they know the Germans are on their way there. So they immediately tell him. What we want to do is very quickly get rid of all that exposition where he explains what he has to do

L — Somewhere in here we have to mention the staff.

G — The thing is, do we do it in Washington or do we do it in Shang Hai? Why would he bother to explain it to these guys?

S — One of the things is to demonstrate, not talk about it.
G — The demonstration thing would be with the girl when they put it together.

S — Another kind of demonstration. Like a beautiful vase on a table, that is worth a complete fortune, and they’re all looking at this, and a man carefully puts his glasses on, looks at the vase, takes a hammer and breaks the thing. He divides all the pieces up to be shipped all over the world, and sold. “I hate doing this. I hate destroying great art, but it’s a living.” Bam. Crash. You realize this is what happens to all great works of art to make more money for the greedy bastards. And the audience realizes that is why the staff is in several pieces.

L — There could be a demonstration of what the staff does before he gets to Nepal. Show why it’s so important without just telling them, without adding to the exposition in Washington.

G — That was the perfect place for it. In Nepal is when ha talks about, the height of the pole and he puts it together and realizes it’s fourteen, not four.

L — We have to know what he’s doing in Shang Hai. If you don’t know about that staff, you don’t understand what he’s getting from that War Lord. He can say, “We’re never going to find the lost Ark until I get the Staff of the Sun.” “The what?”

G — The other way to do it, as I was saying before, is if they intercepted photographs, which they were sending to his rival, that have pictures of the floor of the map. And he knows instantly what it is. It would be good for him to have that information. Instantly he knows they are going to go after the staff. It has been totally unimportant up to now.

Once you have the map, then you need the staff. All of a sudden it’s very important. This is a map of the lost city. The mayor had a staff with the sun on top, and when you stood there, the sun would shine through it and point to the temple where the Ark is. You could actually explain it backwards, you start with the lost city and you end with the Ark. They have these pictures, they found the lost city, this guy is going, what does it mean? Well, this is the map of the city. The mayor used to stand in this big circle with his staff, and the sun would hit the staff and the sun would then burn into the secret temple of the Ark. Which no one knew except at that time of year, or whatever. The guy says, “What’s the Ark?” “The Ark is what they’re after.” That would work. Then we know everything. They say they’ll send him to Cairo. He says he’s going to Shang Hai because that’s where the top of the statue is. You don’t have to know any more than that.

L — When he gets the part from Shang Hai, and he gets the girl’s part, how much would he have?

G — I think he would have the whole staff then.

L — I was thinking back to where they had part of it.

G — They have the map and they have the research information.

L — So it’s in two parts, and she is wearing the sun, and at the bottom of the sun is the number one.

G — Right, at the point where they were broken apart.

L — In Sanskrit.

G — Whatever, it’s in Cairo, but it doesn’t have to be. I only use that because it’s one of those thirties cities. In the research it will probably be an Israeli city. In the middle east somewhere we will be able to find a plausible city. We can say we heard about it in Cairo. We can say whatever we want.

L — I was seeing it that they had lost it and their fortunes changed.

G — In the end it will have to be modified to fit the legend. We should try to remain as consistent with the real legend as we can. Whatever holes there are, we can fill. We shouldn’t deny what the legend of the Ark is. The whole concept was that you could talk to God with it. The whole thing has to be believable. When people leave the movie they should think that the Army has this thing in one of their thousand giant warehouses, and that’s where the lost Ark is.

S — Is it in Washington?

G — Wherever the Army keeps that top secret stuff. It could probably stay there for eternity, because it’s lost in the bureaucratic shuffle. Now, the thing in the Himalayas we haven’t really hashed out.

L — How does he get from where he ends the toboggan ride to her?

G — Oxen. Some local picturesque travel mode. That’s just a couple of second unit shots. He’s within three hundred miles. We are getting into a lot of travel and problems. All you really have to do is dissolve it. One wipe and he’s sitting with her, talking. “Boy, you look in bad shape. What happened to you?” “Well, I’ve had a bad trip.”

L — Should we have a confrontation between the War Lord and Indiana?
G — We can have a direct confrontation by having Indy get caught in the act. He’s

standing there with the thing as the War Lord leads the Nazis into the room. That’s really the way it should work.

END OF TAPE TWO-A, SIDE A

TAPE TWO-A, SIDE B

G — She’s a rough and tumble girl. She says, “It belonged to my father. It’s mine.” We have to have a good scene there. How we get into that scene is the most important part of it. He jumps out of the plane, he lands, he’s all snowy, he looks around, wipe and he’s walking into the thing or he’s sitting there with the girl. Cut to her saying, “Long time no see.” “Yeah, I guess it has been a long time.” Or do you cut to him walking into the bar, and he sort of walks up and sits down and she comes up and says…

L — I don’t want to throw away their first sight of each other.

S — I would like very much if she didn’t see him at first, but he witnessed her dealing with a bunch of rowdies. He’s on the other side and he watches her in action. He really gets a lot of respect for her. She’s really grown up. Then he deals with her.

L — What if we lose him, see her dealing with the rowdies. She clears the place out and then sees him sitting there.

S — She says, “I’m sick of all this.” And she almost has a nervous break down in front of everybody. She breaks up a fight and tells them to get out. Everybody leaves except for our guy. She doesn’t know who he is because his back is turned. She tries to get rid of him.

G — You have to be careful, no matter what you do, when he turns around it’s gonna be “Indy.”

S — He turns around smiling. He planned it for the dramatic effect.

G — It has to be careful. I like the idea of cutting to her and seeing her in action, tough. She should be Rick, in control of the situation. This is the normal thing for her. She shouldn’t be hectic or frantic.

L — And I like him to witness this. And she doesn’t know he’s observing.

G — When they meet there should be some kind of a good scene between them. He should say, “Where’s your father?” “He died five years ago. I sent you a note. We had to bury him up here.” It’s like she’s really rubbing it in. Maybe she didn’t send him a note. Her feeling when he walks in is here is a guy she loved. He left her. She’s stuck up here in the middle of nowhere. All of a sudden out of the blue. he shows up, in the middle of Nepal. Her first reaction would be, “My God, what are you doing here?” Or it could be total sullen… She could still be burning over the thing and the fact that he… Maybe she did send him a note when her father died and he never got it.

S — I like the idea that she greets him with disdain when he first walks in.

G — The fact that she sent him a note when her father died five years ago, and she was hoping that he would come and comfort her… He didn’t even acknowledge the note.

S — She says, “You’re too late.”
G — He says he’s been traveling around.
L — I wonder if her first reaction isn’t to hit him. Something unusual, not just a slap.

First sight, register who it is, wham.
S — “Still with that right cross I taught you.” G — “Hey, Junie, long time no see.” Wham. S — And she says, “Get out.”

G — They should refer to the death of the father. The idea is that he’s there to find her father, his old mentor. He’s not there to find her at all. The father had the other part and he thinks he might be able to help him.

S — She should have hair like Veronica Lake. You only see one eye at a time.

G — When he asks her for it she could be all pissed off about that stuff, because that’s what got her there. She loved her father, but she puts on this act. It would be interesting if she were putting on an act, “I threw all that junk out when he died. It ruined his life and it ruined my life. I never kept any of that junk. He was a fool.” He says he wanted to buy it. She starts pumping him for money or something, telling him she sold it to an agent and I can tell you who the agent is if you cut me in. That may be later. She says no. Or maybe she says she sold all the junk to an antiquity dealer. She tells him where the junk is. He says thanks. “Was that all you wanted?” “That’s all I wanted.” She says, “Well, why don’t you come back and see me later.” Some kind of thing where he has to come back. Maybe it should be on a personal level. Maybe they become friends. He leaves and then we cut to… She reveals that she’s got it. Instantly you say she’s got it, but she’s not going to give it to him.

L — The first tender moment is they kiss, embrace, then part. His hand draws away whatever was covering it, and he sees she’s wearing it.

G — Maybe she could be very tender about it. She’s keeping it because it does remind her of her father and she didn’t want to give it up to him.

L — He doesn’t have to tell her exactly what he wants, just that it’s one of the artifacts her father had. She tells him she threw it all away. This is the one thing she kept. You can play it either way, she’s holding out on him or she doesn’t know what he’s talking about. He almost walks out. We know she has it, but he doesn’t.

G — Essentially, he tells her he wants it, and she tells him she wants to get out of here, and how much is he willing to pay for it. But if he went to buy the other thing…

L — That’s why I was bothered by the money.

G —Or he could be a nice guy. “Look, I’ll give you fifty thousand dollars for it. I’m just trying to be nice.” “Jesus, fifty thousand dollars. This must be some little trinket.” In the middle of their negotiations the Nazis come in. Maybe by this time they’re out of the bar, gone to the bedroom. Then the Nazis burst in and he protects her. He kills a couple Nazis. She says, “What was that all about?” He tells her they’re after her pendant. “This must be some pendant. What is it, anyway?” He tells her a little about it. “This must be worth more than fifty thousand dollars if the Nazis are willing to kill for it. I want in for half.” He makes the mistake of offering her the money.

L — I like what you said yesterday, which is that she wants to go back a lady. The fifty grand would do it. That’s what bothers me about his having the money to give her. She’s going to go through a lot of hell now to increase that fifty grand.

G — But she doesn’t know what kind of hell she is going to go through.

L — You mean she’s been stuck in this hell hole and she’s going to turn down fifty grand?

S — Maybe he offers her five hundred dollars and she turns that down, them he offers her six thousand dollars. I know what you’re saying, if she got that money, she’d take it and run.

G — Let’s not give him the money then. All we have to do is…

L — We have a million places for him to lose it. On that toboggan ride there could be a shower of money, “To hell with that. I’m lucky to be alive.”

G — Or he could lose it with the emperor. He doesn’t have to have it. The only reason he has it is so we know he’s not going to steal it from him.

L — I like him having it and I like him losing it. They’re racing to the airport and the money belt comes off and flies into a junk. Anywhere along the line.

G — When the Germans burst in, I like the idea that they can’t come to a deal and he leaves. As he walks outside on the street, there’s all these nefarious shadows converging on this one place. On her place. It’s not just a staff car pulling up.

G — We have to assume that these guys are agents and not just SS officers. Trench- coated.

S — Like the guys in “The Great Escape.” He hides in the shadows and watches all this take place, and he has to get back to the cafe to save her, rather than just being there and get caught with his pants down. It’s better if he comes to the rescue.

L — I like the image you conjured yesterday of him being on the balcony and looking down from above. Maybe he could do something neat from up there.

(short gap in tape)
G — This is the first time he’s come into a direct confrontation your standard… S — With Nazis you have to use your fists, because they’re despicable people.

G — That won’t be too much of a problem. It’s just a matter of twisting the situations. I think the first two are unique enough in their own way not to conflict with this. After this we don’t really have that much more before we really get him into the real mess. This could be a big fight.

L — And I like the fact that he’s somewhere else, either upstairs or coming back in from outside.

G — It would be nice if they left in a huff, they fought or something. He left rather pissed. I don’t think he would leave without the pendant. That’s the only thing that bothers me about that.

S — So he goes upstairs and stays up, plotting how he’s going to take it off her.
G — That makes him into a real rat.
L — That’s all right. He never does it. What he does is just the opposite, save her life. G — No matter how you do it, the fact that he thought about it is the rat part.

S — Rhett Butler was a rat. G — He wasn’t a real rat.

S — He proved himself by raising her family. Before that he was a gambler, dealt with cheap ladies.

G — There’s a difference between being a rat and somebody who’s having fun. He never hurt anybody.

L — I’m a little confused about Indiana at this point. I thought he’d do anything for this pendant.

G — But he still has to have some moral scruples. He has to be a person we can look up to. We’re doing a role model for little kids, so we have to be careful. We need someone who’s honest, trusting and true. But at the same time he’s confronted with this difficult problem. We have a great thing when she won’t give it to him. She doesn’t like him.

L — What if you see them separate, and you see them both thinking about it, and it’s clear that she’s going to give it to him. Then he saves her and she doubts his motivation, was he coming to steal it? Or was he coming to rekindle the romance? It doesn’t have to be crystal clear to her.

G — You could have it where he finds the pendant, they have some kind of a thing and she hides it.

L — Although in the fight it would be great if she were wearing it.
G — Maybe she was writing a note to give it to him, when they attack. She takes it off. L —”I’m enclosing the pendant.”

G — If she took it off and it’s sitting right there on the desk, it more or less has the same effect. The Germans come in and start punching her around and asking where the pendant is. And it’s sitting right there.

S — What’s it made of?

G — It’s stone.

L — I thought it was metal.

G — It could be metal. It can’t be wood because it’s too old. If it’s right there on the desk, the pendant is in jeopardy.

S — During the fight show feet almost stepping on it.

G — All you have to do is have her have a little wooden box. She takes the pendant off and puts it in. She starts writing the note and the Germans come in. One of the Germans puts his hand on the box and asks where the pendant is. He comes in and they have a fight. In the middle of the fight they knock over the table and the little box breaks open. The pendant goes rolling across the floor.
Immediately you think somebody is going to see it. It’s sitting out there. You’re afraid one of the Germans is going to notice it. He finally gets rid of the Germans and he picks it up.

L — I love the idea of fire. When it rolls across the floor could it roll into the fire. You don’t think it’s going to burn up, but he has to retrieve it. Maybe at the same moment he

uses the fire as a weapon. I’d love it if he burns down her only stake in the world, which is the inn.

S — That’s a good idea.
L — The pendant might lead him to the fire. He uses the fire.

G — The Nazis would do that. Let’s have the Nazis cause the fire. He’s the one who brought the Nazis there, so it’s all his fault anyway. I like the idea of doing the old branding iron scene before bursts in.

S — I love branding iron stuff. It’s a red hot poker.

G — That’s what starts the poker. It starts immediately on the fight. When he comes in he knocks the poker out of their hands. The poker goes into the curtains and immediately starts the fire. They fight. The box gets knocked off the table. One of the Nazis sees the pendant as it falls, and starts to go floor it. He gets hit in the head by a falling beam or something. When it’s all over they end up with the pendant and a pile of rubble. She says, “You’re going to be a long time paying for this.” The he feels sort of obligated to bring her along, since he does feel sort of guilty. She has to sort of insist. That’s why it’s important in the first scene that we understand she’s a tough broad. She doesn’t give a shit about going out and roughing it up a bit. But she has no idea what they’re in for. She wants to get out of there, and she still loves that guy.

S — She can say. “Charlie, you’re my ticket home.” Wouldn’t the Germans pull guns and start shooting?

G — Yes, but he comes in and uses his whip. He also maybe has a gun. You have to decide how many Nazis you want. You don’t have to have twenty Nazis, just a couple of agents.

S — There should be one big Nazi, the torture guy, 6′ 6″ weighing 290 pounds, wearing this huge overcoat. He’s the guy if our guy hits him in the jaw it doesn’t even, he only hurts his hand.

G — And you have the local yokels, the two guys with the tommy guns and the furry over coats, yak coats, just off the border war, or whatever. Sort of local interpreters they picked up. Right now we’ve got about five — two local yocals, one big Nazi, and two other Nazis.

S — This Nazi is struggling with our hero, and they’re kind of rolling on the ground, and one of these henchmen is standing at the door trying to get a clear shot because they keep moving. Two of the other Germans who are struggling with the girl say, “Shoot both of them.” The German who’s rolling around with our hero panics, pulls out his own gun and shoots the guy with the Tommy gun, kills them both to save himself.

L — All the bad guys in this movie are so vile, they turn on themselves. Now they’re standing on the rubble.

G — Cut to Cairo.
L — Let me ask you one thing about this fight, how gory do you guys see this movie? S — Not very.
G — Not very. It should be Saturday matinee violence.
L — How about death by fire?

G — That’s okay. Now we have two people in Cairo. We have his old friend, who’s an archeologist who’s digging out there. And we have his old friend, the Arab digger. He is like a workman/foreman. He’s like his old sidekick. He’s got the Arab kid. That’s where they stay. Obviously he was doing some digs there at one time, and they go back a long way.

S — He’s a Walter Huston Arab type.
G — And he has a young son who’s our tag-along. S — Never stops talking.

G — The crazy little Arab kid that’s really a pickpocket. The old man is poor but very well connected. He’s the one who gets him the boat and the tools and the information. Plus, he probably knows a lot about what the Germans are doing. He’s like the chief digger in the area. Obviously the Germans have hired all these diggers, so he knows what’s going on out there, because they keep telling him every day. He gets updates on the situation.

L — How do you guys feel about subtitles?
S — I don’t like them.
G — I don’t either. I think it is better if we don’t understand what they’re saying. S — I like hearing English with a German accent.

G — It depends on how you work it, but I like hearing people speak in their native tongue, except for people who have a right to speak in a different tongue. You don’t have to talk to the people who speak in a funny tongue. Only the lead characters speak broken English, everybody else speaks what they speak.

L — What about when Indiana assumes German, should we know what he’s saying? S — When does he assume German?

G — When he’s carrying the Ark to the truck. I don’t know that it’s important we know what he’s saying. There’s more tension if you don’t know what’s going on.

L — Let’s say the arch-villain is French. When he’s speaking to this German… G — Maybe they could speak English.

S — Maybe the arch-villain is smart enough to speak German, but they’re not smart enough to speak French.

L — What about the Arab kid. He’s just talking endlessly and you never understand what he’s saying.

G — But if he’s going to be the buffoon character, you’re going to want to understand him.

S — Maybe he slows down once in a while to say something stupid. When he talks fast you just don’t care.

G — We might be able to play on that. It’s conceivable that he and his father could speak English because they work with English archeologists all the time.

L — I’ll write the entire movie in English.

G — I think he should go to his friend first, because then we can get a reevaluation of what’s going on. We have a scene around the dinner table with eighteen kids. We find out that the Germans have made a make-shift staff. The French professor has made it and used it to pin-point the temple. They are now digging for the temple. It’s great, the Germans have already found the temple and they’re trying to dig it up. ‘The old man says, “Don’t worry. I’m making it slow. It will take them forever to find it. We had a cave-in yesterday.” Or maybe he says they will make a cave-in to slow them down. That’s the exposition that goes on in that scene. I wonder if his friend should be the one who helps find the number. We don’t have time to do that in the Himalayas. Then he goes to his friend who is digging on another project. He’s working on the thing he’s been working on for years. He’s sort of an east coast Yalie. He’s his old roommate. Same age. But he’s gone the straight route. He goes to him at his digs, or maybe a cafe scene. Maybe he meets him at the digs and they go to one of these cafes to talk. The guy doesn’t like him too much. You can tell they’re close friends, but the guy disapproves of what Indy is doing. He doesn’t hate him for it, but at the same time he wonders why he didn’t go straight. I thought that could be a place where the friend helps him put it together. You get rid of a piece of exposition there about the thing.

L — That would have to be in the privacy of someone’s quarters, not in a cafe. Let’s say she’s wearing the pendant, it’s metal, and the part below it might be flat. It could be of some size so that he could strap it to his body. But we don’t want it to be too small, because then they’d have two small pieces.

G — If it was about that tall and that wide he could either tape it under his arm or on his ankle, but it would be flat sort of like a metal knife.

L — I like that his friend and he are there when he first puts it together.

G — And his friend helps him. His friend is really more of a scholarly archeologist than he is. It’s old college buddies. It’s “The Turning Point.” Originally it was a puzzle that everyone was puzzling over. And it was his buddy that found the key. I don’t know if the scene with his buddy should be the next scene. It might be good to have the Arab scene, then have an action/danger scene, and then have the scene with the friend. Then the next place we’re going is when he’s on the dune overlooking the camp and he sees all these tanks and stuff.

L — An action scene could be a Cairo street scene, tents and big sword.

G — They also have daggers. It’s the kind of scene where he’s maybe getting followed. A bunch of Arabs try to jump him in the street and there’s a Nazi with them. They know that he’s there.

L — Now she…

G — Tags along. Before, this is where I had her go off with the Germans and come back with all the information. But I think we can get the information from the digger.

S — I don’t know what we do with her.
G — How about if we have her kidnapped?
S — Who would kidnap her, and for what reason?
G — The Arabs. Maybe they’re going to rape her. White slavery.
S — I would rather have a plot kidnapping than just a carnal kidnapping.

G — If he gets jumped on the street and they take her, it’s obviously the Nazis, maybe they’re taking her to find out what she knows. He fights them off, but they get her in the process. They take her alive rather than kill her so they can find out what they know and what he’s after. Maybe these are semi-agents of the Nazis, but more agents of the Frenchman. It’s something he is more interested in. Or they’re Nazi agents. One Nazi and a bunch of Arabs. Maybe there’s some writing on the thing that he can’t decipher. In the scene at the home in Cairo he’s putting the thing together and he’s trying to read some of the stuff and he can’t. He shows it to the Arab and he can’t read it. It’s much older than anything he knows. Then he says, “Is Phil still around?” Yes. Maybe Phil can read it. He takes the thing to him to try and find out what it says. It’s on the way there that they get Shang Haied. There is where you can have a great street fight. Maybe use his bullwhip. In the process she gets captured.

S — Whisked away to a waiting staff car.

L — How does he react to that? Does he go on to see Phil? Or does he go right after her?

G — Yes. It seems pretty mundane that he would go on to Phil after that.

L — Is there some way to really convince him she has died?

G — That’s fun.

L — But you have to do it really well, and I don’t know how. And then he could feel bad about it until he sees her again.

S — It could be the “Obsession” trick. The car she’s in goes offhand disappears, then appears again, goes off again and appears again, then it goes off a cliff and burns. In fact, on one of those dog-legs to the left they jumped out with her and the driver went off alone and he actually crashed. We and Indy feel that she’s dead when we see the car burning at the bottom of a cliff.

G — That would work. You can sort of cheat. It’s all images of a girl in the back seat just before the thing goes over. You don’t really see her, but you think you do. You are convinced that it actually happened. Or, you see the cars switch, another comes in and takes over. But Indy knows and isn’t fooled by it. You sort of think that he’s going to go after the wrong car, but he doesn’t, he goes after the right car. And that’s the car that crashes. What we don’t know is also in the process of that, there’s another switch that happens that we don’t see. There are two switches. We see the first one happen. The second one is set up the same way.

S — That’s good.
G — What can he chase them with? What if he jumps on a camel?
S — I love it. It’s a great idea. There’s never been a camel chase before. L — Is this camel going to chase a car?

S — You know how fast a camel can run? Not only that, he can jump over vegetable carts and things. It could be a funny chase that ends in tragedy. You’re laughing your head off and suddenly. “My God, she’s dead.”

G — We have to have another way of getting them off the cliff. They start getting on the outskirts of town, going along this mountain road. He doesn’t follow them down the road, he goes over the hill. You have shots of him racing along and shots of them racing along. He sort of comes down right in front of them, with a gun. They’re riding along and

he’s pointing a gun at them, and they go off the thing. That’s a way for him to get them to crash.

S — And he thinks he killed her.

G — “This isn’t working out at all.” It’s a cheat, but we could have a piece of her clothing or something. Or her purse.

S — When do we have the big fight with the flying wing?

G — That’s once he gets into the camp. It’s a secret landing strip, too. It’s what they were going to use to fly the ark back to Germany.

S — We still have the big fight in the moving truck to do. And now we have a camel chase.

G — We’ve added another million dollars.
S — Not really. How much trouble can a camel be.

G — It will be funny. It’s also great because the camel is so outmatched with the car. Once he gets out of town you realize the car is going to outrun him, so he veers off. It has a whole lot of twists in it.

S — And when you cut to a close shot of the hero, it’s really erratic and bumpy. He can go through clotheslines. The car goes under the clothes and half the clothes on the line are wrapped around the camel for about a block.

G — Then we have the scene with the old friend. It will be better because he feels terrible. They can talk about old times, his wife and his mother and the dorm, whatever. “This thing has cost me more than I…” And it will be a great moment when he goes in the tent and she’s there all tied up, ropes all around her and a gag. She’s over in a corner somewhere.

L — You mean she’s not going to be in a rolled-up rug? And he rolls out the rug. So we get rid of her for a while.

G — It’s only for a couple scenes. He sees his old friend and his old friend puts the thing together and gives him the clue about the change in the exposition. He’s mourning the girl, and that’s where we find out it’s fourteen feet instead of four feet.

L — Maybe the friend helps him build the staff. He would have a lot of stuff, especially at a dig. How are they going to carry it around?

G — It doesn’t have to be fourteen feet. It could be inches. It has to be in hands anyway. It’s some ancient Hebrew measuring system that’s translated into whatever you want.

END OF TAPE TWO-A, SIDE B
“RAIDERS” — TAPE THREE
G — He goes out with Sabu, the Arab clown, and the girl. No, the girl is gone. L — And the number one son of the digger.
G — Well, number twenty-three son. The girl has been kidnapped already…

S — And he’s sad and remorseful.

G — Kidnapped and killed. He killed her, then talked to his old friend. In the scene with the old friend it might be interesting to zap it with something. Meaning a shadow on the wall… We don’t want the bad guys to find out about the trick, the discrepancy. At the same time, if one of the waiters started to pull out a knife… Some kind of thing to hype that scene in terms of action and suspense and terror. Maybe somebody plants a bomb while they’re talking. An Arab walks by and leaves something, then walks off. At the last minute he figures it out or something and they duck and the thing blows up.

S — An Arab sent by the Germans?
G — Somebody who was following him.

S — What if the guy who’s bringing the tray of food in is pouring powder in the drinks all through the food and the soup. He’s laced everything with poison, for both of them. He brings it in and sets it down, and they’re wrapped up in conversation, but the food is always there with this implied threat. At one point our hero would take the chicken and just start gesturing with it. He’s too caught up to eat it. He’s not paying attention and this cat jumps up on the table and nibbles on the food. The cat freaks, just goes crazy and jumps up, climbs up the walls. He says. “I’m not going to eat this.” What if it’s an animal we hate, an animal the audience can’t stand. It’s always after our hero and doesn’t like him very much, like a mongoose.

G — A monkey is a perfect thing.
S — What animal don’t people like?
G — A rat.
S — A pet rat.
G — It doesn’t have to be a pet.
L — He’s looking the other way, the rat comes up. S — That’s a pretty brave rat.
G — It wouldn’t come on the table.

G — Let’s say we make two scenes with this old friend, or maybe even three. After the girl dies maybe we can cut back to him and the Arab family, a very short remorse scene. We say where he’s going. An expression of grief from the family. Then we go to the old friend.

L — They were on their way there when the whole thing started.

G — Rather than she dies and he just continues on his way, he goes back and we have a short scene with the family, consoling. Maybe the old man gives him another piece of information about what the Nazis are doing, so we move the plot along just a bit. It’s very short. Half a page or a page. Mainly it’s just a little respite. Now we know he’s going back on his mission again. That way it makes her getting killed into a little more of a thing.

L — The minute they hit Cairo we can assume they’re being followed. Maybe this Arab operative is the one who has the monkey. It’s a villain monkey. The Arab can make him do things, and he sends him in there to steal the piece.

G — They arrive at the airport or whatever.

L — We don’t see them at the airport.

G — So we cut from the Himalayas to Cairo, busy streets. We see them walking down the street. We realize they’re being followed. The guy is carrying a cage or a little box. And this can be like two or three shots. They stop for a second. She stops to look at something. He’s irritated and wants to keep moving. The guy opens up the little cage and he pets the little monkey and sends him off. The little monkey goes to the girl or to the guy and makes friends, and tags along. They get to the house and the monkey comes in. They can’t get rid of this monkey. The girl says she loves the monkey. The guy says to get rid of it. The monkey is making faces and doing cute things. You establish the monkey. Oh the street they’re going to the friends house and the monkey is riding on the guys shoulder or something. It goes on the camel chase and everything. Then you go back to the friend’s house for this little respite scene and they write something down. Or they do it in the first scene. The monkey looks around as they write something down. The monkey picks up the piece of paper and goes out and gives it to a guy outside and then comes back. He’s like a little spy. It has to happen real quick because it’s very short until the time we want to kill him. He kill the monkey spy.

S — Can it wear a turban? It should be dressed up.

G — Yes. In these three scenes, because the fourth scene is where he dies, we have to establish that he’s spying on them.

S — What is the monkey trying to get?
G — Information, pieces of paper and things.

L — Before we kill this monkey, I want to really make him a villain. What if he is along when they’re headed out to the friends. The ambush takes place and as Indy is fighting them off, the girl jumps into a basket to hide and the monkey leads the Arabs to the girl. That’s how they get her.

G — That’s good.

S — Also, there’s this sleeping cat that the monkey knocks in the face. Something you really hate the monkey for.

G — That can be over the dinner table. I like the cat coming up and starting to eat the food and the monkey whacks it and takes the food away from it.

L — He charms his way into their confidence.
S — The monkey should be dressed up as a little Arab.

G — I like the idea of not only having a turban, but also a little backpack. When he’s in the thing, he’s sort of picking up letters, any mail, scraps of paper, wads it up and puts it in his pack. We give him a chance in one of these scenes… He follows them down the street.

L — He doesn’t have to follow them, they take him with them. He climbs on and they can’t get him off. When she’s taken away, he could just go back to his master. Then when Indy is with the friend, he could appear again. Indy is not going to suspect the monkey.

G — When they get ambushed on the way to the house, we have to have that short scene when the monkey takes all the stuff out of his pack and gives it to the guy. What

if we do that before. I don’t want to have a big scene where they say they’re going to leave. We should do these in cuts. They’re walking down the street, the monkey is on his shoulder. Suddenly the monkey jumps off and runs away. She yells for him to come back. He says good riddance. Then you follow him and takes all his stuff out and gives it to some guy.

L — The same guy who dropped him off.

G — And then you follow that guy and he sort of signals to somebody and then they attack. In the middle of the fight the monkey sort of appears again. When she hides the monkey runs over to the thing and points her out. He gets on the camel. You cut back to the home and he’s back there lamenting, and the monkey comes back in.

S — (garbled, something about the monkey going “Heil Hitler.”)
G — That’s up to you and the trainer, and the monkey.
L — The monkey could come back in the quiet scene and put his arm around him.

G — You might even want to play it where he thinks the monkey ran when the bad guys came. Back at the house when the monkey comes in the window. “At least you came back.” At the next scene with the old friend the monkey is there. The monkey beats up the cat. We break this into three parts — the first scene is with the family, the second is at the digs wherever this old friend is working, or the house. You go into one of these nice Arabian houses, with servants and everything. I like the idea of them catching this servant. The servant brings in the food, then goes out. There’s a scuffle outside, a fight, and our guy goes out. They think he’s there to spy or something. You don’t know there’s poison. It should happen before they put the thing together and discover the mistake. It’s important that it be very clear that whoever the spy is, the poisoner, has no idea that they are making that discovery. The other thing is, possibly when they’re writing stuff down we could still have the monkey taking something, being a thief in that scene too. It would be interesting if Indy caught the guy or the other servants caught the guy. Something where he’s sort of found out afterwards. I don’t know how important that is. We have to see him do the poison. We cut from the digs when he says, “Come on over and have some dinner.” Cut to the servant putting the powder on the stuff and bringing it into them.

L — I don’t know why it concerns you that he get caught. Let’s say he puts in the poison and then take off. He wouldn’t hang around there. He’s not a listening spy, he’s a poisoning spy. He takes off, they continue their conversation, the monkey eats the food and drops dead.

G — It would be more plausible if the guy… You cut to them going into the house, and they’re being followed. When they go in the house you follow the bad guy. He goes into the back, into the kitchen. He poisons the food without the servants knowing it. The regular servant brings the food in. If it’s a strange servant, the guy would know. Nobody would know there’s poison. Even the monkey wouldn’t know.

L — The monkey comes with Indy?
G — Right. You’re going to have the monkey in four or five scenes. S — Monkeys bite.
L — The monkey drops dead and then they get to the staff.
S — What does this scene accomplish between the two of them?

G — Plotwise, they’re discovering the major difference between the new and the old. We get a little bit of old friendship, a little bit of character stuff about them. Plus we have the tension of the poison going on through the whole thing.

L — Where do you see the digs?

G — I see them sort of in the city. There are city digs and distant digs. One of the reasons I was worried about them catching the guy was I was worried about the guy hearing. What would be interesting, this might be too complex, they’re sitting there talking with a plate of poison food. There has to be one thing that they would eat around the dip or bread, something you might not eat, like the olives or something. It would be off to the side, not something that’s on their plates.

L — The real servant brought in the food, and they’re engrossed and they just don’t get to it yet. Then when they get really close to the puzzle, behind their back the monkey is eating. So they say, “This puts us way up on the Germans. Let’s have a bite to eat.”

G — I was thinking they bring in the couscous and stuff, and they put a plate of olives there.

L — Would the guy put the poison just on the olives?

G — That’s all he could get to. That’s the only thing he could find in the kitchen. Maybe it’s an oil he pours on the olives. The olives are sitting there, and they’re eating, and maybe a guy reaches for an olive and drops it. He throws one up and he misses it, it bounces off his forehead. This is is while they’re carrying on their exposition conversation, and just beginning to talk about the thing. They haven’t really mentioned the fact that he has the thing. As he grabs for another olive, he sees a shadow on the wall, or something behind the window. He maybe grabs his bullwhip and gets the guy. That’s the guy who poisoned the food and is also listening in on them. He has to do away with him. The guy has to be run off or killed. The guy asks what he was after. He was after this thing that I got. We know the guy is nowhere around when they talk about it. That gives them a break to get away from their meal. While they’re doing that, the monkey is eating the food. I don’t know if he even needs the staff. The guy just takes a string and says this is eighty-nine inches. Then he takes it and puts it in his picket, so when he gets down there he can just take the string off and measure off a stick somewhere, break it off and use it. When they say that’s the answer to the thing they realize the Germans must be digging in the wrong place. They turn around and the monkey is dying.

S — I think it would be funny if, as they’re talking about this and the olives are between them, you see a hairy little paw is pulling olives off the plate, coming in and out of frame. Finally the paw comes up to grab an olive and begins slipping, like palsy. You use a little mechanical paw. And then you hear a thump.

G — The monkey eats the olives during the exposition. It would be great if the monkey keeled over with the olive in his hand. “I wouldn’t eat those olives.”

S — As our hero looks over and sees this dead monkey with pits all around him, his friend is tossing one up, and he finally catches one in his mouth. “Hey, I got got one.” Our guy hits him on the back and makes him spit it out, saves him at the last minute.

G — Either one can save the other. He flips it up, and as it’s going into his mouth, the other guy grabs it. The guy asks him why in the hell he did that. He points to the monkey sprawled out with pits all over him. “Bad olives.”

L — One thing that bothers me, the monkey eats just the olives? He can eat other stuff, too.

G — Rather than olives, it could be dates. They would stick to his head instead of bounce off. It’s better with olives, an olive would bounce around the room. The good thing about dates is that’s something monkeys would be crazy about.

L — How does he put the poison on them?

G — He could do it with an oil. You assume it would dry up. Maybe it’s just a liquid that he pours on. They look like they’ve just been washed. You see a guy washing the dates and putting them in a bowl, then the other guy comes in and pours this stuff on them.

S — Is this a daytime scene.

G — I always envisioned it as a nighttime scene.

S — When the Arab is outside listening, can they be in kind of a tent thing? The only time you see the Arab is when some headlights go by and make the wall translucent.

G — They had a lot of french doors over there.

S — When it’s backlit you see the shadow of a man that’s not there without the lighting.

G — Or you can have a giant shade that’s pulled down.

S — Does he go outside and kill him?

G — That’s what we have to decide.

L — What could he do with a date that would start a sort of Rube Goldberg kind of thing? Very simple, but it would spook this guy.

G — That’s hard with a date. I want to get rid of him so we know they didn’t learn about the thing.

S — What if he does hear. Just as they’re talking about the fourteen inches, the headlights sweep by and our hero sees him. We know the guy knows. Now we have to stop him from taking this information back. When the second pair of headlights sweep buy there’s nobody there anymore. So our guy quickly gets up, runs outside, and hears footsteps. Then we can justify his wiping this guy out. Either that, or he’s run over by a car in his haste to escape.

L — I don’t understand why you want to keep him around.

G — I just want to establish without a doubt…

L — He barely gets the poison on the dates, then he runs off.

G — The audience will think he’s hanging around somewhere. I would think that, to make sure it worked. And he would hear them.

S — You know how when somebody is watching, you begin to talk normally. The guy says, “Listen, I feel a draft. I’m going to close the window.” He walks over, to the window, reaches out, and the pulls the guy in the window. Right through all the stuff.

G — I don’t think he has to kill him. He can either knock him cut, or he can catch him. But if you catch him, you have to sort of give him to somebody. That takes a lot of time.

L — You can have his own people kill him…(garbled)

G — I think the idea of him throwing the date… If it were a peach or banana it would be easier. If there was a big stone beam, and under it was the canvas, and above the beam it’s open, with a lot of pots on the beam. He could throw the thing and hit one of the pots and the pot could fall over and hit the guy on the head, knock him out. “Who is he?” “He was trying to get to this.”

L — I don’t think it’s a problem if this guy isn’t hanging around.

S — I don’t mind if he runs away after he poisons, just cut outside and this guy is running and he jumps on a truck.

G — Okay. We’ll assume his job was to poison, not to listen.

L — The monkey is dead, we establish the fourteen, he says goodbye to his friend. Is this the last time we see this guy?

G — Yes. At one point I had him at the boat to see him off, but then I decided the family would be better. But we can use him there if we want. The girl is going to be sent back with the kid. The old digger would have all the contacts.

L — Then he goes out there for the first time, with Sabu.

G — Right. And he looks over the hill and there are all these Germans and tanks and tents. He has to figure out a way down there. What he has to do is try to get down into the diggings, set up the staff, and figure out where the temple is.

L — At the right time of day.

G — So he would be sitting up on the hill waiting for that time. We were talking about sunrise or sunset, because then it’s a fixed time.

L — What does that do for the angle?

G — I know. If it’s down in a hole it doesn’t work.

S — It has to be up high enough to get into the hole.

G — The problem is if it’s a big thing on the side of a mountain or something, then it’s a big deal. Plus the fact that why didn’t they find this city before.

L — What if they have dug it out, and the map is on the wall instead of the floor. Then you will get a spot of light.

G — You can also make it a big hole, like a hundred by a hundred feet. It’s really been dug out. The sun comes down and one wall of the hole is part of the temple, and maybe it is on the wall. The idea is that it angled down. We have to make sure that the height of the thing would make a difference.

L — It seems like it would be easier to understand if it’s on the floor. How important is it that it be at sunrise?

G — It’s not crucial. But it’s very hard to fix a time, three candles. I think you might be able to make it work at sunrise. I know how to do it. In these stills that we have, with pictures of the map and everything, we can also see pictures of the layout of the temple. Maybe it is in the ground, but when they’ve excavated it out, there’s a big hole in the top of this temple. There’s photographs of the hole and photographs of the thing. All our friend has to do is say, “When the sun hits that hole, and you stand in the center of this

symbol…” There’s a big symbol on the floor, there’s a map on the floor, and there’s a big hole in the ceiling. “When you stand on the symbol with the staff, and the sun hits the rim of the hole, it will shine through and fall on the map.” All we’ve done is raise the horizon. Instead of having it be down there, we’ve made the horizon this hole in the ceiling.

L — It’s the original hole?

G — Right. We see stills of it in Washington. And he says it he explains how the sun would come through the hole in the ceiling and the sun would come through the staff and point to the temple. All he has to do is figure out himself… He sees the photos and says, “I figure the sun is going to come through that hole at about 7:33.”

L — We don’t want this hole to be too small. G — No. It’s a big hole, like a skylight.

L — then you would see the sun… Are we creating two points already before they even get to the… As soon as we have two points, we have a line. Are we creating a second point with the hole? So they wouldn’t even have to know how high to make the staff. It would be determined. A line of light would come into the room like this, and their staff would be down here.

S — They wouldn’t know how high to make it.

G — Look at it like this. (demonstrates)

L — You’re saying that when the sun hits the hole, the entire area is flooded with light.

G — Yes.

L — I was thinking that when it hits the hole, and the light is moving across here like this, you know that’s the time, there’s like a line of light…

G — It wouldn’t work.

L — Why? You’d have a line which is the sun and this building. You would see it. There would be darkness here and light here.

G — Suppose this is what they found on the floor. One of these three places is the temple. We don’t know which one it is. If you have the staff in the thing so that it’s standing up, it doesn’t matter where the sun is.

L — The only thing that’s changed is that daylight comes later to this temple. As soon as there’s daylight in the temple, you can make your calculation.

G — What it will do is the staff will cast a shadow, and then the circle on the thing with the hole in it will… the shadow will go across this like that because on the tip, at the end of the shadow, there will be a light in the center of that shadow.

L — The shadow of the staff will get increasingly shorter as the sun rises.

G — Right. The length of the shadow is determined by the time of the day. The time of the day is fixed by when it first comes over that thing.

S — The only problem there is that it’s changed by the time of the year.
G — When the guy talks to his friend, they’re discussing it, and he’s explaining in detail.

Again, we have a rough idea in Washington. With the guy we say the staff has to be fourteen feet high. And they’re both archeologists, they know all this stuff. The ceremony of the great sun god was on the Ides of March. Your Ides of March then is equivalent to December today. So it will be off by about three feet.

S — So they compensate for it.
G — If you went out there tomorrow, it would be about three feet off from where it is.

L — One thing this takes away is that moment he sticks the staff in the floor. He can’t do that any more.

S — Why?

L — Because he’s not compensating.

G — It depends on how dramatic you want to do it. You can ignore that whole aspect of it. The idea is, he puts the staff down and you pan across, and there is that little square with the light shining in it and you say, “That’s it.” Or you do it (garbled)… and he points over three feet and that’s where it is.

L — It could be at the right time.

G — That’s quite a coincidence. The guy could just acknowledge that the sign lines up on the third Ide of March or something, which is December 13 in our time. We don’t explain anything further. We don’t even connect it. So he goes out to the desert with Sabu and looks over the thing. Do we have him do any snappiness to get down there, or do we have him tell Sabu to stay there and wait, and have shots of him sneaking down past guards and slipping down into the hole.

S — All the Germans are drunk and they have this woman dancing around the campfire.

L — It’s sunrise, everybody is sleeping.

G — He stands on the hill dressed like Lawrence of Arabia. He and the kid walk in. The kid is obviously scared to death. He goes down in the hole and the kid stays up there, being scared to death, and all the Germans are walking around.

S — He walks right into the German camp, as an Arab.

G — Right. There are Arabs in the camp, and they’re his friends.

S — He walks through the camp and one of the Germans says, “Hey you.” The guy turns and the German puts up his plate for seconds, and our hero sees all these big kettles for breakfast. So he has to take this stuff and feed the Germans.

G — That would be a good thing to happen to the kid. He’s sort of waiting there by the hole and the German yells to him, and the kid panics. He’s sort of serving the Germans, and is scared to death.

S — Both of them could start to do that.
G — You’re slowing down your action.
S — Also you have him, any minute now he could be caught. G — The point of the scene is figuring out where the temple is.

S — You want to put obstacles in his path between here and the temple.

G — Once the audience figures out the point of the scene, it’s just irritating to put obstacles in the way of getting to that point.

S — Let the kid do that, it’s a nice way to keep him busy.

G — When he’s overlooking the hill, we have to assume that some of the laborers are also his friends.

L — why can’t we have them take him right in?

G — We can. But I just like that shot of him standing on the dune overlooking the thing. The digger comes and says get in. He gets in the truck and they drive on down, and go into the camp. He breaks away and goes down into the hole, and the kid is standing around being nervous.

L — The kid’s father works there, so he wouldn’t really be so out of place.

G — He’s standing by the hole with a rope going down it, guarding. So he hopes no one will see him.

END OF TAPE THREE, SIDE A

TAPE THREE, SIDE B

G — So he’s sitting there serving food, and he keeps looking at the hole. Then you cut to Germans sort of walking around the hole, talking and gesturing down. The kid is nervous that the guy will get caught.

L — The guy should see the kid standing there with the rope and ask him to bring it to him.

G — Or maybe they need it to pull out a truck or something. In the middle of the kid being nervous about how he’s going to get another rope to get him out, the guy asks him to bring some food. Then we can have the kid get something clever. When the guy whistles, maybe he can have brought the rope back and rolled it up, and is sitting on it. Or when our guy whistles, “Sabu, I’m ready.” A whole chain of knotted Nazi shirts comes down Instead of the rope. It’s like everybody’s laundry has been tied together. You only have like three cuts. You have the rope, they use it for the truck. Then you cut back to Indy, working. Then another guy asks for food from the kid. Then you see him looking around as he’s serving the food, trying to figure out how he’s going to do. Then you cut back to Indy, and you see the dramatic moment, and then he calls for Sabu. So, it’s a real surprise. You assume at that point that the kid is trapped. When Indy calls for him, you know that he’s not going to be there. So you play it, “Sabu, Sabu…” Tension. All of a sudden a bunch of laundry comes down.

S — The first thing that comes down is a German flag.
G — Then he climbs up.
L — Now, he has spotted the temple. So go on, because (garbled)

G — I would think on the map, if the thing was shorter, and at that time of day, it would cast a shadow down further on the map. On that there would be a big red circle painted that shows where the thing is. When he does the thing and it lands on the thing, he also maybe takes out like a calibrator, so he knows where they are, where this is, and where that is. Then he goes up. My idea then was that he comes up out of the hole, some

Germans go “Why aren’t you at the digging?”, and he has to sort of sneak away at this point. He comes under suspicion, so he zips around a tent, and jumps into it to hide with the boy, and who should be tied up in the corner, but his girlfriend, “what happened to you?” She tells him about the cars being switched. “Let’s get out. I know where the temple is.” The go off together. She gets saved. If we do that, then we should have another scene back with the family.

S — Then he should ask how they’re going to dig it up with all the Germans. He says he’ll figure it out.

S — That’s a problem. They go back to step one. Once he’s at the dig shouldn’t he just solve everything and do it right then.

G — I’m worried that if he finds the girl…
S — She’s right back in the action again.
L — That’s good, because he has nothing else to do with her but take her with.

G — I thought he would leave her all tied up. “Look. I can’t take you with me, it would arouse suspicion. So I have to leave you here for a little while. I’ll get you out later.” If they find out the girl is missing, they’re going to start searching everywhere.

S — She says, “Let me out of here. Let me out of here.” He tells her to keep her voice down. She won’t, so he has to gag her again. “Look, I’m glad you’re okay. It’s a big relief to me. I’ve got a lot of things to tell you. But you’re going to ruin this whole thing unless you just sit here and be quiet. You’ve been here for forty-eight hours, another three or four hours won’t make any difference at all.” He leaves her tied and gagged. That would be heroic. I like that.

G — My only concern was that if he takes her, the Germans would be combing the countryside.

L — Are they just keeping her there? G — We assume they’re torturing her.

L — One more thing, execution at noon. Because they could be doing away with her at any time.

G — They could have her up on a rack. All these torture things going on. He should leave her. It’s different, it’s funny, and it’s also very logical.

L — As long as she’s in no danger.

G — And it brings her back into the movie. Then you know she’s trapped back there. Suddenly it’s damsel in distress. The problem we had before was why didn’t he go after her. Now we know why he doesn’t, because it’s more important that he get the ark. It works great, we do it. She is really pissed. He’s left her there. He goes about a quarter of a mile away to dig up the real temple. He should be there, the boy should be there, and maybe a couple of Arabs. The digger had Arabs waiting off in the wings. We either cut to him, cut to the girl struggling, then you cut to him running to this little group of Arabs saying that it should be right about here. He steps it off, and tells them to start digging in this area right here. So he starts digging. At this point we either dissolve and he breaks through. Or we cut to the villains. This might be an interesting place to start going to the villains. Now it’s even better because we know what’s happening to the girl. We can tell parallel stories. We cut back to the girl, and the villains come back. This will be the first time we actually see the French guy and the Nazis. This is the first time we

see the real villains. We have a scene with the villains torturing the girl a little bit, rape her, talk about the fact that they’re not finding the Ark.

S — She should be screaming his name, she’s so pissed off. He had to tie her up, otherwise they would know that he was around. At the same time, there are people raping and torturing her.

G — I was using that facetiously.

S — If they’re doing anything at all, that really makes our guy a bad guy. Maybe they can be threatening her, putting the irons back in the fire.

G — He could ask her if they’ve hurt her. She tells him not yet. “They want to know what you know.” “If they haven’t killed you, they won’t. Just don’t tell them anything and you’ll stay alive.” The villains don’t have to really torture her. We can threaten it. I think it’s good that she’s in danger.

S — There should be a real slimy German character. He’s the only gestapo involved there. Every time you see him, you know it’s going to be the worst pain, death by torture. This guy looks like a ferret. He’s got that slick black hair. His name is Himmler or something like that. He’s a stocky short guy, a master torturer.

G — We can do a threatening torture scene. If she says that they haven’t hurt her yet, he can assume she’s going to be safe. But then they come back and decide they’re going to start torturing her. “We’ve had enough of this, young girl. Now you’re really going to talk.” It’s funny on her side, too. She thought she was okay, but she’s not. It is a good time to cut to the villains and establish them. Maybe they have broken into the thing and found out the Ark isn’t there. Now they’re figuring out what they’re going to do. Saying that maybe the calculations were off. They are really angry with the Frenchman, about the fact that he didn’t pick the right temple. “It’s going to take us years to dig up this whole damn city.” He says “Maybe it’s in the other chamber. We have three chambers.” “At the rate those Arabs are digging, it’s going to take them a week to get into those other chambers.” He says, “I know it’s there. I know it’s there.” So there’s a lot of doubt cast about whether they’re going to find it. The Arabs keep slowing the production down because they’re friends of the digger. We sort of get their point of view. “The Fuhrer wants this right away.”

L — How did they figure out where to dig?
G — They built a four inch pole instead of a four foot pole. L — Because they knew what one piece was?
S — Right. But they thought it said four instead of fourteen. L — Then how did they get a spot of light.

G — They did the same thing. In this scene, at the home of the digger, it’s the first time they’ve met and they’re talking. The digger says. “The Germans have found the temple.” “What? How could they have found the temple? I’ve got the piece.” “Ah, your Chinese friend had several copies.” Because he is also a forger. They read the height of the stake off the thing.

L — They don’t have the pendant, which is very important.
G — No. But he said that they made a makeshift, a crude thing, and they made it work. L — I thought we had figured out a way that he knew… We knew why they had made a

mistake. I thought we had figured out how they chose this spot.

G — We had figured but that they had just read the textbook. I like it better that the only way you can find out is to have that piece.

S — The Gestapo comes into where the girl is, she’s lying there all tied up. They untie her and put her in a chair. They’re going to torture her. The main Gestapo guy takes out this little case, he has little wires with felt on them. Clang… Zap. He takes his coat off and hangs it on these things.

G — As long as it’s done realistically. As long as it’s not played for laughs. One, he goes to the War Lord to steal the thing. That makes sense. It makes sense that the War Lord would have made copies. How did they get the top section? What if it’s metal and flat, and in the fight it rolls across the floor. One guy sees it and he goes for it. What if it rolls across the floor and into the fire and the fire sort of burns past it. It’s sitting there smoldering. One of the guys sees it and goes over and grabs it, and then screams. That guy runs off. Back here he says they had a copy of one part, but how did they get they other. “A man had it burned into his hand.” It would just be a rough copy, it wouldn’t give them any of the information, like the false number.

S — They’d have to hold up a mirror to read his hand.

G — I like the fact that when they get to the Cairo home the digger says, and you think that he’s going to have the stuff, so it’s a big shock to Indy when he finds out they found the temple. “How could they have done it?” “The Chinese man had a copy of the thing, and one of their SS men had the top part burned into his hand.”

L — But not the number.
G — Does it solve that for you? L — I love it.

G — And at the time it’s just like a joke, this guy burning his hand. You don’t even suspect that it would be any kind of a plot point. Then we have the scene with the villains.

L — And they’re having their problems.

G — They can also be trying to get the pendant. They know that their information may be faulty, and they want the real thing. There are a lot of things they want out of her. Then we cut back to Indy.

L — How far down are they digging? About the depth of this room?

G — Yeah. With four Arabs digging, and Indy, it would take them maybe a day. We can do a time transition there anyway. We can cut to them digging toward sunset, then cut to the girl in the tent at night, then you cut and it’s the next day.

L — Maybe the action, when they throw him back in there, can take place at night.

G — It’s better to have the contrast. It’s good for her at night. The guys come back from the digs, and it’s a perfect time for them to torture her. Then you cut and it’s the next morning, the Germans are coming out. Then you cut to Indy and they’re still digging away, and they say, “We’ve got it.” They open it up and he goes down. We have a little scene where he is looking around and he sees the big box at the end of the temple. There’s that moment.

S — “There it is.”
L — And this tomb is going to be pretty good.

S — I know what it looks like. It’s not small tomb. The ceiling is about forty feet in the air. It has all sorts of hieroglyphics and things.

L — He goes into the tomb, sees the thing.

G — And they start hauling it out, hoisting it up. He’s still down in the thing. “Great. Send the thing down.” Or whatever. And a German appears.

L — So he never comes out.

G — No. He sort of supervises the moving of the Ark. So he’s down there when it goes up, and then he would go up.

L — Now the Frenchman appears.

G — Right.

L — And he goes, “Ah, Indiana.”

S — Indiana says, “Throw me down that so and so.” Someone throws it down, Indiana catches it and looks up to say thank you, and the Frenchman has thrown it to him.

G — So it’s a real surprise to us. Then maybe we have a short scene between the Frenchman and Indy. “After all these years.” “You’ve made my life so much easier.” Two villains having a conversation.

S — Indiana should be able to match him in wit and intelligence in everything they say to each other.

G — This is where we get into the trouble with the water, if we’re going to do that.

S — We might as well figure it out.

G — This is where he would say…

L — He would things like, “I’ve seen you do the impossible, but there’s one thing you can’t do, and that’s breathe under water.” Slam.

L — Do we need any explanation about how they’re getting the water in there?

G — I worry about this scene a little bit. We’re going to get in such a fix trying to explain why and how. It’s not indigenous to the situation.

L — You could explain it. They have that conversation, and the Frenchman says. “You know so much about this thing, I suppose you know about the defense system we…

S — discovered in our diggings down the street.”

L — An offshoot of the Nile.

G — Another thing… It could be a defense of the temple, like we saw in the beginning of the movie. This would really telegraph it, when he goes into the temple, they open it up, on either side it could be a hatch thing. On either side would be these giant cisterns of water that were being stored there from an oasis. They constantly filled up. When you’re

in the temple, it’s all dripping wet.

L — That would be good, he goes in a sand temple and there’s moss on the walls. That would be really strange.

G — There’s like a giant water well in the middle of the temple.
It’s like the temple where all the water was, which would be the key temple. The source of life. It’s the source of life and the source of water. It would be like an Artesian well.

L — So the water comes up.
G — From the bottom. You like it to splash, the fact that is just sort of seeps up…
L — A geyser of water. I’m not seeing what you’re talking about. What would it look like.

G — The idea would be is that there’s sort of an Artesian well or sort of cistern so that he goes past it. If there were like two levels, and he goes into one level, and there’s this giant Artesian well, water pouring out of old broken fountains. There’s a hole in the thing, so he continues to go down into the next level. It’s nice to have it be a surprise, but the surprise may be so great that it’s unbelievable. You’re never going to convince anybody that there’s water there in the desert. I think it’s better in a way to telegraph it, to explain the water before you actually use the trick.

S — One way he could get out, it’s hard to explain, but as he’s going up with the water, he passes a whole bunch of hieroglyphics on the wall. Translated, they say, “Exit. Press here.” He discovers another room the hieroglyphics are telling him about. There’s a way out of here. It’s hard getting him out of this one.

G — It’s hard getting him out, and it’s also hard getting him in. We should ask ourselves if this is what we really want to do here. Do we want to close him in the temple, lock the door, and then have something else happen to him.

S — Why can’t they close him in the temple and lock the door, and he sits down thinking about what he’s going to do, because there’s no way out, and all of a sudden you hear strange animal sounds. The Germans had put some kind of maneating animal in there to get him, like a couple of lions or tigers. He hears this growling that gets louder and louder, he goes around this corner and you realize a chute put these horrible animals in there, and they’re starving. He realizes that however those animals got in. that’s the way out. But the animals are trying to get him, and all he has is this bullwhip, and maybe some clever devices hidden under his clothes. We’ll do an animal fight. He works his way to this little chute where the animals came out. Somehow he gets out that way. I don’t know how.

G — One of the first suggestions that you made, replacing the water with sand, might be of interest. It’s like “Land of the Pharaohs” where they had those giant sand chutes. There would be giant sand chutes to protect the temple. Not only does he close the door, he says, “This is your last hurrah. If you don’t die of starvation, the temple’s defense mechanism will get you.” Wham. He pushes a lever and all of a sudden these old stone things fall away and suddenly sand starts pouring in on him from four directions. He’s sort of fighting to keep above the sand that’s filling up the room. It would be more dynamic than quicksand, where you just sink slowly. He’d be almost buried by all this sand, so he’s constantly trying to climb out of it. Then the issue would be… the sand could fill up to the point where the thing collapsed. Assume that the floor of the temple is really the second story. There is another floor below it. When the sand comes in, the floor falls through down into the next level. As he’s climbing, you hear creaking. You get a shot of him falling through the sand. He lands in the sand at the bottom of another temple. But there are doors. You can have him walk through the buried city. Then he finds another digging and gets himself out.

S — It’s so convenient. The circumstances have permitted him to get out of this one. You could do the same thing with water. Or he sees some water being channeled, a little stream going out a crack. He realizes it’s a loose rock, and he can get out that way. It just seems convenient for the sand to be too heavy, with the way those temples are constructed.

G — Suppose he’s just in the temple and they lock the door. What if the temple had other doors? He came in from the roof anyway. He can’t get toe door open, so what he does is there’s like a giant column or something. He starts chipping away at the column, cutting it down like a tree. He finally gets the column so it falls over and crashes through the door, and opens it up. Then he climbs through. I like the idea of him climbing through the underground city. Then he finds an exit. The idea of the Nazis putting tigers in there… You know what it’s like to fly in a tiger from South Africa.

S — It would have to be a neighborhood tiger.
G — There aren’t any tigers out there.
S — I’m not in love with the idea.
G — You could have bats and stuff, make it slightly spooky.

S — I like the idea of, while the water’s rising, he climbs up onto the moss on the rocks, he sees a column which is weak, he finds a rock and pulls it out of the wall. He begins pounding away at the column as the water is rising. His hands are all bloody. He’s able to loosen the column so that it falls through a wall or through a door.

G — And then all the water rushes through?
S — And he swims out with the water. It’s a waterfall.

G — The only problem with the water is it’s going to be hard to do, and it’s going to be hard to rationalize it. We can’t. We can call it the temple of life and establish that it has a lot of water in it. But, at the same time, it’s like the sand. Plus it’s such a classic thing.

S — What about snakes? All these snakes come out.
G — People hate snakes. Possibly when he gets down there in the first place. L — Asps? They’re too small.
S — It’s like hundreds of thousands of snakes.

G — When he first jumps down in the hole, it’s a giant snake pit. It’s going to detract from the… This is interesting. It is going to detract from the discovery of the Ark, but that’s all right. We can’t make a big deal out of the Ark. He opens the thing, and he starts to jump down, and it’s full of snakes, thousands of them. He looks down there and sees them. What if they scurry out of the light. Then when he says they’re afraid of light, they throw down torches. You have a whole bunch of torches that keep the snakes back. Then he gets the thing, and they take it out. And the guy says, “Now you will die my friend.” Clunk. At the clunk three of the remaining four torches go out. So he only has one more torch, and the snakes start coming in. He sits there with one torch, knowing that when the torch goes out… It’s the idea of being in a room, in a black room with a lot of snakes. That will really be scary.

S — The snakes are waiting, looking at him. Thousands. And the torches are burning down. He’s trying to keep it going. The torch goes out. The whole screen goes black. The

sound of the snakes gets more intense. You hear him backing up. The camera pans and suddenly you see, it’s black, but there’s light coming from several cracks. It’s not completely black. That leads him to an opening. To a rock that isn’t so flush against the other rocks. He knows there’s access. He keeps pushing on it, he gets a little more room.

L — What are the snakes doing?

S — The snakes are coming at him, but the darkness gives him his way out. The clue of the way to go.

G — If he was there with one torch, he’d see that. It’s pretty dark. I like the idea of, he’s got the last torch, or maybe the last two torches, depending on how long we want to play this out. Say there’s thirty-five torches. This will be a nice scene when we go to get the Ark and there’s like a landing strip of torches. It’s getting very smokey in there. They close the door and almost all of them go out, except for maybe five or six. It’s the only thing that’s keeping him from the snakes. He looks around and tries to figure a way out. He sort of sees that there-is this door that’s locked. Maybe he takes one of the torches and moves over toward this door and bangs on it, can’t get it open. There is a big column. What if he takes… During this whole thing torches keep going out every minute or so. Now he only has two torches, so you know he’s really getting desperate. He works his way over to this column and he shimmies up. As he goes up, he drops one of the torches, and it bounces down. He only has one left. The snakes are sort of winding their way up the column. Suddenly a bat comes flying out. He drops a torch, or he takes the torch and sort of pushes it behind the column, and snakes slither out. He starts pushing between the wall and the column. Finally the torch goes out, it’s just a glow around his face. He’s sweating and straining. Shots of snakes slithering toward him. He finally pushes it and the column goes crashing down. We could have a couple of crashes from above. Obviously it’s very thick. The column knocks out a portion of the wall next to the door. It would be great if he were left hanging there. It breaks open the door.

S — Now he has to get over to the door.

G — I think we’re going to have to leave him with one torch. I don’t want to get into a big long thing. He’s up there, he has one torch left, he dropped the other one, he’s holding it in his teeth and it begins to go out. There are little shafts of light coming through, so it’s not pitch black. He knocks the column over. It goes crashing down, knocks open a door in the far side of the temple. He’s left hanging up there, about to fall onto the thing of snakes. Maybe one snake slithers across his hand. He pulls himself up on the ridge, or he drops down to another ledge. He gets into a position away from the snakes. He stands there and lights his torch again. He has matches. He didn’t do it before because he was in the middle of pushing the column. He gets the torch going again and he starts walking through the temple with the torch. We have to have a torch.

S — I think it should end quickly the minute the column falls and breaks down the door. I think he should ride the column down and get out right away. That’s the end of the scene.

L — He has to ride it as it falls.

G — He goes down with the column, does a tumble and runs out. The trouble is, you’re going to have him going through those temples without any light.

S — The column falls down, breaks through a wall, and light comes pouring in. It’s like salvation.

L — I don’t think there should be a door down there. He sees that it’s weaker there.

G — Let’s just make it a wall. Since he’s an archeologist, he would know how it… (garbled). If it’s that dark, you don’t need that many snakes. You’re using shafts of light, so you can just see the snakes on the edge of the light.

S — The way to do it is like “Squirm.” It has more worms than you can imagine. Snakes are ugly when they’re all piled up with each other.

L — I wonder what their reaction to light is.

G — You can get a snake charmer or something. I don’t know how you’ll do that. All you need is a lot of snakes in a very small spot, so it looks like there are a lot of snakes everywhere. You can also do a lot with sound, and close shots of snakes slithering across hands.

S — What’s real scary to me is when that rock comes down to seal the temple. The air pressure blows half the torches out. That place is air tight. A visual effect and a sound effect.

G — We shouldn’t have any snakes in the opening sequence, just tarantulas. Save the snakes for now.

S — It would be funny if, somewhere early in the movie he somehow implied that he was not afraid of snakes. Later you realize that that is one of his big fears.

G — Maybe it’s better if you see early, maybe in the beginning that he’s afraid, “Oh God, I hate those snakes.” It should be slightly amusing that he hates snakes, and then he opens this up, “I can’t go down in there. Why did there have to be snakes. Anything but snakes.” You can play it for comedy. The one thing that could happen is that he gets trapped with all these snakes.

S — Another thing that would be interesting for complete abject terror, as you see these thousands of snakes, you cut to macro insert shots, snakes laying eggs, little snakes hatching, two snakes eating each other. All this propagation is going on inside this huge tomb.

G — The other thing you have here is, he’s trying to push the thing away. He’s pushing the column and a snake comes down and crawls up his arm. In the temple next door there is a little bit more light, but not flooding light. And maybe in the next temple it’s like a tomb. There’s all this embalmed stuff. A little spook house stuff, not a lot, five or six shots. Maybe like a one minute sequence where he goes through all this stuff.

S — Maybe little tiny mice climbing around on the corpses.

G — Rats.

L — Can we use the bat in the first scene, since we’ve taken away the snakes?

G — Okay.

L — There can’t be too much light, because they’ve been digging in the middle of sand dunes.

S — All the light would come from above. Is there anything he could light, rags or something?

G — He has torches there. It would be a matter of relighting them.
S — Walking through these catacombs, you don’t see the dead people until the light hits

them.

L — If he reaches into his pocket and lights the torch again, that hurts it for me. He always had that capability.

G — Or we just don’t let the last torch go out. He jumps down with the torch.

L — I think it would be good if it were almost gone, and he brings it back to life. He’s blowing on it and he gets a burst of light…

S — He’s in the catacombs and the bodies are piled like cord wood.

G — Bodies and skulls and things. He walks through the tombs then you cut outside. This is the point where we have a choice of doing things.

S — Does he go back and get the girl?

G — It depends on how quickly you do this. He goes through the catacombs. He sees the light at the end of the tunnel. He pokes his head up and the Germans are out there. Cut to the Germans on the airstrip, flying wing comes in, taxis around.

L — Is the airstrip revealed?

G — That’s we’ll have to decide. Of course, how would they have time to build it? Why would they?

S — It’s probably just landing on the flat desert floor.

G — Anyway, the wing lands and taxis around. The Germans are going to load the Ark onto the plane.

S — One of the things he wants to do is take control of the airplane. He’ll hijack it.
G — A lot of the wings are only like little fighter planes, a tiny cockpit with two guys in it. S — That’s even better.

G — All you need is him poling his head out of the temple and seeing all the Germans. Then you cut to the wing landing. I want a great shot of the wing flying. The wing could land, taxi to one of the buildings and say, “Fill this up with gas. We have a precious cargo to load.” They’re loading the wing up with gas, and he goes and gets in a fight with the guys. He can get in a fight with the pilot and a couple of other guys. He beats them all up. In the process of beating them up, the plane gets loose and crashes into something.

S — It crashes into the gas pumps and creates a fire, and the wing burns up.

G — A giant explosion. That’s good, because then the ark isn’t in the wing. They haven’t loaded it yet. They say, “Get this thing gassed in a hurry. Don’t even shut the engines off because we have a precious cargo and it has to get out of here right away.” The guy starts to go to the pump and you pan over and there’s Indy. He jumps the guy, the thing blows up. There’s a big fight first, then the wing starts breaking loose. You see the wing hit the gas pump, then you cut to the Germans. You see a giant fire ball behind the tents.

S — That way we don’t have to show the plane blowing up.
G — Then everybody runs over there, they’re running around and yelling and going

crazy. “Get that truck to Cairo. Get it to the main airport. We’ll put it on one of our fighter planes.” Then you see Indy scrambling along, black face, torn jacket.

L — Sabu is in the tent with the girl, tied up. We’ll just do away with his two helpers. G — We can play this along a bit more if we want. He looks out of the temple…
END OF TAPE THREE, SIDE B
“RAIDERS” — TAPE FOUR

S — She becomes the driving force. She’s so tired of being tied up and pushed around. She becomes a real active part of the story now.

L — What if she became involved with the Frenchman? For her own purposes. After all she’s not an American agent.

G — She’s a free spirit.

L — A tough woman of the world, which would appeal to him. She has been deserted by her guy.

G — Down here when we go through the villains deal with the girl, Indy finds the thing, the Germans appear, the girl ought to be with them.

L — As the thing slams shut you see her mixed emotions, but she’s siding with the rival. G — The other thing they could do is throw the girl down there with him.
S — In the snake pit?
G — Yes. That would be a natural thing. They don’t need her anymore.

S — I’ve seen that in so many movies, they throw them in to suffer their fate together.

G — But if they throw her in, it would be a great stunt. Say it’s like twenty feet down, or further. They just throw her in, and the guy would have to catch her.

S — Love among the snakes.
G — I think it is important that we get the girl back into it. L — He pushes her up the column ahead of him, or what?

G — This solves a problem. They have two torches left, he has one and she has one. He goes up and his goes out. The snakes are going to get him. He pushes the column over and she still has her torch. The snakes are closing in on her and she’s trying to burn them and keep them back, on the other side of the room.

S — All these snakes are coming to get her, and she’s holding them back with the torch. All of a sudden the snakes begin to part, like they’re afraid of something. They leave a certain area. Here come two king cobras.

L — I like that. And then the column falls on them.
S — And kills the king cobras.
G — You’ll never get those snakes to part, and you’ll never get two giant snakes to walk

in unless you make them all mechanical snakes, and we’re not going to have any mechanical snakes in this movie. Do it so you can shoot it all in inserts. We’ll do the whole thing second unit. It’s good that she’s there, you can intercut with him pushing the thing and her with the torch and snakes. It’s also funnier going through the catacombs with this girl. They go through that, then you cut to them looking outside the temple, seeing the Germans. “Now what?” “We have to get that Ark.” Then you cut to the flying wing coming in. It lands at the gas tent. It’s a tent with a couple of gas trucks out there. It’s all makeshift. The thing pulls up. She’s there with him. “What are you going to do?” “I’m going to pilot that plane.” “How am I going to get back?” “I never thought of that. You’ll find a way.”

L — What about Sabu?
S — He says, “Go with Sabu.”

G — I don’t know how we’re going to get Sabu back in this. I don’t want to throw him down there.

S — He’d be serving breakfast by now.
L — His father is Indy’s best friend, and we’re just going to sacrifice him to the krauts? S — Sabu could get out of it and show up later. We don’t have to follow his story.

G — They don’t care about the Arabs. They work for whoever they’re paid by. We can use him wherever we need him. They can just bump into him, “Sabu, what are you doing here?”

S — I like it when a character just reappears.

G — If anything, we would find him after the explosion, because that would draw his attention, too.

L — When he says he’s going to take over that plane, and she asks him how she’s going to get back, why doesn’t he just say, “You’re going to be my co-pilot.” Let his intention be the highest, since they’re never going to have to do it anyway. He’s going to fly her out of there.

G — Or he can just say, “There’ll be room for you.” It might be interesting to have her fight, also.

S — You mean fighting the Germans?

G — One of the German guys. Or, when he’s fighting, the pilot has jumped out of the plane and the cockpit has shut. He tells her to get in the plane. She climbs up on the wing as it’s moving around and tries to get the cockpit open. She’s struggling with it as he’s fighting.

S — She should be responsible for the plane catching fire. He can say, “Okay, I burned your cafe. You burned our only means of transportation out of here. We’re even.”

G — We just have to make sure that right before we cut, we have to explain how they got out of it. She maybe falls off the plane.

S — She gets inside the cockpit and she doesn’t know what to do. She’s stepping on and pulling on things. She makes a mistake, pulls something, and suddenly the propellers go really fast. The plane starts heading for the gas tanks. He sees her and screams, “My God, jump out of there.” She does. Then you cut to the Germans. She’s directly

responsible for destroying the airplane. She doesn’t mean to.

G — You’re going to have to be very careful about getting her out of there. Something like that happens very quick. It’s not like she’s going down a runway and realizes she’s going to crash. The thing is right over there.

L — She could pick up one of the blocks that’s holding the tires.

G — We could have a piece of phony wing that could hit it. She’s in the cockpit and the wing goes and crashes into one of the trucks. It breaks into the side of the truck, and the truck crashes into the next truck and all the gas starts pouring out. Then he looks and yells for her to get out. It doesn’t explode right away. She starts to get out. He starts to run. You cut to the Germans, “Where is that damn thing?” All of a sudden there’s a giant explosion. Which is the way it would happen anyway, it wouldn’t explode on impact. It would explode after the gas hits some kind of spark.

S — As long as she’s responsible, that will work out.

G — All the Germans are running around like crazy. They’re crawling around the tents. That’s when he says now they’re even. The Germans are saying, “The ark is in the truck. get out of here. Saboteurs.” That’s when they run into Sabu. You have this little scene with them under one of the trucks or something saying, “How are we going to get it now?” He says, “Look, you take Sabu, go back to his father and get him to get a plane or some kind of transportation to England. Tell him I have to get to England, and I’m going to come in quick. But I’ll get that truck.” “How?” “Don’t worry about that. Just get there and tell him.” She and Sabu sneak off. The truck is taking off. There are a bunch of Arab’s horses around. He goes and jumps on one of the horses and rides off across the desert. Eventually he gets on a mountain road.

S — Or a motorcycle would be good, like in “The Great Escape.” He could do some great cross-country jumping.

L — There’s no end to the fascination of a motorcycle.

G — He has to stand up on a motorcycle and make the transfer.

L — How do you see this guy?

G — Someone like Harrison Ford, Paul LeMatt. A young Steve McQueen. It would be ideal if we could find some stunt man who could act.

S — Burt Reynolds. Baryshnikov.

G — We can do two things here to hype the action. You can have him go after the truck and forget about the girl and Sabu. Or you can have the Germans going after the girl and Sabu, discovering them and chasing after them.

S — I think that’s too confusing. I would rather, at this late point in the movie, concentrate on the most important action. One man against the Ark.

G — Okay. They go off to Cairo. He takes off after the thing. There are two trucks, or a truck and a car. The truck is one of those canvas Warner Bros, trucks. And a staff car. If he’s on a motorcycle, he races across the desert…

L — you had him shooting out the tires. Is there something better we could do?

G — what if he just forgets about the car. He cuts across country, comes up alongside the truck, and the car is still behind or in front, it doesn’t make any difference. What is

the car going to do? If he jumps onto the truck and gets into the cab, and is fighting with the guys in the cab, the guys in the car can be shooting at him or whatever. But there’s nothing they can do. If they’re behind them, all they can do is follow. When he gets control of the truck and he tears off, the car can chase him instead of two motorcycle guys. He has to lose the car. If the car is in front, there’s still nothing they can do. The don’t want to kill the driver.

L — They don’t want the ark to go over the cliff.
G — It’s an interesting situation, because the guys in the car are stuck.

L — If they’re in front then there’s a danger of them running off the cliff themselves. They don’t want to get too far ahead.

S — The great thing about them being ahead is you know the hairpins because the car has to take them first. The car almost didn’t make it, and here are two guys fighting in a truck. How are they going to make it? You get a preview of all the different twists and turns.

G — If the driver of the car slows down enough, the truck will suddenly be right up on them.

S — So the car has to go as fast, and eventually it can go out of control and go shooting off the cliff.

G — I like the idea of the car chasing them.

L — Especially after it’s been chased.

G — Plus the fact that you have the Germans in the car going crazy. If the Ark goes over the cliff, all the Germans are as good as dead anyway. You can also have the Frenchman in the car.

L — How many guys are in the back of the truck?

S — There should be about twelve. Reinforcements. They keep getting out and walking along the side and getting knocked off on the mountain.

L — Are they coming from both sides?

S — Yes, both sides of the truck. The guy can swerve from side to side. He has two rearview mirrors and he sees them.

G — There shouldn’t be a back window, it should be steel. He races across the dune, then we dissolve and it’s more mountainous.

S — The Kyber Pass.

G — He races across and jumps on the road, and then it starts getting more mountainous. Like in “Wages Of Fear.”

S — The scenery itself should be frightening. You pull back and the truck is this big and the cliff is this big. It should be the most spectacular set in the picture. Where we shoot this chase should be the climax in terms of geography. “Where did they find that location?”

G — It would be good if we had two cars, so one gets sacrificed. We should have a car go over a cliff.

S — It should be an open staff car with a machine gun in the back seat. G — We can’t do it where they could shoot out the tires.
S — Why would they? The thing would go off the cliff if they did.
L — What about when he’s coming up from behind on the motorcycle.

G — He doesn’t. He comes alongside. He cuts them off. The truck is going like this, and he comes in at a right angle. Maybe the hills make it blind to the people in front and in back, and suddenly this motorcycle comes out of nowhere, and zips alongside. And he immediately jumps into the cab. The guys in the front and the guys in the back can’t do anything about it. The car that goes over the cliff could be either one.

L — I’d like it to be the back car. G — Then the front car spins out.

S — And the man in the car that goes off the cliff is the SS officer who was torturing her. He’ll be the one close-up, he’ll be the guy that screams.

G — He gets control of the truck and he scrunches off the last few guys. The front staff car has spun out. He goes by it and they tear off after him. They race through the city and he loses the car. He races into the warehouse and the Arabs close the door and put old baskets in front. As soon as the truck goes in, everybody comes and fills the street up again. The Germans come by looking for the thing, but they don’t see it. We have a little exposition scene where the guy tells him he couldn’t get a plane, but he got a ship. “A ship. Jesus Christ, that’s going to take forever.” “No, it’s a good ship.” The next scene is down on the docks when they’re loading the Ark. You see all these slimy pirates. But, his old friend tells him these guys are trustworthy, and he introduces him to the captain. We don’t have to make them Chinese, since we already have our Chinese sequence.

S — Make them Lithuanian. L — What if they’re all black?

G — That would work. They’re black pirates. They’re on a freighter, one of those old tramp steamers.

L — Where is the girl?

G —The girl is in the garage, and she goes on the boat with him. There’s a scene where they’re loading the thing on the boat, and it’s night and they’re afraid someone is going to see them. The Germans are coming and they have to get away right away. We introduce the captain, who is a friendly guy. Our family guy says that this guy is trustworthy. We’re in league with the pirates and we have a good feeling about them. Except a lot of them are sort of shifty. They’re cutthroats, but they trust them because the guy told them they could.

L — Didn’t you have a scene in here where someone wanted to open the Ark? G — We don’t really have time to open it.
L — No. Someone wanted to and he says no.

G — That was in the warehouse scene, when they’re unloading it. We could do that. The warehouse scene is everybody unloading the Ark. “We have to get out of here.” “I got

you a ship, it’s the only thing I could come up with.” It has to move fast. They get on the ship, and just as it’s taking off… Actually, it would be better if the Germans weren’t on the deck. So it’s more of a surprise. It goes very fast, and the ship sails out into the harbor at sunset. Then you have this relaxing scene where there is no threat. They’re at the captains table or something.

S — The audience will feel that it’s winding down.

G — He says, “We did it.” And this is where we can have a scene between the guy and the girl, tender, reconciliation. He loves her. It’s where we can really pull them together. A short little scene. It can be in the cabin or wherever. They fall asleep and everything is calm. He’s asleep, and the engines shut down, then he wakes up. “The engines have shut down.” “What does that mean?” “I don’t know. I’m going to find out.”

S — They’ve been making love. This is the first love scene in the movie.

G — Right. He tells her to stay there. He goes up to the cabin and asks the captain what’s going on. “Look.” We look, and there are like twelve wolf submarines surrounding them.

S — The Germans are manning the guns.

G — “Shit.” “There was nothing we could do. They’d torpedo us out of the water if we tried to resist. There’s too many of them.”

S — They wouldn’t torpedo them, they’d shoot them with their deck guns.

G — He says, “Shit.” You cut to the Germans swarming all over the deck, treating everybody very rough. The captain is outraged. They slap the captain around.

L — They think they’re Aryan supermen.
S — Heavy prejudice. They really abuse the black guys.

G — Indy is running down the deck trying to get back to the cabin and the girl. He gets cut off by the Nazis. He hides under a lifeboat. Two of the Nazis are carrying the girl. You see her struggling and screaming at them.

S — Why are they talking the girl?

L — The captain sacrifices himself in some way for the girl. Then you really hate the Germans even more.

G — We have to figure out a reason for them to take the girl at this point. Before I had it because she was a double agent.

L — Maybe here is where we can save the other thing. The Frenchman wants her, even though she’s not receptive to it. We can do that in a scene when he comes in to question her. Say he’s the Claude Rains character, it makes sense that he’s attracted to Barbara Stanwyck. The German says it’s time to get rid of her, the French guy says no.

G — The big thing with these movies is the damsel is going to get screwed by the bad guy. What we do is, in the interrogator scene the Frenchman is in love with her, coming on to her. The German torture guy could care less. “Get out of my way.” When they push her down into the snake pit, it’s the German guy who does it, and the Frenchman is very upset about it. “The girl was mine.” “She’s a waste of time, and we don’t need her.” We got rid of the German guy when he went off the cliff. Now the French guy is left to his own devices. “The girl goes with me. She’s important to this project.” He takes her

along. We know he’s been sort of lusting after her. As the Frenchman takes her, they look around and say, “Where is Indy?” “Search the ship.” They take the girl and the Ark, and row out to one of the submarines. Then we cut to the submarines going away.

L — When the captain sacrifices himself could be when he takes after the Germans.

G — They’re maybe going to blow up the ship or something. We’re going to intercut them rowing out to the Ark with something going on on the ship, without Indy being involved in it. So we can speed that time progression up. Just as they’re closing the hatch on the submarine, you see this hand come up and grab the submarine. The last we say Indy, he was hidden under a life boat.

S — As the last of the Germans leave the ship, they sink it right there.

G — Expensive.

S — Or they can rake it with machine gun fire.

G — You can do that. You intercut them going out to the submarine with other Germans searching the ship for Indy. They report that he is absolutely not on board.

L — We’re not going to be very interested in their searching the ship.

G — The pirate tells the Germans that Indy is not on board, “We got rid of him before we left the dock. We killed him. We’re going to sell the girl into slavery.” He plays up the whole pirate thing. You know that they’re just protecting Indy.

L — One thing you could do to sacrifice Gossett would be the Germans are just about to discover Indy and Gossett sacrifices his life to distract them.

G — The hatch closes and the submarine starts to move away, a hand comes up and grabs onto one of the railings. He swings himself up on the deck, runs along and the ship starts sinking. He’s running knee deep in the water.

S — We have research on this. There are no World War Two submarines on either coast that work. We haven’t checked Europe yet.

G — There was one in Argentina that Peter Yates used. We do close-ups of him running in the water on the deck. You can do it in inserts.

S — We don’t have to. We’re building a (garbled) which we can use.

G — He’s holding onto the periscope. We’ll start tomorrow on the tunnel when he enters the underground submarine base. In Leviticus it describes it. How they built it and where it came from. He thinks Von Daniken’s first book, “Chariots of the Gods” has some stuff in it about the Ark. The theory I’d heard is the one about being able to speak to God when you set up all the silk cubicles and that stuff. There was a theory that some doctors had come up with in Chicago about twenty-five years ago. There was an article. He doesn’t know where it is or anything about it. We’ll get that.

[PAGE 101 MISSING]

G — to get to the surface, and then he hits his head. That way it makes him bright, but he gets outsmarted anyway.

S — He finally gets through and he surfaces and sees… G — an underground submarine base.

L — How big is this base?

G — Small. One sub. When he first sees it it will just be a miniature sub. All the close- ups we can just do on a set.

S — We’re also experimenting on using miniatures with live action. So he comes up and he sees the base, which is sort of like Captain Nemo’s place. It can’t be too modern.

G — No, it has to be… It’s all rocks with a little bit of concrete reinforcement. Essentially it’s a natural cave. He climbs up and starts going down one of the hallways. There are guards everywhere.

L — He can watch them unload the Ark, see where they’re going.

G — Somehow we have to get to the Ark already set up with the silk boxes so they can talk to God.

L — But they just got there.

G — They got there ahead of him. Somehow between where we are now and the final climactic scene, they have to set up this. Of course, they could have had this set up before. We could do that with a piece of dialogue. As they’re unloading the Ark, a Nazi soldier comes over and says that “We have arranged the tents as you have described to us, Professor.” “Okay, take the Ark and put it in the middle of the tents.” He sent them a diagram of what it should look like.

S — At the end, when the whole thing goes, shouldn’t it also hurt the German army somehow. There should be some important generals there or something when the place blows up.

G — Yeah, but you don’t want to make it too outrageous. Obviously it didn’t really hurt the German army at all.

S — As an example, a guy down there is minutes away from being able to split the atom and he got killed. So they won’t have the bomb in ’41.

G — The one thing is to make the whole thing plausible, especially the ending, so you can assume the whole thing was covered up, is lost in Nazi files, but this really happened. It’s a semi-believable story. Maybe we could figure out a way where he’s going to sabotage it. Not only does the thing blow up, but he has set some kind of a time bomb that will blow the whole place up. That gives him a time lock as soon as he gets there. Not only does he have to get the Ark quickly… Obviously it’s not the brightest thing in the world to do. Now, another problem, the girl, which we have to cope with somehow.

S — The “Guns of Navarone” worked because it was a mission movie. They had to destroy something rather than capture something. In this movie the audience won’t be expecting anything to blow up. But, if we establish in the beginning of the movie, that all these Nazi operations are … There is a secret base that nobody can find. We never mention in again, but in the beginning of the film we discover that there’s this secret base where the supplies are coming from, and planes just seem to disappear at a spot in the ocean. In fact, it’s the secret Nazi submarine base. Then there is some promise, some hope, that by the end of the movie they’re going to discover this place and blow it up. His assignment is to recover the Ark, but if you see a submarine base, blow it up.

G — I only worry that we have enough trouble as it is trying to explain everything and make it work. But if they’re going to lose more than the Ark, a huge ammo dump or

something, that’s going to cost them. The problem I have is that we wind up the way every Bond movie has ended. He’s on the island, he has to get out of there with the girl, and they do get out, they’re on the water, and the whole place blows up.

S — I love that. Every Bond movie has made money, too.

G — If you follow classic dramatic plotting, that’s what is going to happen. You put your biggest boom last, and you create as much tension as you possibly can. The way we originally had it, the bad guys got fried by the Ark, and he dragged it back to Washington. He didn’t really destroy anything. We had that time lock thing, but that gets confusing. We can hype it or we can leave it at the original. Those are the two extremes. Right now the end of the movie is, all the stuff for the Ark is set up, silk cubicles, and he goes in there, and the bad professor and the Nazi general and a couple other guys are there about to open the Ark. He gets in there and drops the gun on them. “Just pick up the Ark and follow me.” Somebody comes up behind him and hits him on the head. They fight and he is subdued and hauled off. As he’s being led out, the guys open up the thing and it goes off. The guy turns around and the tent turns into a big fire ball. In the resulting chaos he runs in to try and get the Ark. He drags it off and hides it, or wipe to Washington. D.C., where he’s telling them that this is dangerous, and it’s real. They tell him they’ll take care of it. He says he wants to work on it. They tell him to apply for a grant or something. The last shot is them putting it in a warehouse. We have certain problems — the girl, does he blow up the base? The tent goes up in smoke…

END OF TAPE FOUR, SIDE A

TAPE FOUR, SIDE B

G — Then he could jump on the cart and race out with it. And he gets into the.. We had him get on a boat. The idea was that the little mine train cane out onto the island, and there were some fishing boats that he gets away on. Or have a couple of speed boats down by the dock.

S — We want that speed boat chase.
G — Right. That’s where that came from. S — We lost the speed boat chase.

G — Hell, we were talking generally. If it went anywhere, it would go here. The only thing I wanted to do with that, and it’s going to be hard to do, is that he gets chased and they’re firing at each other. He gets into a harbor where all these big boats are, and he races down in between two boats just as they’re starting to close. And the other boat races down and goes… There’s no easy way to get out of that one. I think it would be better if we just let the villains get scrunched and that’s how he gets away from them. We could put that at the end.

S — Once we’re here, let’s stay in this place.

G — Also, do we want to have him destroy the base?

L — Indy doesn’t know that there is going to be this electric explosion from the ark. But there is, and it threatens the ammo stock. Now he does have a time problem. He has to move the Ark and the girl out of there without getting blown up. How does he survive that? Everyone else dies, the island blows up, but he and she survive. That would be an improvement on the Bond thing.

G — It’s the ultimate cliffhanger, everybody gets killed in the end..

S — Or they turn transparent. I like the idea of the whole island blowing up and finding a clever way for them to survive. Whatever that is.

L — When the guy opens the ark, you visualize that it explodes and then the top slams down again. What if they open it up, and it takes care of everyone, and we see a lot of this electrical stuff zapping people and starting fires everywhere. And he has to close it.

G — That’s possible. I saw the opening of the Ark and the resulting chaos as the climax of the movie. The quicker we get from that point to fade out the better. I just wanted him put the thing on a cart, race out, and cut to Washington.

S — It makes him very godlike if one of the bolts doesn’t zap him.

G — If we make the effect real, it shouldn’t last long, or that hurts it. If it happens in a split second, he opens it up and suddenly these giant arcs go for five or six seconds, then you cut outside and see the entire tent go up, then it’s not that hard to get away with the whole thing.

S — We end it like “Moby Dick.” After the explosion there’s no life at all. Our guy and our girl come up gasping for air, they’re okay. Suddenly the Ark comes up. They grab onto the Ark and hang onto it and kick ashore. The Ark presents itself.

L — I like that.

G — I like the idea on these conditions. If we put him on a little mine train, he pulls the thing onto it and jumps on, they’re racing through these tunnels, and the Germans are shooting at them, the clock has started ticking and we cut to flames getting closer to destruction.

S — A mine train chase with bullets ricocheting off rocks.

G — They get to where the submarine is, in the main thing, and… The come to the entrance of the mine shaft stop, see lots of Nazis, and hear the rumble, because the thing has started already. Or, rather than have the whole thing blow up, there’s a chase through the mine shaft, you cut to the time thing, they’re getting to the end, and the thing blows up. You see the place where the ark was blow up. It fries some of the pursuing Germans, rocks are falling at the same. They run right through the submarine thing and go right off the dock and into the bay with the cart. He runs it right off the end of the dock. Finally, so many rocks fall they obscure the screen. Then we cut to outside to the island, and it’s all quiet. You hear rumbling. Then you cut to them and they pop up.

L — Indy comes up and he sees the base. I thought the tent thing took place right there. G — I thought they moved it down into another big cave.

L — In the old thing, they took a mine train out to air. That would work for here too. They could just shoot out into the ocean. Otherwise they have to go through the underground water passage to get out to the bay.

G — You could make that a cut. Cut outside and eventually they pop up. S — It would be a real roller coaster ride.

G — They race off the end of the ramp, crash into the water, the mountain caves in, the submarine is destroyed. Cut out to the island, you hear a lot of rumbling, a side of the mountain slips down, a cave in. Then you sit there. And then the cast credits go up on that shot. After they finish, where the crew, credits would normally be, they pop up.

Then you have to do the tag scene in Washington. You might be able to do the Washington scene with the end credits, like you do opening credits. They pop up, you cut to Washington, and then you continue with the credits. That should be a short little dialogue scene. Not more than a page. “Congratulations, Indy. You did a great job. We’ll take it from here.” Then you cut to the guy carrying the crated up ark stamped “Top Secret” or “Do Not Remove.” He puts it in a giant warehouse. So you have three little title sequences.

S — I think we should try it.

G — If it’s done with style, then you have really nice credits. It’s just the reverse of opening credits.

S — This mine cart thing, we should shoot it at the Disneyland Matterhorn. They go on it at the end, so the final run is an up and a huge down, and the out is over the ocean.

G — I don’t know if you can make that believable.

S — Just the last part of the run. It’s tracks and a very small closure. It’s like where they have the cable to pull the thing up, except this time it’s coming down. It’s weightless. It’s not being run by a machine. The wheels are locked on the track, but there’s no machine grinding it forward. It has no brakes. They’ve gotten onto the tail end. It drops down to the loading zone.

G — You’re talking about an expensive sequence there. To make it look great you’d have to build a whole track.

L — You’re saying that it comes out in the underground bay.

S — It lets out on a loading platform about thirty feet over the water, with scaffolding, where they load things from ships that anchor just below it.

G — We had talked about having them get out in the submarine. I think that it’s better if they’re under the mountain when it explodes.

S — You don’t know if the whole thing caved in on them. I don’t know if you need that kind of thing. If you had just a straight mine train, motorized. You can have curves on it, and you can have it go very fast.

L — I don’t think you have to explain why there’s a dip there.

G — I can see the opening of the mine being thirty feet up. When you come into the submarine base, up on the wall you see the mine thing, and the tracks come down and goes straight. It comes down, goes onto the dock, levels out, and then at the end of the dock it goes back up again because normally it flips down and then up. It would normally flip down onto a ship. They run up, hit it, and go off that way. It will be very hard to build that cheap.

S — It will cost what our rock set did on “Close Encounters,” $75,000. You just have to build the last run. I won’t go into mines.

G — We’d probably have to do it on a sound stage.
S — It has to be an exterior on some island where the thing goes into the ocean.

G — I think you could do that without having that dip in it. It comes around and just races off the end of the dock. You would have the same effect of it getting airborne, and then it lands down. Then you can fake it and do it on a set. Close pans and close shots.

S — On “Great Escape” they did it with a dolly track and a hundred foot cutaway. But But we need a hundred yard cutaway.

G — You just have a straight piece and a curved piece, and you do different angles. You just keep going through the same piece. It would be interesting if the mine train part was just like a foot above the metal part of the train. You had to keep down. Instead of having it be the whole mine, it would be beams, like concrete buttresses. There would be about a foot clearance. And the buttresses would be about forty or fifty feet apart, or less. As they come down, “Keep your head down.” They’re popping up and down.

S — I’ll take that instead of a dip.
G — It will probably have to be outside.
S — Dolly track and a camera right next to it, speeding along with it.

L — Let’s run through the geography of this place again. He comes up out of the water and we’re in the sub base. Now we want him to go to the inner sanctum, so we can have this ride at the end, and still keep him inside.

G — Here is the way I envision it. They put the ark on the train to take it out. (making a drawing) The main base is like three stories tall on the inside. They should have concrete rooms. Something that looks like this is where their headquarters are. The tent area is sort of in a courtyard. He walks down there and when a cart comes he has to press himself up against something to get out of the way when the guys go zooming by. He could walk right down the center of the track and nobody would see him. All he would have to do is hear the thing coming and he could jump to the side.

L — Just one lane.

G — Right. And it should be very narrow in places. Not more than six or seven feet wide. At certain points it should be six or seven feet high, and then when the buttresses come, it’s only four feet high.

S — How are we going to blow this place up? Is the ark going to do it?

G — We have several problems to cope with now. One, what are we going to do with the girl? Two, how is he going to blow the place up?

S — There’s an easy way to blow it up. He goes in the submarine and fires all the bow and stern tubes. He does it with the torpedoes from the sub.

G — Either have the ark do it, or something where the time bomb starts ticking. S — Where does he get a time bomb?

G — Figuratively. The fuse starts. We figure out where the fuse starts, from then on, you’re worried about whether he’s going to get out in time. It should start when the ark goes off, or right after that. It could be something he does, or something he does accidentally.

L — Or he may not do it at all. Let the ark do it.

S — I like the ark doing it, he doesn’t do a thing. There’s a door that says magazine on it, and you see torpedoes and ammunition coming out to the sub on gurneys. They’re reloading the sub. When the ark blows everything up, it sets a fire that begins burning the magazine door. He has to escape before the magazine door burns down and the fire

gets to it.

G — You could have a whole string of things — the magazine door that’s open a bit, a stack of ammunition, and about twenty feet from that is a stack of oil drums and gas. The ark blows the tent up, it’s like a gas explosion. These little burning pieces rain down. It rains down on the pile of stuff, garbage, cotton stuff. That bursts into flames. When he’s getting the ark and putting it in the thing, that thing is burning like crazy. He jumps in the thing and goes racing down the thing. He’s firing at the guys. This stack of stuff that’s burning finally falls over and falls on the oil drums. He’s still racing along, then the oil drums explode and oil and gas go onto the ammunition. You see all these boxes of ammunition burning like crazy. Then finally that blows up, right after that there’s a huge explosion. We have a chain reaction until it gets to the big explosion. Each time it’s worse.

S — That’s great. Now what has happened to our Frenchman? G — I wanted him to get fried by the ark.

S — The man who finally chases our hero through the mine shaft, can he be one of the continuing characters? The second main bad guy. He doesn’t go off the cliff in the car.

G — I think that guy should go off the cliff. We can introduce new main bad guy on the ship.

L — How’s he going to die?

S — I’d like for him to get killed by a cave-in. The thing goes off the tracks, they scream, and one big rock comes down smashing him.

G — So we have him be the one who takes Indy away. The professor is the one who’s going to open it up.

L — Now, the girl.

G — We do have a problem with the girl. She could be in the main room. The other idea was that Indy saves her.

S — What if the Frenchman made her wear strange clothes? I’d love to discover her in the strangest outfit you’ve ever seen, because he wants her dressed up like some sort of a crazy princess. She’s apologizing. “I can’t help it. He made me put this on.” Something completely ridiculous for the final escape. Something very elegant, but weird. She has to pick it up to run.

G — Indy climbs up on the submarine. He sneaks off. We have a couple shots of him walking down the tunnel, trains going by. Now he makes his way into the main room, and sees this silk cubicle thing set up. He looks around. He knows that they are in the cubicle, because he can hear them talking. Where is she? Actually, we also saw her get taken off. She gets pulled out as they’re unloading the ark.

S — Can the Frenchman die in Indy’s arms, terribly burned beyond recognition? “I’ve seen the face of God.”

G — All he has to say is, “I saw him.” You have to be careful about that line in that place. They put her and the ark on the mine train. She could either be in the silk thing with them, or she could be outside, being held prisoner.

L — It would be neat if, when they open the ark and it fries them, she would have been there if she hadn’t done something. They bring in Indy, “I’m sick of this guy. Take him

out and shoot him.” She turns around and spits in his eye or something, “Shoot me too.” He says, “I have bigger things on my mind. Take her too.” She saves herself by making a sacrifice.

G — We have to be careful about making it seem very convenient. If they both leave, then you know something is going to happen. We’re also building suspense about what happens when they open the ark.

S — I would love to see her tied up and bound by the magazine door, near the explosives. When all the fire and thunder happen all of a sudden a trail of gas fire comes around the corner. It’s heading for her, slowly. She gets save, untied and pulled out of there. The audience sees that the trail is going to ignite the bombs. It could be a long hallway.

G — He’s standing there at the entrance to the thing and he sees the silk and stuff. That is the point where the girl should come back into the movie. Say we put her behind the tent so Indy can’t see her. He goes in the tent, gets the drop on them, tells them to take the thing back on the cart. They catch him, send him outside. They open the ark. We have an awkward point here when Indy rushes back in and gets the ark. If he has to rush back to get the ark, and also sees the girl and has to rush back and get her… It’s going to take too long for that to actually happen. The only that would work is if he saw the girl and the ark at the same time. He saves the girl rather than the ark. Then they save the ark together and put it on the thing. This might be an interesting touch — he goes down the corridor, he sees them talking, he either sneaks by the guards or there’s nobody around, so he takes his gun out, he goes into the thing, gets the drop on them. Something clever should undo Indy at that point. He gets caught, he goes out. When he gets the drop on them, you expect the girl to be there. When he goes in the tent and sees she’s not there, he looks around. He can ask where the girl is, and before there’s answer he gets beaten up. You’re half going for the ark and half going for the girl at this point. We can’t just lose sight of the fact that she’s there. He has to save the girl and the ark. If we build that relationship up, obviously she’s an important factor.

S — If he has a choice of what to save, her saves her first. And then luckily gets the ark too.

L — As soon as he frees her she says she’ll help him to do it. G — She helps him carry the ark.
S — He says, “Don’t look at it. I’ll shut the lid.”
G — I think it should have already shut.

S — By itself?
G — I do think it should be a short little effect. We don’t linger on it too long.
S — Besides the effects, the light inside is so bright you can’t look at it.
G — A bright light with tensor coil, those things arcing off it.
L — What happens to this final Nazi who has him by the arm, gun in his ribs?
G — He could punch him out.
L — He could be blinded.
G — He could karate chop him, get his gun, and run for the girl She could be surrounded

by flame with more flame pouring toward her. That’s not connected with the other fire going toward the stacked stuff. He runs through the fire to get her, comes back, picks up the ark, gets back on the train, and the fire is slowly making its way toward the magazine.

L — Maybe what’s menacing her is a big flaming sheet of the silk. It’s right over her head, about to drop.

S — What would it be?
G — It would be crude oil, thick and heavy. One of the cans broke and it’s dripping out. L — This is right after the opening of the ark?
G — Right. It’s a trail of burning oil. Plus maybe a sheet of flame that’s around her.
S — When they get her out, that part goes under the door.

G — No. We have to have more time for that. You have to have a real slow progression of the stuff getting toward the door. We’re intercutting between the good guys and the bad guys, going down the tunnel, and the fire getting closer to the magazine. It doesn’t even have to be a door, the stuff could just be sitting there.

L — How about if the oil were part of the ritual?

G — We’re talking about oil that’s in big containers. The tent has burst into flame from the arcs. Everybody fights, and you can’t see anything. The flames die down, because if was just a tent. You don’t know where it really came from, but there’s a river of oil and flame that goes around her.

S — It’s like a lava flow.
G — It doesn’t just explode.

S — A good effect would be when he opens the ark and sees whatever he sees, he screams, and whatever comes out x-rays him. When he screams he’s all green and blue with his skull showing through. White hair.

G — We should do something like static electricity. He hair is down and long, and all of a sudden it just goes…

L — And the top slams shut?

G — Right. You let the effect go for a little bit, then you cut outside and the arcs are going around. The river of oil is approaching her. After it’s all died down, you have these flaming silk things floating around: It’s clean and there’s not that much to burn. The ark isn’t burning, it’s sitting in the center. He sees her.

S — She should be in tatters.

G — It would be a funny moment if you didn’t know where she was, and then suddenly the thing blows aside. It’s like a giant entrance. He grabs the girl, they run over and grab the ark, the cans and things are blowing up. They struggle and put the ark on the mine train and shoot out.

L — The German guy comes to, gets up, there’s panic all around.
G — The Germans are running around. Everything is on fire. Suddenly they’re noticed.

They jump in the next train and you have the racing thing.

S — He should kill a few Germans in the corridor. He shoots two of three Germans with his service revolver, then that’s out of bullets. Then he picks up a machine gun, or even a Thompson sub-machine gun. Some Germans come around the corner and he gives them a burst.

G — He could jump on the mine train with a Thompson. There would be great sound in there.

S — Every time the bullets go off, rocks fall down.
G — The mine train keeps getting filled up.
L — Is just one car chasing him?
G — I think it’s just one car, with like three or four people in it. L — How do the cars move?

G — They’re electric. They have a throttle. Indy just jams it down and takes off. L — And at this point we want to get the final German.

G — The final thing, when the fire hits the real munitions and it’s burning there for a while and suddenly it goes bang, then the whole thing starts to shake, and maybe flames come through the tunnel and fry the Germans, at the same time everything comes crushing down. He gets fried, and then they crush him. He jams it forward. Then you cut to the submarine part, and the little car comes shooting out of the shaft. The whole thing is shaking and rocks are falling down. She looks up and says, “Jesus Christ, stop.” He says, “It’s our only hope.” And they go shooting right off the end of the dock, and sail across the water. Wham.

L — We have the sense that there’s a final big explosion coming.

S — Everything will be rumbling like an earthquake.

L — So we don’t want to see the final ammo pile go up yet.

G — I think the mountain is sort of collapsing. Rocks obliterate the screen, it looks like the whole place collapses around them. Then you cut out to the island.

S — What would really be great would be to show how deep and how complete the explosion is. You see an explosion where fire and debris come shooting out of the mine holes. Then the submarine that was way in there comes shooting up through the rock. It just sits there like a huge knife wedged out of the rock. That would show the whole inside of the place is gone.

G — I think it should be done subtly. It has to be believable. I wouldn’t believe that a submarine would get shoved through the rock.

S — I wouldn’t believe the whole island getting blown up, either.

G — Explosions just come out of the sides of the rock and maybe out of the top and then it just sits there and steams. I don’t think we should do it as a giant huge explosion that blows the island apart. It should be like if this were a real island, there were a real tunnel, and if there was a huge, like an atomic explosion in the middle of it, there would be bits of explosion shooting out various cracks and things, and then it would sort of

settle, and maybe there would be one side of the mountain that would break away and collapse like in an earthquake. Then it would settle. It wouldn’t be overdone. We’ll consult geologists about what would happen.

S — One thing that would happen would be a huge tidal wave. A wall of water fifty feet high would just boil up and fan out in all directions.

G — A subtle and realistic explosion that says things happened. It’s sort of a long shot, or a medium long shot. They’re sitting there, and then the titles come up.

S — (gap in tape) …then you hire some private pilots to get in real airplanes and fly in the background about a half mile away, which puts the airplanes. You have a miniature blowing up in the foreground while you have real planes in the background, and you’re convinced that it’s a real place blowing up.

L — There’s a long wait through the cast credits where you think they’re dead. It seems there should be some final comment between them.

G — “Slow down.” “It’s out only hope.” L — He says, “We tried.”

G — Whatever. That whole concept… We’ll look at it. The other alternative is you just hold on the island for a while, then they pop up, then you cut to the scene in Washington. It will work either way. This way it just make a big… It’s a false ending, which is funny.

L — They pop up, one, two. They’re circling around in the water and then plop, it’s the ark.

G — She says, “It’s the ark.” “Well, for God’s sake, don’t open it.”

L — If there is no cast credit, then it bothers me that there is no time lapse for them to go through the underground tunnel and everything.

S — They get out flying through the air from the roller coaster. L — But they don’t. This takes place in the sub room.
S — They go back to the sub room?
G — Yes. That’s where they end up.

L — If they don’t go in the sub room, then they’re not in jeopardy when the island blows up.

G — The way to solve that, if it comes down to that, is that you have some shots of the island blowing up. A little montage of things blowing up. Then you cut to that long shot. It does its thing, and then they pop up. You could very easily fill that time.

L — The mine train dumps them in the sub base.
S — They’re back where they began then.
L — That’s why they’re in such trouble when the place starts to collapse. G — It collapses on them.

L — But that’s the route we have set up for the train.

G — The train goes between the sub base and the thing. We don’t want to have to explain other ways out. They land in the middle of this thing. That’s the last we see of them. Cut to various explosions. Cut to the long shot of the island and see half of the mountain cave in. Hold for a minute. Then they pop up.

S — If we had a more pronounced entrance to the sub base, that could be what collapses. It should be a familiar area that collapses.

END OF TAPE FOUR, SIDE B

G — Or maybe caves or something. Something that we’ll remember. The idea is that it caves in on them.

S — And they get out in time.

G— It’s just making that little time progression there plausible. The toughest thing is to be able to get some decent shots of the island exploding.

S — You can photograph shock waves.

G — Another way to do it, they’re racing on the train and she says, “Stop this thing.” “No, it’s our only hope.” They go off the pier, splash into the water, rocks are falling and they obscure the screen, as the whole screen sort of goes black, what would happen if you faded in on them in Washington? With the Ark. And you said. “Congratulations, Indy. You did a great job.” And you just assume that…

S — It’s too much of a leap. They think they’re dead.

G — You’re only going to think they’re dead if you see the thing explode, and the thing collapses.

L — If you’re going to do it that way, we might as well have them take another route on the mine train and shoot them out into the ocean. Then at least we get a big roller coaster ride into the ocean. Then they’ll get out and the audience will see it.

S — Instant freedom.

G — The alternative ending is that the mine train goes in the other direction. It goes through the thing and out the other side. Then we don’t know where we’re going. They get chased

[PAGE 116 MISSING]

S — to run in front of the boulder and get out of the cave before it gets you. The reason the boulder is coming down is not to kill him, it’s to seal off the cave.

L — I’m seeing his retreat from there as all out, but still keeping in mind what he has to do. Like when he gets to this place, when he’s going back, he dodges through it. They’re a little slower than he is.

S — Fast doors closing are fun.

END OF TRANSCRIPTION

TAPE RECORDING OF CONVERSATION BETWEEN DEBBIE FINE, LARRY KASDAN AND PHIL KAUFMAN

PK — I have some notes somewhere which I am still trying to find — we have moved since then and my notes are all packed away somewhere and, I don’t know — I an missing a few ideas — I just haven’t had the time to go in and find a lot of the stuff. In general, I don’t know where you’re at in terns of what you’re writing.

LK — Just gearing up, really. I’ve been waiting for an outline from George.

PK — Because the — we were talking, I don’t know, I guess pre-World War II, somewhere around the 1930s, starting in South America, you know.

LK — Somewhere in 1936.

PK — Carmen Miranda, seaplanes – whatever that big thing was and kind of a Middle Eastern adventure based around a similar idea to something like that book “The Spear of Destiny” where the Nazis were into mystical cults and so forth, and they were looking for, in this case, it was a thing that I, you know, have been thinking about for maybe twenty years since a doctor — my mononucleosis doctor — when I was in college, a famous blood specialist – and he had written – with another doctor — an article on the Ark of the Covenant and how he felt it provided a means of communication with some other extra-terrestrial or God-like or whatever – it was in a sense an elaborate radio setup — it contained silk curtains and veils and other things – I’ve forgotten — it’s all in the Bible, Leviticus, Exodus, the second book of the Bible, or whatever – or the beginning of Leviticus or something. A good part of that chapter in the Bible is the detailing of the actual Ark of the Covenant itself and all of the, you know, wood and how much – and gold cherubim and there were other components in there and he was saying that when the gold was rubbed in a certain way, and silk, and so forth, you have the ability to remit radio waves or receive, and in that case, the Levites were the only ones who could go in there and they would have to take their shoes off — I’ve forgotten if you — if you walk across the rug with your shoes off — but there is a whole electrical charge — it was, in fact, the holy of holies, and it was, in fact, a means of communicating with some other being, that it was a primitive or maybe highly elaborate radio wave that was on the right sensitivity for this kind of communication, and in fact when they use to go into battle there was a cloud that hovered over — they carried the Ark with them in the early days and there was always this cloud that hovered over the Ark and they were always victorious. They never lost whenever they carried it into battle. Then there was some talk that there were two Arks somewhere — I remember reading that, one of which was supposed to be on Mt. Horeb (?). I think, the one that was lost or something like that and they never found it after the, I forgot, what was it —

DF — Destruction of the first temple — PK — 54 B.C. or something like that. DF — I was 586 B.C.
LK — That’s the last time.

DP — Yes, that’s the last time — and even then in these articles that I got there is some discrepancy about even previous to the destruction of the temple, whether the Ark was still in it at the time that the Babylonians destroyed the temple. There’s several different theories in these articles, some of them for Biblical — most of them from later – Biblical sources or legends. But basically there is no – nobody really knows where it is. It’s totally just speculation. Most of it from Biblical sources.

PK — Never has been found and never — what happened to it has never been fully documented — it’s all nebulous, right?

DP — That’s true — that’s true

PK — It was – but the idea as that whoever had it was invincible and the Germans being into the mystical thing were looking for it and they believed whatever that it might in fact have — these, you know, contain these powers and maybe in the story they had developed some, you know, mad German something — you know, not only discovered, like in the sword, er “Spear of Destiny”, the actual thing — it’s like Lord of the Rings, if you have the ring you have all the power and they were looking for all the power on earth and in fact, they — the Germans, with all their cults of golden, whatever that was — the golden rule or something — they were looking all over for ways of capturing all the mystical power on earth and our heroes were racing with them to find this in this area and I told George the other day that there was a thing on “In Search Of” the other night — The Dead Sea Scrolls — and there was, kind of the landscape with similar to what — to where I’d imagine this would happen — the tents in the desert and coming upon — suddenly in the Middle East — all of these Nazis who were out there looking for — tracking down clues to find this thing if they could in fact find it, all power would be there’s — they would be invincible, and immune. In gong back over the ancient stories of whoever carried this into battle could not be beaten, or whatever.

DF — The only actual explanations that I found any reference to were not successful at all but it was just presumed that it was somewhere in the Jerusalem area buried in the tombs of the Kings of Judah and, you know, that it would be somewhere near the site of the first temple so that the excavations were in Jerusalem itself.

PK — There is another thing, I think it was in the Encyclopedia Britannica that just speculated on some of these things — the Americana or Britannica, something about one of the mountains out in the desert that there was a thought — it was two things – there was also the thought that there were two of these around and there were rumored findings somewhere I read of cherubim — you know — like there were these things that had been broken off that might indicate that somewhere in that neighborhood — like with the Dead Sea Scrolls — there was shot where they said one day, you know, an Arab, Mohammed A Fuktu (?), or something, wandered up into the hills and he found this cave and he walked in it and little did we know that that day and that moment was about to change the course of history and he found something that was an artifact and immediately brought it to a guy in Jerusalem who was a — this was 19 — right after the war — 46 or something like that — and this guy began interpreting it and one thing lead to another and suddenly he realized — and the way he checked it was — for authenticity it was a crumbling piece of parchment — was that there were a couple of changes in the document crossed out and corrections that could have only — some logical way — have only been done at the time — that kind of change and, so — finding a fragment of the Ark was the way — almost something like — you know, I mean, those movies with — I don’t know — anyway — I am trying to think of some of the movies where somebody has a little piece of something — Sidney Greenstreet would have something and he would say do you realize what this could mean and we have reason — my sources have reason to believe that this is the way — and then you begin tracking down the mystery and finally arriving at a place and seeing that the other guys are already tracking it down — “I know where the black bird is”.

LK — Right.

DF — You could also — well, among the different theories — one that it was carried off by the Babylonians in the destruction of Jerusalem — so it could be somewhere in the old Babylon area, or, also another theory was that an Egyptian pharaoh named Shushak (?) or something raided Jerusalem and took it at that time.

LK — That gets us to the way we are going. DF — I could possibly be an Egyptian.

LK — That could be good for it.

DF — But the most likely theories are that Solomon in foreseeing the destruction of the temple had somebody take it and hide it in a secret place in what was then the Kingdom of Judah which was the old Jerusalem and that it’s very close to the old sites there. But you could conceivably do it in Egypt.

LK — We’ve been talking (blank) Cairo 1936 — so we are talking about outside of Cairo and if there is at least one rumor — you know — an Egyptian raid — I would stick with that, I think, you know, if it’s not a big problem. There’s something better, I think, about Cairo in 1936 than Jerusalem. I mean, Peter Lorre would be more comfortable in Cairo.

PK — Right, there’s more characters in there. Yeah, you’re into your Casablanca type of setting.

LK — You don’t remember where the article is that this doctor wrote.
PK — I wouldn’t know, I mean it would be —
DF — Because I got —
PK — 1950, somewhere in the early — let’s see, somewhere around 1955. DF — I got everything I could find on the subject.

LK — Nothing by a blood specialist?

DP — Nothing by a blood specialist — that doesn’t sound (laughs) that doesn’t mean it doesn’t exist, I just —

PK — Well, you found that thing that Von Daniken mentioned something. LK — Yeah, he covers about two pages briefly, real briefly.

PK — Yeah, but that’s essentially the same kind of thing. I was surprised to see it. I am sure these articles, whenever somebody writes anything –

DF — I did find reference to —
PK — Somewhat occult all the occultists run out and say “did you hear this latest thing”?

DF — Did find reference to the whole electrical charge business and all these theories in another article, I didn’t find the one that you mentioned.

PK — I mean I forgot all the details. Other than that, I don’t know.

LK — So basically, it was your doctor, and his article and Van Daniken, and the Bible, and nothing else that we know anything about.

PK — No, that’s all I can think of, that “Spear of Destiny”, reading a lot of that kind of stuff to find out what the Germans — I think it was the “Spear of Destiny”, it may be another book also, just detailing the journey, the mysticism of Hitler. I think there’s another book out about that and just how the Germans were in fact — really another kind of mentality. We’ve always approached them on a political level and in fact they were approaching things on another kind of Wagnerian, mystical level and that we just — we tend to explain Hitler away in terms of just a madman — he was just a bad guy — and he was, in fact, the guy who was obsessed with the whole ancient I don’t know

what, manakaim (?) — there’s something, a whole dark side of —

DF — The interesting thing I found is the bulk of the sources are in German and that just might be an incredible coincidence and because a lot of Biblical research — it’s not necessarily a Nazi kind of a thing — it’s just that most of the articles in books are in German.

PK — Well the mystical thing wasn’t necessarily a Nazi but it was that they picked up on it so much, you know, it was one of the strange things — you get so highly involved in mysticism or with the occult that somehow conventional morality no longer has any meaning and you get into even Charles Manson kind of stuff where they are all babbling seemingly incoherently but they have a little unified occult thing that they’re talking, you know, that transcends morality. They are working in Egypt out there, somewhere, might be a good idea — or out of Egypt.

LK — Outside of Cairo — you know that place.

DF — Valley of the Kings. Well this electrical charge business would really work well dramatically because it’s like the curse of when they would open up tombs. It has the same feeling. Well there is a couple of things here — that were —

PK — Nobody else wandered into the tombs —

DF — That are reported that in the Middle Ages someone thought they found the tomb of David and they opened it up and there was a flash of lightening and were knocked unconscious, supposedly, from the electrical discharge.

PK — And they woke up singed —

DF — There’s a couple of like recorded incidents like that although they really aren’t documented but they are legend. I mean there is enough of that sort of stuff that you can get away with it, I guess.

PK — Yeah, all those movies are great; all those mummy movies of those times; all the curses and all of the prohibitions; if you do any kind of serial thing, I mean they always have, you have a forecast of doom and then you have something that looks like the doom strikes and then you find out that the doom itself wasn’t exactly — when you replay your last scene from another angle things were – and they manage to escape somehow miraculously, (blank). That’s all I can think of right now unless I can find uh —

DF — The thing that struck me about this tomb, what’s fantastic about it is if it were ever found, when you think of the significance of it in terms of making people believers — I mean if the original tablets were ever found that sort of thing, I mean there’s a terrific symbolic thing to it.

LK — The understanding is that the tablets are still in the Ark. They’ve never been found anywhere.

DF — They don’t talk about it that much except it is presumed that, of course, the first tablets were — Moses smashed them. Then the second set remained.

PK — These were smashed somewhere in Egypt.

DF — So if tablets existed in the Ark it would be presumably the second set. Apparently God made them again.

LK — He went back up –

DF — But they were brought down from the mountain by a prophet not by Moses — someone else went up – another man went up and brought back the second set.

PK — Nobody knows who that man was. DF — I don’t know who that man was.

PK — He was the guy who rewrote them (laughter). You can check with the Writers Guild (laughter).

DF — Presumably, it would be that set that would be in it. LK — And that’s the assumption, that they are still in there.

DF — But there was another — at the building of the second temple another Ark was constructed at that time and then after that they were all just copies or —

LK — In building a second tmeple another Ark was constructed.

DF — Yeah, and then —

LK — But the first one had not been destroyed.

DF — There are two Arks. The first one, it just vanished, it’s never been confirmed whether it was destroyed or if someone hid it or if someone vandalized it.

LK — And the second Ark —

DF — The second Ark, well there’s a lot of Biblical documentation about that, it’s called the Solomon Ark or something, as opposed to the Davidic Ark which is the first one, so anyway, it’s really interesting. It’s fascinating. It really is.

PK — The one with the little cloud over its head — like that character in Al Capp. Remember him? There is a guy who would walk around with a cloud over his head in Lil Abner — Joel ? — wherever he walked there was a little dark cloud over his head.

DF — The only thing that struck me about this research is that there haven’t been a lot of — there is no like serious people writing about — like speculations about it in this century. I mean the stuff that’s speculated is fairly hokey —

PK — It’s all hokey speculation —

DF — There hasn’t been any serious excavations or attempts by archaeologists to really find it.

PK — You want it to be fun. And it is one of the great undiscovered things, like they are always looking for the Ark, and in search of Noah’s Ark and in search of this and that. Those are just the artifacts but this is a thing that had potency. In its time it was known to have potency — something — and that’s

PK — That’s —
DF — They carried it around in a cart —

PK — What you need, that’s the “Lord of the Rings”. I mean and it’s amazing that there isn’t a single thing that I can think of in the Bible that has more detailing than that. That is the main thing in the Bible that’s talked about. It’s half of that book — I mean it’s like really a lot of talk about the construction of this and that in very elaborate detailing of

things.
LK — And you have some drawings is that right?

DF — Well there is a couple of — they are all just hypotheses, I have a couple and what I didn’t bring is all the different arks that had been made down through the ages.

PK — Have people tried to make those?

DF — Well I mean the arks that have been used in the synagogues ever since, I mean what holds the Torah now, is a facsimile, but it’s not an exact one. I mean they’ve changed, like the style in the Middle Ages was different from the style in the 18th century or something. But there are just like two, here are two, us —

PK — That’s interesting too, the idea of somebody trying to build one out of the, you know that this kind of wood in that time really was another wood, you know yon find those obscure clues — that shittim wood or certain cubics of measurement and you see — it could be really dramatic to see this because you’re dealing with lots of devices anyway — Strange seaplanes or whatever, I don’t know — and they are trying to build something that has this magical thing with all — out there in a wind-swept desert area with different curtains blowing, and silks and all of the Arab silkmakers, I mean you could have a fabulous, ominous set out there to work with.

DF — This was one thing that, it says at the Kalmit (?), which I don’t know what that means — this is another one — movable sanctuary (PK) — an ark showing an Egyptian — and some say it was the size of a desk.

PK — The Philistines — but the Ark
DF — The Philistine thing is earlier than uh –

PK — But there was a thing in the thing that contained the Ark where only Aaron and his family, only priests, the Levites, could walk inside the thing. There was a bigger thing too where it finally contained. Where was that? There was a thing about — they were the only ones.

PK — See only Aaron — only those guys could talk to God. DF — Yeah. In the Shilo —

LK — I think what it is is the tabernacle in the desert – was was a tent, you know, it had to be movable.

PK — The tabernacle.

DF — The Shiloh was one of the permanent, semi-permanent resting places and they had a fairly big thing there — thing that housed it.

PK — Shiloh was where the civil war battle was. See all the, there’s a lot of the smitten people, people were smitten by fooling with the Ark. One guy got emerauds (?), that is hemorrhoids and a plague of mice was sent over the land. The infliction of boils was visited upon. Uh, Philistines on the advice of their diviners returned it to the Israelites. Give it back.

LK — That’s right and that’s one where I found– and the Etonites carried it in front of their Army and soundly trounced by the Philistines. It didn’t always work.

PK — Right, it didn’t always work but the idea was that it worked it was as close as they

could come to the A-bomb – to the bomb, you know, to the big one. I guess that’s DF — There, I’ll just [keep this for you?]
LK — All right.
PK — Ok, well that’s all I can do.

LK — And thank you.

Thanks to Moedred’s Journal for the transcription.

SHORTCODE - SCREENPLAYS

Want to read more screenplays by the best screenwriters working in Hollywod today?

The Bulletproof Screenwriting collection of screenplays are organized by screenwriter's & filmmaker's career for easy access.

SHORTCODE - TV SCRIPTS

Do you Want to read all the television pilots from the 2016-2021 seasons?

Learn from the best storytellers and television writers working in Hollywood today. Netflix, NBC, Hulu, HBOMax, Amazon, CBS and more.

IFH 687: Skipping First-Time Screenwriting Mistakes with Naomi Beaty

Today on the show we have former studio executive turned screenwriting teacher and screenplay consultant Naomi Beaty. She is essentially an on-call development partner to screenwriters, producers, and directors at all levels. From those just starting out, to those firmly established and working in the industry today.

She lived and worked in L.A. for over a decade, read thousands of scripts, and worked with hundreds of writers through one-on-one consulting, creating the Idea to Outline workshop, and teaching story structure for Save the Cat. I’ve worked with producers internationally and consulted on the 2016 Raindance Film Festival “Indie Film of the Year” winner, Selling Isobel.

As a former development exec-in-training at Madonna and Guy Oseary’s Maverick Films, she worked on projects like Twilight, Percy Jackson and the Lightning Thief, and The Stanford Prison Experiment.

In this episode, we get into the weeds about mistakes screenwriters make and what studios are looking for.

Enjoy my talk with Naomi Beaty.

Alex Ferrari 1:24
I'd like to welcome to the show Naomi Beaty. How are you?

Naomi Beaty 3:03
I'm good. How are you?

Alex Ferrari 3:05
Thank you so much for being on the show. I truly appreciate it. We've been playing phone tag for a little bit. So with all this craziness going on in the world, it's difficult to to get to get on. But I really appreciate you coming on. Now I wanted to ask you first question, how did you get into the business?

Naomi Beaty 3:22
Oh, well, I moved to LA with a hope and a dream. And basically, a week later, I was working as an assistant to a producer manager that was the first person I worked for in LA and really just started learning about the business through that job. I really had no, I knew that movies were made somehow I had no idea how they were made or who made them. So that first job was really a big, you know, a big part of my education and just giving me sort of an overview of how the industry work.

Alex Ferrari 3:59
And you work a lot with screenwriters obviously.

Naomi Beaty 4:03
I do. Yeah, I work with screenwriters every day, and how

Alex Ferrari 4:05
did you get into that side of the business?

Naomi Beaty 4:08
Well, so after working for that producer manager, I went to work in development at another production company and so got to sort of really see the the nuts and bolts of what what happens in development. And then after that I went to work for Blake Snyder on his he was working on his second book. And so he helped me or he asked me to come in, he helped me he asked me to come help him work on that book. And and after that, you know, I feel like people just started sort of approaching me and asking me to give them notes on their scripts. And then it became what I did full time.

Alex Ferrari 4:46
So very nice. And how was it working with Blake? Oh, he's,

Naomi Beaty 4:50
I mean, he was a great guy. You know, he I actually met him through my first job. He was friendly with the producer manager that I worked for So I had known him for a few years before he was writing that second book and asked me to come help out on it. And he was just always one of those guys who was super generous with his time, always took a genuine interest in people, you know. So yeah, it was a good experience.

Alex Ferrari 5:15
And for people who don't know, Blake is Blake Schneider wrote the the pinnacle book, if you will call save the cat, which has kind of revolution revolutionized Hollywood, that's for sure when that book came out, and so many people, because I think he was the first one to kind of really simplify structure in a way that no one had before. Is that fair to say?

Naomi Beaty 5:40
Yeah, yeah, I think that that's one of the things that makes it or it sort of an enduring, you know, go to and kind of the screenwriting education space is because it makes structure so accessible. And so I, you know, I always recommend the cat is sort of, if someone's interested in learning about structure, that's like the first place, I think you should go. Because even though there's much more to learn after that, and you know, you can read a lot of other books that gives you like, a really good concise and accessible overview of how structure works.

Alex Ferrari 6:09
Now, when you've written you've you've read a few screenplays in your day, I'm assuming. So what is the biggest mistake you see in either seasoned scripts? Or fresh new writer scripts?

Naomi Beaty 6:24
Gosh, that's a big question. Because I think there are, you know, there are you read enough scripts and you sort of see patterns, there are a lot of sort of buckets that the, you know, issues fall into. I would say maybe for beginning screenwriters working on their first or second screenplay, it's not really understanding how to create sort of a forward momentum in the story. They're, they have scenes and maybe visuals in their head, but they don't really understand that each scene needs to make progress in the plot, or in the character development or something, you know what I mean? So it's sort of when you read those scripts that can feel you know, like, we're just observing somebody's thoughts versus watching a story play out watching a character pursue something.

Alex Ferrari 7:13
Yeah, I've, when I've read scripts, a lot of times it is, especially from first time writers, they they will just sit there and then like, I always use the room, the infamous the room for like scenes, like you're supposed to cut out stuff that is not necessary. And yet, there's this one scene, it's just so I love that movie, by the way, is like when he come there's a scene where they come into a coffee shop and order coffee. But you see two other people order coffee before the main characters walk in, they have no meaning. whatsoever. Yeah. And that's the kind of stuff you're talking about. Right?

Naomi Beaty 7:50
Yeah, I think that that that movie could be really educational. A lot of people. But yeah, that's, that's a great example. It's sort of like, I guess, I guess, in any form of storytelling, you want to get to a point. And you don't want to get to the point to the degree that, you know, there, there's no sort of detail or ornamentation or suspense built or something like that. But you do want to keep things moving, because people get bored really quickly. So, you know, that's really the thing that I don't know that the thing that you should keep in mind all the time, it's like, what's your readers reaction to this? Or your audience's reaction to this? Are they engaged by this? If not, like, let's move it along. You know,

Alex Ferrari 8:32
and when, you know, a lot of a lot of screenwriters, when I I talked to them, they always ask me like, What is the? Like, what's the magic number? As far as how many pages you got to be really, you know, to grab somebody's attention? Like, how long do I have before the reader just throws it away? Because there's 6000 other scripts that they have to read?

Naomi Beaty 8:53
Yeah, I've heard a range of things. I mean, for myself, because I'm usually working with the writer. So obviously, I'm reading the whole thing, and I'm giving it all of my attention. But, you know, if you are submitting a script to someone who doesn't sort of have that obligation to you, right, and they're reading it to see what's in it for them. I mean, I've heard people say, they can tell within the first couple of pages, whether they want to keep reading, and I think it is true, like the the point of every page is to make you want to turn the page and read the next one, right. So each page does have to be engaging, but I think I really, if I'm just reading a script for fun, which hardly ever happens anymore, but if I am I mean, just for pleasure, you know, I really noticed that if something isn't happening within the first 15 pages, if it doesn't feel like I know that the story has started and I have a sense of kind of what we're dealing with and where it's going. I'm sort of like, I don't have any more time to spend on this, you know,

Alex Ferrari 9:53
and well, okay, so when you're when you're reading these scripts, the description dialogue, obviously, are very important. Can you please explain to the audience the importance of the white page? And how keeping it as white as possible? Because that was when I was first writing. And writing my first scripts, I thought it was a novel. And I received so much description and so much detail, it was just like I was so I was so happy with myself, because I was writing all this beautiful, colorful 75 cent words even Oh, it's great.

Naomi Beaty 10:32
Yeah, and I bet every every word of that description was poetry.

Alex Ferrari 10:36
Oh, it was it was, I don't know why Hollywood never just understood my genius, I just don't understand.

Naomi Beaty 10:43
Well, I will say so whitespace on the page is important. I mean, a lot of people talk about, you know, not wanting to look at the first page of a script and see a wall of black, right? Because it just, it sort of makes your heart think if you're like, Oh, this is what I'm going to be reading. Cool. Okay, you know, like, you want it to feel sort of breezy, and like there's movement, and whitespace helps you give that feeling, right, it's, it makes the read faster, which is something that you should be striving for anyway, right? It sort of helps our eye traveled down the page, if it's not just a block of black and you know, you're sort of like, your your eye is moving across the lines in a way that that is swift and sort of carries us and adds momentum to the story. So all those reasons, I think it's important to think about whitespace. And really, you know, the more text you put on the page, the more the more, the more information you're giving your reader to process. And that both slows down the read, just, you know, sort of the logistics of reading it, it slows you down. But then it also, you know, it makes it hard for the reader to sort of key in on the important aspects of what you're telling us, right? If you're telling us lots of stuff. We're like, Okay, who am I supposed to be paying attention to which actions are the most important which reactions are the most important? So for that reason, you know, sort of cutting away the things that are less important is helpful to the reader, because you're focusing our mind's eye on what really does matter in the story. Yeah, I

Alex Ferrari 12:20
mean, when I when I wrote, when I write books, I feel so much more free. Because I could just write and write and write and I don't have to worry about this kind of like economy of words, but screenwriting is such a specific skill that you need to be able to get the point across. Well, well written Brit, like you said, breezy is a great word. Breezy. Like I always I love reading Shane Black scripts, especially stuff he did back in the 80s in the 90s. I mean, his descriptions were just they were poetry, but they're one line one or two lines. Yeah, great.

Naomi Beaty 12:57
That is that's a talent to be able to describe things so concisely, but evocatively I mean that is, you know, like you said, that really is poetry. So

Alex Ferrari 13:07
yeah, and and then Sorkin for so Sorkin and Tarantino for dialogue, like you, you read, you read their dialogue, and it's just so crispy and it just pops.

Naomi Beaty 13:18
Yeah, it's great. And with Sorkin you don't even mind that his you know, his first draft is 140 pages. Because it's so much fun it's so fun to read you know,

Alex Ferrari 13:30
the walk What is it the walk and talk that was his that's his thing is to walk and talk he does the walk and talk very, very well. Now, dialogue is one area of screenwriting that a lot of there's so many areas of screenwriting people get have difficulty with the dialogue is one of them because people will write the the dreaded on the nose dialogue, which I was I definitely did a lot of that. I remember my first coverage and some of my first screenplays and, and you know, the reader was like, on the nose and I'm like, what, and I didn't even know what under nose meant. And I had to look it up. I was like, wow, okay, so can you explain on the nose dialogue? Can you explain little tips and tricks of how to get away from on the nose dialogue? Because I think it is a, a kind of a cursor cancer, the screenwriting space if I'm not mistaken.

Naomi Beaty 14:19
Well, yeah, I mean, I think that, you know, good dialogue is is sort of like pornography, right? It's like, you know, what, when you see it,

Alex Ferrari 14:28
you can't it's not Yeah, got it.

Naomi Beaty 14:32
It is hard to to tell someone, okay, this is bad dialogue. So this is how to make it better because there are so many sort of elements that go into making dialogue good, like what we would call good, right? That's sort of it gets the story points across that you need it to so it's like action in words right. And then also that it brings out the character it. It sort of conveys character in the choice of words and all that stuff. So. So it's I think it's very hard to sort of talk about style, like improving dialogue. But since you asked about on the note dialogue, I would say on the nose dialogue is dialogue that states outright exactly what the character is thinking. And or exactly what they're requesting, you know exactly what they're asking for. And so reading conversations that are very on the nose can often feel really boring, because it's just it's, I don't know, it's like, it's like, sparring listening. Well, yeah, it's like listening to the, you know, to the, like, boring married couple in the next booth over there conversation and you're like, wow, there is no flirtation here. There's no like, you know what I mean? Like, usually, if you see people on a first date, there's, there's a lot of subtext, right? Because they're sort of like, doing the seduction thing, without saying it because they're on a first date. They don't know each other that well. But if you listen to an old married couple, you're like, wow, they're just coming right out with whatever is on their mind and whatever they want the other person to do or say or think, you know, so I've digressed. But I think that on the nose dialogue, I think of it as just coming right out and saying exactly what's on the character's mind.

Alex Ferrari 16:10
So yeah, I would agree with you, going back to my wife and I, his first date, and how we talk now is completely different than then because now it's just like, Look, man, this is just the way it is. And, and there is something to be said. That's why as I forgot, I think it was Rhonda Sykes who says, as you get older, you give less of a crap about anything. That's why when your ad the guy will walk out in his in his underwear with his robe on and his socks in public, and he just doesn't care. And he'll say whatever he wants to say, because he's just given he's just given it up. Without question,

Naomi Beaty 16:45
well, I think, you know, to go back to like, sort of the first date versus like, married couple conversations, right? I, there's, I'm certainly not putting down the conversations of married couples, because they think but if you've been together for a lot of years, you figure out that you have to ask for exactly what you want, right? Because otherwise, he's not going to take out the garbage or she's not going to like find your shirt for you, or whatever it is. So you, you figure out that you have to sort of come right out and that that person is not going to mind that you're coming right out and asking for what you want, right? But on the first date, those two people are still trying to figure out what they can ask for and how they can get what they want from the other person. And so it's much more of a game, right? So, you know, that might be a terrible, like, metaphor. Oh, no,

Alex Ferrari 17:31
no, it makes all the sense in the world. Because the only time my wife and I have any issues is what she wants. She wants me to read her mind. So if I just like, can you? I didn't you understand what I was saying? I'm like, why didn't you just tell me you wanted to do that I would have been more than happy to do that. You know, men are very simple creatures as a simple they're just very blunt. We're blunt objects. We are blunt objects. This should be dialogue in a script right now this is this is going back and forth. Now you

Naomi Beaty 18:01
can just tell you're just be more on the nose, honey. On the nose,

Alex Ferrari 18:06
just be on the nose, just be on the nose. Now, you did say something called you said you mentioned the word called subtext, which is something that is another area of dialogue writing that is really, I think, misunderstood and very underused. Because if you start analyzing old movies, or just good well written movies will perform movies. A look can say 1000 Words, a motion, you know that he put the glass down, you know, he watched the dishes, the way he was washing the dishes, or the way she was washing the dishes, said volumes about what was going on, because he just knew that she was cheating on him or he was cheating on her or something like that. That's subtext in my opinion. I'd love to hear what your thoughts are.

Naomi Beaty 18:48
Yeah, I mean, I guess maybe the simplest way for me to think about subtext is sort of what's what's really going on in the scene beyond just what the characters are sort of telling us with their with their words, or their dialogue, right? Or even their simple actions. So what is the scene really about? Versus what are each of the characters pretending that? You know? So that's kind of like the general way, I guess, I would think about subtext. But subtext also has a lot to do. I mean, it has a ton to do with, you know, the character's motivations and them trying to get what they really want, without being too obvious about it and all that stuff. But it also has a ton to do with theme, right, and what the sort of what the story is about, kind of in the big picture. So I think another way to think about subtext is like, when you step back from the movie, what was it really saying or what was it really trying to convey? And then how was that sort of layered into every scene as well?

Alex Ferrari 19:53
There's a scene in the body guard Whitney Houston and Kevin Costner's body guard where I think the old personal bodyguard of Whitney and he comes in and he feels threatened. And there was something that happened that they went they the kitchen scene, if you remember the kitchen scene where I think Kevin Costner is eating an apple, and the other guy comes in, and they say no words, and they just start to fight. And you know, and it's just this back and forth of like, who's who's in control, who's the alpha. And at the very end, without saying words, it was just motion at the very end, Kevin cautious was like, I just want to talk about this again, and why it was so great when it was so wonderfully but but that's subtext, and in a broader way, but it is subtext. Yeah, good subtext is, it just makes the scene?

Naomi Beaty 20:42
Yeah, yeah, it really does. And that sounds like a great example, I'll have to go back and revisit that one and look at it. Another one that comes to mind. And this is a little bit, this is a little bit less, sort of, you know, pure subtext, what we're talking about and a little bit more just really clever execution. But if you remember that scene in the wire, where they go to the crime scene, and the only dialogue in the scene is the F bomb. You remember that? They're solving, they're solving the crime as they're looking around this crime. But the only word they use remember so much that you're like, I know exactly what's going on in their heads. I know exactly what they're saying. Even though it's only one word, you know, it was

Alex Ferrari 21:28
it was I remember that it was the kitchen, it was in the kitchen. And they were kind of going back and forth. It was just like F bomb F bomb F bomb F bomb all over the place. And at the I remember, turning my wife I was like, that was really amazing. See? Yeah, cuz they said, good.

Naomi Beaty 21:45
Oh, I can say and again, that's, that's a little bit less like the kind of subtext that we're talking about and a little bit more just like really clever execution and great performance. But it does, like if you watch it, it does still give you an idea of what can be done. What can be said without saying it directly. You know,

Alex Ferrari 22:01
Can you give any tips on subtext because I think it is just a part of dialogue, writing that is not talked about enough. And it's so powerful. If you if you can nail it, it's so like that, see that those two scenes I just said, that we just talked about? Yeah,

Naomi Beaty 22:15
yeah, well, I think I think probably the place to start is by understanding what your characters are really doing in the scene, and then finding a way to so it's sort of, I think, I think a lot of times writers come at a scene thinking that they know, you know, what each character wants, and then they just start writing the scene out without really thinking about how to construct the theme in maybe the most interesting way or, you know, unexpected way, right? And I think if you start back there and think about what what do each of my characters really want? And why can't they just come right out and say it right? Then think about, like, what might they do to try to get that, since they can't come out and say it, might they you know, come into the scene acting angry when they're not really angry and start, you know, pick a fight about something else, because they're really trying to get her to, I don't know, admit she's mad about this other thing, or whatever it is, right? It's like, figure out what that subtext is what's really going on kind of underneath what they're going to do, or what they're going to say. And then if you know that, then you can sort of build the scene on top of that, so that they're going after those hidden wants, if that makes sense.

Alex Ferrari 23:30
Now, what makes a good protagonist?

Naomi Beaty 23:35
Oh, that's a that's a big question, too. I mean, I think it's somebody that we want to watch, right? Like that. They have to be compelling to us in some way. And that can happen in a lot of different ways. They can be really sympathetic, they can, you know, they can be the underdog. They can be somebody who's really good at what they do, so that we're just fascinated by watching them do their thing, John Wick comes to mind, right? You know, they can be somebody who's really funny, I think that they just have to be compelling to us in some way. And there's a lot of different ways to achieve that.

Alex Ferrari 24:08
And a lot of you know, there's a lot of talk about the hero's journey, and it is a staple of all stories in one way, shape or form. Though even the detective story can't have a hero's journey as much there are certain limitations to it but but like a character like James Bond, one of the most famous characters of all time, he never changes. There is no hero's arc for him. He is the exact same person except for maybe the Daniel Craig versions he got he became a little bit more especially in the Casino Royale that was just such up. That's why it was such a revolution that he showed his armor so all those first like 20 or 15 movies. It was just him being cool all the time and always winning and just nothing he never changed. But when you added a human element to it he elevated bond to a play He said it hadn't ever been elevated to would you agree? Oh, yeah,

Naomi Beaty 25:03
I do agree. And I think you, you know, I I am not so well versed in James Bond. I haven't seen all the movies or anything but the dad was a huge James Bond fan. And I remember that at cool character that you're describing, like, that was really the entertainment hook that people were sort of interested in for that movie. And I think just by the time, you know, the Daniel Craig ones came around, it's sort of like, there's so much more competition in that space, right. Like, the storytelling just had to be a little bit different. You know, it had to hit sort of different appeals in order for for people to have the same kind of like fervor for it, you know?

Alex Ferrari 25:42
Yeah, I mean, well, there's also I think, when when Sean Connery was doing James Bond, there was an Ironman or Thor or the Avengers and this is like, obscene amount of competition in the heroic Yeah, space.

Naomi Beaty 25:53
Yeah. Yeah. I mean, if you think about is like Fast and Furious, like every, like every action movie now has that sort of cool. Well, not every action movie I guess. But there's a lot of action movies with like very cool heroes even John Wick like we just mentioned. So there's so much more competition.

Alex Ferrari 26:09
Yeah, John would love to talk about John because he's because I know him personally, obviously. But yeah, I mean, he I know we hang all the time. No, John Wick I found very interesting of a character because he is a character. Where as as people looking at stories or listening to stories or watching stories, we are attracted to people who are the best at whatever they do. Rain Man comes to mind even though Raman and Dustin Hoffman's character had, he was just a prodigy and, and to wick is a prodigy of violence. But his character, like what I found so wonderful about him is that everywhere he went, people were like, Hey, John. Hey, John. Like everyone, just like, they just talked about him. He was like a legend before he walks in the room. I just started watching because I'm in quarantine like the rest of us. I'm catching up with a lot of TV that haven't watched. I just started the blacklist. And I had never watched the blacklist before. And James Peters character is has John Wick aspects to him. I don't know if you've ever watched that show or not

Naomi Beaty 27:12
interesting. I've seen a couple of episodes. But go on. Tell me more about

Alex Ferrari 27:15
because I think because Because James Spader is he's just so all the bad guys know who he is like, he walks up to me like, oh, yeah, I remember that time in Paris. I remember that. And he has so much power and influence outside of himself, that the world explains that to us, and makes his character so and he's also extremely confident. He's always 15 steps ahead of the FBI. He's always 15 steps ahead of everybody. He's so good at what he does, and he's a bad guy. Arguably, he is not a villain. But he is not a good guy. He does bad things. And he has done bad things for 20 odd years. So his character is so wonderfully rich and that way, same thing with Hannibal Lecter. I mean, you're rooting for a cannibal, a serial killing cannibal. That is brilliant writing is brilliant performance. It's brilliant direction. It's a combination of all of that. Because you know, without honor Anthony Hopkins, you know, I don't know if Hannibal pops up if the wrong actor in that space. And it's gone. And without, without Jodie Foster as the you know, the other side because you need the other side of the coin. Ross it doesn't work.

Naomi Beaty 28:26
Right? Yeah. Well, I mean, Silence of the Lambs is one of my favorites. And obviously, like a classic, you know, classic, iconic, iconic film, but I think something that you just said is actually a really good sort of tip trick to pass on to people, which is, you know, don't forget about the reactions to your character, because that can tell you so much about who the person is not just their actions coming into the scene, but how how are all the other characters? How are they how's the world around that character treating them because that says a lot, right? I mean, it makes it makes so much sense.

Alex Ferrari 28:59
Yeah, wick doesn't have to say a word. He never says a word. He never says a word about how good he is ever. He's a man of action. And everybody around him explains to the audience who the hell just when you see the most powerful drug lord or bad guy shake at the mention of the guy's name. You're like, oh, man, and then and then Kiato just you know, he's Kiana. Like, it's, it's it's just, it's the Kanto Renaissance, as they call it, they call it now it's just like he's everyone's finally coming back to like, Ken is really cool.

Naomi Beaty 29:33
Yeah. Like that really is sort of like the new the new James Bond. Right? You know what I mean? He's so cool. And like I you know, I'm not saying that John Wick is a perfect movie, but I forgive it. Anything that I would normally disagree with movie just because it's so much fun to watch. And he's so great. So yeah,

Alex Ferrari 29:52
and never underestimate fun. You know, I mean, look Fast and Furious is there's a man I mean, look at the fascination He says, I've been watching since the first one came out in the theater. And, you know, the first one was point break. Let's just be honest, it was Point Break, they stole Point Break. It's exactly the same story, they just put cars instead of servers. We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show it's literally a complete ripoff. I have no idea how they got away with that. But they did.

Naomi Beaty 30:29
You know, what makes you do what makes the first Fast and Furious. So good, though, and I will, I will argue this point too, is that it's all about family. So

Alex Ferrari 30:39
that's all they ever say. I know

Naomi Beaty 30:40
they really like build that into the story though, in a way that I'm like, I can get behind this. This means something to these people you know, so and then

Alex Ferrari 30:49
that's honestly the thing that's held the whole franchise together honestly, it's you know, they went from car car racers to basically James Bond they basically become James Bond with cars now. And and now Hobbs and Shaw and all the other spin offs. It's it's amazing to see how how that movies go. And I was talking to my wife about it the other day, and we're like, yeah, you want to see if we just know where you go. You know what you're going to get when you watch a fast appears. It's very, you just know what the kind of story you're going to get the kind of movie you're going to get. Same thing with, like the mission impossibles I was watching. I was watching a great video essay in regards to Ethan Hunt. You know, Tom Cruise's character and how many? He said seven, six of them now six of them. I think he was working on numbers. I think he was on six and he was working on seven before they shut it down in Italy. We don't really know a lot about Ethan Hawke Ethan Hunt. Like there's there's just no infrom after all these cease movies. It's very little kind of really know about them.

Unknown Speaker 31:56
It's interesting. Yeah,

Alex Ferrari 31:59
we know more about wick we know more about wick than we know about Ethan Hunt.

Naomi Beaty 32:02
That's true. That's true. And I think that that you know, it still works for people they do manage to sort of bring in just enough about him when we need it in order to kind of like you know, build in that emotion or the the emotional stakes of the story or whatever right they don't go into and we don't need to know a ton about we don't need to know how many brothers and sisters he has or you know what city he grew up in or or any of that.

Alex Ferrari 32:28
It's not about family. It's not about that about family at all. Um, so you've been bumping around Hollywood for a little bit. Can you explain a little bit about the power of the logline and how important that is to screenwriters trying to get their their scripts seen because a lot of times the logline will pretty much be the first the first entry point and if the logline doesn't work, they're not going to read the script. Is that fair to say?

Naomi Beaty 32:55
Yeah, well, yeah, I think in a lot of cases, yeah. Because especially if you're, you know, sending a query letter query, email, or whatever.

Alex Ferrari 33:05
This is letter use, what is this letter?

Naomi Beaty 33:08
showing my age there? But no, but I think if you are querying someone, you know that logline is important because you're you're sort of cold calling them you're coming out of nowhere and saying, I have this thing that I think you might be interested in. And you're basically giving hopefully giving them one sentence that will entice them to ask for the script, right? So in that way, it can be very important. I don't want to play so much emphasis, though, like, if you if you don't have a good logline, you'll never make it in the

Alex Ferrari 33:33
industry. So but but it does help.

Naomi Beaty 33:37
Right? Yes, it can. It can be very, very helpful. And I think it can be helpful in a lot of, or in a few different circumstances. One being while you're developing your story, because I think a lot of times, you know, writers get excited about an idea, but they don't fully think through the story before sort of like jumping in. Especially if you know if they're like new to screenwriting, and they're like, I can see the whole thing in my head. I'm just going to start writing and sometimes that works. But sometimes that ends up with, you know, 500 pages of we're trying to figure out what the story is, right? So I think a lot line can be really useful when you're developing your story idea, because it forces you to sort of think through the story and explain it in one sentence. And so it's a low time and energy investment for you to figure out, does my story work? Do I have a story here? Do I have something that can be translated into a screenplay, right? And then like you were saying, for pitching or writing query letters, a logline can be really useful because if you can write a good version of that logline that it really can entice someone to ask for the script. And it can, you know, open that that door to getting you read.

Alex Ferrari 34:44
And also if I found that if you're not able to write what your story is about in two sentences or three at the most, you're probably going to have a difficult time getting anyone not only to read it, but if you can't say it, they're not going to probably get it within you know, it's that quick of thing and talking about high concept and so on. Especially if you're going into Hollywood you need those kind of generalized like, you know, a shark terrorizes a shark terrorizes a New England town during the summer, whatever it was summer break or July 4. And yeah, then three guys go and try to kill it. I mean, that's pretty, you know, dinosaurs are alive on an island. I mean, it's

Naomi Beaty 35:26
like, and what is what the what writing a logline when you're developing your idea what that forces you to do is to sort of set down your your story in concrete terms and make sure that you because you're writing a movie, right? So you have to be able to write it in a way that we're going to, you know, it's externalized, it's dramatized, we're going to see it play out visually in front of us. And I think a lot of times the hardest stories to logline concisely are the ones that don't have that external concrete sort of element. Right? So there's a lot of sort of, you know, circling like, well, it's about somebody who explores the trauma that they experienced. And then they have to, you know, reconcile and decide if they can move forward, and you're like, but what am I watching, I don't know what that looks like on screen. And so the logline really does force you to sort of go, Okay, here's the externalization, like, here's the dramatization of this story. So I'm, I'm describing it to you in concrete terms, because that's what I'm going to be putting on screen, you know,

Alex Ferrari 36:27
no, do you recommend outlining? Screen a story prior to screenwriting?

Naomi Beaty 36:32
I do. I mean, I'm a huge Outliner, I think that I think you do the same amount of work, regardless of where in the process, you do it. But if you, if you outline, I think it's, it's less painful, when you go through that process, you know. So I know there are people who are who are Panthers, who really like to just sit down and explore and discover on the page and all that stuff. And I think you'll end up doing Panthers and plotters, you'll end up doing the same amount of work regardless, but I think it's, it's, at least for me, it makes more sense to sort of do that heavy lifting up front, think through your choices before writing 100 pages about them. And then that way, it's a little bit easier and quicker to pivot, you know, if you find that, oh, that direction is not going to work, I can, I can sort of re structure this or, you know, rethink it, or whatever, I can do that in the outline versus once I've written all of my darlings onto the page, and I'm loath to cut any of them, you know?

Alex Ferrari 37:33
Well, that brings us to another topic that a lot of a lot of writers get all bent out of shape about this. I think newbie writers mostly is structure, they, they feel that structure is going to hold me back, I need to be, I need to be free wielding, you know, I don't need structure, if not, you know, it's homogenizing the process, I need this, all this stuff. And I always explained it as like, well, if you're going to build a house, you need a foundation and you need a frame, you can build a house out ever you want. But at the end of the day, it still needs a concrete slab, it still needs walls, it still needs a door and a window. Now you could put those wherever the hell you want. But at the end of the day, you're gonna still need a roof. You know, it could be a cool weird roof, but it's gonna need a roof. And that's what I find structure to be. So I find it freeing to have structure because I can build my house and then I can go into decorate however I want or ever constructed however I want, as opposed to just going there's a bunch of wood over there. There's, there's some nails over there go at it.

Naomi Beaty 38:37
Right, right, throw something together. Yeah, no, I totally agree, I think of structure as as really being good storytelling, right? Because structure is the way you put the story together in order to engage the audience and keep them engaged and get them emotionally invested, and then pay it off in a satisfying way. That's really what you're doing by structuring your story, especially like, you know, the three acts, right, we talked about three act structure a lot. And you're you're giving us context, and then you're escalating the conflict that you've set up, and then you're, you know, resolving that conflict, hopefully in a satisfying way. So that's really all structure is is good storytelling.

Alex Ferrari 39:15
And would you agree that most scenes are actually all scenes should have a beginning, middle and end it should have to be x is something that starts beginning and an end and keeps everything kind of moving along?

Naomi Beaty 39:28
Yeah, I I do agree with that. Although I think that if you look at if you look at movies that that really sort of like keep you on the edge of the of your seat. As you get farther into the movie, you need less of that first act in each scene, right? Because we've already we're building on the context of the entire movie so you have less setup to establish, not always but a lot of times that happens. It's sort of like seeing sort of feel like they move faster towards the back end, you know?

Alex Ferrari 39:58
Sure, because we already know who the characters are. They're in other locations, we know the steaks, all that kind of stuff so we can move things along.

Naomi Beaty 40:04
Coming into the scene, we already know who wants what, and like what they've been trying to achieve the whole time. So there's less of that setup.

Alex Ferrari 40:10
So yeah. So I wanted to kind of just since I have you here today, and there's a lot of stuff going on in the world. There's two shows. I'm not sure if you've seen them. And I want us I hope you've seen one of the two so we can discuss it because I think it's a wonderful opportunity to talk about story. Oh, Mandalorian, did you see Mandalorian? No, no, have you? Have you? Did you happen to watch and then you might have not had a chance to yet Tiger King.

Naomi Beaty 40:42
I haven't. But I had heard so much about it. And I was actually already familiar with. Who's the who's the John guy,

Alex Ferrari 40:50
Jimmy Joe exotic.

Naomi Beaty 40:53
So I was I was already familiar with him and kind of the story of him. But I understand that that's not what the entire show is about. Right?

Alex Ferrari 41:00
No, it's it's it's honestly, I don't know if it's the quarantine talking. But it is. It is it. You know, I put the trailer on for my wife on ice like that. We're not watching that. I'm like, Okay, well, I'm gonna watch this because I have to watch this. And I started watching and she would do something in the background. And slowly but surely she would. When something happened. She's like, so what happened there? So let's go together. It is such an amazing story. And I know it's a documentary. It's a documentary series. But the storytelling in that is, it's just brilliant. It's like when you think nothing crazier could happen. They leave you with something else that happened. Oh, and now there's a drug lord. And now there's this and now there's that? And you're just like, how is this real? Like, if I would have written that you would have written that? No one would have believed it's just like, oh, this is come on. This. This is crazy.

Naomi Beaty 41:54
Did you happen to watch the series also a Netflix Docu series called? And I won't I won't swear on your show. But with cast?

Alex Ferrari 42:02
I heard about it. I didn't have watch it. I heard about I saw it. I'm not i It seems fascinating. But at the time, there's too many other things in my queue. But yes,

Naomi Beaty 42:11
I Yes. This is what this is. Exactly why I haven't seen the the tiger King. Yeah, but, but I will say it sounds similar to what you're describing. And maybe Netflix is just nailed kind of the formula for Docu series. Oh, yeah. Well, production theories and I was gonna say for cliffhangers you don't I mean, cuz that show each episode and I can't remember how many episodes there were, it was only like, I want to say maybe four or five, something like that. So it was a short series. But every episode, like you thought you knew where it was going. And then the episode at the end, you would be like, that's what's happening now. You know, and then you'd have to watch the next episode, because you're like, I have to see how, like how that story turn or that's gonna go now. It was amazing.

Alex Ferrari 42:54
The Duplass brothers did that. That Docu series. Oh, God, what was it the one about the cult leader in the in like the mountains of Utah, and it was like in the 70s. And they built like this. It's like, This guy had like, 75 Rolls Royces or something like that. Wonderful.

Naomi Beaty 43:12
Wonderful. Yeah. Yes. wild country? Yes. Country.

Alex Ferrari 43:15
Wow. Wow. Yes. Ah, did you see that?

Naomi Beaty 43:19
I did. I'm actually from Oregon. And that took place in Oregon. And so I was like, I have to watch this. And I thought that was I mean, it was an amazing series. Right. I also thought it was really interesting. Just if you're thinking about like, character and get, you know, sort of how do you get your audience on the side of your character. Nobody could have known this but coming into the, into the series because I'm from Oregon, I immediately was sort of on the side of the people who owned the land around it. And I don't think that's where I was supposed to be like, they wanted you on the side of the Rajneesh ease and being like, like, free love hippie type people who just want a place to live and all this stuff. And I was like, No, that seems wrong because those Oregonians they really need their, you know,

Alex Ferrari 44:01
and then a twist that it twists towards as the show goes on, it just twists. And again, whether it's documentary or narrative story story. And, you know, if it happened in real life, it's just how that story and those and those documentarians are, I mean amazing storytellers. They're, they're just weaving the tail. so beautifully. You just have to stop everything you're doing and watch Tiger cat. It's arguably one of the arguably one of the greater greater things that's happened in 2020. That's a low bar, the jump off. But it is it is. It's God. I just I just was watching I benched it I just like I can't. I can't believe this. This is

Naomi Beaty 44:43
think about the timing of the release of that because I mean, everyone is at home right now watching Netflix and

Alex Ferrari 44:50
then all of a sudden, you're like, What is this tiger King thing and you all know I want to have I want to have somebody on the show where we can have a deep deep dive conversation on it. The Tiger King and the story elements of it and how it was. Oh, there's like online I think was Ed Norton and Dax Shepard are fighting to play Joe exotic. Oh, no, that no, the there's already casting involved for the movie. Oh, no. I mean, every actor in Hollywood wants to play all the parts like hilarious. Even the smallest, you know, you know, gate keeper, good. Zookeeper like they want. Yeah. Because they were all they were all such a tap is the tapestry, a tapestry of a tapestry of, of characters that yeah, I'm just in awe of it. But anyway, so we we've gone off the we went off a little bit, but I feel that it was important to talk about this story, though. It's all story. And I'm gonna ask you a few questions. I ask all my guests. What advice would you give a screenwriter wanting to break into the business today?

Naomi Beaty 45:56
I think the best advice anyone can give if you want to be a screenwriter is to write things. And shocking, shocking. I know, it's groundbreaking. I'm sure no one's ever said that before. But you know, I do think that that is one of the things that that really can separate people who are going to manage to build a career and those who aren't I've, you know, even before I started working with writers on in sort of a professional capacity, I had a lot of friends who were writers, right. And, and even seeing among them, the ones who sort of got really fixated on their one script that they thought was going to be the thing that, you know, that built their career. And the ones who wrote a script, learn something from it, wrote another script, learned that you know what I mean? And so they, they sort of grew their skills at a faster rate than the friends who had one like lottery tickets scripts that they were sure was going to be it. And so I think the best advice really, if you want to be a screenwriter is to write and, and as a, as an addendum to that to finish things because I think you learn more from finishing one script than starting 10 and not finishing. Yes. So you know, sometimes you do have to, like sort of cut it if you're if you realizing, okay, I started the script I didn't think it through, it's not really going anywhere. But don't make that your default. You know, habit, I think you you really do learn more from finishing the script and figuring out like, Okay, what could I have done differently? Why isn't this working? Like I thought it would, as I wanted it to, you know,

Alex Ferrari 47:33
Can Can you please let everybody know, the difference between a professional writer and a hobbyist? Because my, my definition of the hobbyist is the exactly what you just said, fit started 10 scripts, or has been on one for five years? And then there's and then there's a professional writer who has 2010 scripts?

Naomi Beaty 47:55
Yeah, totally. No, I think I think even if you haven't been been paid for it, yet, you're setting yourself up for good habits and more success, if you know how to finish if you know how to complete a script and learn something from it. Right. I also think the one thing that I think really separates professionals or people who become professionals is the ability to rewrite, because that is a skill set all all its own. And, you know, there are a ton of people who can write a first draft, but who don't really know it. And it's not just about taking notes, although that's part of it, but it's understanding what's not working, and then understanding how to go in and fix it. And I think that that's a whole skill set that really doesn't get enough attention, you know,

Alex Ferrari 48:44
that would be the script Doctors of the World.

Naomi Beaty 48:47
Yeah, those people who are really able to kind of like see the big picture, and then also understand where to what changes need to be made. Because, you know, I think a lot of times, writers want rewriting to effectively be like fixing some dialogue here and there. And that's not usually that's not usually the case. And some people who are very good at rewriting are able to see the big picture understand what needs you know, either what's not working or what somebody wants them to change about it right? And then knowing how to implement those changes on sort of like a global level in their in the screenplay.

Alex Ferrari 49:22
Now, what is the lesson that took you the longest to learn whether in the film industry or in life?

Naomi Beaty 49:28
Oh, that's a good question. One lesson that I am still trying to learn is to speak less and listen more. But honestly, I think the lesson of like you if you want to, if you want to write you have to write it's such a simple concept and it's it's one that I think still, you know, still come back to,

Alex Ferrari 49:53
and three of your favorite films of all time.

Naomi Beaty 49:57
Oh, gosh, well, since we've been in quarantine the last couple of weeks There's been a lot of discussion of like, Best Movies movies worth watching recommendable movies you know, things like that. I will say these I'm not saying these are the best movie ever. They're movies that are special to me. Sure. So just the other night we re watched. So I Married an Axe Murderer.

Alex Ferrari 50:24
Michael, Nancy Travis and Michael Myers. Yes, 90.

Naomi Beaty 50:29
Not saying it's the best movie ever made, but it has a it has a place in my heart of that movie when I was younger. And Michael Mike Myers is just so funny, right? So I'd say I'm going to put that on the desert island movie. I also just re watched Blue Ruin, which I think is phenomenal. And I would definitely say that's a great movie. I don't care what anyone else says. worth watching. And back to the future.

Alex Ferrari 51:00
Probably. Yes. Yes. Factor future. I'm waiting for my daughter's to get old enough to watch that. They don't they won't get it just yet. But

Naomi Beaty 51:07
yeah, you know, I have I have fond memories of seeing that movie with my dad. So it's like definitely a both a good movie. And also just a you know, it's a nostalgic movie.

Alex Ferrari 51:16
And I saw I'm old enough to see I saw it in the theater when it came out. And I watched it. And that was just it was just when it came out. That was just like, what? Like, what, like, what there was a lot of that in the 80s. Like what just happened? When I saw diehard in the theater for the first time. I'm like, what, what, like, what is going on?

Naomi Beaty 51:36
Yeah, I think that I think back to the future was one of the first times I remember being like, sort of being startled by how good a movie was, you know what I mean? Being like, Whoa, that was way better than I thought it was going to be. Maybe that says a lot about the movies. I was watching as a kid. But

Alex Ferrari 51:54
I didn't feel that when I went to see Howard the Duck. At the same time. It was not the same vibe I didn't get it didn't hold didn't hold up as well. Now, where can people find you and what you do?

Naomi Beaty 52:06
Let's see best place to find me is on my website. It's right and co.com There's, you know, all sorts of screenwriting articles and various resources on there. So that's the best place to to track me down.

Alex Ferrari 52:20
Now me thank you so much for being on the show. I really truly appreciate it. It's been a pleasure talking to you. We'll have you back after you watch Tiger, I feel

Naomi Beaty 52:29
It was great.

LINKS

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook

IFH 686: How to Get Things Done with David Allen

David Allen is a productivity consultant and the author of the book “Getting Things Done: The Art of Stress-Free Productivity.” He is widely recognized for his expertise in personal and organizational productivity and has developed the GTD (Getting Things Done) methodology.

In his book, “Getting Things Done,” Allen presents a system for managing and organizing tasks and projects to increase productivity and reduce stress. The GTD methodology focuses on capturing all tasks and commitments into an external system, clarifying their meaning and desired outcomes, organizing them effectively, reviewing and updating regularly, and taking appropriate actions. The book has gained significant popularity and has become a widely implemented system for personal and professional productivity.

David Allen has been involved in coaching, training, and consulting with various individuals and organizations, including Fortune 500 companies and government agencies. He continues to speak and conduct workshops on productivity and personal development, sharing his insights and strategies to help individuals and teams enhance their effectiveness and achieve their goals.

Alex Ferrari 1:54
Enjoy today's episode with guest host, Jason Buff.

Jason Buff 1:59
Without any further ado, let me get to David Allen, a quick introduction. He is the author of The Amazing book, Getting Things Done. It's a book that's influenced tons and tons of filmmakers out there, in addition to people, you know, he's spoken at Google, he's done TED talks, I'm really lucky to that he's come on the show, because he he influenced me a lot too. You know, as a creative person, I'm kind of all over the map and fairly disorganized. And his book really kind of lays out a plan so that you can, you know, basically get things done how that you can, you know, start working on things, not having a million things in your head. You know, especially for screenwriters, or people who are trying to produce a movie, it's hard to know, sometimes you know what to do next, you wake up and it's like, it's such a large enterprise writing a screenplay or producing a movie or whatever you want to do. It's so huge. It's like, what am I going to do today? What am i What's the one thing that I'm going to do today to start moving forward. And you know, his book, lays that out and talks about a lot of different things. And we'll get into that. So anyway, here's my interview with David Allen, for the people who, you know, are listening to this are mostly writers, producers, people that want to make independent films. And I was hoping that you could take a moment just to talk about the GTD system, the Getting Things Done system, and what the idea is behind it, the concepts behind it.

David Allen 3:24
Sure. One of the basic concepts, is that your heads for having ideas, but not for holding them. People actually don't need time they need space. I mean, how much time does it take to have a creative idea? Zero, but you need room. So what the GTD system is, is really was over the years, this sort of unfolded, as to what are the techniques that actually your that allow you to actually clear your head, get stuff off your mind without necessarily having to finish them? And still, you know, be committed to them? So how do you manage all those agreements with yourself in some external way, as opposed to having your head as an office, your heads a crappy office, by the way, it's a crappy studio really is I mean, it'll if you have stuff in your head, there's a part of you that thinks you should be doing all of it all the time. So your head is is consistently trying to multitask what you can't do. That is you can't focus, you know, with focused attention on more than one thing at a time. But there's a part of your head that's trying to do that if your heads the only place it's holding stuff. So just like people keep calendars, you know, I say, Well, why do you keep a calendar? Well, because my head can't do that. Well, why do you think your head can do everything else? And not that? It's like, well, doesn't make much sense. If you don't want to track stuff out of your head, throw away your calendar, don't be intellectually dishonest. So it's really about how do I externalize and objectify all of my work and work in the broadest sense call anything you want to get done? That ain't done yet. That's get cat food as well as you know, submit a new business plan as well as produce the next movie. So all of those things just need to be externalized. That that allows you to see the difference. And actually, you know, cognitively catch the difference but and of weight between dog food or cat food and produce movie in your head, believe it or not, they take up about the same amount of space. And either one will wake you up at three o'clock in the morning, when you actually can't do anything about it, your head is actually kind of a dumb terminal. And it really, it you'll be driven by latest and loudest by things in there. Right? So that's really all that's behind it. So but there are specific techniques, you can't just you can't just clear your head by meditating or drinking. You know? I know so you can leave your head or numb it out, but it won't clear it.

Jason Buff 5:56
Right! So can you talk about some of the techniques that you recommend?

David Allen 6:02
Sure, I'll give you the 22nd version. Okay, whoever is listening to this, hang on, ready, capture any potentially meaningful thing on your mind in some trusted place, that you then clarify exactly what that thing means sooner than later in terms of whether it's actionable, and if so what you're going to do about it, the next action and the outcome you're committed to, then step back and review those things in appropriate categories. So that some part of you is constantly maintaining an inventory of your gestalt of all of your different commitments on all the different horizons and trust your heart, or your gutters. So your pants or your spirit or whatever you trust, to make a good intuitive judgment call moment to moment about what you do. And that's it. Okay. Sorry, that'll, that'll take you two years to build that as a habit. That was a very quick explanation, even if you understand it, it's easy to understand, it takes two minutes to understand the model to about two days, if you actually were going to implement it, like literally, it literally empty everything out of your head and go through and make next action decisions about them and create an organizational structure that holds all that. And then about two years to make that habitual, so that you'd feel uncomfortable if you weren't doing it. Right.

Jason Buff 7:18
So you talk a lot about taking notes. I mean, what, in a typical day, do you just like? How do you organize all those things that are going on in your life? Or how should people try to do that to get it out of their head?

David Allen 7:32
Yeah, it's the capturing stuff is very different than organizing. So I've got, I've got notepad, right on my desk, right now has a phone number on it, I tried to call and nobody answered, or it was busy, but I gotta call them again, because they're gonna make an appointment about my eyes. So it's just on that notepad, if I if I don't finish that call that notepad by the way, they will go, they will get turned off that page and thrown into my in basket, in which case, then later on, you know, sooner than later, I will drive all that to empty by deciding, okay, where does that go? Where do I park a reminder about that, that I that I need to do. So capturing happens all day long, you know, just at any time, when in time, I you know, I carry a little notepad around in my pocket. And, you know, it's a great little app called Brain toss that I can just pop up my iPhone and talk into it, and it'll show up right into my email as a as a as a sound file, as well as, you know, text about it. Right? You know, any of that any of those things work. But, you know, I want to have the freedom to have a thought but not have to decide exactly what to do about it. Yeah, that actually allows and frees up my creative thinking process. I throw away probably half or three quarters of my notes, you know, but when I have I'm I'm not sure what they mean yet, but they might mean something significant. And so I don't want to lose any of those. But then I need to loop back around from another part of my brain and then assess that stuff and and get the executive about a call. Okay, David, what are you gonna do about that? If anything? What does that mean? That a restaurant you really want to track? Or is that a phone number that you need to put in your telephone and address? Is that something you still need to do about that? And those are the clarifying questions you need to ask yourself to decide what this stuff really means. So step one is to capture Step two is to clarify Step three is to organize the results of that thinking in that decision making. Okay, that's how that's how you get your kitchen under control by the way it looks like you know, tornado hit it you know oh my god I got guests coming over first thing you do is you recognize what's not on cruise control, you capture you identify stuff that's that you probably need to decide and do something about. Number two is you need to clarify is that still good food goes in the fridge is that trash that goes away? Does that is that dirty dish or is that clean? And then you organize those you put spices where spices go you put dirty dishes were dirty dishes go you put trash where trash goes.

Alex Ferrari 9:58
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

David Allen 10:07
Big Dog. But that's what you need to do with every email with every thought with every creative thing that pops into your head if you want to get it under control and not have it run you, right?

Jason Buff 10:18
Yeah, that's a huge thing, especially when it comes to, you know, screenwriting, and most of the writers, I know that they, and I'm also a writer, but you know, we're constantly with notebooks, because you never you, you have these ideas, and if they're gone, they you know, sometimes you're just like, you know, what, what was I, I had this amazing idea, and now it's gone, you know, and so we've gotten in the habit of taking notes. And what you know, I get a lot out of the GTD system is that you should be constantly taking notes, but about every aspect of your life so that you're not constantly in the state of being overwhelmed by thinking I've got a million things to do, I don't know what to do, I don't know what the next step is going to be. Right.

David Allen 11:01
And you obviously don't need to write down the 50,000 thoughts you have a day, you just need to write down the ones that aren't complete when you have them. There's still something I might need to do about that, as opposed to just grazing in your mind.

Jason Buff 11:16
Okay, now, what what is your feeling towards things like multitasking, or, you know, people who can kind of sit there and do like five things at the same time?

David Allen 11:27
They can't, they can rapidly switch. But whether they're actually increasing their performance by doing that is is in question. There's a couple of new books out that have come out in the last year of a lot of cognitive science research that that has basically proven, that's, you know, that's BS. And if you think your, that's going to actually increase your capability to be able to do that. Now, that said, if you can rapidly switch your focus with a placeholder, in other words, if you've sold or sort of interrupted me, Jason, you came in, and you suddenly walk out and say, Hey, David, by the way, could you do X, Y, and Z, let's talk for three minutes or whatever. And I was in the middle of doing something, as long as I have a placeholder for that thing I was doing. So I don't have to keep re remembering that I need to do that. In other words, I'll throw the notes or barbed wire work literally right into my own physical basket. And I'll turn around and then engage with you why, because I got to play somewhere that as soon as I stopped engaging with you, I can pick that right up. But that leaves my brain clear to not focus on you, and whatever's going on there, as opposed to trying to keep hanging on to it. So that's why external having an external brain and having the capability to be able to capture and placeholder stuff that's not finished, in some trusted place, will allow you to switch rapidly. If you don't do that, then you truly and they've proven this that you you do your cognitive function is sub optimal, you're trying to your switching costs are huge. In other words, you're trying to focus over there, but there's a part of you that's still hanging your focus back to where it was, that doesn't want to forget it. But then you're so you're not fully present, really, with any of that. And people can get pretty good at what it looks like. But this is a, you know, there's new, there's a lot of data out there now that that proves that's not true. They've even believe even found that that that even using hands free phones in your car is as dangerous statistically as texting, simply because of the switching costs in your mind. So you'll think you'll think you're driving in the you know, in the right lane, and the brain kind of will kid you to think that's true. And actually, that's visually what you see. But your mind went off somewhere else on that phone call that you were talking about. And it's actually that's actually not true. Surprise me to read that data. But that's the that's all that's what happens, your brain is really wasn't designed to hold on to more than about four meaningful things at once. It does that very well. By the way, that's how you survive on the savanna. That's how you can eat and not be eaten. But that rain took you know, however many millions of years it developed to be able to do that very well. So your brain can recognize brilliantly even better, way better than any computer yet. You walk into a room you recognize patterns, you see, that's a light, that's a chair, that's a person, that's a thing, that's a printer, and the computer still can't even do that yet. You're doing that all the time. By the way, your brain is brilliant at that using long term memory, pattern recognition, making sense out of your world, but it's totally present when it does that. What your brain can't do is remember where you left your keys.

Jason Buff 14:32
But you know, that was one of the really things I loved your TED talk when you were talking about how the brain has almost a you know, and correct me if this wasn't what you were saying. But the the brain's tendency to be a natural planner, to the point of or that we've kind of gotten away from the the way that the mind works, and we've started kind of changing the way that we accomplish goals in a somewhat unnatural Throw away.

David Allen 15:00
Yeah, yeah, that's fascinating. It's fascinating to realize that, that, you know, what we automatically do and how we naturally plan is not how most people actually plan the more complex things. It's how you get out of bed, how you get dressed, it's how you, you know, cook dinner. But when people didn't say, Okay, now I need to, I need to, you know, be the production manager for a movie, how do I plan? You know, how do I plan budget and all this other stuff, and you know, anything anymore? Or even just your wedding? Or how about just a big party you want to give or your next vacation. And most people, you know, either don't then plan them at all, or they're sort of driven by whatever the latest and loudest thing is, as opposed to learning from ourselves in terms of how the brain really naturally does it. It was fascinating to me, just to uncover that,

Jason Buff 15:48
Right! So if somebody's you know, sitting there today, you know, working towards a project, let's say, for example, their their ideas, they they want to produce a film. But, you know, when it comes to screenwriting, and when it comes to producing, you know, something artistic, or, you know, films are basically like a little business anyway, you know, I mean, a lot of people don't think of it like that. But so we kind of get into this abyss where you don't know what to do next. And you're starting out, and you're kind of like, okay, I know, this is the end goal. And I know kind of where I'm at right now, how do I get, you know, from point A to point B to point Z, you know, and not just like, be completely overwhelmed all the time with I have 10 million things I have to do. Yeah.

David Allen 16:36
Well, with all of it, externalizing it getting out of your head, you know, get yourself a pen and paper, just pull, you know, pull up some computer file is pull up a Word doc and just dump it out. All the ideas, every single thing you might need to think about or whatever about to film or about what your project. I mean, that's that is part of the natural planning model is once you have a vision, and it's not met met by current reality, it creates this dissonance it says with God, I got to try to get I tried to get to close the gap between the vision I have in my head and where I am right now. So there's, you know, so you do a part A with that, which is okay, any potentially relevant ID I need to capture, get out of my head. And that's what most people refer to as brainstorming. But that's, and that's, you know, that's the first thing is don't, you know, don't let your brain get constipated by, you know, oh, I got a 10 million things to do, I don't know where to start, well write down where you might start. All the places you might start, you know, as Linus Pauling said, The best way to have a good idea is to have a lot of ideas. So get them all out. Now, you don't leave them all out, just in terms of them willy nilly. You get them all out, and then there's a part of you that will then naturally start to recognize patterns and start to recognize components and sequences and priorities. Oh, that's more important than that, oh, yeah, I need to handle that, you know, first thing I really need to do is, and that's just good, sort of natural thinking. But you have to, you know, sort of go with the flow in terms of how your mind really thinks and capture that as opposed to it's got to be right before I write it down. That's death. And that's how we were taught. That's what planning was all about. If you if you know, if you're old as I am, you we were taught outlining in schools, you know, to write reports, and that's, you know, you, you sit down and start by trying to create an outline, but good luck, that that forces your mind to try to figure out what's Roman numeral one. And, you know, there's quite a bit of thinking you have to do before you even can trust what you think Roman numeral ones can be. And so giving yourself permission to have the freedom to be to use the creative aspect of who you are and how your brain works. I think that's, you know, it's our educational system that that sort of cultivated all that. But there is a way you can really make all that work. I mean, you know, come on the, you know, some of my biggest champions, were the Simpson writers. And that really, Joss Whedon, and I can talk about him because they mentioned it publicly. I mean, Josh, in Fast Company article said, Look, you know, when he when he did the last, you know, when he shot the much ado about nothing in his backyard, he said, wow, you know, if it wasn't for David Allen's next action concept, I never could have done that in the three days we did it. So, you know, and, you know, Howard Stern is a huge fan of mine really changed his life, he would tell you that he's spoken about it on you know, on the air for months, right once he wants, you know, he sort of got coached with our with our model is really freedom because what it does is it frees up space for these guys. That's that's what the creative people want. That it actually frees up space for anybody. But you know, what you do with that space is up to you. If you're a rock musician, you'll use space to get more music ideas and to make sure you finish the songs instead of just starting. You know, if you if you're a 55 year old executive that's about to merge with another company. You'll use space to be more strategic and in your negotiations and you're thinking about, you know, priorities

Alex Ferrari 19:59
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

David Allen 20:08
And if you're a writer or screenwriter or you know, if you're an indie producer, what would you do with more space? You know, there's a whole lot of things you could do with more space, I would imagine. But the space is what you need. And, you know, all GTD, the Getting Things Done modeled in bits, okay, here's how you get space. And you don't have to go very far to know where to start. Just Just ask yourself, What's on your mind? You know, Jason, if I ask you, Hey, if you if you weren't talking to me right now, what? Where would you mind go? What's the most on your mind? Right, yeah. Whatever you answer is very probably going to be something that's hung up and you're the bottleneck. The reason it's on your mind is because there's some decision about it you haven't made, or you haven't parked the results of that thinking in some, in some place your trust?

Jason Buff 20:56
Right! Yeah, I mean, I'm your, the book is pretty much for people like me, I think that, you know, I have too many things going on in my head. And, you know, it's, it's really helpful just to say, okay, you know, I went through, when you're doing the TED talk, you had the thing where you take notes, and you get all the things out of your head, that you're, that are kind of occupying your time, and then taking that and figuring out, you know, what, exactly are you going to, you know, what are the what are the next actions you're gonna take? And the really important thing, for me was the concept of what can you actually do right now, and what you're just sitting there worrying about, unless you can actually take action on it right now, there's no point in worrying about it, you know, put it in, put it there and know that you have to do it, but don't sit there and like, kind of go, you know, churn the wheels over and over thinking about that and focus on things you can do.

David Allen 21:49
Sure, there are no problems, there are only projects. So you'll only call something a problem. If you think something ought to be fixed about it, you're just not willing to figure out or take a risk to try to do that. Right, right. I mean, so taking anything that's an issue or problem that you need to decide, look, to your point, can you do something about this or not? 90% of the time, you probably can and just haven't figured that out, or you haven't sat down and force yourself to make that decision. Wait a minute, what more information do I need? Wait a minute, who do I need to talk to about this? What do I need to do to move the needle if I if I was going to pay you a million bucks, just to start making progress on that problem that issue that opportunity? Where would you go right now physically, what would you do? And that kind of rigor, you know, to your point of that the next action thinking is so powerful, it's so mundane. And yet, so, you know, it's the silver bullet.

Jason Buff 22:50
Now, one of the things that I really enjoyed about the book is also the concept of tricks. And, you know, some people now would just would refer to that as hacks. For, you know, organizing, can you talk about a few of your favorite hacks or tricks for, you know, for implementing the GTD system in your life?

David Allen 23:09
One of the best is the two minute rule. Anything you can finish, once you decide the next action, if you can actually take that action within two minutes, if you're ever going to do that action at all, do it right, then it'll take you longer to actually stack and track it and look at it again, than it would be to finish it when it's in your face. If you just did that around your house, or your apartment, or your flat or wherever you live, if you just started to implement the two minute rule, flashlight that needs a battery, it would only take you two minutes to go get that battery and stick it in there. You'd be amazed how much cleaner your house it would be if that's all you got out of what I did is the two minute rule. That's one of the most popular hacks have emerged out of all of this. Go ahead, sorry. Yeah. You know, there's, it's not really a hack. It's just it's an absolutely necessary principle, which is just write stuff down, have an in basket, have a physical injury, throw stuff in there, and then get an empty every, you know, 24 to 48 hours. I mean, that there's there's no bigger, better habit. People say, Gee, David, what rituals and habits have I installed that's laid the main one. You know, there's all kinds of stuff I hate to have to think about and have to decide about. But because I'm so now addicted to getting my in basket empty, it forces me to make those decisions so I can empty it. It's one of the best, that's one of the best tricks in the world, in terms of being productive, because people just avoid next action decisions about all kinds of things. So they just spread stuff around in their life. And then it starts to create this ambient stress, because it's yelling at them all the time. And they just no mouth to it.

Jason Buff 24:48
Now, can you just go a little bit more in depth with the next action concept? Just for a second?

David Allen 24:55
Yeah, well, you know, write everything down that's on your mind. Alright, then take each one of those things. One at a time ago, okay? If this is something to move on at all, it may have been just a harebrained idea or something else. But is there something to do about this? What specifically physically visible action would would I need to take to start moving toward closure on whatever this thing is? If it's if you wrote down cat food, what's your next action? Oh, I need to buy cat food. Or Great. Do you know where to buy it? Yeah, I do. Where they do you keep a list of stuff to buy when you go there? Yeah, right up on the fridge. Great. Go stick it there. Cat food on the posted on the refrigerator and now you're in then it's off your mind? Some fournisseurs. Okay, did that. But you have to decide what's the next step on that. Okay. Okay. New indie movie idea. Fabulous. What's the next action? Oh? Well, I don't even not sure how to start. How would you figure it out? You know, I want to talk to somebody who actually produced it in the field. I have never done one before. And I should talk to him. Great. How would you? How would you plumb their brain? Maybe we should have lunch for them. Great. What's your next action? Set up a lunch? How would you do that? Send an email to send their phone call to me. Let me let me shoot him an email. Great. How long would that take? 30 seconds go. Suddenly, you know, suddenly you're off and running. But you still haven't the foggiest idea how to do an ad, you just made a decision that got you in the driver's seat of this situation, as opposed to feeling the victim of now over committing and having a beat you up.

Jason Buff 26:35
Yeah, and it's so simple. But it actually I mean, it does completely change everything. You start thinking like that.

David Allen 26:41
I call it the magic of the mundane.

Jason Buff 26:46
Do you actually have a Do you have to have a physical exam? I mean, you talk about your in basket and you know, everything that I do if I have papers, it just becomes out of control here. You know, I do everything virtual but you think it's it's better to have physical there.

David Allen 27:01
You still have a physical driver's license. You still you still get some bills in the mail, you certainly get certain some physical mail you get FedEx, it's

Jason Buff 27:10
Not well, I'm an expat like you. I live in. I live in Mexico. So you know, we don't get mail where I live, but I get your point.

David Allen 27:19
Yeah, but you know, believe it or not, there's a lot of stuff that I need to print out from my computer and throw it into my in basket, because there's stuff that I need to do or think about that. And I want to I want to have a written, you know, thing to that helps me think about it, you know, or I'm halfway through something, and I need to remind myself that that's not finished yet. And I need to come back to and I'll print it out and throw it in my in basket, which then is a trigger to then oh, yeah, let me pick that up and keep going with that. Certainly a lot less paper now than there was, you know, 20 30 years ago for sure. Right? But even even so, you know, where do you throw back, you get flashlights that get dead batteries. I throw those in my own basket, if I don't have the batteries in anything. And if you take any kind of notes when you're on the run, what do you do with if you're doing any kind of creative writing by hand? You know, what do you do with those notes? You know, and if you're taking notes on a phone call, right? You ever do that? Yeah. Yeah. What do you do with those notes?

Jason Buff 28:27
Well, I just usually I just use Evernote. So I'm just I type faster than I write. But I've also got a, you know, a notebook. Whenever I go to a store, I just buy like five or six notebooks and just have just have it there, you know, because you'll you'll be able to jot stuff down.

David Allen 28:42
Well, you know, if I were to sit down next to you, deskside you know, Jason, we'd I'd say, I'd say Do you still have bigger those notebooks? Probably not. Well, that's fine. It means you process them. That'd be my point. If you still had them lying around, because there was still stuff in there that you hadn't decided what it meant. And it was still potentially pulling on you to make a decision about it. You know, that's that's unhealthy. spiral notebooks are dangerous, you know, because of that. I use a spiral notebook, but I use one that's perfect. So you can I saw I tear it off so it stays empty. Yeah, you know, but the stuff I tear off goes into my in basket if it's if it's if I can't finish it in that moment. So I still need a physical basket if you can get by with that one. They but there's no there's no right or wrong about any of this. It says okay, got anything in your head. And if you do, there's some because of some something you have not captured somewhere.

Jason Buff 29:42
Now when you say you've got it in your head, I mean, like subconscious thought I was wondering how you feel about like your subconscious thought.

Alex Ferrari 29:51
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

Jason Buff 29:59
So how is that affecting you? I mean, are you are the things that are in your head, like, you know, if you've got like 20 things that you're kind of like organizing, trying to keep track of? Are you conscious that you're doing that? Or is that something that you're just kind of doing? And it's affecting, you know, just your mental, you know, alertness or being able to be present?

David Allen 30:23
I'm not sure exactly. Obviously, if it's unconscious, you're not conscious of it. I'm not aware. So. But essentially what I do, because I've externalized all of these commitments, then it frees me up to just trust me intuitive judgments. And that intuitive judgment is being matured and constantly, I'm thinking all the time, I'm constantly reassessing, what should I do? Where's the thing? Where what do I feel, you know, like, I need to put my energy and focus right now, you know, that my system doesn't get rid of that it frees you up to do that frees you up to be making good intuitive choices, instead of just being driven by the latest and loudest, and then Lipson and hoping you know, so you want to move from hope to trust basically, in terms of you just your judgement about what you're doing. But um, you know, I'm constantly thinking of what should I do now? When Where's where's the? Where's the optimal place for me? Should I take a nap? Should I have a beer? Should I? Should I go hang out with my dog? Do I need to take a walk? You know, should I be, you know, cranking on this, you know, slide deck that I need to upgrade right now. So I don't know, if it's your unconscious, I think that I think you don't have to go very far just to start to pay attention to what has your attention? What do you then need to do to take that pressure off your head? You know, what's the next thing that should be telling you what to do the weather that's coming where that comes from, you know, the Oracle or God or, or your your liver or I don't know, whatever the source of intuitive knowing is, you know, who knows. So this is about about, you know, sort of structuring your life in some ways. Matter of fact, a lot of people are uncomfortable with how unstructured getting things done is because they want to feel more confidence that they that they really nailed it all down and can and can tack it all down and nothing's gonna move, you know, and come out from under them. Good luck.

Jason Buff 32:14
With that, that was what I was going to ask you about, you know, that, that you talked about the false sense of control that you get from, you know, having everything in your head, and there is that aspect of control? That I mean, that's counter that resistance that people are just like, oh, I don't want to, you know, I don't want to stop having all this some, I don't want to put it on a piece of paper. Because that might mean that something might happen to it. Or it might you know,

David Allen 32:39
You'll make that happen, you'll make you feel more out of control about how out of control you really are. That people get mad at me for their list. I go excuse me, it ain't my list, dude. It's yours. You know, your choices? Where do you want to track that stuff? And I just, and I'm not into convincing anybody, I'm just look, I'm just sharing information with you. Right? And prove me wrong, implement these processes. And I absolutely guarantee you without fail, you'll feel more in control and more focused, so that you can deal with that and have more mental and cognitive space to do the more meaningful things.

Jason Buff 33:18
How did how did you go upon? How did you come upon this? I mean, when you have in your life, where you also kind of just like one of the people that was overwhelmed with stuff and had to I mean, how did you discover this system?

David Allen 33:30
Ah, I've just been a, you know, I'm a freedom guy. And I love I love ClearSpace. Right? I've always been attracted to the Zen aesthetic, you know, sort of the negative space, or, you know, I was I read all of Suzuki and watts, by the time I'm finished high school. So I've always loved that kind of minimalist aesthetic. But then, you know, when I got into sort of the personal growth game, and you know, how do you grow yourselves? And how do you find enlightenment and all that good stuff, you know, this is California in the 60s and 70s. and discovered that actually, there are things you can actually learn to do that actually give you more of a sense of personal freedom, and more of a sense of space, and a whole lot that had to do with your agreements. You know, that was a big aha, in the personal growth loop, which was, you know, how do you manage your agreements, and what's the price you pay? If you break an agreement?

Jason Buff 34:22
Then what do you mean by agreement?

David Allen 34:24
Well, if you just said compromises, you know, the agreement, you make call Hey, David, let's meet at you know, let's do this podcast on you know, this date this time. That's an agreement. I say, Yeah, I just made an agreement. An agreement just says any commitments, you've got to do something whether an all agreements or with yourself, many of them involve other people, but they're all with yourself. You've agreed with yourself, you're gonna do that. You tell yourself I need cat food gets me in an agreement. You know, yeah, I just agreed with myself that yes, I'm going to get cat food somehow in some way. So understanding that When you keep an agreement feels fabulous improves your self confidence. If you break an agreement, they will undermine your self confidence automatically. It's an automatic price you pay that you disintegrate trust. If you didn't show up, you know, or if you you know, there are people I love dearly, but I don't trust for them, and I can throw them to show up, when they're going to tell me they're going to show up just based upon that, because nothing wrong. I don't judge that I just that's just data. But I don't trust them. I don't trust them to keep to, you know, they tell me something, I doubt they're going to do it and shouldn't organize my life accordingly. But but they're all of these agreements with yourself, what happens then, if a broken agreement automatically creates stress. So all those things you've told yourself to do, and most people have between 30 and 100 projects, and between 150 and 200. Next actions, if they actually sat down and truly inventoried their commitments personally and professionally, while the things they think they should do and told themselves they they need to do. So if you want to get rid of the stress of broken agreements, either don't make the agreement, don't throw the list away, say, oh, you know, I'll live spontaneously, you know, good luck. or complete the agreement, go finish it all. Of course, if he went and finished everything on your list in two, three days, you'd have a bigger list because you get so excited having done all that you'll take on bigger, more incomplete stuff. But the real key is, how do I how do I kind of renegotiate those agreements? See if you said, Hey, David, let's do this podcast here. And then I came back said, you know, I agreed to that before, but something came up really, really critical that I have to handle can we do it another time? And you go, yeah, then I renegotiated the agreement, I don't have a broken agreement. But you can't renegotiate agreements with yourself, you can't remember you made that's again, why keeping track of all of this stuff, so that you can look at it and go, No, I'm just gonna do this podcast with Jason right now. That's the best thing to be doing. But the only reason I can be present talking to you right now is because not long ago, I looked at everything else that I might would could should ought to do and said yet. But I couldn't I can't do that in my head. I could remember about four things. And that's about it. Everything else just becomes this huge jumble and jungle. But once I've got them out and have all these decisions made about the actions and just all I have to do is plan for those Action Lists, look at my calendar doesn't take very long, and just feel comfortable that this is it. Nothing, I'm not missing anything. Now I may I may have made a mistake, you know, maybe talking to you is the wrong thing to do. And I'll find out live and learn. But at least I'm confident that this is the next mistake I want to make.

Jason Buff 37:36
That makes sense. Yeah, definitely. Now, you mentioned Howard Stern. And I know Howard Stern's a really big into Transcendental Meditation. And a lot of this seems to be influenced by Eastern thought. Was that something

David Allen 37:51
Eastern thought just came up with the same thoughts I did.

Jason Buff 37:57
They all read your book, you know. mean, just the concept of you know, meditating and emptying your mind in that way. And being present. And you even mentioned in your book, the mind like water? Concept?

David Allen 38:13
Yeah. Well, you know, that was I had, you know, several years in the martial arts, you know, and got a black belt many years ago and in karate, and there's, there's quite a bit of training about how do you clear your head in the martial arts, Bruce Lee was the guy who was sort of made famous, this whole idea of be like water or grasshopper from his guru, because, you know, the idea is don't over under react to be totally open to the to the present moment, you know, be soft and hard as needed be, don't over under react. And that's, that's the idea is that you don't want to take one meeting into the next you don't want to take home to work. You want to be able to be present, really, the whole idea of GTD is about being present, that's your optimal productive state, whether that's the best way to hit a golf ball or tuck your kids into bed at night, or make spaghetti. You just want to be there when you're doing it. As opposed to having your your cognitive function split. So that's, in a way, this is just a mechanical process. It's not something to believe it's not something it's not some cognitive thing, go. Look, the brain sciences is now validated all of this. And it took me 35 years and learning it on the street and watching spending 1000s of hours with some of the best and brightest and sharpest people on the planet and busiest and watching what happened when they started to implement this and how much it changed their life and their work without exception. So that's why I wrote the book because I think it's a better right manual.

Jason Buff 39:44
Now what what were the Are there any books you can aside from your own book? Are there any books that were out there that influenced you and you could recommend as well or any resources out there that people could look

David Allen 39:56
There were there were a lot of them over the years I you know I

Alex Ferrari 40:00
We'll be right back after a word from our sponsor. And now back to the show.

David Allen 40:09
One great book, by the way for especially for creative types would be Steven Pressfield. Book. The War of Art. Oh, yeah. Yeah, that's a great one fabulous book. And that's what and the two I mentioned, by the way, if anybody's interested in the cognitive science stuff, I mean, it really is quite fascinating. And to have shown up in the last few months, one's called the, the organized mind, by Dan Lemington, le VI, ti n. He's head of cognitive science research at McGill University in Quebec, or wherever in Canada, that is, and a Belgian named Theo Compernolle, Compernolle has just written a book called Brain chains to words like chains around your brain brain chains. And, you know, he's he, he was a child psychiatrist, and then an MD, and then I got into cognitive science. And that has been, he's doing quite a bit of executive coaching in terms of stress management, simply because he became fascinated with this whole idea of the brain as a tool. And he's, he's accumulated aggregated, 600 different studies, from the cognitive science field and world in the last decade or so. And, you know, and kind of reads the riot act, everybody about multitasking, and what the digital world and social media and so forth are, are the addiction that that's making so easy for people to get invested in and engaged in, that's been stopping a lot of other you know, real cool stuff, like real conversations and real relationships. And he's got a he's not against technology, he just saying, be careful, because this is highly addictive, and that they've now proven it love truly is an addiction. That if you if you're if your social media, even just having your your smartphone in your pocket, wondering, who's texting you creates a dopamine rush. So you literally are getting the same kinds of things that you do with an opium or heroin.

Jason Buff 42:23
Right, it seems like, you know, the older I get, the more I realized that my life is determined by the little things that give me a little dopamine rush, you know, like, the career that you choose, and the people that you are around and all the little thing, you know, even the the color of paint that you choose in your house or whatever, it's like everything is determined by the that little rush you get from it.

David Allen 42:45
There's nothing wrong with that. I mean, exercise does that so you can't fault exercise. Which is which? Which are the healthier dopamine rushes, you know, what do you want to get addicted to, you want to get addicted to working out, you want to get addicted to, you know, you know, in Fetta means, right.

Jason Buff 43:06
I also like the idea of, you know, you were talking about how you, you want to write stuff down because your future self is not going to be in the same state of mind that you're in. And always, you know, you always need to be somewhat aware of, you know, how your brain changes from maybe one time of day to another time of day, or how you're in a certain kind of state of mind, where you're being very creative and coming up with ideas and appreciate the fact that maybe later on in the day, or maybe whenever that's gonna kind of disappear. And you're leaving kind of like future notes or like, note to future yourself, you know, because it's funny, I had a friend who would go out and drink a lot. And he would always leave himself voice messages. And he would wake up the next day and be like, Okay, what, what's going on? And he'd be like, Dear future, Mike. This is what's smart today.

David Allen 43:59
Welcome, you know, I think it's really intelligent people that realize they're only inspired, and Intel, and then you're only inspired and brilliant, you know, at very random moments in your life. And, you know, so what you want to do is if you're lazy and smart, what you want to do is capture those potentially useful, inspirational intelligent things. So that when you're kind of thick and dumb, you do smart things. So you know that yeah, it's the it's the kind of thick and dumb people that think they're smart all the time. The strange thing is, is that when you are inspired and have an inspired thought that that place that that we seem to operate from there has no sense of space and time you're in your zone. So it doesn't it's not kind of that consciousness is not so well aware of history, or future. It thinks it thinks you'll be inspired and smart all the time. So it isn't was intelligent of your friend to realize, hey, when I'm in school I heard the future me may not be so inspired. So I better grab that and throw it at him. Yeah.

Jason Buff 45:09
I'm always surprised if I go back and look at my notes. Sometimes I came up with, like, you know, I write every day I write in the morning. And that's like, when I'm focused coffees going and everything. And I always shot, you know, I go back sometimes. And I'm like, Yeah, I remember everything that I wrote down, and I'll go back and see those notes. And it's like, oh, wow, that was a really great idea. But I just, you know, for whatever reason, it wasn't there anymore. You know, the, my ability to recall it just had gone away. So can I want to wrap it up? Because I know you, you know, have things to do? Can you just talking to people who are out there? In our audience, it's filmmakers and screenwriters and people who are working on projects? Can you you know, what do you think, is a good idea for them to start doing what can they do today to really start moving forward and not being frustrated and getting their projects, you know, on the road to being, you know, completed?

David Allen 46:05
Well, come on, I would be remiss and not saying get my new version of getting things done. And read it, if you haven't yet. I mean, it truly it is the manual for all of that, and then we'll, it will be pretty evergreen for lots of years to come in terms of, you know, what we've uncovered and what we've discovered about it. So that's, that's essentially a, you know, a great resource. That's, that is a way that is a way to start. But quite frankly, it just make sure you've got some, you know, the take up, you might want to take a few hours. At some point, if you can carve that out of your life, and say, Okay, I'm gonna do this dumb thing called sit down and write down every single thing that's on my mind. You know, anything about anything, you know, little things, big things, personal things, professional things, creative things, anything and truly keep going. You know, most people can do that in about an hour or two leashing get most of it. And then, you know, go through each one of those and say, Okay, what is exactly my next action? On this? What's my next action on that? What's my next action on that? So just capturing, and then applying the sort of next action, cognitive rigor to these things? And then you're gonna have to, then you'll have to get creative to decide what do I want to do? If I can't take that action right now? Where do I want to park? And how do I create a list? How do I create some sort of organizational system, if you don't have one already, you'd need to then go through that process. So ideally, you you know, set up a whole day, get my book, because I actually walk people through this exercise, you know, blow by blow part in part two of the book. That's one of the reasons I wrote it that way, so that people didn't have to hire a coach to walk them through this. But you're not born doing this. And it doesn't come, you know, automatically, you actually have to sit down and put cognitive horsepower to this game. And it does take an investment on the front end, doesn't take a lot of time and energy to maintain it. As a matter of fact, it's much less than what most people are trying to do once you actually get this setup, but it does take an investment on the front end.

Jason Buff 48:07
Well, David, I really appreciate it. Thank you so much for coming on the show. It's a pleasure to have you here with us today.

David Allen 48:15
Hey, it was fun. Jason was great.

LINKS

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook

IFH 685: Learning Screenwriting Story Structure with John Bucher

Today on the show, we have storytelling guru John Bucher, who is a renowned strategist, communicator, and cultural mythologist based out of Hollywood, California. Disruptor named him one of the top 25 influencers in Virtual Reality in 2018.

“John Bucher is an influencer. He’s one of our most prolific contributors.” — HBO

He is the author of six books, including the best-selling Storytelling for Virtual Reality, named by BookAuthority as one of the best storytelling books of all time. John has worked with companies including HBO, DC Comics, The History Channel, A24 Films, and The John Maxwell Leadership Foundation and served as a consultant and writer for numerous film, television, and Virtual Reality projects. Currently, he teaches writing and story courses as part of the Joseph Campbell Writers Room at Studio School in Los Angeles and at the LA Film Studies Center. He has spoken on five continents about using the power of story to reframe how products, individuals, organizations, cultures, and nations are viewed.

John is a prolific writer.

STORYTELLING FOR VIRTUAL REALITY

Storytelling for Virtual Reality serves as a bridge between students of new media and professionals working between the emerging world of VR technology and the art form of classical storytelling. Rather than examining purely the technical, the text focuses on the narrative and how stories can best be structured, created, and then told in virtual immersive spaces. Author John Bucher examines the timeless principles of storytelling and how they are being applied, transformed, and transcended in Virtual Reality. Interviews, conversations, and case studies with both pioneers and innovators in VR storytelling are featured, including industry leaders at LucasFilm, 20th Century Fox, Oculus, Insomniac Games, and Google.

A BEST PRACTICE GUIDE TO SEX AND STORYTELLING

A great deal of storytelling in film and television involves narratives that include sexual situations and nudity. The increased amount of online and streaming content outlets has, in turn, increased the number of narratives that involve these once-taboo subjects. Often, even though directors and producers desire to handle such issues with professionalism, sets become awkward when producing these scenes. A Best Practice Guide to Sex and Storytelling serves as a helpful tool for guiding creators through these waters.

MASTER OF THE CINEMATIC UNIVERSE

Master of the Cinematic Universe is a guide to the future of transmedia storytelling. Content creators of every flavor are constantly needing to expand the mediums they can work in. This volume serves as a resource for using the timeless truths of story structure to craft established as well as up-and-coming short-form media formats.

STORYTELLING BY THE NUMBERS

Storytelling By The Numbers is a collection of essays and articles that John Bucher has written for LA Screenwriter and a variety of other outlets. All are meant to strengthen storytellers and scriptwriters. Bucher examines trends and tropes found in current film and television and uses these examples to demonstrate how and why they work as storytelling devices. Writers from any genre, working with any type of narrative, can find jewels of wisdom and applicable nuggets for their own ideas. The collection also features ten powerful writing prompts to assist writers in creating or developing a script idea from a single character.

Enjoy my conversation with John Bucher.

Alex Ferrari 0:36
I'd like to welcome the show John Butcher, brother, thank you so much for being on the show.

John Bucher 4:46
Hey, it's my pleasure. I've been a fan of what you've done here for a long time, and it's real honor to be on the show.

Alex Ferrari 4:52
Thank you so much, man. I appreciate it. So before we get into it, man, how did you get into this ridiculous business we call the film industry.

John Bucher 5:00
Well, it's sort of a funny story actually. I was involved in music in high school, and I thought music is what I wanted to do with my life. And I went to college. And I decided, you know, if I'm going to go into music, I should learn how to be an engineer, you know, somebody who sits behind these big production boards. And so I looked at my college catalog, and it said, they had something called the Recording Arts. And I said, excellent, that sounds great. So I signed up for the first class and the first day of classes, they pushed a TV camera out onto the floor. And I realized I had actually signed up for this course where it can film and television Recording Arts meant visual recording, not music. And I was too embarrassed to say anything. So I just went, you know, through the first courses, and I found out that I loved this medium. So I began making short films and writing screenplays in creating work. And I, you know, began to realize that this is actually something people do as a career. And I knew I wanted to tell stories, the rest of my life. And so this, this medium sort of came and found me,

Alex Ferrari 6:15
basically, and I'm assuming you've, you've gone through a couple of landmines and trenches while working in the business you've, you've taken some shrapnel along the way.

John Bucher 6:25
My God, man, I could tell you stories all day long. I the first time I arrived in Hollywood, the very first job I got here was working on a reality show called flavor of love.

Alex Ferrari 6:41
Oh, Mike. Okay. Do you stop right there? I saw I saw the three seasons.

John Bucher 6:45
Okay, you're

Alex Ferrari 6:46
I was I was a fan of flavor of love. I'm sorry, everyone listening, do not think any less of me. Now, this was a darker time in my life where I was not educating myself as much as I should have been. And I was vegging out. And I was obsessed with flavor of love. and New York. And and what it was that the Bret Michaels thing I saw right afterwards. Yeah.

John Bucher 7:11
I worked on all those shows. Man, I love New York. Rob love, I worked on all those shows. That worked as a production assistant, okay, at the lowest levels. And man, I can tell you stories, just war stories from those shows. But I gotta tell you, it also gave me a taste for what working in this business on a daily grind is like, and, you know, I sort of began to love this idea of just being on sex every day. And the way that you know, the the producers of the show, were crafting something that was tremendously entertaining. Now, like you, I'm a bit embarrassed about it. When I was working on it, I wouldn't even tell my mother what show I was working on because I didn't want her to tune in and watch it and be so disappointed in me.

Alex Ferrari 8:01
You mean to tell me that that show wasn't real?

John Bucher 8:04
Oh my gosh.

Some of the finest writers in Hollywood crafted the storylines that you saw on TV. That is remarkable.

Alex Ferrari 8:15
You know and there's no I I've done a little bit of reality work but mostly in posts I know actually argue No, I actually was a PA on some Nickelodeon reality shows back in the day, when I first started out, but there's nothing like being on a reality show to kind of its you want to talk about getting shrapnel. Ryan, you want to talk about hardening that, that that shell around that skin, man working in reality is like oosh It's rough. It's a rough scenario for any for every and everybody involved from the VA to all the way to the top because, you know, a lot of times you're not working with professional, be professional, you know, talent, right? And all the egos get a little bit out of control sometimes.

John Bucher 9:04
So for everybody, yeah, let the crew everybody is on a hustle. And everybody is just trying to make this something that will be successful. So everybody makes more money and gets more work. It's sort of an environment completely crafted around fear in many ways that you know, this is going to be a big embarrassment or it's going to be a career killer for a lot of people rather than a career maker.

Alex Ferrari 9:32
Yeah, it's you know, there are reality shows are fantastic. I mean there are Emmy Award winning and things like that but like I even did a my one of my short runs and post I did I did a color grading on a like, bridal dress show like you know you wear the dress or you sell the dress or you make the dress. I lasted three or four episodes before I just like I can't I just can't. This is the most unprofessional situation I've ever been And and I mean and I and I work in independent film like I mean I would 1515 different camera setups different color spaces different every I'm like, do you guys even like Have you even like, taken a YouTube course on how to shoot stuff? I couldn't I just couldn't. It's insane All right, so you definitely

John Bucher 10:21
did that old documentary, American movie about the

Alex Ferrari 10:26
fantastic love that love is fantastic.

John Bucher 10:30
And it probably is the closest thing you'll ever see to how reality shows get made. It's it's, you know, 27 different camera setups with every color balance and F stop known to man on cable coming in and out of the project. It is a very, very close representation of what making a reality show is like, and what was it called American

Alex Ferrari 10:57
American movie? Yeah, American movie, not American, the American movie. Anyone who's listening, go and rent American movie. It is arguably one of the most stellar documentaries on the independent filmmaking process ever. And it's just so entertaining to watch. brutto. It's also brutal to watch. It's like watching Deadwood. When you saw Edward for the first time the timber and Deadwood movie, you're crying. You're just like, if you're a director just like put just give him too much. Let him make his movie.

John Bucher 11:27
Why do you? And would you also not say that like after watching that there's no excuse for me not to go make my film after watching what this guy goes through to make his like, this guy's got way worse off than any situation I've ever been in. If he can do it, anybody should do it.

Alex Ferrari 11:46
I mean, we could we could go down this road of conversations in regards to Edgewood and how fantastic his films were in the way that he made them. But that movie The the Tim Burton movie, you sit there going, Oh, like, you know, getting a whole bunch of dentists together and like literally putting together plastic plates to make saucers. And he had no understanding of any sort of aesthetic or quality. But man that he made up with it with passion. Passion, passion. Another movie everyone should go watch Edward starring Johnny Depp as the the infamous Edward. So let's get into it. So I know we could because I feel that we could talk about this for a while. We were gonna have a good chat in this episode. I have a feeling. So you are a mythologist? If I make a website, yeah, mythology. So what is a mythologist? Well, you

John Bucher 12:39
know, first of all, it's someone who goes to graduate school to study mythology, somebody who, you know, devotes their time, effort, education, finances, you know, to the study of mythology. And I later this year in completing my PhD in mythology, in the reason I became interested in that was I wanted to learn about the stories behind the stories. What are these stories, you know, that keep appearing in different places around the globe? throughout history? Why, for example, do we keep telling the story of Cinderella, in a million different cultures throughout history over and over and over again? Why do we keep telling the story of Hercules, you know, we've got basically every movie with the rocker Vin Diesel is another version of the Hercules story. So why do we keep telling these stories over and over again, I wanted to learn about that. So I went and spent several years of my life, you know, taking these classes and reading these books and listening to the greatest mythologists in the world talk about why human beings keep being drawn to the same narratives over and over again. And of course, we end up studying a lot of the, what many would say was the greatest mythologist, Joseph Campbell, who had such an influence on George Lucas in the creation of the original Star Wars, which being the Star Wars fan, I was familiar with Joseph Campbell, I knew that Star Wars was based on this mythological idea of the hero's journey. And I wanted to know more about that. And I think, you know, in the last few years, have there been a people there have been a lot of people who have, you know, anytime somebody finds value in something or really likes something, there's like a whole group of people that rise up that want to tear that down and wanted to talk about why that's not you know, a good thing or a helpful thing. In you know, what I really have an issue with with people that make their whole careers or make their whole online presence, about trying to tear down someone else's work. I feel like the the value to the hero's journey is it's tremendous. It doesn't mean that every story that's ever, you know, hit the screen needs to be about the hero's journey. As a matter of fact, Joseph Campbell was a guy who's he was not prescriptive in what he was saying he didn't say, in order to tell a good story, you need to have these elements. He was being descriptive of the stories he had saw throughout the centuries, and throughout history of what had worked well, and what had risen up and storytelling, you know, in all these different cultures throughout history, so it wasn't even meant to be a prescriptive thing. You know, it's not trying to make storytelling formulaic. What it really is, is getting to the base psychology of how human beings solve problems. And the way that we put that in narrative form.

Alex Ferrari 15:47
Yeah, there's, I mean, obviously, I'm wearing the Lucasfilm t shirt. And I'm also you see a giant life size Yoda in the background. So you know that I'm also a Star Wars fan. And, and, you know, I'm also very familiar with Joseph Campbell's work anybody, anyone who's a screenwriter should at least read the hero's journey, or at least the writers journey by Chris Vogler. That is amazing as well. It is remarkable how we continue to tell the same stories again, and again. And I think it was the first time I ever really understood that we were telling the same stories, again, against when I read Syd fields book. Yeah, that was a first time it was like, I think, late as maybe first year at college or out of high school, excuse me. And I read, I was like, wait a minute, you mean, all movies are like, and then you start going back in your head, like, this movie did it too. And this movie did it too. And this movie did, there is a there is a structure that goes all the way back to the Greeks, and obviously farther back, but the Greeks really took it and ran with it. There is a structure and well poetics, basically,

John Bucher 16:52
Aristotle's poetics. And, you know, he was the first one who said that a story should have a beginning, a middle and an end. And we get our three act structure from that. Now, what's what's interesting there is a lot of people say, well, that's just common sense or whatever. But that was not how stories were being told before, then, really, they were being told in two act structures. And if you go see a play today, most plays still have two acts. So the idea of telling a story and three act structure was pretty revolutionary, because it used to be that a single actor would be on the stage with a comedy mask or a tragedy mask. And you would basically have the actor, you know, portraying the story all themselves. And then we had a Greek tragedy, one who, who writes this idea of adding a second actor to the mix, and having two actors, one that wears the comedy mask, and one that wears the tragedy mask. And then we have another Greek tragedy that adds this idea of the Greek chorus, who stand up behind the actors, and they seeing what's happening sort of in the backstory, all these developments allowed us to start being able to tell more and more complex stories, we could have never gotten to something like the Avengers, you know, which is this long, long, epic story, that without advancing incrementally into how stories are told, in more and more complex ways, you know, the Avengers is tremendously complex. And sometimes we like to say, Well, yeah, that's the way a story should be told. But it took processes for us to get there in order to have these multi hour stories that audiences can follow. So I think Aristotle was really onto something. Let me just also say, and I'd be interested to know, you know, how you feel about this, your lives in this world. I feel like you know, oftentimes, it's become sort of invoke, to sort of trash, any ideas about structure in modern storytelling. I would say this, though, you know, it's not about formula, but it is about form. writers are the only group of artists that really trashed the idea of structure. Sometimes, you never have musicians that come in and say, you know, I'm going to write a song, and I'm going to create a new chord that no one's ever heard before. I'm going to not use the chords and notes. You never have an artist that comes in and tries to create new colors that no one's ever seen before. You'd never have an architect that says, I'm going to design a house with no floor and no ceiling and no windows and no walls. You know, but it doesn't mean that every painting looks alike. It doesn't mean that every song sounds alike, or that every house is looks alike. I think we have to understand that structure is necessary for us to be able to build something that resonates with an audience. But it doesn't I mean, it's the only form of storytelling out there, there are stories that just explore the character who a character is and trying to get down deep into that. But I think sometimes we like to just throw paint up on the wall in whatever sticks. We say, well, that's what I meant to do. I'm just I'm not gonna be bound by these things. And sometimes I think it's laziness more so than anything else. But I'd be curious to know what what your take is on that.

Alex Ferrari 20:29
I, I have strong feelings about this? Because I, because writers in general, are screenwriters specifically? Anybody? It's not like I listened to john Williams score. And I say, Oh, I can go do that. Because I listened to it. Yeah. And it's the same thing for filmmakers and screenwriters, like, oh, I'll watch movies or I read a screenplay, I guess I can go do that. There's not it's like the the level of entry or the barrier to entry is so low for screenwriters, meaning that you could just you need a laptop, final draft and an idea and some basic understanding of how to how to structure or format a screenplay and you're automatically a screenwriter. And it's not that. And when I see, when I see filmmakers or screenwriters start saying, Oh, well, oh structure or that save the cat thing, or all this kind of stuff is not good. I look at it differently, in the sense that I feel that that a lot of that's insecurity, because it's insecurity, and its ego in their own mind, because they're like, I can do it better. I don't need structure like, you do need, maybe you need a blueprint to build a house, man. And not every house looks the same. That's right, you know, it's the bottom line, you just need a blueprint. And that blueprint can change dramatically. You know, you could have five doors in the front of the house, if you want to end and the bathroom could be on the roof. It's fine if you want to do that. But you still need to have the rules of the game in order to play and I think structure allows you to do that I when I write I love structure dramatically, because it's like, it's like, mile markers for me on where I can like put things in struct and I can move those mile markers when I want to. But they're there, you know, and they just kind of like okay, here, I can hang my hat on this. I can hang my hat on to that, and so on. And I think it's so important for for screenwriters to understand. The structure is not an enemy. It's actually a friend of yours. And when you look at these stories like Joseph Campbell's, you know, work, and the hero's journey, like look, we all know anyone listening to this should know the hero's journey, the basic, it has been beaten, and beaten and beaten to death ever since Joseph Campbell came up, or at least presented it to the world that already been there just packaged it and presented it to the world. We all know a variation of the hero's journey. Yeah. Is the hero's journey for every single story. I don't think so I don't I mean, try to throw the hero's journey on a detective story. It's gonna be really tough. That's right. It's a really tough scenario.

John Bucher 23:06
So in what you're saying there is so important because Joseph Campbell wrote this book, The hero with 1000 faces in 1949. Right long time ago. It was meant to describe these things that he saw. I am someone who believes right now. We could do well to take an interest in some of the other things that Joseph Campbell wrote about and one of the things he wrote about is alchemy. And it's a really interesting part of the study of mythology to look at alchemy, and I am working on some theories right now around storytelling, alchemy, because alchemy, was this practice basically, of turning lead into gold. It was this process, you know, that these magicians and chemists and religious

Alex Ferrari 23:53
people, wizards, yes, sir.

John Bucher 23:55
wizards. Yeah, they would, they would try to take these elements and combine them in order to make gold. So I've sort of got this theory that I'm working on that I'm calling, storytelling alchemy. And what it is, is basically taking narrative elements and combining them in order to create something different. The best example that I could make is,

Alex Ferrari 24:18
if you took

John Bucher 24:21
a glass vase, and you filled it full of every thing we know about story, everything we know about developing characters, and about three act structure and five acts structure for television and every aspect of symbolism, and everything we know about story if you put it in a glass vase, and then dropped it on the ground, and it shattered into a million pieces. And let's say we took all those different pieces, and we created a mosaic on the wall of something beautiful, a new art form. That I think is what we're seeing right now with a lot of short form. video with a lot of long form storytelling through the streaming services, we're seeing people take, you know, value and all these elements from character like people have studied in depth how characters should develop and psychology of characters. And people are taking elements of three act structure, but they want to, you know, put put a twist on it, and make it sort of episodic in nature. And we're taking all these elements, and we're creating a new mosaic of something that's beautiful that people enjoy. But it still has all these elements that we know to be true about storytelling. And so I think it's it's a form of alchemy, where maybe all we're doing is we're taking elements that we know about what makes a character work. And we're combining that with audience agency and creating something like bandersnatch, which was the black mirror, you know, spin off movie that allowed the audience to make decisions and have agency. And I think, you know, something like that. How do you tell a three act story in something where the audience has agency, which is, you know, an experimental thing that's going on with storytelling? Well, we still can take these narrative shards that we pick up off the broken glass and create a new Mosaic, and it's still got the elements, they just may not be in the same order that we've experienced them before.

Alex Ferrari 26:22
You know, I think that you bring up a very good point. I mean, you wrote a book obviously called the masters of the cinematic universe, which talks about transmedia. And I do think that there is a lot of opportunity for writers because a lot of writers listening right now a lot of screenwriters are all stuck in the same old school way of telling stories. And I don't say that in a derogatory manner, but like just a standard, you know, legacy, meaning screenwriting, writing a novel, writing a book, you know, those kind of storytelling, vehicles, television, and so on. But now there is so many multiple ways that you can write and tell stories and all these other platforms. Before we get into that though, can you tell me in your definition, what is transmedia because it is a word that's thrown around. It was kind of like what was that back in the day? multi? Oh, god, what was that word? Like with CD ROMs. And

John Bucher 27:19
multimedia

Alex Ferrari 27:20
multimedia? Yes. That was like multimedia player and multimedia. Like it was one of these all like these token words that like, thank God, it's gone. But it was like one of these things like it's a multimedia thing. Like transmedia has turned it into something like that. So can you explain exactly what transmedia is? Absolutely, and

John Bucher 27:39
transmedia? You're right? It's become a buzzword. And it's sort of grown to a point where people just don't even really know what it is. The original idea behind transmedia is that you can create a story that can move between mediums and platforms. Now, a great example of this is what we've seen with with the stories of say, Spider Man or the Avengers or Batman, we started with these stories being told through the medium of comic books, right? Then we saw these stories being told through video games and through movies and through television shows. And basically, these same stories are able to move between mediums. And that's really what transmedia storytelling is, is creating a story that's able to be expressed, regardless of what medium it is, it's sort of something that came out of the explosion of technology that allowed us to start telling stories and a lot of different ways. In some people, somebody would come up with a really good idea for a story, they would go in and pitch it. And an executive might say, you know, that's a really good story. Our film, slate is really full right now. But maybe we could we could, you know, tell that through the medium of television, or maybe we should send that story over to our video game division. And so people begin trying to create stories that would be powerful and be impactful regardless of the medium that they were expressed in. Now, on one hand, this is great, because we have more ways to tell and express a story. On the other hand, people begin to ignore the fact that every particular medium, actually has rules in has form that that helps that story work best. So it's, it's not possible, really, just to take a story. That would be a feature film and just plug it in as a television show. You've got to recraft it, you've got to recraft it for the medium in a way that makes it work. Now, television even has really changed dramatically since we've had all these streaming services come into play. Now people binge watch shows. So it's not about trying to end a story every week in a place That brings the audience back to see it the next week, because people can binge the show and just watch the next episode right away. So, you know, we have to look at these various mediums and try and understand how we express any good story idea through the form of that medium. And that's really what the book master of the cinematic universe is about, is trying to look at those forums and say, Okay, if you have a good story idea, how are you going to then pour it into the appropriate shape? The appropriately shaped glass in order for the audience to want to drinking?

Alex Ferrari 30:39
Yes. It's kind of like video game movies like there. I can't, I'm sure there's one or two that are good, but the majority of them are horrendous? Or is it because they're trying to take the medium of from a video game and plop it into a narrative feature film, and it's just very difficult because it's just different. You know, the storytelling in a video game is massive and in scope, and you can go 1000 different directions and to try to jam that all into an hour and a half. Yeah, is it's difficult. It's extremely difficult. I mean, can you recommend Do you remember a video game movie? That was good enough?

John Bucher 31:16
Maybe, maybe, you know, there was something I liked about the most recent Tomb Raider. There was some things I liked about that. Great movie. But I tell you, I've had more bad experiences than good. I really, you know, saw the trailer a year or so ago for Assassin's Creed. And I thought, Oh, man,

Alex Ferrari 31:37
it looks good. Now, I know,

John Bucher 31:39
in the movie was one of the worst that you get Michael Fassbender, you know,

Alex Ferrari 31:47
it's great to know.

looked fantastic. It was horrible. So now, so this brings us into something else. And I know we're gonna we're walking on land mines on this next, this next account, which I think you know where I'm going with this. So you work for you've worked with vertical comics. All right, which for everyone listening vertical comics is is kind of it's part of the DC Universe. And I've always said the vertical is a wonderful I mean, what they do with their storytelling is fantastic. They, they made movie, movies were based on their books like watchman and V for Vendetta, and a handful of other ones as well, that are really, really good. And that side of the DC Universe I have utmost respect for. But there's another side of the DC Universe. That is not the Chris Nolan Batman, right? Or the Tim Burton Batman or any standalone Batman movies, let's just throw it out there generally, or the original Superman. Other than those exact exemptions, the DC Universe has been a colossal failure in my opinion, and I know people can look I did a whole YouTube video about this. I don't care if it made money. I don't I'm not a fan. You know, I there's elements of that that I do enjoy. I'm a comic book guy like everybody else. But there's been a lot of failures there and look, and I'm not the only one to say this. Everyone. I said it even Warner Brothers is like, we just can't Wonder Woman actually was actually I enjoyed Wonder Woman very much. And I thought I thought Aqua man was fun. Probably one of the more fun ones. I think they could have let let Jason momoa loose a little bit more, but they kind of held them back. But that's just me. We're geeking out guys, but we are going to get to story in a second. I want to In your opinion, what is the difference in why the DC universe's way of Cinematic Universe has failed so epically you know, the Suicide Squad just atrocious. But arguably one of the greatest trailers I've seen in the last 20 years without question how they're how they've been able to fail so epically with arguably three at least of the most iconic superheroes ever created Wonder Woman Batman and Superman and yet Marvel who's lost most of their a level guys and girls through bad business dealings back in the day they lost Spider Man and x men and all these other properties and they came in with and please everyone just said just calm down before I say they came in with B level characters you know as far as Iron Man Thor I've been a Marvel guy all my life those are not a level characters they're not like they weren't selling off like fantastic for you know, the one that has it for but but Thor Iron Man, Captain America, these characters were not huge character. They were popular stuff but they're not better. So they were able to bring that and they've done this instead. seine run of 11, I think 11 years now and created this insane Marvel universe that now as we just recorded this and game came out a couple weeks ago and is now broken. They're the second highest rate of the second biggest movie of all time, and it will become the biggest movie of all time. Because it was it got to that point in less than two weeks. There's a reason why people are so attached. And it's not just visual effects. It's not just spectacle. There's something so deep in story, please, in your opinion, what made Marvel work, as opposed to DC and then I'll give you my humble opinion as well.

John Bucher 35:37
Okay, well, as you mentioned, this is definitely riddled with landmines. I'm gonna do my best here. Fun one

Alex Ferrari 35:45
a lot. A lot of hate mail is getting a lot of hate email is coming. I could I could see it already.

John Bucher 35:50
Right. I think there's a couple of things. One, I do think the point that you make about Marvel really built their success, their recent success on characters that were not there a list characters. I think that has a great deal to do with it actually, because expectations for Batman, Superman, Wonder Woman, the expectations for those characters, the backstory, the mythology behind those characters, is so ingrained in the audience's mind. We have such a strong psychological idea of what those characters do, and what types of stories they can be involved in. It makes it like walking a tightrope trying to tell especially stories on the big screen about those characters. I think we've seen you know, the the Batman universe and the Superman universe work really well. Actually, in the the television market. Smallville, I thought was a really good show.

Alex Ferrari 36:52
Wonderful.

John Bucher 36:53
Yeah. But with Marvel, you know, you have basically the people who went in to see these Marvel films, for the most part, didn't have a lot of expectations didn't have a lot of backstory or knowledge about how Iron Man became Iron Man, about, you know, anything more than than the Hulk may be used to be a scientist, maybe they knew that maybe they didn't. But for the most part, Marvel was able to build their current mythology around these characters from the ground up in the mind of the audiences. And I think that was a lot easier tasks to pull off than what DC faced. Also, the nature of DC characters versus Marvel characters from a storytelling perspective, is is challenging because basically, with DC characters, and this is not all of them. But for the most part, DC characters are born with the gift, right? They're born with the supernatural power Superman. He's born with it Wonder Woman, she's born with that Green Lantern born with it. Marvel characters, for the most part, received the gift through some sort of mistake in technology, or they usually, you know, are regular people that are endowed with this gift. And it usually involves some sort of diabolical thing that happens with technology. I think that idea of our technology, being something that that damages us that we have to then overcome is something that really resonates with people psychologically, in this day and age, we recognize that we're giving up something by giving away all our privacy and giving away all our time to our cell phones. These are things that we know we have great advantages for. But we also know we're giving up something, but we'd like to think we're still going to win in the end. And so I think the Marvel mythology really speaks to that and plays to that. That's just one guy's humble opinion. Please don't ask me on Twitter. But one guy's opinion of why I think we may have seen a lot more success, at least in the cinematic universe with Marvel. Now do you? Do you would you agree that and this is what I this is my been my theory about about this, and we won't go on this for another hour, I

Alex Ferrari 39:15
promise. But I've always felt that DCs characters are all essentially gods, you know, they're all Gods like in their own way. So Green Lantern is essentially a God and His powers so is Wonder Woman so as Superman so as Martian Manhunter, you know, other than Batman, who I've always argued to state that is a Marvel character in the DC Universe, because he, he was in he was a normal guy that got endowed with the technology and had to deal with his stuff. You know, you know as Thor is a God, but a very non God's like, God, like he has weaknesses. He, these other ones, they're just so hard to write for, like, I remember watching a documentary on Superman and there Like, yeah, we get to a point with Superman blew out a star. Yeah, with his breath, like, where do you go from that? You know, like there's nothing like on a just narrative standpoint, where's the conflict? It's it's harder to write for those characters disagree?

John Bucher 40:15
I would completely agree it's, it's tough when we're dealing with Gods This is why, by the way in mythology when the Greek gods, you know, were created by the Greeks to tell you know, they told stories about them. They're all really imperfect gods, that that's the reason their stories have endured forever is actually they're projections of human beings on different aspects of who we are. The Greek gods are more like human beings than the humans in the Greek mythology, mythological stories. And so I think that's one reason I think, also people have gravitated towards Marvel in this day and age with with the films has been Iron Man seems more like a guy you'd like to go get a beer with than Superman or Batman, you know, we they seem more like us seem more relatable. They're not so much the projections of who we want to be on our best days, like Batman and Superman. So that's it. And that said, I love that man. Super cool. I actually prefer the DC characters more than the Marvel characters, but there's no denying the success that Marvel has had at the box office. And I would agree with you Like, I

Alex Ferrari 41:31
would not want to have a beer with Batman, but I would definitely want to have a beer with Tony Stark, like, there's just no, you know, Batman is gonna be brooding about things. You know, he's just, he's just an angry dude. But I'm a huge Batman fan. And so I love what Nolan did with Batman and Dark Knight, arguably, arguably the best superhero movie ever made, in my opinion, you know, with Logan coming up probably real close second, in my opinion. I mean, they're just, you know, they're just at a different playing field. I enjoy the Avengers. I enjoy all those stuff. But there's just there's something really deep in those other movies. Yeah, it's it's, it's it's a very interesting topic, and I shall we could we could have a whole episode on the Marvel DC. And, and one last thing before I finish on that Marvel, DC thing I have to I just have to, okay. In your opinion, as well, do you believe that, you know, DC I felt like DC was trying to mimic or copy or catch up with this kind of false like race that they were with with Marvel, Marvel had like a five year headstart on them building this universe, and they're just trying to jam everything in, where if they would have taken their time, and done literally just, they could have done the blueprint. They could have literally stolen the blueprint for Marvel and just built it out little by little, then do the Justice League, then bring in maybe Suicide Squad and like it was laid out for them. But they were just in such a rush. Yeah. Do you agree? Yeah,

John Bucher 43:01
I do. And I think this is actually just to loop it back into story. I think this is something that writers and storytellers really can learn a valuable lesson from, because many of us have a great idea for a story or, you know, a scene. And we're quick to sort of get that into our story. And then we get into like the second act or the third act, and we really sort of have our characters just sort of wandering around because we've we've done this big thing we wanted to do. And so I think there's always a temptation to, to not appropriately pace our storytelling. And I think that's what we saw with DC on a great level. And I think you and I would both also agree as storytellers, pacing is hard to master. It's really difficult in a story paced is one of the hardest things to do. And I think we even see, you know, the big boys fail it this way. Yeah, they they try sometimes because it's hard to do.

Alex Ferrari 44:09
Yeah, and there's no question. And I always tell people to like, just because you have $200 million, doesn't mean you know what you're doing it's it's, it's like going up to the bat, like, just because you're Babe Ruth doesn't mean you're gonna hit a home run every time. That's right. You know, it's just an expensive swing at the bat. It's a variable expensive swing at the bat.

John Bucher 44:34
Yeah, so it's

this sort of actually, if you allow me one more divergence here. I think it's something that actually is a helpful thing for writers to storytellers to consider right now. is you know, it is a big swing at the Bat every time we devote ourselves to you know, writing 120 pages, you know, for a story or writing, you know, a TV pilot, I think because every swing of the bat is so expensive. Um, one of the things I'm finding right now, I think that writers really can be doing as a favor to themselves is becoming as diverse is possible in their storytelling ecosystem. So I'm working on a book right now called the creative ecosystem. And here's sort of my idea. My life got so much simpler A few years ago, when I stopped trying to narrow myself down to one single job description. When I would get on an airplane and people would ask me what I do, it was tough because I'd say, Well, I'm a writer, I write books. And I write screenplays. But I also am a teacher. And I'm also a speaker. And sometimes I go and I do story consulting for studios. And, you know, it was tough to describe. And Alex, when I finally got to a point where I stopped trying to narrow my job description down to a single title, and embrace my work is this ecosystem built around story, my life got a lot simpler. So some days, I get up, and I'm in the mountains of screenwriting, and I have highs and lows, and it's wonderful. Some days, I'm in the deserts of speaking, and I'm out in front of people. And it's tough, and it's dry, my throat needs water. And some days, I'm in the swamps of story consulting, and it's mushy, and it's messy. And I found out just like a real ecosystem, I, as a creative person, have to constantly have new rivers and streams coming into the ecosystem, I also have to have things going out of the ecosystem waste going out that story that I keep coming back to that I just keep wanting to tell, sometimes you gotta just let that script go, and let that be waste that goes out of the ecosystem. And so I'm working on this book right now, that is meant to encourage writers living in the gig economy, you know, where a lot of us are driving Uber or driving Lyft. or doing door to action, we have seven different things we're doing in order to make ends meet and make a living. And writer writing may just be one of those things. But managing your life and managing your creative work is an ecosystem just like we have here on the planet, bringing new streams in bringing things out. Having forests that I go in, I've meditated, and I sort of just stay in my my research place, having a beach on your ecosystem, this is just where you go for fun. And you don't have to worry about you know, work at all. But having all those things as part of your creative ecosystem, I feel like is one of the most significant ways that writers can approach their creative life right now. And again, I think it's a lesson we're learning from big companies like Marvel and DC. They've had to expand their ecosystems if, if DC were only trying to tell stories through movies right now, if they didn't have video games and comics, they'd be done. Well, we as writers need to take a lesson from that need to say, Okay, how can I develop my ecosystem? Where if my scripts aren't paying the bills, right now, what are other areas that I can be writing in, that I can be doing in order to form a creative life that's

Alex Ferrari 48:30
meaningful? That is fantastic. That is a fantastic idea for a book it is I've never heard it put that way before. So I am excited to read that book, when it comes out. And I'm sure everyone listening is too because it's, it's so true. Like You I, I have so many hyphens it's it's not even funny. Like I have so many hyphens in my world, like what do you do? I'm like, Well, I'm a blogger, I'm a podcast, I'm a director, I'm a writer I'm I do post do this, it just keeps going on and on. So it's very difficult. But I love the concept of coming in and going out. The going out for creatives is probably the toughest problem problem because you will hold on to that script that you spent a year of your life on but you really just need to take some x lakhs and just let it go. Just let it go. Loosen the bowels and let that go. Because it's not going to it's just stopping you up. I'm sorry, ready to be crass, but it is but it's a great analogy because as creatives I've done it in my life, I'm sure you have to hold on to something bigger like but I've spent so long on this movie or I've spent so long on this script and I got to hold on to it because if not that year I just went through is a waste. And I would I would argue that the year that you just went through is not a waste even if the product might not make it. The education you got the experience you got is invaluable and you learn much more about yourself and about everything when you fail. than when you when you when you learn nothing from the winds. That's right. Do you agree?

John Bucher 50:02
I completely agree. And that's, that's why if you look at your work as an ecosystem, in order for the ecosystem as a whole, to stay healthy, you need those outputs, you need to be disposing of the waste, because that is what's going to keep the whole ecosystem healthy enough to be able to say, you know, what, that waste that I'm letting go of? It's there, because there was work put in that strengthen some other part of the ecosystem, you know, so that when I'm in the forest, just doing research, and I'm just thinking through my story ideas, and I'm working on outlines and working on, you know, that is not wasted time, we tend to think that, you know, it's only the time sitting in front of the computer at the keyboard, you know, that is his actual writing, man, most of my writing occurs when I'm in the car driving through the streets of LA.

Alex Ferrari 50:56
If Amen, amen. Amen. I mean, that's

John Bucher 50:59
my writing happens, when I get to a keyboard, it's just a matter of getting to put it on the page. But the writing actually hurt occurs when I'm out on the 405, you know, driving to the next thing I have to do, and learning to value that learning to say, you know, what, this is valuable time. And even if I have to let this go later, there's nutrients I've taken from this process that have made me a more healthy writer, and my entire ecosystem has been scraped. And because of the work I did on this project, it's a much better way to live man than feeling like you're just failing all the time.

Alex Ferrari 51:38
Yeah. And if you can, you know, like, I'll use my, my career as an example, I've always I started off as an editor. And then when editing work started to slow down, I jumped into color grading, because I saw that there was less traffic there, or less competition. So they started color grading, like, well wait a minute, then I'll just also do post supervising because I essentially know how to do that anyway. And then I'm like, well, a VFX supervisor is just another step ahead of that. So I'll just do VFX supervising as well. And I'm also going to direct while I'm direct. So you're always finding something. So if I'm not working on one thing I'm working on another, it's diversification of your creative process where it is. So it's like putting all your eggs like when you're investing, you don't invest only on E toys. You know, you don't only invest in Sears stock, you know, because things are not gonna go well. You need to diversify your creative portfolio and by doing multiple different things, I'm a screenwriter, I'm a writer, I'm a novelist, I'm a blogger, I write articles, I do this, you're constantly working, and you're also constantly strengthening all of those muscles. Would you agree? Man, Alex, you nailed it,

John Bucher 52:48
you nailed it. That's exactly what, in my opinion, finding success in this business. That is the key. You know, it is about trying to diversify, to have a healthy ecosystem of work that is going on, that's really the key to success for me. And does that mean you're going to, you know, be hired to direct the next Marvel movie or whatever, maybe that'll become part of your ecosystem, and maybe it won't. But the thing is, if that's your only goal that you're trying to hit, is, I just want to be able to direct a Marvel movie. That's such a thin line and a thin goal line. Um, you know, you're not setting yourself up for success, you know, so to me, that that's sort of the beauty in, you know, people like yourself, who are able to be these humans, Swiss Army knives, right? That it's like, hey, whatever you need done, I can step in, and I can do it. I'm somebody who gets things done. In some ways. To me, Alex, that builds the sort of psychology that's necessary for successful success in the entertainment industry is being somebody who embodies the Swiss Army knife and says, You know what, whatever they need done, I can do it, and I can do it. Well, I'm going to step in, and I'm going to learn that craft in order to bring some success to that. That's the psychology that the that's going to get you places in this industry.

Alex Ferrari 54:20
Would you agree that the olden or not the old and the legacy way of doing things in this industry have been like the movie industry did not change for 80 to 100 years? It was pretty much that was it? It did not it did not move. I mean, from the technology of how movies were made sure a little things here and there, but it was filmed and it went through the process and, and writing you were screenwriter, and that's it. So that focus of all i can only be a screenwriter, as a writer in the business. That was it. In today's world, things are changing so dramatically. That you know, and jobs are being just gone. Like you know, it's like you know, for lack of a better word like imma call minor and all of a sudden, that's all I've done all my life and all I know is coal mining. And guess what the mines closed now? Because for whatever reason it's done. Yeah. And now they're like, well, I don't have any, I don't know how to do anything else. That is the old way of thinking, we're in the new economy in the new entertainment industry, you need to be a jack of all trades specialization is is your risking when you do specialization. Because, you know, in the world that we're living, and things are changing so rapidly, that all of a sudden, like, Oh, you know, what we don't need to rector's anymore AI is taking care of that for us. But we also do need this, I don't think that's gonna happen. But unless James Cameron creates it, but but but it happens all the time. And I saw it in I came up with like I said, as an editor, when I came up, there weren't a lot of editors and editing systems used to cost, you know, 100,000 $150,000, to edit on nonlinear editing systems. Before that, it was a million dollars to have an editing suite. And then all of a sudden, Final Cut came out. And now everyone's an editor. So now the competition came in. So then I jumped into color grading, because color grading was still a little bit higher up, and not everybody could do that. And then, but you kind of kind of always jump all over the place. If you don't do that you're done. That's it.

John Bucher 56:17
That's it. And I mean, that's it. We would love to romanticize this idea, you know, that we can just stay committed to this one thing. And I do think it's good to have something that is really your focus and a goal that you're trying to get to. I'm all for that. Not saying don't do that. But what I am saying is, if you want long term success in this business, you've got to adapt that sort of adaptability. It's just like, you know, the industry is is changed. We don't think about the way that the industry has changed throughout history. For example, it used to be when you went to the movie theater, there was a man that was a woman that was paid to set up and in Oregon at the front in play music that accompanied what you were seeing on the screen. Right. And you know what, overnight, that job disappeared

Alex Ferrari 57:13
on, it was gone. And if that's all you've done, if that's all you've done for 30 years, you're you're done.

John Bucher 57:19
That's right, that's you, you're done. And so often, entire careers are gone overnight, because that that was you know, no longer needed. And that's the age we live in. I mean, think about it, you know, when you and I were young, if we wanted to,

Alex Ferrari 57:35
sir, I'm still young sir. I

John Bucher 57:37
don't know. I'm sorry. Yes. For myself.

Alex Ferrari 57:42
I am 2525. My daughter's have done this to me.

Unknown Speaker 57:45
Oh, I totally get it. I totally get it. I I myself have been 29 for a number of years now. Exactly.

Alex Ferrari 57:54
You were saying sir? Yes, but

Unknown Speaker 57:56
it used to be if you were I wanted to go to Florida, we would call a travel agent and get them to book us a ticket to go to Florida. That's right. That overnight that entire industry disappeared, right? Because we didn't need it anymore. So if you want to be someone that you know, is putting all your eggs in one basket, you do risk this idea that you know what I my career may be completely irrelevant, overnight someday. But I think that's why those of us I love that you know your your brand, your pod cast, you know, indie film, hustle, because I think most of us recognize that one of the big keys to success here is to have a hustle to have to be hustlers. That's why I have a lot of friends that write all day. And then at two in the afternoon, they go out and they drive Uber for four hours. And then they go do doordash for four hours. And the gig economy necessary. It makes it a necessity that we have to be willing to be diverse in how we approach getting our art out into the world. Without question and every single time I walk into an Uber I sit down an Uber, the first words out of my mouth is how's the script? And

Alex Ferrari 59:14
cuz I live in LA. So about seven out of 10 times ago.

How did you know?

I don't mean I'm not making fun of that. You know what, I'm just Riven. But but it's but it's the thing. And if it's not if it's not a screenwriter, it's an actor. And if it's not an actor, it's a director, if not a singer. I was in a movie the other day. They played me their demo. Yeah, their demo was being played for me in there in there. I'm like, and they're like, Can you give me options? I'm like opinions. I'm like, do you want the truth? And because I'm never gonna see you again. So if you want the truth, I'll tell you the truth. And I did and you could see that they're just like, I'm like, definitely need more production. You need more this this is like, you know, all of a sudden I'm I'm an American Idol judge. But this is but this is the world that we live in. Right now and it is it is. It's tough. But I think that Swiss Army Knife analogy is exactly what we all need to be especially just on the writing standpoint, there is hundreds of different things you can do as writers, I know, professional screenwriters who who have jumped into Novel Writing, because they keep 100% control of their story. And they don't have to deal with all the crap that goes along with trying to produce a feature film. And I want to touch on real quick virtual reality, because that is something that you wrote a big book on, it was very popular. Yeah. Can you talk a little bit about the possibilities for writers in virtual reality and where that whole industry is gonna go?

John Bucher 1:00:37
Yeah, well, I'm glad you bring it up. Because it really is a big part of my ecosystem. Right now. It's a new stream that's come in. And I i've always sort of been interested in technology ever been arrested and cameras and post production. It various times, when virtual reality first started to rise into prominence, this most recent time, I recognized that, that the language that we could tell stories with with this medium was really going to be different than anything we had had experienced before. Part of that is because for the last 100 120 years, we've been using the edges of a frame. To tell an audience, here's what's important, here's what is not important. If it's outside the edges of the frame, don't worry about it, I will tell you as the storyteller what to pay attention to by centering it up somewhere near the center of the frame, I will show you what it is that I want you to see. With virtual reality. We've removed the edges of the frame. And we have put the audience in the role of the protagonist. But I would suggest to you that no technology has really taken off and succeeded on a mass level, until we figured out how to tell a story with it. film cameras, Thomas Edison, when he first developed the film camera only use them for scientific purposes, he predicted the failure of using a film camera to tell stories with now he was greatly wrong about that. But once we figured out how to tell stories with cameras, that technology takes off, television takes off once we really figure out how to tell stories with it. Radio takes off, when we figure out how to tell stories with it. Even I would dare say the internet really took off. Once we figured out how to share our stories with it. My mother has become a Facebook expert. And it's only because she wants to be able to share her stories and experience the stories of her grandchildren. Right. So I am convinced that we haven't yet figured out how to tell good stories with virtual reality. It's sort of what the book that I wrote is about. But I'm convinced that the ability to give the audience agency within a story is something that's not going to go away. This is a whole different medium, outside of video games outside of film. And just like with those mediums, it took us time to develop a cinematic language, it's going to take some time with virtual reality to develop a cinematic language. This gives an opportunity for writers however, to help craft this new storytelling medium in a way that's never been done before. There is a lot of money in tech that is being invested into trying to tell successful stories and virtual reality. So I would highly recommend that any writer who's looking to sort of expand their ecosystem start looking into VR is a medium to write for, because a lot of what you know about story will apply in this new medium. Even as you figure out how to expand your storytelling abilities in a new cinematic language. would you would you agree with the statement that that box that you were talking about that

Alex Ferrari 1:03:59
we've been trained and most humans have been trained to look at? Even back in the Greek stage? Like it was? Whatever was on the stage? Basically, yes.

When you complete when that box is now gone? Is it a little overwhelming? Because I feel it's extremely overwhelming when I sit down with VR, and I'm just like, oh my god, it's just so much input. And I'm like, where do I go? It's like, I'm not trained for it. And even, you know, I mean, maybe the generation coming up because they play video games in a kind of VR world where everything is all over the place. But at least for our generation and generations before, but even then that's a video game playing. That's not storytelling, storytelling is still I gotta have storytelling needs a storyteller. And that storyteller is the one who's going to tell you the story. When it's so wide open, there is no back to the very beginning of this conversation. There is no structure. It doesn't seem like it. Do you agree and tell me what you think?

John Bucher 1:04:59
Well, I think it's more more nuanced than that. And here's why. If you look back to the history of film, when film first began to be displayed in these big Motion Picture houses, there's a very famous old film clip of a cowboy pointing a gun directly at the screen and pulling the trigger. And it's a very famous story, audiences jumping up and running out of the theaters, because they felt exactly the way that you feel about virtual reality. They felt like, Oh, it's too overwhelming. It's too much information. It's too

Alex Ferrari 1:05:34
real. It's like when the train was coming in for the first time, people thought the train was going to run them over.

John Bucher 1:05:38
Right, exactly. So in some sense, it is because we're an audience, you and I have grown up with this, this 2d medium that we're not allowed much agency in. And so for us, it does feel overwhelming. However, I think as as younger audiences that have been immersed in the sort of video game storytelling that a lot of older people find very overwhelming. I think it's something that younger audiences are going to grow into. However, let me say this is well, I think this is back where my narrative shards idea comes into play, that you don't necessarily have to have a three act structure in a VR experience, you may use elements that we know about character, or elements that we know about symbolism, or elements that we know about environmental storytelling in order to communicate a story where the audience is the protagonist. So again, I do I think we've got it all figured out. No, but I think it also took us some time to figure out how to do it. With cinema. We didn't get that right for a number of years and think about how long it took the earliest, you know, movie bridges horse of running, before we got to the point where we have, you know, Marvel in game. I mean, that is a long, long way to go with storytelling. So I think we've got a long way to go. But I'm confident once we get rid of those big block headsets that people have to put on their heads. We probably won't even call it virtual reality anymore. But I think people are interested in being immersed in a story in ways that they never have been before. So I think it's clunky. I think we're not quite there with it. But the writers who figure out how to tell an immersive story now, in the same ways that immersive theater theme parks escape rooms have been succeeding with for a number of years. I think those storytellers will be at the forefront of this future of storytelling that we were just figuring out how to were babies. We're just figuring out how to stand right now. But one day we'll grow into it, we'll be able to walk we'll be able to run and we'll be able to really experience something like we've never experienced before. I believe

Alex Ferrari 1:08:04
so. Yeah, so it's gonna get better than Lawnmower Man is what you're telling me. It's gonna get a little bit better than that.

John Bucher 1:08:10
Nothing gets better than lawn mower man that is that.

That's a classic. I

love it.

Alex Ferrari 1:08:16
I was I was in the video store working when that came out. And when that came out, your mind was like, What is this visual effects? Oh, my god like it just so good. Like Jeff Fay he Pierce Brosnan. What's going Oh, God. Sorry. So I want to ask you a few questions. I asked all of my guests. What advice would you give a screenwriter or storyteller trying to break into the business today?

John Bucher 1:08:47
I would, I would say that it's important you recognize that this game is a marathon and not a sprint, you've really got to be in for the long haul. And when you finally get your opportunity, and I feel like Hollywood, in the entertainment business is this super long line of people and you wait your turn to get up to the front of the line. And if you've done all your work to perfect your craft, by the time you get up to the front of the line and get your shot. I really believe you'll make it. However, if you've wasted that time, you know and you didn't perfect your craft. By the time you get up to the front of the line and get your shot, then yeah, you probably won't make it. So I think approaching everything you do as being a preparation for when you get your big shot I think is very important. In the final thing I'll say on that is this Alex, every other art form. Artists are very comfortable with practicing their art form. So people that are learning to draw or paint they practice they sketch musicians they practice This right? For whatever reason, filmmakers and storytellers feel like every little thing we ever do needs to be put up on YouTube for public consumption, it needs to have a grand premiere, we need to have a big party around it. And we're sort of immature in that way. I look at the vast majority of the writing. And the the the films that I've done has been practice for something that I do want to share with the public. So I would say mature, prepared and mature yourself to a place where you don't need to take every single piece of work you do, and put it up for public consumption is a you know celebration of your art, but practice and use your art form to practice in a way that when you really do have something you want to share. It is strategically put in front of an audience, instead of just taking every little thing you crap out and put it on YouTube or Vimeo for everybody to see. So that's the biggest advice I could give storytellers right now.

Alex Ferrari 1:11:04
And some of the best screenwriters I know I always ask the question, like how many scripts that you write before you sold one, and a lot of times it's 810 1520. Because they just that's a professional profession, a professional will do that. And then the professional will not write and spend five years on one screenplay. That's just not a professional will do. That's right. You have to just get out of work. You got to, I think it was, I think it was the the, the the legend at Sheridan, who said, Who said this? And I thought it was a wonderful analogy, when he starts right, because I asked him, How do you write songs? He's an amazing songwriter. And he and they, how do you when you write like this, you know, it's kind of like turning on, you walk into an old house, and you go into the bathroom and you turn on the tub. And you open you open up the the faucet and the tub and all you get a sludge, and you just got all that sludge has to come out and come out and come out till eventually, it starts clearing up clearing up and then you get crystal clear water, but you've got to go through the sludge thick.

John Bucher 1:12:05
That's it, man, you got to get all the bad writing out before any good writing is gonna come through. Amen. Now, can

Alex Ferrari 1:12:11
you tell me the book that had the biggest impact on your life or career?

John Bucher 1:12:15
Yeah, I would definitely say it's Joseph Campbell, the hero with 1000 faces. But let me also recommend one other book that's a little more modern. And it's a book of fiction. For writers and storytellers. This, this, I think, is just a really great example of really simple but powerful storytelling. It's it's a book by a guy named David shitler. And it's called kissing in Manhattan. And it's a collection of short stories, an anthology that all the short stories end up weaving together. David shitler, probably most known, he sold an idea to Cinemax for a series called Banshee. And I thought Banshee was a great series. But David scheckler, created and wrote that, but he had a book of short stories called kissing in Manhattan. And I always love to recommend that to writers and storytellers is just an example of really creative but simple characters in stories that really are powerful.

Alex Ferrari 1:13:16
Now, what is the lesson that took you the longest to learn whether in the film business or in life? Wow,

John Bucher 1:13:22
I, I feel like I could do a whole nother podcast just talking about the lessons that I've learned. But I think the biggest lesson that I've learned is this, trying to chase what I, you know, think is popular, or what other people like, as far as stories go. That is, is the dog chasing its tail. And I've really learned the weird little things that I nerd out about. And geek out about those passions are the things that I should be telling stories about. And those are the things that bring the juice of life to me. And I've learned to to really not be ashamed of the weird little things I'm interested in, and that I spend a lot of time in. So I'll give you a brief example. I am really fascinated by this, this place called Hubert's dime museum. And it was the last dime Museum in the United States. It closed down in 1969. It was in Times Square in New York. And it was this this really just weird place. And I have read everything I could possibly read about it. And I have found every picture I go on eBay all the time and buy things that were held there in the museum and what does that have to do with my work? Nothing, but it's something that I can geek out about and that I can get deep into and that nobody else in the world likes but me Me, but it brings so much joy to me to have that and to not be ashamed of that or not feel like you know that that's a waste of my time. So find those little things in life that bring you the most juice, and that bring you the most meaning and the most joy, and make time for those things in your life. Because the rest of this stuff is great, but it comes and goes, and you need those little things that are just yours.

Alex Ferrari 1:15:33
Now, what fear did you have to break through to get to where you are today?

John Bucher 1:15:40
You know, I think, again, I could do a whole nother podcast of all the fears that I've had. But the two biggest fears that I've had are one imposter syndrome. I still to this day, and I've published five books on storytelling. In every time I get up on a podcast or get on a stage or submit a script, I still have this idea in the back of my head that it's like today's the day they're gonna figure you out that you don't know what you're doing.

Alex Ferrari 1:16:10
Oh, you me but you me both brother. Yeah,

John Bucher 1:16:12
I mean, seriously, it's like that imposter syndrome. I don't care how much success you have. And I've sat down with some of the biggest names in the business. And they've told me they still have that. So I don't think it ever goes away. But that and then the fear of what will other people think what other people think I'm not good? Well, other people think I'm stupid or that my ideas are dumb. that those are the two big fears for me is that imposter syndrome. And then the fear of that everybody else knows what good is except for me.

Alex Ferrari 1:16:49
Yeah, that's that's definitely that's definitely two big ones. You gotta come over come across him. You've done very well, you bet. Well, you don't you don't show it, sir. You don't show I try.

John Bucher 1:16:58
I tries I struggle with them all the time. But those are the fears. I would say that I'm learning to battle and learning to overcome.

Alex Ferrari 1:17:07
Now, what are three of your favorite films of all time?

John Bucher 1:17:11
Yeah, man, that's a that's an easy one. Because I've thought long and hard about this on many occasions, okay. Number Number three, for me is Raiders of the Lost Ark, I will forever be a result of that film. It inspired much of my interest in mythology that I went to pursue a Ph. D around. Just last night, I watched Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade, I just love going into that world man. It is a big number three for me. Number two is The Empire Strikes Back. That film showed me that a dark story still could be full of hope and could be a story that state that stories can stay with you for life, that that story has just never left me. And then number one is probably a lesser known film that a lot of people may not have seen. It's an old Orson Welles film called The third man. And the third man is it's one of my favorite films. It's a dark noir film. And it's about a man that fakes his own death. And the the person who discovers this and tracks him down. And there's just something about that film that I can't fully articulate or put into words, that really speaks to me. And I love going back to watch the third man every chance I get.

Alex Ferrari 1:18:37
Awesome. Now, where can people find you and more about your work? Yeah,

John Bucher 1:18:42
the two big places one, please visit my website. It's telling a better story.com you can see a lot of my work there read more about me get to all my social media channels. The other place I'm really active is on Twitter. And it's at john John Butcher. So it's my name with my middle initial. And I'm really active on Twitter, and really enjoy connecting with people there. So I look forward to seeing people on Twitter, or really any of the social media handles that you can find it my website tellingabetterstory.com

Alex Ferrari 1:19:20
John man, it has been an absolute pleasure. I know we can sit here and talk for at least another hour or two, without question about just on the Avengers in DC alone. But it's been it's been an absolute honor having you and a pleasure speaking to you on the show, and you've dropped some amazing knowledge bombs on the tribe today. So I do truly appreciate it. Brother, thank you so much.

LINKS

SPONSORS

  1. Bulletproof Script Coverage – Get Your Screenplay Read by Hollywood Professionals
  2. AudibleGet a Free Filmmaking or Screenwriting Audiobook